Model Factories Rules As On 01.03.2019

LatestLaws.
com
FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
MINISTRY OF LABOUR AND EMPLOYMENT
MODEL RULES UNDER
THE FACTORIES ACT, 1948

(Corrected up to 01-03-2019)
DIRECTORATE GENERAL
FACTORY ADVICE SERVICE AND LABOUR INSTITUTES
MUMBAI - 400 022
1
LatestLaws.com
CONTENTS
MODEL FACTORIES RULES
Rule Subject Page No.
Chapter I – Preliminary 6
1. Short title, extent and commencement 6

2. Definitions 6
2A. Competent Person 6
3. Submission of Plans 12
4. Approval of Plans 12
5. Certificate of Stability 13
6. Application for registration & grant of licence 13
7. Grant of Licence 14
8. Renewal of licence 14
9. Amendment of licence 14
10. Transfer of licence 15
11. Procedure on death or disability of licensee 15
12. Loss of licence 15
13. Payment of fees 15
14. Prohibition of use of premises as factories without a valid license 15
15. Notice of occupation 15
16. Notice of change of Manager 15
16A. Guidelines, Instructions and Records 16
Chapter II - Inspecting Staff 16
17. Qualifications of an Inspector 16

18. Powers of an Inspector 16
19. Duties of Certifying Surgeon 16
Chapter III – Health 18
20. Record of whitewashing, etc 18

21. Cleanliness of walls and ceilings 18
22. Disposal of trade wastes and effluents 19
23. Ventilation and temperature 19
24. When artificial humidification not allowed 21
25. Provision of hygrometers 21
26. Exemption from maintenance of hygrometers 22
27. Copy of Schedule to rule 24 to be affixed near every hygrometer 22
28. Temperature to be recorded at each hygrometer 22
29. Specifications of hygrometer 22
30. Thermometer to be maintained in efficient order 22
31. Inaccurate thermometer not to be used without fresh certificate 23
32. Hygrometer not to be affixed to wall etc. unless protected by wood 23
33. No readings to be taken within 15 minutes of renewal of water 23
34. How to introduce steam for humidification 23
2
LatestLaws.com
35. Lighting of interior parts 23

36. Prevention of glare 24
37. Power of Chief Inspector to exempt 24
38. Quantity of drinking water 24
39. Source of supply 24
40. Means of supply 24
41. Cleanliness of well or reservoir 24
42. Report from Health Officer 24
43. Cooling of water 24
44. Latrine accommodation 25
45. Latrines to conform to public health requirements 25
46. Privacy of latrines 25
47. Sign boards to be displayed 25
48. Urinal accommodation 26
49. Urinals to conform to public health requirements 26
50. Certain latrines and urinals to be connected to
sewage system 26
51. Whitewash, colour washing of latrines and urinals 26
52. Construction and maintenance of drains 26
53. Water taps in latrines 26
54. Number and location of spittoons 26
55. Type of spittoons 26
56. Cleaning of spittoons 26
Chapter IV - Safety 27
57. Further safety precautions 27

58. Register of workers employed for work on or near
machinery in motion 40
59. Employment of young persons on dangerous machines 40
60. Hoists and lifts 40
61. Lifting machines, chains, ropes and lifting tackles 41
62. Pressure vessels or plant 42
63. Water sealed gas holder 46
64. Excessive weights 46
65. Protection of eyes 47
66. Minimum dimensions of manholes 48
67. Exemptions 48
68. Fire Protection 49
69. Safety Officers 57
70. Buildings and structures 58
71. Machinery and plant 58
72. Methods of work 58
73. Stacking and storing of materials, etc. 58
74. Ovens and driers 59
75. Shipbuilding and ship repairing 61
76. Reaction vessels and kettles 74
77. Examination of eye sight of certain workers 75
78. Railways in factories 75
79. Safety Committee 78
80. Personal Protective Equipments 79
81. x x x x x 80
82. Thermic fluid heaters 80
3
LatestLaws.com
82A. Site Appraisal Committee 81

82B. Health and Safety Policy 84
82C. Collection and Development and Dissemination
of information 85
82D. Disclosure of information to workers 90
82E. Disclosure of information to general public 90
82F. Disclosure of information to the local authority 91
82G. Disclosure of information to District Emergency Authority 91
82H. Disclosure of information to the Chief Inspector 91
82 I. Emergency Plan 92
82 J. Disaster Control and Management Plan 92
82K. Information on Industrial Wastes 92
82L. Review of the information furnished to workers, etc. 92
82M. Confidentiality of Information 93
82N. Medical Examination 93
82O. Occupational Health Centres 94
82P. Ambulance Van 96
82Q. Decontamination facilities 97
82R. Making available health records to workers 97
82S. Qualification, etc. of supervisors 98
82T. Issue of Guidelines 98
Chapter V – Welfare 98
83. Washing facilities 98

84. Facilities for keeping clothing 99
85. First-aid appliances 99
86. Notice regarding first-aid 101
87. Ambulance room 101
88. Canteens 102
89. Dining Hall 103
90. Equipment 103
91. Prices to be charged 104
92. Accounts 104
93. Managing Committee 104
94. Annual medical examination 105
95. Shelters, rest rooms and lunch rooms 105
96. Creches 105
97. Washroom 106
98. Supply of milk and refreshment 106
99. Clothes for creche staff 106
100. Exemption from the provisions of creches 106
101. Welfare Officers 107
Chapter VI - Working Hours of Adults 109

102. Compensatory holidays 109
103. Muster roll for exempted workers 109
104. Notice of periods of work for adults 109
105. Register of adult workers 110
106. Persons defined to hold positions of supervisors
or management 110
4
LatestLaws.com
107. Persons defined to hold confidential positions 110

108. List to be maintained of persons holding confidential
positions or position of supervision or management 110
109. Exemption of certain adult workers 110
Chapter VII - Employment of young persons 115
110. Notice of periods of work for children 115

111. Register of child workers 115
Chapter VIII - Leave with wages 115
112. Register of leave with wages 115

113. Leave Book 115
114. Medical certificate 115
115. Notice to Inspector of involuntary unemployment 115
116. Notice by worker 115
117. Notice of leave with wages 116
118. Payment of wages if the worker dies 116
119. Register to be maintained in case of exemption
under Section 84 116
Chapter IX - Special Provisions 116
120. Dangerous manufacturing processes or operations 116

121. Notification of accidents and dangerous occurrences 206
122. Notice of poisoning or disease 208
Chapter X – Supplemental 208
123. Procedure in appeals 208

124. Display of notices 208
125. Returns 209
126. Service of notices 209
127. Information required by the Inspector 209
128. Permissible levels of certain chemical substances
in work environment 209
129. Muster roll 215
130. Register of accidents and dangerous occurrences 215
131. Maintenance of Inspection book 215
132. Information regarding closure of factories 215
Forms 216 – 257
5
LatestLaws.com
MODEL RULES UNDER THE FACTORIES ACT, 1948
CHAPTER I: PRELIMINARY
1. Short title, extent and commencement.-

(1) These rules may be cited as the ...................... Factories Rules, 19.....
(2) These rules shall extend to .....................................
2. Definitions.- In these rules unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context-
(a) “Act” means the Factories Act, 1948;
(b) “appendix” means an appendix appended to these rules;
(c) “artificial humidification” means the introduction of moisture into the air of a room by any artificial
means whatsoever, except the unavoidable escape of steam or water vapour into the atmosphere
directly due to a manufacturing process:
Provided that the introduction of air directly from outside through moistened mats or screens placed in
openings at times when the temperature of the room is 26.5 degrees centigrade or more, shall not be deemed to be
artificial humidification;
(d) “belt” includes any driving strap or rope;

(e) “degrees” (of temperature) means degrees on the centigrade scale;
(f) “District Magistrate” includes such other official as may be appointed by the State Government in
that behalf;
(g) “fume” includes gas or vapour;
(h) “Health Officer” means the Municipal Health Officer or District Health Officer or such other official
as may be appointed by the State Government in that behalf;
(i) “Hygrometer” means an accurate wet and dry bulb hygrometer conforming to the prescribed
conditions as regards construction and maintenance;
(j) x x x x x x x
(k) “maintained” means maintained in an efficient state, in efficient working order and in good repair; and
(l) “manager” means the person responsible to the occupier for the working of the factory for the purpose
of the Act.
Rule 2A: COMPETENT PERSON
Rules prescribed under Section 2A Clause 2(ca) and Section 112
(1) The Chief Inspector may recognise any person as a ‘competent person’ within such area and for such period as
may be specified for the purposes of carrying out tests, examinations, inspections and certification for such
buildings, dangerous machinery, hoists and lifts, lifting machines and lifting tackles, pressure plant, confined space,
ventilation system and such other process or plant and equipment as stipulated in the Act and the Rules made
thereunder, located in a factory, if such a person possesses the qualifications, experience and other requirements as
set out in the schedule annexed to this Rule.
Provided that the Chief Inspector may relax the requirements of qualifications in respect of a ‘competent
person’ concurrence of the State Government shall be taken and such a person after being so recognised, shall not
have powers of an ‘Inspector’.
Provided further that the ‘competent person’ recognised under this provision shall not be above the age of 62
and shall be physically fit for the purpose of carrying out the tests, examinations and inspections.
6
LatestLaws.com
(2) The Chief Inspector may recognise an institution of repute, having persons possessing qualifications and
experience as set out in the schedule annexed to sub-rule (1) for the purpose of carrying out tests, examinations,
inspections and certification for buildings, dangerous machinery, hoists and lifts, lifting machines and lifting tackles,
pressure plant, confined space, ventilation system and such other process or plant and equipment as stipulated in the
Act and the Rules made thereunder, as a ‘competent person’ within such area and for such period as may be
specified.
(3) The Chief Inspector on receipt of an application in the prescribed form from a person or an institution intending
to be recognised as a ‘competent person’ for the purposes of this Act and the Rules made thereunder, shall register
such application and within a period of sixty days of the date of receipt of application, either after having satisfied
himself as regards competence and facilities available at the disposal of the applicant recognise the applicant as a
‘competent person’ and issue a certificate of competency in the prescribed form or reject the application specifying
the reasons therefore.
(4) The Chief Inspector may, after giving an opportunity to the competent person of being heard, revoke the
certificate of competency ………….
(i) if he has reason to believe that a competent person
(a) has violated any condition stipulated in the certificate of competency; or

(b) has carried out a test, examination and inspection or has acted in a manner inconsistent with the intent or the
purpose of this Act or the Rules made thereunder; or has omitted to act as required under the Act and the Rules
made thereunder; or
(ii) for any other reason to be recorded in writing.
Explanation: For the purpose of this Rule, an institution includes an organisation.
(5) The Chief Inspector may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, require recertification of lifting machines, lifting
tackles, pressure plant or ventilation system, as the case may be, which has been certified by a competent person
outside the State.
Form of Application for grant of Certificate of Competency to a person under sub-rule (I) of 2A.
1. Name
2. Date of Birth
3. Name of the Organisation (if not self-employed)
4. Designation
5. Educational qualification (copies of testimonials to be attached)
6. Details of professional experience (in chronological order)
Name of the Organisation Period of Service Designation Area of Responsibility
7. Membership, if any, of professional bodies

8. (i) Details of facilities (examination, testing, etc.) at his disposal
(ii) Arrangements for calibrating and maintaining the accuracy of these facilities
9. Purpose for which Competency Certificate is sought (section or sections of the Act should be stated)
10. Whether the applicant has been declared as a competent person under any statute (if so, the details)
11. Any other relevant information
12. Declaration by the applicant
7
LatestLaws.com
I, …………………., hereby declare that the information furnished above is true.

I undertake
(a) that in the event of any change in the facilities at my disposal (either addition or deletion) or my leaving
the aforesaid organisation, I will promptly inform the Chief Inspector;
(b) to maintain the facilities in good working order, calibrated periodically as per manufacturers instructions
or as per National Standards; and
(c) to fulfill and abide by all the conditions stipulated in the certificate of competency and instructions issued
by the Chief Inspector from time to time.
Place &
Date
Signature of the applicant :
Declaration by the Institution (if employed)
I, …………………., certify that Shri …………………… whose details are furnished above, is in our employment
and nominate him on behalf of the organisation for the purposes of being declared as a competent person under the
Act. I also undertake that I will.
(a) notify the Chief Inspector in case the competent person leaves our employment;
(b) provide and maintain in good order all facilities at his disposal as mentioned above;
(c) notify the Chief Inspector any change in the facilities (either addition or deletion);
Signature
Designation
Telephone No.
Official Seal
Date:
Form of Application for grant of Certificate of Competency to an Institution under sub-rule (2) of Rule 2A.
1. Name and full address of the Organisation

2. Organisation’s status (specify whether Government, Autonomous, Co-operative, Corporate or Private)
3. Purpose for which Competency Certificate is sought (specify Section(s) of the Act)
4. Whether the Organisation has been declared as a competent person under this or any other statute. If so, give
details.
5. Particulars of persons employed and possessing qualification and experience as set out in Schedule annexed to
sub-rule (1) of Rule 2A.
S.No. Name and Designation Qualifications Experience Section(s) and the Rules under which
Competency is sought for.
1.
2.
6. Details of facilities (relevant to item 3 above) and arrangements made for their maintenance
and arrangements made for their maintenance and periodic calibration.
7. Any other relevant information.
8. Declaration:
I, …………………….. hereby, on behalf of …………………. Certify the details furnished above are correct to
8
LatestLaws.com
the best of my knowledge. I undertake to ----

(i) maintain the facilities in good working order, calibrated periodically as per manufacturers instructions or as
per National Standards; and
(ii) to fulfill and abide by all the conditions stipulated in the certificate of competency and instructions issued by
the Chief Inspector from time to time.
Signature of Head of the

Institution or of the persons
authorised to sign on his behalf.
Designation
Place & Date
Form of Certificate of Competency issued to a person or an institution in pursuance to Rule 2A made under
Section 2(ca) read with Section …………………….
I, ……………………., in exercise of the powers conferred on me under Section 2(ca) of the Factories Act and the
Rules made thereunder, hereby recognise ……………………….. (Name of the Institution)
or Shri ………………………… (Name of the person) employed in …………………….……….. (Name of the
Institution) to be a competent person for the purpose of carrying out tests, examinations, inspections and
certification for such buildings, dangerous machinery, lifts and hoists, lifting machines and lifting tackles, pressure
plants, confined space, ventilation system and process or plant and equipment as the case may be, used in a factory
located in …………….. under Section …………….. and the Rules made thereunder. *
(i) Strike out the words not applicable.
This certificate is valid from ……………..to …………………….
This certificate is issued subject to the conditions stipulated hereunder: -
(ii) Tests, examinations and inspections shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of the Act and the
Rules made thereunder;
(iii) Tests, examination and inspections shall be carried out under direct supervision of the competent person or by a
person so authorised by an institution recognised to be a competent person.
(iv) The certificate of competency issued in favour of a person shall stand cancelled if the person leaves the
organisation mentioned in his application;
(v) The institution recognised as a competent person shall keep the Chief Inspector informed of the names,
designations and qualifications of the persons authorised by it to carry out tests, examinations and inspections.
(vi) …………………………………..
(vii) …………………………………..
Station Official Seal Signature of the Chief Inspector

Date
NOTE: A separate certificate should be issued under each relevant Section. A person or an
institution may be recognised competent for the purpose of more than one Section of the
Act.
SCHEDULE
S.No. Section or Rules Qualification Experience for the purpose Facilities at his
under which required command
competency is
recognised
1. Rules made under Degree in Civil i) A minimum of 10 years experience in
Section 6 and or Structural the design of construction or testing
9
LatestLaws.com
Section 112 – Engineering; or or repairs of structures;

Certificate of equivalent
ii) Knowledge of non-destructive
stability for
testing, various codes of practices
buildings
that are current and the effect of the
vibrations and natural forces on the
stability of the building; and
iii) Ability to arrive at a reliable
conclusion with regard to the safety
of the structure or the building.
2. Rules made under Degree in (i) a minimum of 7 years experience in- Guages for
Section 21(2) – Electrical or a) design or operation or maintenance; measurement;
“Dangerous Mechanical or or instruments for
Machines” Textile b) testing, examination and inspection measurement of
Engineering or of relevant machinery, their guards, speed and any other
equivalent. safety devices and appliances. equipment or device
(ii) he shall – to determine the
a) be conversant with safety devices safety in the use of
and their proper functioning; the dangerous
b) be able to identify defects and any machines.
other cause loading to failure; and
c) have ability to arrive at a reliable
conclusion with regard to the proper
functioning of safety device and
appliance and machine guard.
3. Section 28 – Lifts A degree in (i) A minimum experience of 7 years Facilities for load
and Hoists Electrical and /or in- testing, tensile
Mechanical (a) design or erection or maintenance; testing, guages
Engineering or or equipment/ gadgets
the equivalent (b) inspection and test procedures of for measurement and
lifts and hoists; any other equipment
(ii) He shall be – required for
(a) Conversant with relevant codes of determining the safe
practices and test procedures that working conditions
are current; of Hoists and Lifts.
(b) Conversant with other statutory
requirements conversing the safety
of the Hoists and Lifts;
(c) able to identify defects and arrive at
a reliable conclusion with regard to
the safety of Hoists and Lifts.
4. Section 29 – Degree in (i) A minimum experience of 7 years Facilities for load
Lifting Machinery Mechanical or in- testing, tensile
and Lifting Tackles Electrical or (a) design or erection or maintenance; testing, heat
Metallurgical or treatment,
Engineering or (b) testing, examination and inspection, equipment/gadget
its equivalent of lifting machinery, chains, ropes for measurement,
and lifting tackles. gauges and such
(ii) He shall be – other equipment to
(a) Conversant with the relevant codes determine the safe
of practices and test procedures that working conditions
are current; of the lifting
machinery tackle.
(b) Conversant with fracture mechanics
10
LatestLaws.com
and metallurgy of the material of

construction;
(c) Conversant with heat treatment/
stress relieving techniques as
applicable to stress bearing
components and parts of lifting
machinery and lifting tackles;
(d) capable of identifying defects and
arriving at a reliable conclusion
with regard to the safety of lifting
machinery, chains, ropes, and lifting
tackles.
Section 31 – Degree in (i) A minimum experience of 10 years Facilities for

‘Pressure Plant’ Chemical or in carrying out
Electrical or (a) design or erection or maintenance, hydraulic test, non-
Metallurgical or or destructive test,
Mechanical (b) testing, examination and inspection gauges equipment/
Engineering or of pressure plants. gadgets for
its equivalent. (ii) He shall be – measurement and
(a) Conversant with the relevant codes any other equipment
of practices and test procedures or gauges to
relating to pressure vessels; determine the safety
(b) Conversant with statutory in use of pressure
requirements concerning the safety vessels.
of unfired pressure vessels and
equipment operating under
pressure;
(c) Conversant with non-destructive
testing techniques as are applicable
to pressure vessels;
(d) able to identify defects and arrive at
a reliable conclusion with regard to
the safety of pressure plants.
5. (i) Section 36- Master’s degree (i) a minimum of 7 years in collection Meters, instruments
Precautions in Chemistry, or and analysis of environmental and devices duly
against a degree in samples and calibration of calibrated and
dangerous Chemical monitoring equipment; certified for carrying
fumes Engineering. (ii) He shall – out the tests and
(a) be conversant with the hazardous certification of
(ii) Rules made
properties of chemicals and their safety in working in
under Sections
permissible limit values; confined spaces.
41 & 112
(b) be conversant with the current
concerning
techniques of sampling and analysis
ship-building
of the environmental contaminants;
and ship
and
repairs.
(c) be able to arrive at a reliable
(iii) Handling and conclusion as regards the safety in
processing of respect of entering and carrying out
asbestos. hot work.
(iv) Manufacture of
Rayon by
11
LatestLaws.com
viscose
process.
(v) Foundry
operations.
6. Ventilation systems Degree in (i) A minimum of 7 years in the design, Facilities for testing
as required under Mechanical or fabrication, installation, testing of the ventilation
various Schedules Electrical ventilation system and systems used system, instruments
framed under Engineering or for extraction and collection of and gauges for
Section 87, such as equivalent. dusts, fumes and vapours and other testing the
Schedules on – ancillary equipment. effectiveness of the
 Grinding (ii) He shall be conversant with relevant extraction systems
or glazing codes of practice and tests for dusts, vapours
or metals procedures that are current in and fumes, and any
and respect of ventilation and a traction other equipment
processes system for fumes, and shall be able needed for
and to arrive at a reliable conclusion determining the
incidental with regard to effectiveness of the efficiency and
thereto, system. adequacy of these
(ii) Cleaning or systems. He shall
smoothing, have the assistance
roughening, etc. of of a suitable
articles, by a jet qualified technical
sand, metal shot, or person who can
grit, or other come to a reasonable
abrasive propelled conclusion as to the
by a blast of adequacy of the
compressed air of system.
steam.
Rules 3 to 13 prescribed under sub-section (1) of section 6.
3. Submission of plans.- The State Government or the Chief Inspector of Factories may require, for the
purposes of the Act, submission of plans of any factory which was either in existence on the date of
commencement of the Act or which has not been constructed or extended since then. Such plans shall be
drawn to the scale showing -
(a) the site of the factory and immediate surroundings including adjacent buildings and other structure,
roads, drains, etc.;
(b) the plan, elevation and necessary cross sections of the factory buildings indicating all relevant details
relating to natural lighting, ventilation and means of escape in case of fire, and the position of the
plant and machinery, aisles and passageways; and
(c) such other particulars as the State Government or the Chief Inspector, as the case may be, may
require.
4. Approval of plans.
(1) No site shall be used for the location of a factory or no building in a factory be constructed,
reconstructed, extended or taken into use as a factory or part of a factory, or any other extension
of plant or machinery carried out in a factory unless previous permission in writing is obtained
from the State Government or the Chief Inspector.
(2) Application for such permission shall be made in Form 1 which shall be accompanied by the
following documents:-
(a) a flow chart of the manufacturing process supplemented by a brief description of the process
in its various stages;
12
LatestLaws.com
(b) plans, in duplicate, drawn to scale showing -

(i) the site of the factory and immediate surroundings including adjacent building and other
structures, roads, drains, etc.; and
(ii) the plan, elevation and necessary cross-sections of the various buildings indicating all
relevant details relating to natural lighting, ventilation and means of escape in case of fire.
The plans shall also clearly indicate the position of the plant and machinery, aisles and
passageways; and
(c) such other particulars as the Chief Inspector may require.
(3) If the Chief Inspector is satisfied that the plans are in consonance with the requirements of the Act
he shall, subject to such conditions as he may specify, approve then by signing and returning to
the applicant one copy of each plan; or he may call for such other particulars as he may require
to enable such approval to be given.
5. Certificate of Stability.-
(1) No manufacturing process shall be carried on in any building of a factory constructed, reconstructed
or extended, or in any building which has been taken into use as a factory or part of a factory until
a certificate of stability in respect of that building in the form given below has been sent by the
occupier or manager of the factory to the Chief Inspector, and accepted by him.
Form of Certificate of Stability

1. Name of the factory ......................................
2. Village, town and district
in which the factory is situated ......................................
3. Full postal address of the factory ......................................
4. Name of the occupier of the factory ......................................
5. Nature of manufacturing process to
be carried on in the factory ......................................
6. Number of floors on which
workers will be employed ......................................
I certify that I have inspected the building/buildings, the plans of which have been approved by the Chief
Inspector in his letter No.... ............ dated ......... and examined the various parts including the foundations with
special reference to the machine, plant etc., that have been installed. I am of the opinion that the
building/buildings which has/have been constructed/reconstructed/extended/taken into use is/are in accordance
with the plans approved by the Chief Inspector in his letter mentioned above, that it is/they are structurally
sound and that its/their stability will not be endangered by its/their use as factory/part of a factory for the
manufacture of .......... for which the machinery, plant, etc. installed are intended.
Signature ..............................
Qualifications .........................
Address ...............................
Date .................................
If employed by a company or association, )

name and address of the company or )
association )
(2) The Certificate of Stability referred to in sub-rule (1) shall be signed by a competent person.
6. Applications for registration and grant of licence.- The occupier of every factory shall submit to the Chief
Inspector an application in triplicate in Form 2 for the registration of the factory and grant of a licence :
13
LatestLaws.com
Provided that the occupier of premises in use as a factory on the date of the commencement of these
rules shall submit such application within 30 days from the date of commencement of these rules.
7. Grant of licence.-
(1) A licence to work a factory may be granted by the Chief Inspector in Form 3 prescribed for the
purpose and on payment of the fees specified in the schedule hereto. Provided that, where the
Chief Inspector refused to grant or renew a licence, he shall record in writing the reasons for such
refusal and communicate the same to the occupier.
(2) Every licence granted under this chapter shall remain in force upto the 31st of December of the year
for which the licence is granted.
SCHEDULE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kilowatts Maximum number of persons to be employed on any day
installed during the year
(Maximum -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kilowatts) 20 50 100 | | | | | | | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rs Rs Rs Rs Rs Rs Rs
Nil
10
50
100
....
....
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Renewal of licence.-
(1) A licence may be renewed by the Chief Inspector.

(2) Every application for the renewal of a licence shall be in Form 2, in duplicate, and shall be made not
less than two months before the date on which the licence expires, and, if the application is so
made, the premises shall be held to be duly licenced until such date as the Chief Inspector renews the
licence.
(3) The same fee shall be charged for the renewal of a licence as for the grant thereof :
Provided that if the application for renewal is not received within the time specified in sub-rule (2),
the licence shall be renewed only on payment of a fee 25 percent in excess of the fee ordinarily
payable for the licence.
(4) Every licence renewed under this rule shall remain in force upto the 31 st December of the year for
which the licence is renewed.
9. Amendment of licence.-
(1) A licence granted under rule 7 or renewed under rule 7 may be amended by the Chief Inspector.
(2) A licensee who desires to have his licence amended shall submit it to the Chief Inspector with an
application stating the nature of the amendment and reasons therefor.
(3)The fee for the amendment of a licence shall be ...... rupees plus the amount (if any) by which the fee
that would have been payable if the licence had originally been issued in the amended form, exceeds
the fee originally paid for the licence:
Provided that no amendment fee shall be payable when the amendments are proposed
simultaneously with the application for the renewal of the licence;
14
LatestLaws.com
Provided further that the occupier of premises in use as a factory on the date of the
commencement of these rules shall submit such application within 30 days from the date of the
commencement of these rules.
10. Transfer of licence.-

(1) The holder of a licence may, at any time before the expiry of the licence, apply for permission to
transfer his licence to another person.
(2) Such application shall be made to the Chief Inspector who shall, if he approves of the transfer, enter
upon the licence, under his signature, an endorsement to the effect that the licence has been
transferred to the person named.
(3) A fee of ...... rupees shall be charged on each such application.
11. Procedure on death or disability of licensee.- If a licensee dies or becomes insolvent, the person carrying
on the business of such licensee shall not be liable to any penalty under the Act for exercising the
powers granted to the licensee by the licence during such time as may reasonably be required to allow
him to make an application for the amendment of the licence under rule 9 in his own name for the
unexpired portion of the original licence.
12. Loss of licence.- Where a licence granted under these rules is lost or accidentally destroyed, a duplicate
may be granted on payment of a fee of rupees .......
13. Payment of fees.-
(1) Every application under these rules shall be accompanied by a treasury receipt showing that the
appropriate fee has been paid into the local treasury, under the head of account
............................................:
Provided that the appropriate fee may alternatively be paid by a crossed cheque or a bank draft on any
nationalised bank or by a postal order drawn in favour of the Chief Inspector.
(2) If an application for the grant, renewal or amendment of licence is rejected, the fee paid shall be
refunded to the applicant.
14. Prohibition of use of premises as factory without a valid licence.- An occupier shall not use any
premises as a factory or carry on any manufacturing process in a factory unless a licence has been issued
in respect of such premises and is in force for the time being :
Provided that if a valid application for grant of licence or renewal of licence has been submitted and the
required fee has been paid the premises shall be deemed to be fully licenced until such date as the
Chief Inspector grants or renews the licence or refuse in writing to grant or renew the licence.
Form prescribed under sub-section (1) of Section 7
15. Notice of occupation.- The notice of occupation shall be in Form 2.
Form prescribed under sub-section (4) of Section 7 and Section 112
16. Notice of change of manager.- The notice of change of manager shall be in Form 4.
15
LatestLaws.com
Rule 16A: GUIDELINES, INSTRUCTIONS AND RECORDS
(1) Without prejudice to the general responsibility of the occupier to comply with the provisions of Section
7(A), the Chief Inspector may, from time to time, issue guidelines and instructions regarding the general
duties of the occupier relating to health, safety and welfare of all workers while they are at work in the
factory.
(2) The occupier shall maintain such records, as may be prescribed by the Chief Inspector, in respect of
monitoring of working environment in the factory.
CHAPTER II : Inspecting Staff
Rules prescribed under sub-section (1) of Section 8
17. Qualifications of an Inspector.- No person shall be appointed as an Inspector for the purpose of the Act
unless he possesses the qualifications as hereunder :-
(a) he must not be less than 23 years or more than 35 years of age;
(b) he must have –
(i) had a good general education up to the pre-degree standard of a recognised university;
(ii) secured a degree, or diploma equivalent to a degree of a recognised university, in any branch
of engineering, technology or medicine and preferably with practical experience of at least
two years in a workshop or a manufacturing concern of good standing and in the case of Medical
Inspector an experience of at least two years in a public hospital or factory medical department or
alternatively a diploma in Industrial Medicine; and
(c) where for a particular post special knowledge, to deal with special problems, is required, the Government
may, in addition to the basic qualifications, prescribe appropriate qualifications for such a post.
Rules prescribed under Section 9
18. Powers of Inspectors.- An Inspector shall, for the purpose of the execution of the Act, have power to do
all or any of the following things, that is to say –
(a) to photograph any worker, to inspect, examine, measure, copy, photograph, sketch or test, as the case
may be, any building or room, any plant, machinery, appliance or apparatus, any register or document, or
anything provided for the purpose of securing the health, safety or welfare of the workers employed in a
factory;
(b) in the case of an Inspector who is a duly qualified medical practitioner, to carry out such medical
examinations as may be necessary for the purposes of his duties under the Act; and
(c) to prosecute, conduct or defend before a Court any complaint or other proceeding arising under the Act or
in discharge of his duties as an Inspector.
Rules prescribed under sub-section (4) of section 10
19. Duties of Certifying Surgeon.-
(1) For the purpose of the examination and certification of young persons who wish to obtain certificates of
fitness, the Certifying Surgeon shall arrange a suitable time and place for the attendance of such persons,
and shall give previous notice in writing of such arrangements to the manager of factories situated within
the local limit assigned to him.
(2) The Certifying Surgeon shall issue his certificates in Form 5. The foil and counterfoil shall be filled in and
the signature or the left thumb impression of the person in whose name the certificate is granted shall
be taken on them. On being satisfied as to the correctness of the entries made therein and of the fitness of the
16
LatestLaws.com
person examined, he shall sign the foil and initial the counterfoil and shall deliver the foil to the person in
whose name the certificate is granted. The foil so delivered shall be the certificate of fitness granted under
section 69. All counterfoils shall be kept by the Certifying Surgeon for a period of at least 2 years after the
issue of the certificate.
(3) The Certifying Surgeon shall, upon request by the Chief Inspector, carry out such examination and
furnish him with such report as he may indicate, for any factory or class or description of factories
where-
(a) cases of illness have occurred which it is reasonable to believe are due to the nature of the
manufacturing process carried on, or other conditions of work prevailing therein; or
(b) by reason of any change in the manufacturing process carried on, or in the substances used therein, or
by reason of the adoption of any new manufacturing process or of any new substance for use in a
manufacturing process, there is a likelihood of injury to the health of workers employed in that
manufacturing process; or
(c) young persons are, or are about to be, employed in any work which is likely to cause injury to their
health.
(4) For the purpose of the examination of persons employed in processing covered by the rules
relating to dangerous operations, the Certifying Surgeon shall visit the factories within the local limits
assigned to him at such intervals as are prescribed by the rules relating to such dangerous operations.
(5) At such visits, the Certifying Surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a Certificate of Fitness in Form
23. The record of examination and re-examinations carried out shall be kept in the custody of the manager
of the factory. The record of each examination carried out under sub-paragraphs (1) and (2), including
the nature and the results of the tests, shall also be entered by the Certifying Surgeon in a health register in
Form 24.
(6) If the Certifying Surgeon finds as a result of his examination that any person employed in such process is no
longer fit for medical reasons to work in that process, he shall suspend such person from working in that
process for such time as he may think fit and no person after suspension shall be employed in that process
without the written sanction of the Certifying Surgeon in the health register.
(7) The manager of a factory shall afford to the Certifying Surgeon facilities to inspect any process in which
any person is employed or is likely to be employed.
(8) The manager of a factory shall provide for the purpose of any medical examination which the Certifying
Surgeon wishes to conduct at the factory (for his exclusive use on the occasion of an examination) a room
which shall be properly cleaned and adequately ventilated and lighted and furnished with a screen, a table
(with writing materials) and chairs.
17
LatestLaws.com
CHAPTER III Health
Register prescribed under sub-section (1) of section 11
20. Record of whitewashing, etc.- The record of dates on which white washing, colourwashing, varnishing, etc.
are carried out shall be entered in a register maintained in Form 7.
Exemptions under sub-section (2) of section 11
21. Cleanliness of walls and ceilings.- (1) Clause (d) of sub-section (1) of section 11 of the Act shall not apply to
the class or description of factories or parts of factories specified in the schedule hereto :
Provided that they are kept in a clean state by washing, sweeping, brushing, dusting, vacuum cleaning or
other effective means.
Provided further that they are kept in a clean state by washing, sweeping, brushing, dusting, vacuum
cleaning or other effective means.
Provided further that the said clause (d) shall continue to apply -
(a) as respects factories or parts of factories specified in part A of the said schedule, to workrooms in which
the amount of cubic space allowed for every person employed in the room is less than 14.2 cubic meters;
(b) as respects factories or parts of factories specified in part B of the said schedule, to workrooms in which
the amount of cubic space allowed for every person employed in the room is less than 70.8 cubic meters;
(c) to engine-houses, fitting shops, lunchrooms, canteens, shelters, creches, cloakrooms, restrooms and wash
places; and
(d) to such parts of walls, sides and tops of passages and staircases as are less than 6 meters above the floor or stair.
(1) If it appears to the Chief Inspector that any part of a factory, to which by virtue of sub-rule (1) any of the
provisions of the said clause (d) do not apply, or apply as varied by sub-rule (1), is not being kept in a clean
state, he may, by written notice, require the occupier to whitewash or colourwash, wash, paint or varnish
the same, and in the event of the occupier failing to comply with such requisition within two months from
the date of the notice, sub- rule (1) shall cease to apply to such part of a factory, unless the Chief Inspector
otherwise determines.
SCHEDULE
Part A
1. Blast furnaces.
2. Brick and tile works in which unglazed bricks or tiles are made.
3. Cement Works.
4. Chemical works.
5. Copper mills.
6. Gas works.
7. Iron and Steel mills.
8. Stone, slate and marble works.
9. The following parts of factories :-
(a) Rooms used only for the storage of articles.
(b) Rooms in which the walls or ceilings consist of galvanised iron, glazed bricks, glass, slate,
asbestos, bamboo or thatch.
(c) Parts in which dense steam is continuously evolved in the process.
(d) Parts in which pitch, tar or like material is manufactured or is used to a substantial extent, except in
brush works.
(e) Parts of a glass factory known as glass house.
(f) Rooms in which graphite is manufactured or is used to a substantial extent in any process.
(g) Parts in which coal, coke, oxide of iron, ochre, lime or stone is crushed or ground.
18
LatestLaws.com
(h) Parts of walls, partitions, ceilings or tops of rooms which are at least 6 meters above the floor.
(i) Ceilings or tops of rooms in print works, bleach works or dye works, with the exception of
finishing rooms or warehouses.
(j) Inside walls of oil mills below a height of 1.5 meters from the ground floor level.
(k) Inside walls in tanneries below a height of 1.5 meters from the ground floor level where a wet process
is carried on.
Part B
1. Coach and motor body works.
2. Electric generating or transforming stations.
3. Engineering works.
4. Factories in which sugar is refined or manufactured.
5. Foundries other than foundries in which brass casting is carried on.
6. Gun factories.
7. Shipbuilding works.
8. Those parts of factories where unpainted or unvarnished wood is manufactured.
22. Disposal of Trade Wastes and Effluents.- The arrangements made in every factory for the treatment of
wastes and effluents due to the manufacturing processes carried on therein shall be in accordance with
those approved by the relevant Water and Air Pollution Boards appointed under the Water (Prevention &
Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and the Air (Prevention & Control Of Pollution) Act, 1981 and other
appropriate authorities.
Rules prescribed under section 13
23. Ventilation and temperature.-

(1) Limits of temperature and air movement.- In any factory the maximum wet-bulb temperature of air in
a workroom at a height of 1.5 meters above the floor level shall not exceed 30 degrees centigrade and
adequate air movement of at least 30 meters per minute shall be provided; and in relation to dry-
bulb temperature, the wet-bulb temperature in the workroom at the said height shall not exceed that
shown in the schedule annexed hereto, or as regards a dry-bulb reading intermediate between the two
dry-bulb readings that specified in relation to the higher of these two dry-bulb readings :
SCHEDULE
Dry-bulb Temperature Wet-bulb temperature
o
30 to 34 C 29oC
35 to 39 oC 28.5oC
40 to 44 oC 28oC
45 to 47 oC 27.5oC
Provided that if the temperature measured with a thermometer inserted in a hollow globe of 15 centimetres
diameter coated mat black outside and kept in the environment for not less than 20 minutes exceeds the dry-bulb
temperature of the air, the temperature so recorded by the globe thermometer shall be taken in place of the dry-
bulb temperature.
Provided further that when the reading of the wet-bulb temperature outside in the shade exceeds 27
degrees centigrade, the value of the wet-bulb temperature allowed in the schedule for a given dry-bulb temperature
may be correspondingly exceeded to the same extent.
Provided further that this requirement shall not apply in respect of factories covered by section 15 and
in respect of factories where the nature of work carried on involves production of excessively high
temperatures referred to in clause (ii) of sub-section (1) to which workers are exposed for short periods of time
19
LatestLaws.com
not exceeding one hour followed by an interval of sufficient duration in thermal environments not
exceeding those otherwise laid down in this rule.
Provided further that the Chief Inspector, having due regard to the health of the workers, may in special
and exceptional circumstances, by an order in writing exempt any factory or part of a factory from the foregoing
requirement, in so far as restricting the thermal conditions within the limits laid down in the schedule are
concerned, to the extent that he may consider necessary subject to such conditions as he may specify.
(2) Provision of thermometers.-
(a) If it appears to the Inspector that in any factory, the temperature of air in a workroom is sufficiently
high and is likely to exceed the limits prescribed in sub-rule (1), he may serve on the manager of the
factory an order requiring him to provide sufficient number of whirling hygrometers or any other type
of hygrometers and direct that the dry-bulb and wet-bulb readings in each such workroom shall be
recorded at such positions as approved by the Inspector twice during each working shift by a
person especially nominated for the purpose by the manager and approved by the Inspector.
b) If the Inspector has reason to believe that a substantial amount of heat is added inside the environment of a
workroom by radiation from walls, roof or other solid surroundings, he may serve on the manager of the
factory an order requiring him to provide one or more globe thermometers referred to in the first
proviso in sub-rule (1) and further requiring him to place the globe thermometers at places specified by
him and keep a record of the temperatures in a suitable register.
(3) Ventilation.-
(a) In every factory the amount of ventilating openings in a work-room below the eaves shall, except where
mechanical means of ventilation as required by clause (b) below are provided, be of an aggregate area of
not less than 15% of the floor area and so located as to afford a continued supply of fresh air:
Provided that the Chief Inspector may relax the requirements regarding the amount of ventilating
openings if he is satisfied that having regard to the location of the factory, orientation of the workroom, prevailing
winds, roof height and the nature of manufacturing process carried on, sufficient supply of fresh air into the
workroom is afforded during most part of the working time.
Provided further that this requirement shall not apply in respect of workrooms of factories –
(i) covered by section 15; or
(ii) in which temperature and humidity are controlled by refrigeration.
(b) Where in any factory owing to special circumstances such as situation with respect to adjacent buildings
and height of the buildings with respect to floor space, the requirements of ventilation openings under
clause (a) of this sub-rule cannot be complied with or in the opinion of the Inspector the temperature
of air in a workroom is sufficiently high and is likely to exceed the limits prescribed in sub-rule (1) he
may serve on the manager of the factory an order requiring him to provide additional ventilation
either by means of roof ventilators or by mechanical means.
(c) The amount of fresh air supplied by mechanical means of ventilation in an hour shall be equivalent to
at least six times the cubic capacity of the workroom and shall be distributed evenly throughout the
workroom without dead air-pockets or undue draughts caused by high inlet velocities.
(d) In the regions where in summer (15th March-15th July) dry-bulb temperatures of outside air in the shade
during most part of the day exceed 35 degrees centigrade and simultaneous wet-bulb temperatures are
25 degrees centigrade or below and in the opinion of the Inspector the manufacturing process carried on
in the workroom of a factory permits thermal environments with relative humidity of 50% or more, the
Inspector may serve on the manager of the factory an order to have sufficient supply of outside air for
ventilation cooled by passing it through water sprays either by means of unit type of evaporative air
20
LatestLaws.com
coolers (desert coolers) or, where supply of outside air is provided by mechanical means through ducts
in a plenum system, by means of central air washing plants.
Rules 24 to 34 prescribed under sub-section (1) of section 15
24. When artificial humidification not allowed.- There shall be no artificial humidification in any
room of a cotton spinning or weaving factory –
(a) By the use of steam during any period when the dry-bulb temperature of that room exceeds 29.5
degrees centigrade; and
(b) at any time when the wet-bulb reading of the hygrometer is higher than that specified in the
following schedule in relation to the dry-bulb reading of the hygrometer at that time; or as regards a dry-
bulb reading intermediate between any two dry-bulb readings indicated consecutively in the schedule
when the dry-bulb reading does not exceed the wet-bulb reading to the extent indicated in relation to the
lower of these two dry-bulb readings :-
SCHEDULE
Readings in degrees centigrade
Dry-bulb Wet-bulb Dry-bulb Wet-bulb Dry-bulb Wet-bulb

15.5 14.5 25.0 24.0 34.5 30.0
16.0 15.0 25.5 24.5 35.0 30.5
16.5 15.5 26.0 25.0 35.5 31.0
17.0 16.0 26.5 25.5 36.0 31.0
17.5 16.0 27.0 26.0 36.5 31.5
18.0 16.5 27.5 26.0 37.0 31.5
18.5 17.0 28.0 26.5 37.5 31.5
19.0 18.0 28.5 27.0 38.0 32.0
19.5 18.5 29.0 27.0 38.5 32.0
20.0 19.0 29.5 28.0 39.0 32.0
20.5 19.5 30.0 28.0 39.5 32.5
21.0 20.0 30.5 28.5 40.0 32.5
21.5 20.5 31.0 28.5 40.5 33.0
22.0 21.0 31.5 29.0 41.0 33.0
22.5 21.0 32.0 29.0 41.5 33.0
23.0 21.5 32.5 29.0 42.0 33.0
23.5 22.0 33.0 29.5 42.5 33.0
24.0 23.0 33.5 29.5 43.0 33.5
24.5 23.5 34.0 30.0 43.5 33.5
Provided, however, that clause (b) shall not apply when the difference between the wet-bulb
temperature as indicated by the hygrometer in the department concerned and the wet-bulb temperature taken
with a hygrometer outside in the shade is less than 2 degrees.
25. Provision of hygrometers.- In all departments of cotton spinning and weaving mills wherein artificial
humidification is adopted, hygrometers shall be provided and maintained in such positions as are approved
by the Inspector. The number of hygrometers shall be regulated according to the following scale :-
(a) Weaving department.- One hygrometer for departments with less than 500 looms, and one additional
hygrometers for every 500 or part of 500 looms in excess of 500.
(b) Other departments.- One hygrometer for each room of less than 8500 cubic meters capacity and
one extra hygrometer for each 5670 cubic meters or part thereof, in excess of this.
21
LatestLaws.com
(c) One additional hygrometer shall be provided and maintained outside each cotton spinning and weaving
factory wherein artificial humidification is adopted, and in a position approved by the Inspector, for
taking hygrometer shade readings.
26. Exemption from maintenance of hygrometers.- When the Inspector is satisfied that the limits of
humidity allowed by the schedule to Rule 24 are never exceeded, he may, for any department other than
the weaving department, grant exemption from the maintenance of hygrometer. The Inspector shall
record such exemption in writing.
27. Copy of schedule to Rule 24 to be affixed near every hygrometer.- A legible copy of the schedule to
Rule 24 shall be affixed near each hygrometer.
28. Temperature to be recorded at each hygrometer.- At each hygrometer maintained in accordance with
rule 25, correct wet and dry-bulb temperature shall be recorded thrice daily during each working day by
competent persons nominated by the manager and approved by the Inspector. The temperature shall be
taken between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m., between 11 a.m. and 2 p.m.(but not in the rest interval) and between 4
p.m. and 5.30 p.m. In exceptional circumstances, such additional readings and between such hours, as
the Inspector may specify, shall be taken. The temperatures shall be entered in a humidity register in
the prescribed Form 8, maintained in the factory. At the end of each month, the persons who have taken
the readings shall sign the register and certify in the register the correctness of the entries. The register
shall always be available for inspection by the Inspector.
29. Specifications of hygrometer.-
(1) Each hygrometer shall comprise of two mercurial thermometer of wet-bulb and dry-bulb of similar
construction, and equal in dimensions, scale and divisions of scale. They shall be mounted on a
frame with a suitable reservoir containing water.
(2) The wet-bulb shall be closely covered with a single layer of muslin, kept wet by means of a wick
attached to it and dropping into the water in the reservoir. The muslin covering and the wick
shall be suitable for the purpose, clean and free from size or grease.
(3) No part of the wet-bulb shall be within 76 millimeteres from the dry-bulb or less than 25 millimetres
from the surface of the water in the reservoir and the water reservoir shall be below it, on the side of
it away from the dry-bulb.
(4) The bulb shall be spherical and of suitable dimensions and shall be freely exposed on all sides to the
air of the room.
(5) The bores of the stems shall be such that the position of the top of the mercury column shall
be readily distinguishable at a distance of 60 centimetres.
(6) Each thermometer shall be graduated so that accurate readings may be taken between 10 and 50
degrees centigrade.
(7) Every degree from 10 degrees upto 50 degrees shall be clearly marked by horizontal lines on the stem,
each fifth degree shall be marked by longer marks than the intermediate degrees and the
temperature marked opposite each fifth degree, i.e., 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50.
(8) The marking as above shall be accurate, that is to say, at no temperature between 10 and 50
degrees, shall the indicated readings be in error by more than one ninth of a degree.
(9) A distinctive number shall be indelibly marked upon the thermometer.
(10) The accuracy of each thermometer shall be certified by the National Physical Laboratory, Delhi, or
some competent authority appointed by the Chief Inspector and such certificate shall be
attached to the humidity register.
30. Thermometers to be maintained in efficient order.- Each thermometer shall be maintained at all times
during the period of employment in efficient working order, so as to give accurate indications and in
particular -
(a) the wick and the muslin covering of the wet-bulb shall be renewed once a week;
22
LatestLaws.com
(b) the reservoir shall be filled with water which shall be completely renewed once a day. The
Chief Inspector may direct the use of distilled water or pure rain water in any particular mill or mills
in certain localities; and
(c) no water shall be applied directly to the wick or covering during the period of employment.
31. Inaccurate thermometer not to be used without fresh certificate.- If an Inspector gives notice in
writing that a thermometer is not accurate, it shall not, after one month from the date of such notice, be
deemed to be accurate unless and until it has been re-examined as prescribed and a fresh certificate
obtained which certificate shall be kept attached to the humidity register.
32. Hygrometer not to be affixed to wall, etc. unless protected by wood.-
(1) No hygrometer shall be affixed to a wall, pillar, or other surface unless protected therefrom by
wood or other non-conducting material at least 12 millimetres in thickness and distant at least 25
millimetres from the bulb of each thermometer.
(2) No hygrometer shall be fixed at a height of more than 170 centimetres from the floor to the top of
thermometer stem or in the direct draughts from a fan, window, or ventilating opening.
33. No reading to be taken within 15 minutes of renewal of water.- No reading shall be taken for record
on any hygrometer within 15 minutes of the renewal of water in the reservoir.
34. How to introduce steam for humidification.- In any room in which steam pipes are used for the
introduction of steam for the purpose of artificial humidification of the air the following provisions
shall apply :-
(a) the diameter of such pipes shall not exceed 50 millimetres and in the case of pipes installed
after 1st day of ................, the diameter shall not exceed 25 millimetres;
(b) such pipes shall be as short as is reasonably practicable;
(c) all hangers supporting such pipes shall be separated from the bare pipes by an efficient insulator not
less than half an inch in thickness;
(d) no uncovered jet from such pipe shall project more than 11.5 centimetres beyond the outer surface
of any cover;
(e) the steam pressure shall be as low as practicable and shall not exceed 5 kilograms per square
centimetre; and
(f) the pipe employed for the introduction of steam into the air in a department shall be effectively
covered with such non-conducting material, as may be approved by the Inspector in order to
minimise the amount of heat radiated by them into the department.
35. Lighting of interior parts.-

(1) The general illumination over those interior parts of a factory where persons are regularly employed
shall be not less than 65 lux measures in the horizontal plane at a level of 90 centimetres above
the floor:
Provided that in any such parts in which the mounting height of the light source for general illumination
necessarily exceeds 7.6 meters measured from the floor or where the structure of the room or the position or
construction of the fixed machinery or plant prevents the uniform attainment of this standard, the general
illumination at the said level shall be not less than 22 lux and where work is actually being done the illumination
shall be not less than 65 lux.
(2) The illumination over all other interior parts of the factory over which persons employed pass shall,
when and where a person is passing, be not less than 5 lux at floor level.
(3) The standard specified in this rule shall be without prejudice to the provision of any additional
illumination required to render the lighting sufficient and suitable for the nature of the work.
23
LatestLaws.com
36. Prevention of glare.-
(1) Where any source of artificial light in the factory is less than 4.9 meters above floor level, no part of
the light source or of the lighting fitting having a brightness greater than 1.55 candles per square
centimetre (4.87 lamberts) shall be visible to persons whilst normally employed within 30 meters of
the source, except where the angle of elevation from the eye to the source or part of the fitting as the
case may be exceeds 20 degrees.
(2) Any local light, that is to say an artificial light designed to illuminate particularly the area or part of
the area of work of a single operative or small group of operatives working near each other, shall
be provided with a suitable shade of opaque material to prevent glare or with other effective means
by which the light source is completely screened from the eyes of every person employed at a normal
working place, or shall be so placed that no such person is exposed to glare therefrom.
37. Power of Chief Inspector to exempt.- Where the Chief Inspector is satisfied in respect of any particular
factory or part thereof or in respect of any description of workroom or process that any
requirement of rules 35 and 36 is inappropriate or is not reasonably practicable, he may by order in writing
exempt the factory or part thereof, or description of workroom or process from such requirement to such
extent and subject to such conditions as he may specify.
38. Quantity of drinking water.- The quantity of drinking water to be provided for the workers in every
factory shall be atleast 5 litres per worker employed in the factory and such drinking water shall be
readily available at all times during working hours.
39. Source of supply.- The water provided for drinking shall be supplied-
(a) from the public water supply system, or
(b) from any other source approved in writing by the Health Officer.
40. Means of supply.- If drinking water is not supplied directly from taps either connected with public
water supply system or any other water supply system of the factory approved by the Health Officer, it
shall be kept in suitable vessels, receptacles or tanks fitted with taps and having dust proof covers, and
placed on raised stands or platforms in shade and having suitable arrangement of drainage to carry away
the split water. Such vessels, receptacles or tanks shall be kept clean and the water renewed at least once
every day. All practicable measures shall be taken to ensure that the water is free from contamination.
41. Cleanliness of well or reservoir.-
(1) Drinking Water shall not be supplied from any open well or reservoir unless it is so constructed,
situated, protected and maintained as to be free from the possibility of pollution by chemical, or
bacterial and extraneous impurities.
(2) Where drinking water is supplied from such well or reservoir, the water in it shall be sterilised
once a week or more frequently if the Inspector by written order so requires, and the date on
which sterilising is carried out shall be recorded:
Provided that this requirement shall not apply to any such well or reservoir if the water therein is filtered
and treated to the satisfaction of the Health Officer before it is supplied for consumption.
42. Report from Health Officer.- The Inspector may by order in writing direct the manager to obtain,
at such time or at such intervals as he may direct, a report from the Health Officer as to the fitness for
human consumption of the water supplied to the workers, and in every case to submit to the Inspector a
copy of such report as soon as it is received from the Health Officer.
43. Cooling of water.- In every factory wherein more than two hundred and fifty workers are ordinarily
employed -
24
LatestLaws.com
(a) the drinking water supplied to the workers shall from the ........ to the ............. in every year, be
cooled by ice or other effective method:
Provided that if ice is placed in the drinking water, the ice shall be clean and wholesome and shall
be obtained only from a source approved in writing by the Health Officer;
(b) the cooled drinking water shall be supplied in every canteen, lunchroom and restroom and also
at conveniently accessible points throughout the factory which for the purpose of these rules shall
be called “water centres”;
(c) the water centres shall be sheltered from the weather and adequately drained;
(d) the number of water centres to be provided shall be one “centre” for every 150 persons employed at
any one time in the factory:
Provided that in the case of a factory where the number of persons employed exceeds 500 it
shall be sufficient if there is one such “centre” as aforesaid for every 150 persons up to the first 500 and
one for every 500 persons thereafter;
Provided further that the distance between the place of work of any worker shall not be more
than 50 meters from the nearest water centre or any distance as may be specified by the Inspector.
(e) every water centre shall be maintained in a clean and orderly condition; and
(f) the means of supply of cooled drinking water shall be either directly through taps connected to water
coolers or any other system for cooling of water, or by means of vessels, receptacles or tanks fitted
with taps and having dust proof covers and placed on raised stands or platforms in shade, and
having suitable arrangement of drainage to carry away the split water. Such vessels, receptacles or
tanks shall be kept clean and the water renewed atleast once every day.
Existing Rule 44 be substituted by the following new Rule:-
44. Latrine accommodation.- Latrine accommodation shall be provided in every factory on the following
scale:-
(a) where females are employed, there shall be at least one latrine for every 25 females;
(b) where males are employed, there shall be at least one latrine for every 25 males;
Provided that where the number of males exceeds 100, it shall be sufficient if there is one latrine for
every 25 males up to the first 100, and one for every 50 thereafter.
In calculating the number of latrines required under this rule, any odd number of workers less
than 25, or 50, as the case may be, shall be reckoned as 25 or 50.
(c) Sanitary Napkins of adequate quantity conforming to Indian Standards shall be provided and maintained
in the women’s toilets for their use, and the same replenished on daily basis.
(d) Disposable bins with lids shall be provided within the women’s toilets for the collection of the used
napkins. The used napkins shall be disposed off as per the procedure approved by the Inspector.
45. Latrines to conform to public health requirements.- Latrines, other than those connected with an
efficient water-borne sewage system, shall comply with the requirements of the Public Health authorities.
46. Privacy of latrines.- Every latrine shall be under cover and so partitioned off as to secure privacy, and
shall have a proper door and fastenings.
47. Sign Boards to be displayed.- Where workers of both sexes are employed, there shall be displayed
outside each latrine block a notice “For Men only” or “For Women only” as the case may be, in the
25
LatestLaws.com
language understood by the majority of the workers. The notice shall also bear the figure of a man or of
a woman as the case may be.
48. Urinal accommodation.- Urinal accommodation shall be provided for the use of male workers and there
shall be at least one urinal of not less than 60 centimetres in length for every 50 males:
Provided that where the number of males employed exceeds 500, it shall be sufficient if there is one for
every 50 males upto the first 500 employed, and one for every 100 thereafter.
In calculating the urinal accommodation required under this rule any odd number of workers less than
50, or 100, as the case may be, shall be reckoned as 50 or 100.
49. Urinals to conform to public health requirements.- Urinals, other than those connected with an
efficient water-borne sewage system, and urinals in a factory wherein more than two hundred and fifty
workers are ordinarily employed shall comply with the requirements of the Public Health authorities.
50. Certain latrines and urinals to be connected to sewage system.- When any general system of
underground sewerage with an assured water supply for any particular locality is provided in a
municipality, all latrines and urinals of a factory situated in such locality shall, if the factory is situated
within 30 meters of an existing sewer, be connected with that sewerage system.
51. Whitewash, colour washing of latrines and urinals.- The walls, ceilings, and partitions of every
latrine and urinal shall be white washed or colour washed and the whitewashing or colour washing shall
be repeated at least once in every period of four months. The dates on which the whitewashing or colour
washing is carried out shall be entered in the prescribed register (Form 7).
Provided that this rule shall not apply to latrines and urinals, the walls, ceilings or partitions of which are
laid in glazed tiles or otherwise finished to provide a smooth, polished, impervious surface and that they are
washed with suitable detergents and disinfectants at least once in every period of four months.
52. Construction and maintenance of drains.- All drains carrying waste or sullage water shall be
constructed in masonry or other impermeable material and shall be regularly flushed and the effluent
disposed off by connecting such drains with a suitable drainage line:
Provided that where there is no such drainage line, the effluent shall be deodorized and rendered
innocuous and than disposed of in a suitable manner to the satisfaction of the Health Officer.
53. Water taps in latrines.-
(1) Where piped water supply is available, a sufficient number of water taps, conveniently accessible,
shall be provided in or near such latrine accommodation.
(2) If piped water supply is not available, sufficient quantity of water shall be kept stored in suitable
receptacles near the latrines.

54. Number and location of spittoons.- The number and location of the spittoons to be provided shall be to
the satisfaction of the Inspector.
55. Type of spittoons.- The spittoons shall be any of the following types :-
(a) a galvanized iron container with a conical funnel-shaped cover. A layer of suitable disinfectant
liquid shall always be maintained in the container ;
(b) a container filled with dry, clean sand, and covered with a layer of bleaching powder; or
(c) any other type approved by the Chief Inspector.
56. Cleaning of spittoons.- The spittoon mentioned in clause (a) of rule 55 shall be emptied, cleaned and
disinfected at least once every day; and the spittoon mentioned in clause (b) of rule 55 shall be
cleaned by scrapping out the top layer of sand as often as necessary or at least once every day.
26
LatestLaws.com
CHAPTER IV: Safety
Further precautions prescribed under sub-section (2) of section 21
57. Further safety precautions.- Without prejudice to the provisions of sub-section (1) of section 21 in regard to
the fencing of machines, the further precautions specified in the schedules annexed hereto shall apply to the
machines noted in each schedule.
SCHEDULE I
Textile Machinery except Machinery used in Jute Mills
1. Application.- The requirements of this schedule shall apply to machinery in factories engaged in the
manufacture or processing of textiles other than jute textiles. The schedule would not apply to
machinery in factories engaged exclusively in the manufacture of synthetic fibres.
2. Definitions.- For the purpose of this schedule -

(a) “Calendar” means a set of heavy rollers mounted on vertical side frames and arranged to pass
cloth between them. Calendars may have two to ten rollers, or bowls, some of which can be
heated.
(b) “Embossing calendar” means a calendar with two or more rolls, one of which is engraved for
producing figure effects of various kinds on a fabric.
(c) “Card” means a machine consisting of cylinders of various sizes - and in certain cases flats -
covered with card clothing and set in relation to each so that fibres in staple form may be
separated into individual relationship. The speed of the cylinders and their direction of
rotation varies. The finished product is delivered as a silver. Cards of different types are:
the revolving flat card, the roller and clearer card, etc.
(d) “Card clothing” means the material with which the surfaces of the cylinder, deffer, flats, etc. of
a card are covered and consists of a thick foundation material made of, either textile fabrics
through which are pressed many fine closely spaced specially bent wires, or mounted saw
toothed wire.
(e) “Comber” means a machine for combing fibres of cotton wool, etc. The essential parts are device
for feeding forward a fringe of fibres at regular intervals and an arrangement of combs or pins,
which, at the right time, pass through the fringe. All tangled fibres, short fibres, and nips are
removed and the long fibres are laid parallel.
(f) “Combing machinery” means a general classification of machinery including combers, silver lap
machines, ribbon lap machines, and gill boxes, but excluding cards.
(g) “Rotary staple “cutter” means a machine consisting of one or more rotary blades used for the
purpose of cutting textile fibres into staple lengths.
(h) “Garnett machine” means any of a number of types of machines for opening hard twisted waste
of wool, cotton, silk, etc. Essentially, such machines consist of a licker-in; one or more
cylinders, each having a competent worker and stripper rolls; and a fancy roll and deffer. The
action of such machines is somewhat like that a wool card, but it is much more severe in that
the various rolls are covered with garnett wire instead of card clothing.
(i) “Gill box” means a machine used in the worsted system of manufacturing yarns. Its function
is to arrange fibres in parallel order. Essentially, it consists of a pair of feed rolls and a
series of followers where the followers move at a faster surface speed and perform a combing
action.
(j) “In running rolls” means any paid of rolls or drums between which there is a “nip”.
(k) “Interlocking arrangement” means a device that prevents the setting in motion of a
dangerous part of a machine or the machine itself while the guard cover or the door provided
to safeguard against danger is open or unlocked, and which will also hold the guard, cover or
door closed and locked while the machine or the dangerous part is in motion.
27
LatestLaws.com
(l) “Kier” means a large metal vat, usually a pressure type, in which fabrics may be boiled out,
bleached, etc.
(m) “Ribbon lapper” means a machine or a part of a machine used to prepare laps for feeding a cotton
comb; its purpose is to provide a uniform lap in which the fibres have been straightened as much
as possible.
(n) “Sliver lapper” means a machine or a part of a machine in which a number of parallel card slivers
are drafted slightly, laid side by side in a compact sheet, and wound into a cylindrical package.
(o) “Loom” means a machine for effecting the interlocking of two series of yarns crossing one
another at right angles. The warp yarns are wound on a warp beam and pass through headless
and reeds. The filling is shot across in a shuttle and settled in place by reeds and slay, and the
fabric is wound on a cloth beam.
(p) “Starch mangle” means a mangle that is used specifically for starching cotton goods. It (n)
Commonly consists of two large rolls and a shallow open vat with several immersion rolls.
The vat contains the starch solution
(q) “Water mangle” means a calendar having two or more rolls used for squeezing water
fromFabrics before drying. Water mangles also may be used in other ways during the finishing
of Various fabrics.
(r) “Mule” means a type of spinning frame having a head stock and a carriage as its two main
Sections. The headstock is stationary. The carriage is movable and it carries the spindles which
draft and spin the roving into yarn. The carriage extends over the whole width of the machine
and moves slowly toward and away from the head stock during the spinning operation.
(s) “Nip” is the danger zone between two rolls or drums which by virtue of their positioning
and movement create a nipping hazard.
(t) “Openers and pickers” means a general classification of machinery which includes breaker
pickers, intermediate pickers, finisher pickers, single process pickers, multiple process
pickers, willow machines, card and picker waste cleaners, thread extractors, shredding machines,
roving waste openers, shoddy pickers, bale breakers, feeders, vertical openers, lattice
cleaners, horizontal cleaners, and any similar machinery equipped with either cylinders,
screen section, calendar section, rolls, or beaters used for the preparation of stock for further
processing.
(u) “Paddler” means a trough for a solution and two or more squeeze rolls between which cloth
passes after being passed through a mordant or dye bath.
(v) “Plaiting machine” means a machine used to lay cloth into folds of regular length for
Convenience of subsequent process or use.
(w) “Roller printing machine” means a machine consisting of a large central cylinder, or pressure
bown, around the lower part of the perimeter of which is placed a series of engraved color rollers
(each having a color through), a furnisher roller, doctor blades, etc. The machine is used for
printing fabrics.
(x) “Continuous bleaching range” means a machine for bleaching of cloth in rope or open-width
form with the following arrangement. The cloth, after wetting out, pass through a squeeze roll into
a saturator containing a solution of caustic soda and then to an enclosed J-Box. A V- shaped
arrangement is attached to the front part of the J.Box for uniform and rapid saturation of the cloth
with steam before it is packed down in the J.Box. The cloth, in a single strand rope form,
passes over a guide roll down the first arm of the “V” and up the second. Steam is injected into
the “V” at the upper end of the second arm so that the cloth is rapidly saturated with steam at
this point. The J-Box capacity is such that cloth will remain hot for a sufficient time to
complete the securing action. It then passes a series of washers with a squeeze roll in
between. The cloth then passes through a second set of saturator, J-Box and washer, where it is
treated with the peroxide solution. By slight modification of the form of the unit, the same
process can be applied to open-width cloth.
(y) “Mercerizing range” means a 3-bowl mangle, a tenter frame, and a number of boxes for washing
and scouring. The whole set up is in a straight line and all parts operate continuously. The
combination is used to saturate the cloth with sodium hydrozide stretch it while saturated, and
washing out most of the caustic before releasing tension.
(z) “Sanforizing machine” means a machine consisting of a large steam-heated cylinder, and(y)
endless, thick, wollen felt blanket which is in close contact with the cylinder for most of its
28
LatestLaws.com
(y) perimeter, and an electrically heated shoe which presses the cloth against the blanket
while (y) (z) the latter is in a stretched condition as it curves around feed-in roll.
(aa) “Shoaring machine” means a machine used for shoaring cloth. Cutting action is provided by a
number of steel blades spirally mounted on a roller. The roller rotates in close contact with a
fixed ledger blade. There may be from one to six such rollers on a machine.
(bb) “Singeing machine” means a machine which comprises of a heater roller, plate, or an open
gas flame. The cloth or yarn is rapidly passed over the roller or the plate or through the
open gas flame to remove fuzz or hairiness by burning.
(cc) “Slasher” means a machine used for applying a size mixture to warp yarns. Essentially, it
consists of a stand for holding section beams, a size box, one or more cylindrical dryers or an
enclosed hot air dryer, and a beaming and for winding the yarn on the loom beams.
(dd) “Tenter frame” means a machine for drying cloth under tension. It essentially consists of a
pair of endless travelling chains fitted with clips of fine pins and carried on tracks. The
cloth is firmly held at the salvages by the two chains which diverge as they move forward
so that the cloth is brought to the desired width.
(ee) “Warper” means a machine for preparing and arranging the yarns intended for the warp of a
fabric, specifically, a beam warper.
3. General safety requirements.-
(1) Every textile machine shall be provided with individual mechanical or electrical means for starting
and stopping such machines. Belt shifter on machines driven by belts and shafting should be
provided with a belt shifter lock of an equivalent positive locking device.
(2) Stopping and starting handles or other controls shall be of such design and so positioned as to
prevent the operator’s hand or fingers from striking against any moving part of any other part of
the machine.
(3) All belts, pulleys, gears, chains, sprocket wheels, and other dangerous moving parts of machinery
which either form part of the machinery or are used in association with it, shall be securely
guarded.
4. Openers and pickers. -

(1) In all opening or picker machinery, beaters and other dangerous parts shall be securely fenced by
suitable guards so as to prevent contact with them. Such guards and doors or covers or openings
giving access to any dangerous part of the machinery shall be provided with interlocking
arrangement.
Provided that in the case of doors or covers of openings giving access to any dangerous part, other than beater
covers, instead of the interlocking arrangement, such openings may be so fenced by guards which prevent access to
any such dangerous part and which is either kept positively locked in position or fixed in such a manner that it
cannot be removed without the use of hand tools.
(2) The feed rools on all opening and picking machinery shall be covered with a guard designed to
prevent the operator from reaching the nip while the machinery is in operation.
(3) The lap forming rollers shall be fitted with a guard or cover, which shall prevent access to nip at
the intake of the lap roller and fluted roller as long as the weighted rack, is down. The guard or
cover shall be so locked that it cannot be raised until the machine is stopped, and the machine
cannot be started until the cover or guard is closed.
Provided that the foregoing provision shall not apply to the machines equipped with automatic lap forming
devices.
Provided further any such machine equipped with an automatic lap-forming device shall not be used unless
the automatic lap forming device is in efficient working order.
29
LatestLaws.com
5. Cotton cards. -
(1) All cylinder doors shall be secured by inter-locking arrangement which shall prevent the door being
opened until the cylinder has ceased to revolve and shall render it impossible to restart the machine
until the door has been closed.
Provided that the latter requirement in respect of the automatic locking device shall not apply while stripping
or grinding operations are carried out;
Provided further that stripping or grinding operations shall be carried out only by specially trained adult
workers wearing tight fitting clothing whose names have been recorded in the register prescribed in this behalf as
required in sub-section (1) of section 22.
(2) The licker-in shall be guarded so as to prevent access to the dangerous parts.
(3) Every card shall be equipped with an arrangement that would enable the card cylinder to be driven by
power during stripping/grinding operations without having to either shift the main belt to the fast
pulley of the machine or to dismantle the interlocking mechanism. Such an arrangement shall be used
only for stripping or grinding operations.
6. Garnett machines. -
(1) Garnett licker-ins shall be enclosed.
(2) Garnet fancy rolls shall be enclosed by guards. These shall be installed in a way that keeps worker
rolls reasonably accessible for removal or adjustment.
(3) The underside of the garment shall be guarded by a screen mesh or other form of enclosures to
prevent access.
7. Gill boxes. -
(1) The feed end shall be guarded so as to prevent fingers being caught in the pins of the intersecting
fallers.
(2) All nips of in-running rolls shall be guarded by suitable nip guards conforming to the following
specifications :-
Any opening which the guard may permit when fitted in position shall be so restricted with respect to the
distance of the opening from any nip point through that opening and in any circumstances the maximum width of the
opening shall not exceed the following:
Distance of opening from nip point Maximum width of opening

----------------------------------- --------------------------
0 to 38 mm 6 mm
39 to 63 mm 10 mm
64 to 88 mm 13 mm
89 to 140 mm 15 mm
141 to 165 mm 19 mm
166 to 190 mm 22 mm
191 to 215 mm 32 mm
8. Sliver and ribbon lappers (cotton). - The calendar drums and the lap spool shall be provided with a guard to
prevent access to the nip between the in-running rolls.
9. Speed frames. - Jack box wheels at the head stock shall be guarded and the guard shall have interlocking
arrangement.
10. Spinning mules.- Wheels on spinning mule carriages shall be provided with substantial wheel guards,
extending to within 6 mm of the rails.
30
LatestLaws.com
11. Warpers. - Swivelled double-bar gates shall be installed on all warpers operating in excess of 410 meters/min.
These gates shall have interlocking arrangement, except for the purpose of inching or jogging:
Provided that the top and bottom bars of the gate shall be at least 1.05 and 0.53 meters high from the floor or
working platform, and the gate shall be located 38 mm from the vertical tangement to the beam head.
12. Slashers. -
(1) Cylinder dryers. -

(a) All open nips of in-running rolls shall be guarded by nip guards conforming to the requirements in paragraph 7.
(b) When slashers are operated by control levers, these levers shall be connected to a horizontal bar or treadle located
not more than 170 cm above the floor to control the operation from any point.
(c) Slashers operated by push button control shall have stop and start buttons located at each end of the machine, and
additional buttons located both sides of the machine at the size box and the delivery end. If calendar rolls are used,
additional buttons shall be provided at both sides of the machine at points near the nips, except when slashers are
equipped with an enclosed dryer as in paragraph (b).
(2) Enclosed hot air dryer. -

(a) All open nips of the top squeezing rollers shall be guarded by nip guards conforming to the requirements in
paragraph 7 (2).
(b) When slashers are operated by contro levers, these levers shall be connected to a horizontal bar or treadle located not
more than 170 cm. above the floor to control the operation from any point.
(c) Slashers operated by push-button control shall have stop and start buttons located at each end of the machine and
additional buttons located on both sides of the machine at the size box and the delivery end. If calendar rolls are
used, additional buttons shall be provided at both sides of the machine at points near the nips, except when slashers
are equipped with an enclosed dryer as in paragraph (b).
13. Looms. -
(1) Each loom shall be equipped with suitable guards designed to minimise the danger from flying shuttles.
(2) Beam weights for tension in beam shall be of such construction so as to prevent it falling during its adjustment.
14. Valves of kiers, tanks, and other containers. -
(1) Each valve controlling the flow of steam, injurious gases or liquids into a kier or any other tank or container into
which a person is likely to enter in connection with a process, operation, maintenance or for any other purpose, shall
be provided with a suitable locking arrangement to enable the said person to lock the valve securely in the closed
position and retain the key with him before entering the kier, tank or container.
(2) Wherever boiling tanks, caustic tanks and any other containers from which liquids which are hot, corrosive or toxic
may overflow or splash, are so located that the operator cannot see the contents from the floor or working area
emergency shut off valves which can be controlled from a point not subject to danger of splash shall be provided to
prevent danger.
15. Shearing machines.- All revolving blades on shearing machines shall be guarded so that the opening between the
cloth surface and the bottom of the guard will not exceed 10 mm.
16. Continuous bleaching range (cotton and rayon). - The nip of all in-running rolls on open-width bleaching machine
rolls shall be protected with a guard to prevent the worker from being caught at the nip. The guard shall extend
across the entire length of the nip.
17. Mercerizing range (piece goods). -
(1) A stopping device shall be provided at each end of the machine.

(2) A guard shall be provided at each end of the frame between the in-running chain and the clip opener.
(3) A nip guard shall be provided for the in-running rolls of the mangle and washers and the guard shall conform to the
requirements in paragraph 7(2).
31
LatestLaws.com
18. Tender frames. -
(1) A stopping device shall be provided at each end of the machine.

(2) A guard shall be provided at each end of the machine frame at the in-running chain and clip opener.
19. Paddlers.- Suitable nip guards conforming to the requirement in paragraph 7(2) shall be provided to all
dangerous in-running rolls.
20. Centrifugal extractors. -
(1) Each extractor shall be provided with a guard for the basket, and the guard shall have inter-locking arrangement.
(2) Each extractor shall be equipped with a mechanically or electrically operated brake to quickly stop the basket when
the power driving the basket is shut off.
21. Squeezer or wringer extractor, water mangle, starch mangle, back washer (worsted yarn) crabbing machines, and
decating machines. - All in-running rolls shall be guarded with nip guards conforming to the requirements in
paragraph 7(2).
22. Sanforizing and palmer machine. -
(1) Nip guards shall be provided on all accessible in-running rolls and these shall conform to the requirements in
paragraph 7(2).
(2) Access from the sides to the nips of in-running rolls should be fenced by suitable side guards.
(3) A safety trip rod, cable or wire centre cord shall be provided across the front and back of all palmer cylinders
extending the length of the face of the cylinder. It shall operate readily whether pushed or pulled. This safety trip
shall be not more than 170 cm. above the level at which the operator stands and shall be readily accessible.
23. Rope washers. -
(1) Splash guards shall be installed on all rope washers unless the machine is so designed as to prevent the water or
liquid from splashing the operator, the floor, or working surface.
(2) A safety trip rod, cable or wire centre cord shall be provided across the front and back of all rope washers
extending the length of the face of the washer. It shall operate readily whether pushed or pulled. This safety trip
shall be not more than 170 cm. above the level on which the operator stands and shall be readily accessible.
24. Laundry washer tumbler or shaker. -
(1) Each drying tumbler, each double cylinder shaker or clothes tumbler and each washing machine shall be equipped
with an inter-locking arrangement which will prevent the power operation of the inside cylinder when the outer door
on the case or shell is open and which will from being opened without shutting off the power and the cylinder
coming to a stop. This should not prevent the movement of the inner cylinder by means of a hand operated
mechanism or an inching device.
(2) Each closed barrel shall also be equipped with adequate means for holding open the doors or covers of the inner
and outer cylinders or shells while it is being loaded or unloaded.
25. Printing machine (roller type). -
(1) All in-running rolls shall be guarded by nip guards conforming to the requirement in paragraph 7(2).
(2) The engraved roller gears and the large crown wheel shall be guarded.
26. Calendars. - The nip at the in-running side of the rolls shall be provided with a guard extending across the entire
length of the nip and arranged to prevent the fingers of the workers from being pulled in between the rolls or
between the guard and the rolls, and so constructed that the cloth can be fed into the rolls safely.
27. Rotary staple cutters. - The cutter shall be protected by a guard to prevent hands reaching the cutting zone.
32
LatestLaws.com
28. Plaiting machines. - Access to the trap between the knife and card bar shall be prevented by a guard.
29. Hand baling machine. - An angle iron handle-stop guard shall be installed at right angle to the frame of the machine.
The stop guard shall be so designed and so located that it will prevent the handle from travelling beyond the vertical
position should the handle slip from the operator’s hand when the pawl has been released from the teeth of the take-
up gear.
30. Flat-work ironer. - Each flat-work or collar ironer shall be equipped with a safety bar or other guard across the
entire front of the feed or first pressure rolls so arranged that the striking of the bar or guard by the hand of the
operator or other person will stop the machine. The guard shall be such that the operator or other person cannot
reach into the rolls without removing the guard. This may be either a vertical guard on all sides or a complete cover.
If a vertical guard is used, the distance from the floor or working platform to the top of guard shall be not less than
1.83 meters.
SCHEDULE II
Cotton Ginning
Line Shaft. - The line shaft or second motion in cotton ginning factories, when below floor level, shall be
completely enclosed by a continuous wall or unclimbable fencing with only so many openings as are necessary for
access to the shaft for removing cotton seed, cleaning and oiling; and such openings shall be provided with gates or
doors which shall be kept closed and locked.
SCHEDULE III
Woodworking Machinery
1. Definitions.- For the purposes of this schedule -

(a) “Woodworking machine” means a circular saw, band saw, planning machine, chain mortising
machine or vertical spindle moulding machine operating on wood or cork;
(b) “Circular saw” means a circular saw working in a bench (including a rack bench), but does not include
a pendulum or similar saw which is moved towards the wood for the purpose of cutting operation;
(c) “band saw” means a band saw, the cutting portion of which runs in a vertical direction but does not
include a log saw or band resawing machine; and
(d) “Planning machine” means a machine for overhand planning or for thicknessing or for both operations.
2. Stopping and starting device. - An efficient stopping and starting device shall be provided on every
woodworking machine. The control of this device shall be in such a position as to be readily and
conveniently operated by the person in charge of the machine.
3. Space around machines. - The space surrounding every woodworking machine in motion shall be kept free
from obstruction.
4. Floors. - The floor surrounding every woodworking machine shall be maintained in good and level
condition, and shall not be allowed to become slippery, and as far as practicable shall be kept free from
chips or other loose material.
5. Training and supervision. -

(1) No person shall be employed at a woodworking machine unless he has been sufficiently trained to
work that class of machine, or unless he works under the adequate supervision of a person who has a
thorough knowledge of the working of the machine.
(2) A person who is being trained to work a woodworking machine shall be fully and carefully instructed
as to the dangers of the machine and the precautions to be observed to secure safe working of the
machine.
33
LatestLaws.com
6. Circular saws.- Every circular saw shall be fenced as follows :-

(a) behind and in direct line with the saw there shall be riving knife, which shall have a smooth surface,
shall be strong, rigid and easily adjustable, and shall also conform to the following
conditions :-
(i) the edge of the knife nearer the saw shall form an arc of a circle having a radius of not
exceeding the radius of the largest saw used on the bench;
(ii) the knife shall be maintained as close as practicable to the saw, having regard to the nature of
work being done at the time, and at the level of the bench table the distance between the
front edge of the knife and the teeth of the saw shall not exceed 12 millimetres; and
(iii) for an saw of a diameter of less than 60 centimetres, the knife shall extend upwards from the
bench table to within 25 millimetres of the top of the saw, and for a saw of a diameter
60 centimetres or over shall extend upwards from the bench table to a height of at least 23
centimetres;
(b) The top of the saw shall be covered by a strong and easily adjustable guard, with a flange at the side of
the saw farthest from the fence. The guard shall be kept so adjusted that the said flange shall extend
below the roots of the teeth of the saw. The guard shall extend from the top of the riving knife to a
point as low as practicable at the cutting edge of the saw; and
(c) The part of the saw below the bench table shall be protected by two plates of metal or other suitable
material, one on each side of the saw; such plates shall not be more than 15 centimetres apart, and shall
extend from the axis of the saw outwards to a distance of not less than 5 centimetres beyond the teeth
of the saw. Metal plates, if not beaded, shall be of thickness of least 2.5 millimeters, or, if beaded, be
of a thickness of at least 1.25-millimeter.
7. Push sticks. - A push stick or other suitable appliance shall be provided for use at every circular saw and at
every vertical spindle moulding machine to enable the work to be done without unnecessary risk.
8. Band saws.- Every band saw shall be guarded as follows :-

(a) both sides of the bottom pulley shall be completely encased by sheet or expanded metal or other
suitable material ;
(b) the front of the top pulley shall be covered with sheet or expanded metal or other suitable material;
and
(c) all portions of the blade shall be enclosed or otherwise securely guarded, except the portion of the
blade between the bench table and the top guide.
9. Planning machines. -
(1) A planning machine (other than a planning machine, which is mechanically fed,) shall not be used for
overhand planning unless it is fitted with a cylindrical cutter block.
(2) Every planning machine used for overhand planning shall be provided with a “bridge” guard capable
of covering the full length and breadth of the cutting slot in the bench, and so constructed as to be
easily adjusted both in a vertical and horizontal direction.
(3) The feed roller of every planning machine used for thicknessing, except the combined machine for
overhead planning and thicknessing shall be provided with an efficient guard.
10. Vertical spindle moulding machines. -

(1) The cutter of every vertical spindle-moulding machine shall be guarded by the most efficient guard
having regard to the nature of the work being performed.
(2) The wood being moulded at a vertical spindle moulding machine shall, if practicable, be held in a jig
or holder of such construction as to reduce as far as possible the risk of accident to the worker.
11. Chain mortising machines. - The chain of every chain mortising machine shall be provided with a guard
which shall enclose the cutters as far as practicable.
12. Adjustment and maintenance of guards.- The guards and other appliances required under this
schedule shall be -
34
LatestLaws.com
(a) maintained in an efficient state;

(b) constantly kept in position while the machinery is in motion; and
(c) so adjusted as to enable the work to be done without unnecessary risk.
13. Exemption. - Paragraphs 6,8,9 and 10 shall not apply to any wood working machine in respect of which it
can be proved that other safeguards are provided, maintained and used which render the machine as safe as
it would be if guarded in the manner prescribed in this schedule.
SCHEDULE IV
Rubber Mill
1. Installation of machines.- Mills for breaking down, cracking, grating, mixing, refining and warming
rubber or rubber compounds shall be so installed that the top of the front roll is not less than 105
centimetres above the floor or working level :
Provided that in existing installations where the top of the front roll is below this height a strong,
rigid distance-bar guard shall be fitted across the front of the machine in such position that the operator
cannot reach the nip of the rolls.
2. Safety devices.-
(1) Rubber mills shall be equipped with -

(a) hoppers so constructed or guarded that it is impossible for the operators to come into contact in any
manner with the nip of the rolls; or
(b) Horizontal safety-trip rods or tight wire cables across both front and rear, which will, when pushed or
pulled, operate instantly to disconnect the power and apply the brakes, or to reverse the rolls.
3. Safety-trip rods or tight wire cables on rubber mills shall extend across the entire length of the face of the
rolls and shall be located not more than 175 centimetres above the floor or working level.
4. Safety-trip rods and tight wire cables on all rubber mills shall be examined and tested daily in the presence
of the manager or other responsible person and if any defect is disclosed by such examination and test the
mill shall not be used until such defect has been remedied.
SCHEDULE V
Centrifugal Machines
1. Definition. - “Centrifugal machines” include centrifugal extractors separators and driers.
2. Every part of centrifugal machine shall be -

(a) of good design and construction and of adequate strength;
(b) properly maintained; and
(c) examined thoroughly by a competent person at regular intervals.
3. Inter-locking guard for drum or basket. -

(1) The cage housing, the rotating drum or basket of every centrifugal machine shall be provided with a strong
lid. The design and construction of the cage as well as lid should be such that no access is possible to the
drum or basket when the lid is closed.
(2) Every centrifugal machine shall be provided with an efficient interlocking device that will effectively
prevent the lid referred to in sub-paragraph (1) from being opened while the drum or basket is in motion
and prevent the drum or basket being set in motion while the lid is in the open position.
4. Braking arrangement. - Every centrifugal machine shall be provided with an effective braking arrangement
capable of bringing the drum or basket to rest within as short a period of time as reasonably practicable
after the power is cut off.
35
LatestLaws.com
5. Operating speed. - No centrifugal machine shall be operated at a speed in excess of the manufacturer’s
rating which shall be legibly stamped at easily visible places both on the inside of the basket and on the
outside of the machine casing.
6. Exceptions. - Sub-paragraph (2) of paragraph 3, paragraphs 4 and 5 shall not apply in case of top lung
machines or similar machines used in the sugar manufacturing industry.
SCHEDULE VI
Power Press
1. Application. - The Schedule shall apply to all types of power presses including press brakes, except when used for
working hot metal.
2. Definition.- For the purpose of this Schedule -

(a) “approved” means approved by the Chief Inspector ;
(b) “fixed fencing” means fencing provided for the tools of a power press being fenced which has no moving
part associated with or dependent upon the mechanism of a power and includes that part of a closed tool
which acts as a guard;
(c) “power press” means a machine used in metal or other industries for moulding, pressing, blanking, raising,
drawing and similar purposes;
(d) “Safety device” means the fencing and any other safeguard provided for the tools of a power press.
3. Starting and stopping mechanism.- The starting and stopping mechanism shall be provided with a safety
stop so as to prevent over running of the press or descent of the ram during tool setting, etc.
4. Protection of tool and die. -
(1) Each press shall be provided with a fixed guard with a slip plate on the underside enclosing the front and all sides
of the tool.
(2) Each die shall be provided with a fixed guard surrounding its front and sides, and extending to the back in the
form of a tunnel through which the pressed article falls to the rear of the press.
(3) The design, construction and mutual position of the guards referred to in (1) and (2) shall be such as to preclude
the possibility of the worker’s hand or fingers reaching the danger zone.
(4) The machine shall be fed through a small aperture at the bottom of the die guard, but a wider aperture may be
permitted for second or subsequent operations if feeding is done through a chute.
(5) Not withstanding anything contained in sub-clauses (1) and (2) an automatic or an inter-locked guard may be
used in place of a fixed guard, but where such guards are used they shall be maintained in an efficient working
condition and if any guard develops a defect, the power press shall not be operated unless the defect of the
guard is removed
5. Appointment of persons to prepare power presses for use. -
(1) Except as provided in sub-paragraph (4), no person shall set, re-set, adjust or try out the tools on a power
press or install or adjust any safety device thereon, being installation or adjustment preparatory to
production of die proving, or carry out an inspection and test of any safety device thereon required by
paragraph 8 unless he -
(a) has attained the age of eighteen;
(b) has been trained in accordance with the sub-paragraph (2); and
(c) has been appointed by the occupier of the factory to carry out those duties in respect of the class or
description of power press or the class or description of safety device to which the power press or
safety device (as the case may be) belongs; and the name of every such person shall be entered in a
register in Form 9.
(2) The training shall include suitable and sufficient practical instruction in the matter in relation to each type
of power press and safety device in respect of which it is proposed to appoint the person being trained.
36
LatestLaws.com
6. Examination and testing of power presses and safety devices. -
(1) No power press or safety device shall be taken into use in any factory for the first time in that factory, or in
case of a safety device for the first time on any power press, unless it has been thoroughly examined and
tested, in the case of a power press, after installation in the factory, or in the case of a safety device, when
in position on the power press in connection with which it is to be used.
(2) No power press shall be used unless it has been thoroughly examined and tested by a competent person
within the immediately preceding period of twelve months.
(3) No power press shall be used unless every safety device (other than fixed fencing) thereon has within the
immediately preceding period if six months when in position on that power press, been thoroughly
examined and tested by a competent person.
(4) The competent person carrying out an examination and test under the foregoing provisions shall make a
report of the examination and test containing the following particulars and every such report shall be kept
readily available for inspection :
(a) name of the occupier of the factory;
(b) address of the factory;
(c) identification number or mark sufficient to identify the power press or the safety device;
(d) date on which the power press or the safety device was first taken into use in the factory;
(e) the date of each periodical thorough examination carried out as per requirements of sub-
paragraph (2) above;
(f) particulars of any defects effecting the safety working of the power press or the safety device
found at any such thorough examination and steps taken to remedy such defects.
7. Defects disclosed during a thorough examination and tests. -
(1) Where any defect is disclosed in any power press or in any safety device by any examination and test
under paragraph 6 and in the opinion of the competent person carrying out the examination and test,
either -
(a) the said defect is a cause of danger to workers and in consequence the power press or safety
device (as the case may be) ought not to be used until the said defect has been
remedied; or
(b) the said defect may become a cause of danger to workers and in consequence the power press or
safety device (as the case may be) ought not to be used after the expiration of a specified period
unless the said defect has been remedied.
such defect shall, as soon as possible after the completion of the examination and test, be
notified in writing by the competent person to the occupier of the factory and, in the case of a defect
falling within clause (b) of this sub-paragraph such notification shall include the period within which, in
the opinion of the competent person, the defect ought to be remedied.
(2) In every case where notification has been given under this paragraph, a copy of the report made under
paragraph 6(4) shall be sent by the competent person to the inspector for the area within fourteen days of
the completion of the examination and test.
(3) When any such defect is notified to the occupier in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this
paragraph the power press or safety device (as the case may be) having the said defect shall not be
used -
(a) in the case of a defect falling within clause (a) of sub- paragraph (1) until the said defect has
been remedied; and
(b) in the case of defect falling within clause (b) of sub-paragraph (1), after the expiration of the said
defect has been remedied.
(4) As soon as is practicable after any defect of which notification has been given under sub-paragraph (1) has
been remedied, a record shall be made by or on behalf of the occupier stating the measures by which and
the date on which the defect was remedied.
37
LatestLaws.com
8. Inspection and test of safety devices. -
(1) No power press shall be used after the setting, resetting or adjustment of the tools thereon unless a
person appointed or authorised for the purpose under Paragraph 5 has inspected and tested every safety
device thereon while it is in position on the said power press :
Provided that an inspection, test and certificate as aforesaid shall not be required where any
adjustment of the tools has not caused or resulted in any alteration to or disturbance of any safety device on
the power press and if, after the adjustment of the tools, the safety devices remain, in the opinion of such a
person as aforesaid, in efficient working order.
(2) Every power press and every safety device thereon while it is in position on the said power press
shall be inspected and tested by a trained person every day.
9. Defects disclosed during an inspection and test. -

(1) Where it appears to any person as a result of any inspection and test carried out by him under paragraph 8
that any necessary safety device is not in position or is not properly in position on a power press or that any
safety device which is in position on a power press is not in his opinion suitable, he shall notify the
manager forthwith.
(2) Except as provided in sub-paragraph (3) where any defect is disclosed in a safety device by any
inspection and test under paragraph 8, the person carrying out the inspection and test shall notify the
manager forthwith.
(3) Where any defect in a safety device is the subject of a notification in writing under paragraph 7 by virtue
of which the use of the safety device may be continued during a specified period without the said defect
having been remedied, the requirement in sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph shall not apply the said
defect until the said period has expired.
10. Identification of power presses and safety devices. - For the purpose of purpose of identification every power
press and every safety device provided for the same shall be distinctively and plainly marked.
11. Training and instructions to operators. - The operators shall be trained and instructed in the safe method of work
before starting work on any power press.
12. Exemptions. -
(1) If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the circumstances or infrequency
of the processes or for any other reason, all or any of the provisions of this Schedule are not necessary for
the protection of the workers employed on any power press or any class or description of power press or in
the factory, the Chief Inspector may by a certificate in writing (which he may in his discretion revoke at
any time), exempt such factory from all or any of such provisions subject to such conditions, if any, as he
may specify therein.
(2) Where such exemption is granted, a legible copy of the certificate, showing the conditions (if any) subject
to which it has been granted, shall be kept posted in the factory in a position where it may be conveniently
read by the persons employed.
SCHEDULE VII
Shears, Slitters and Guillotine Machines
1. Definition.- For the purpose of this schedule -

(a) “guillotine” means a machine ordinarily equipped with straight, bevel-edged blade operating vertically
against a stationary resisting edge and used for cutting metallic or non-metallic substances;
38
LatestLaws.com
(b) “shears” or “shearing machine” means a machine ordinarily equipped with straight, bevel-edged blades
operating vertically against resisting edges, or with rotary, overlapping cutting wheels, and used for shearing
metals or non-metallic substances;
(c) “slitter” or “slitting machine” means a machine ordinarily equipped with circular disc-type knives, and used
for trimming or cutting into metal or non-metallic substances or for slitting them into narrow strips; for the
purpose of this Schedule, this term includes bread or other food slicers equipped with rotary knives or cutting
discs.
2. Guilloting and Shears. -
(1) Where practicable, a barrier metal guard of adequate strength shall be provided at the front of the knife,
fastened to the machine frame and shall be so fixed as would prevent any part of the operator’s body to reach
the descending blade from above, below or through the barrier guard or from the side;
Provided that in case of machines used in the paper printing and allied industries, where a fixed barrier
metal guard is not suitable on a account of the height and volume of the material being fed, there shall be provided
suitable starting devices which require simultaneous action of both the hands of the operator or an automatic device
which will remove both the hands of the operator from the danger zone at every descent of the blade.
(2) At the back and of such machines, an inclined guard shall be provided over which the slit pieces would slide and
be collected at a safe distance in a manner as would prevent a person at the back from reaching the descending
blade.
(3) Power-driven guillotine cutters, except continuous feed trimmers, shall be equipped with -
(a) starting devices which require the simultaneous action of both hands to start the cutting motion and of
at least one hand on a control during the complete stroke of the knife; or
(b) An automatic guard which will remove the hands of the operator from the danger zone at every descent of
the blade, used in conjunction with one-hand starting devices which require two distinct movements of the
device to start the cutting motion, and so designed as to return positively to the non-starting position after
each complete cycle of the knife.
(4) Where two or more workers are employed at the same time on the same power-driven guillotine cutter equipped
with two-hand control, the device shall be so arranged that each worker shall be required to use both hands
simultaneously on the safety trip to start the cutting motion, and at least one hand on a control to complete the
cut.
(5) Power-driven guillotine cutters, other than continuous trimmer, shall be provided, in addition to the brake or
other stopping mechanism, with an emergency device which will prevent the machine from operating in the
event of failure of the brake when the starting mechanism is in the non-starting position.
3. Slitting Machines. -
(1) Circular disc-type knives on machines for cutting metal and leather, paper, rubber, textiles or other non-metallic
substances shall, if within reach of operators standing on the floor or working level, be provided with guards
enclosing the knife edges at all times as near as practicable to the surface of the material, and which may either-
(a) Automatically adjust themselves to the thickness of the material; or
(b) be fixed or manually adjusted so that the space between the bottom of the guard and the material will not
exceed 6 mm (1/4 in.) at any time.
(2) Portions of blades underneath the tables or benches of slitting machines shall be covered by guards.
4. Index cutters and Vertical Paper Slotters. - Index cutters, and other machines for cutting strips from the ends of
books, and for similar operations, shall be provided with fixed guards, so arranged that the fingers of the operators
cannot come between the blades and the tables.
5. Corner Cutters.- Corner cutters used in the manufacture of paper boxes, shall be equipped with -
(a) suitable guard, fastened to the machines in front of the knives and provided with slots or perforations
to afford visibility of the operations; or
(b) other guards equally efficient for the protection of the fingers of the workers.
6. Band Knives. - Band wheels on band knives, and all portions of the blades except working side between the
sliding guide and the table on vertical machines, or between the wheel guards on horizontal machines, shall be
39
LatestLaws.com
completely enclosed with hinged guards of sheet metal not less than 1 mm (0.04 in.) in thickness or of other material
of equal strength.
Register prescribed under sub-section (1) of Section 22
58. Register of workers employed for work on or near machinery in motion.- In every factory a register shall
be maintained in Form 9 in which the name and other particulars of every such worker as may be employed for such
examination or operation as referred to in the proviso to sub-section (1) of section 21 shall be entered.
Rule prescribed under sub-section (2) of Section 23
59. Employment of young persons on dangerous machines.- The machines specified in sections 28, 29 and 30
and the machines mentioned below shall be deemed to be of such dangerous character that young persons shall not
work at them unless the provisions of sub-section (1) of section 23 are complied with -
(a) Power presses other than hydraulic presses.
(b) Milling machines used in the metal trades.
(c) Circular saws.
(d) Platen printing machines.
(e) Guillotine machines.
Rule framed under section 28
60. Hoists and lifts. -
(1) A register shall be maintained to record particulars of examination of hoists and lifts and shall give particulars as
shown in Form 10.
(2) In pursuance of the provisions of sub-section (4) of section 28, in respect of any class or description of hoist or
lift specified in the first column of the following schedule, the requirements of section 28 specified in the second
column of the said schedule and set opposite to that class or description of hoist or lift shall not apply.
SCHEDULE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class or Description of Requirement which shall not
hoist or lift applies apply-
(1) (2)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hoists or lifts mainly used Sub-section 1(b) in so far as
for raising materials for it requires a gate at the
charging blast furnaces or bottom landing; sub-section
lime kilns. 1(d); sub-section 1(e).
Hoists not connected with Sub-section 1(b) in so far as

mechanical power and which it requires the hoistway or
are not used for carrying liftway enclosure to be so
persons. constructed as to prevent any
person or thing from being
trapped between any part of
the hoist or lift and any
fixed structure or moving
part; sub-section 1(e).
40
LatestLaws.com
61. Lifting machines, chains, ropes and lifting tackles.-
(1) No lifting machine and no chain, rope or lifting tackle, except a fibre rope or fibre rope sling, shall be taken into
use in any factory for the first time in that factory unless it has been tested and all parts have been thoroughly
examined by a competent person and a certificate of such a test and examination specifying the safe working load
or loads and signed by the person making the test and the examination, has been obtained and is kept available for
inspection.
(2) Every jib-crane so constructed that the safe working load may be varied by the raising or lowering of the jib,
shall have attached thereto either an automatic indicator of safe working loads or an automatic jib angle indicator
and a table indicating the safe working loads at corresponding inclinations of the jib or corresponding radii of the
load.
(3) A table showing the safe working loads of every kind and size of chain, rope or lifting tackle in use, and, in the
case of a multiple sling, the safe working loads at different angles of the legs, shall be posted in the store in
which the chains, ropes or lifting tackles are kept, and in prominent positions on the premises, and no chain, rope
or lifting tackle not shown in the table shall be used :
Provided that this sub-rule shall not apply in respect of such lifting tackle if the safe working load thereof, or in
the case of a multiple sling, the safe working load at different angles of the legs, is plainly marked upon it.
(4) The register to be maintained under clause (a)(iii) of sub-section (1) of section 29 of the Act shall
contain the following particulars and shall be kept readily available for inspection :-
(a) Name of occupier of factory.
(b) Address of factory.
(c) Distinguishing number or mark, if any, and description sufficient to identify the lifting machine, chain, rope, or
lifting tackle.
(d) Date when the lifting machine, chain, rope or lifting tackle was first taken into use in the use in the factory.
(e) Date and number of the certificate relating to any test and examination made under sub-rules (1) and (9)
together with the name and address of the person who issued the certificate.
(f) Date of each periodical thorough examination made under clause (a)(iii) of sub-section (1) of section 29 of the
Act and sub- rule (8) and by whom it was carried out.
(g) Date of annealing or other heat treatment of the chain and other lifting tackle made under sub-rule (7) and by
whom it was carried out.
(h) Particulars of any defects affecting the safe working load found at any such thorough examination or after
annealing and of the steps taken to remedy such defects.
(5) All rails on which a travelling crane moves and every track on which the carriage of transported or runway
moves shall be of proper size and adequate strength and have an even running surface; and every such rail or track
shall be properly laid, adequately supported and properly maintained.
(6) To provide access to rail tracks of overhead travelling cranes suitable passage-ways of at least 50 centimetres
width with toe boards and double hand rails 90 centimetres high shall be provided alongside, and clear of, the rail
tracks of overhead travelling cranes, such that no moving part of the crane can strike persons on the ways, and the
passage-way shall be at a lower level than the crane track itself. Safe access ladders shall be provided at suitable
intervals to afford access to these passage-ways, and from passage-ways to the rail tracks
Provided that the Chief Inspector may, for reasons to be specified in writing, exempt any factory in respect
of any overhead travelling crane from the operation of any provision of this sub-rule subject to such conditions as he
may specify.
(7) All chains and lifting tackles except a rope sling shall, unless they have been subjected to such other heat
treatment as may be approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, be effectively annealed under the supervision of
a competent person at the following intervals :- (a) all chains, slings, rings, hooks, shackles and swivels used in
connection with molten metal or molten slag or when they are made of 12.5 millimetres bar or smaller, once at
41
LatestLaws.com
least in every six months; (b) all other chains, rings, hooks, shackles and swivels in general use, once at least in
every twelve months;
Provided that chains and lifting tackle not in frequent use shall, subject to the Chief Inspector’s approval,
be annealed only when necessary. Particulars of such annealing shall be entered in a register prescribed under sub-
rule (4).
(8) Nothing in the foregoing sub-rule (7) shall apply to the following classes of chains and lifting tackles :-
(a) chains made of malleable cast iron ;
(b) plate link chains;
(c) chains, rings, hooks, shackles and swivels made of steel or of any non-ferrous metal;
(d) pitched chains, working on sprocket or pocketed wheels;
(e) rings, hooks, shackles and swivels permanently attached to pitched chains, puller blocks or weighing
machines;
(f) hooks and swivels having screw threaded parts or ball bearing or other case hardened parts;
(g) socket shackles secured to wire ropes by white-metal capping; and
(h) bordeaux connections :
Provided that such chains and lifting tackles shall be thoroughly examined by a competent person once at
least in every twelve months, and particulars entered in the register kept in accordance with sub-rule (4).
(9) all lifting machines , ropes, chains and lifting tackles, except a fibre rope or fibre sling, which have been
lengthened, altered or repaired by welding or otherwise, shall, before being again taken into use, be adequately re-
tested and re-examined by a competent person and certificate of such test and examination be obtained, and
particulars entered in the register kept in accordance with sub-rule (4).”
(10) No person under 18 years of age and no person who is not sufficiently competent and reliable shall be
employed as driver of a lifting machine whether driven by mechanical power or otherwise, or to give signals to a
driver.
(11) Where the Chief Inspector of Factories is satisfied that in a factory due to shut down or for any other
reasons it is not practicable to maintain a minimum distance of 6 meters between the person employed or
working on or near the wheel track of a travelling crane and the crane, he may on the request of the
manager reduce the distance to such an extent as he may consider necessary and also prescribe further
precautions indicating appointment of suitable number of supervisors to ensure the safety of the persons while
they are employed or working on or near the track.
Rules 62 and 63 prescribed under sub-sections (2) & (3) of section 31
62. Pressure vessels or plant. -

(1) Interpretation.- In this rule -
(a) “design pressure” means the maximum pressure that a pressure vessel or plant is designed to withstand safely
when operating normally;
(b) “maximum permissible working pressure” means the maximum pressure at which a pressure vessel or
plant is permitted to be operated or used under this rule and is determined by the technical requirements of
the process;
(c) “plant” means a system of piping that is connected to a pressure vessel and is used to contain a gas, vapour or
liquid under pressure greater than the atmospheric pressure, and includes the pressure vessel;
(d) “pressure vessel” means a vessel that may be used for containing, storing, distributing, transferring, distilling,
processing or otherwise handling any gas, vapour or liquid under pressure greater than the atmospheric
pressure and includes any pipeline fitting or other equipment attached thereto or used in connection
therewith; and
(e) “competent person” means a person who is, in the opinion of the Chief Inspector, capable by virtue of his
qualifications, training and experience, of conducting a thorough examination and pressure tests, as
required, on a pressure vessel or plant, and of making a full report on its condition.
(2) Exceptions.- Nothing in this rule shall apply to -

(a) x x x x x x x
42
LatestLaws.com
(b) vessels made of ferrous materials having an internal operating pressure not exceeding 1 kilogram per square
centimetre;
(c) steam boilers, steam and feed pipes and their fittings coming under the purview of Indian Boilers Act, 1923;
(d) metal bottles or cylinders used for storage or transport of compressed gases or liquefied or dissolved gases
under pressure covered by the Gas Cylinder Rules, 1981 framed under the Indian Explosives Act, 1884;
(e) vessels in which internal pressure is due solely to the static head of liquid;
(f) vessels with a nominal water capacity not exceeding 500 litres connected in a water-pumping system
containing air that is compressed to serve as a cushion;
(g) vessels for nuclear energy application;
(h) refrigeration plant having a capacity of 3 tons or less of refrigeration in 24 hours; and
(i) working cylinders of steam engines or prime movers, feed pumps and steam traps; turbine casings;
compressor cylinders; steam separators or dryers; steam strainers; steam de-super-heaters; oil separators; air
receivers for fire sprinkler installations; air receivers of monotype machines provided the maximum working
pressure of the air receiver does not exceed 1.33 kilograms per square centimetre and the capacity 85 litres; air
receivers of electrical circuit breakers; air receivers of electrical relays; air vessels on pumps, pipe coils,
accessories of instruments and appliances such as cylinders and piston assemblies used for operating relays
and interlocking type of guards; vessels with liquids subjected to static head only; and hydraulically operating
cylinders other than any cylinder communicating with an air loaded accumulator.
(3) Design and construction.- Every pressure vessel or plant used in a factory -
(a) shall be properly designed on sound engineering practice;
(b) shall be of good construction, sound material, adequate strength and free from any patent defects; and
(c) shall be properly maintained in a safe condition:
Provided that the pressure vessel or plant in respect of the design and construction of which there is an
Indian standard or a standard of the country of manufacture or any other law or regulation in force, shall be designed
and constructed in accordance with the said standard, law or regulation, as the case may be, and a certificate thereof
shall be obtained from the manufacturer or from the competent person which shall be kept and produced on demand
by an Inspector.
(4) Safety devices.- Every pressure shall be fitted with -
(a) a suitable safety valve or other effective pressure relieving device of adequate capacity to ensure that the
maximum permissible working pressure of the pressure vessel shall not be exceeded. It shall be set to
operate at a pressure not exceeding the maximum permissible working pressure and when more than one
protective device is provided, only one of the devices need be set to operate at the maximum permissible
working pressure and the additional device shall be set to discharge at a pressure not more than 5 per cent in
excess of the maximum permissible working pressure;
(b) a suitable pressure gauge with a dial range not less than 1.5 times the maximum permissible working pressure,
easily visible and designed to show at all times the correct internal pressure and marked with a prominent red
mark at the maximum permissible working pressure of the pressure vessel;
(c) a suitable nipple and globe valve connected for the exclusive purpose of attaching a test pressure gauge for
checking the accuracy of the pressure gauge referred to in clause (b) of this sub-rule;
(d) a suitable stop valve or valve by which the pressure vessel may be isolated from other pressure vessels or plant
or source of supply of pressure. Such a stop valve or valves shall be located as close to the pressure vessel
as possible and shall be easily accessible; and
(e) a suitable drain cock or valve at the lowest part of the pressure vessel for the discharge of the liquid or
other substances that may collect in the pressure vessel:
Provided that it shall be sufficient for the purpose of this sub-rule if the safety valve or pressure
relieving device, the pressure gauge and the stop valve are mounted on a pipeline immediately adjacent to the
pressure vessel and where there is a range of two or more similar pressure vessels served by the same pressure
lead, only one set of such mountings need be fitted on the pressure lead immediately adjacent to the range of
pressure vessels, provided they cannot be isolated.
(5) Pressure reducing devices. -
(a) Every pressure vessel which is designed for a working pressure less than the pressure at the source of supply, or
less than the pressure which can be obtained in the pipe connecting the pressure vessel with any other source of
43
LatestLaws.com
supply, shall be fitted with a suitable pressure reducing valve or other suitable automatic device to prevent the
maximum permissible working pressure of the pressure vessel being exceeded.
(b) To further protect the pressure vessel in the event of failure of the reducing valve or device, at least one safety
valve having a capacity sufficient to release all the steam, vapour or gas without undue pressure rise as
determined by the pressure at the source of supply and the size of the pipe connecting the source of supply, shall
be fitted on the low pressure side of the reducing valve.
(6) Pressure vessel or plant being taken into use. –
(a) No new pressure vessel or plant shall be taken into use in the factory after coming into force of this rule unless
it has been hydrostatically tested by a competent person at a pressure at least 1.3 times the design pressure,
and no pressure vessel or plant which has been previously used or has remained isolated or idle for a period
exceeding 2 months or which has undergone alterations or repairs shall be taken into use in a factory
unless it has been thoroughly examined by a competent person externally and internally, if practicable, and
has been hydrostatically tested by the competent person at a pressure which shall be 1.5 times the maximum
permissible working pressure :
Provided, however, that the pressure vessel or plant which is so designed and constructed that it cannot be
safely filled with water or liquid or is used in service when even some traces of water cannot be tolerated, shall be
pneumatically tested at a pressure not less than the design pressure or the maximum permissible working pressure as
the case may be.
Provided further that the pressure vessel or plant, which is lined with glass, shall be tested hydrostatically or
pneumatically as required at a pressure not less than the design pressure or maximum permissible working pressure
as the case may be.
Design pressure shall be not less than the maximum permissible working pressure and shall take into account
the possible fluctuations of pressure during actual operation.
(b) No pressure vessel or plant shall be used in a factory unless there has been obtained from the maker of the
pressure vessel or plant or from the competent person a certificate specifying the design pressure or maximum
permissible working pressure thereof, and stating the nature of tests to which the pressure vessel or plant and its
fittings (if any) have been subjected, and every pressure vessel or plant so used in a factory shall be marked so
as to enable it to be identified as to be the pressure vessel or plant to which the certificate relates and the
certificate shall be kept available for perusal by the Inspector.
(c) No pressure vessel or plant shall be permitted to be operated or used at a pressure higher than its design
pressure, or the maximum permissible working pressure as shown in the certificate.
(7) In-service test and examinations. -

a) Every pressure vessel or plant in service shall be thoroughly examined by a competent person -
(i) externally, once in every period of six months;
(ii) internally, once in every period of twelve months :
Provided that if by reason of the construction of a pressure vessel or plant, a thorough internal examination is
not possible, this examination may be replaced by a hydrostatic test which shall be carried out once in every period
of two years.
Provided further that for a pressure vessel or plant in continuous process which cannot be frequently
opened, the period of internal examination may be extended to four years; and
(iii) hydrostatically tested once in every period of four years :
Provided that in respect of a pressure vessel or plant with thin walls, such as sizing cylinder made of copper
or any other non- ferrous metal, periodic hydrostatic test may be dispensed with subject to the condition that the
requirements laid down in sub- rule (8) are fulfilled.
44
LatestLaws.com
Provided further that when it is impracticable to carry out thorough external examination of any pressure
vessel or plant every six months as required in sub-clause (i) of this clause, or if owing to its construction and use a
pressure vessel or plant cannot be hydrostatically tested as required in sub-clause (ii) and (iii) of this clause, a
thorough external examination of the pressure vessel or plant shall be carried out at least once in every period of
two years, and at least once in every period of four years a thorough systematic non-destructive test like ultrasonic
test for metal thickness or other defects of all parts the failure of which might lead to eventual rupture of the
pressure vessel or plant shall be carried out.
(b) The pressure for the hydrostatic test to be carried out for the purpose of this sub-rule shall be 1.25 times
the design pressure or 1.5 times the maximum permissible working pressure, whichever is less.
(8) Thin walled pressure vessel or plant. -

(a) In respect of any pressure vessel or plant of thin walls such as sizing cylinder made of copper or any other
non-ferrous metal, the maximum permissible working pressure shall be reduced at the rate of 5 percent
of the original maximum permissible working pressure for every year of its use after the first five years
and no such cylinder shall be allowed to continue to be used for more than twenty years after it was first
taken into use.
(b) If any information as to the date of construction, thickness of walls, or maximum permissible working
pressure is not available, the age of such pressure vessel or plant shall be determined by the competent
person in consultation with the Chief Inspector from the other particulars available with the manager.
(c) Every new and second hand pressure vessel or plant of thin walls to which repairs likely to affect its
strength or safety have been carried out, shall be tested before use to at least 1.5 times its maximum
permissible working pressure.
(9) Report by competent person. -
(a) If during any examination any doubt arises as to the ability of the pressure vessel or plant to work safely
until the next prescribed examination, the competent person shall enter in the prescribed register his
observations, findings and conclusions with other relevant remarks with reasons and may authorise the pressure
vessel or plant to be used and kept in operation subject to a lowering of maximum permissible working
pressure, or to more frequent or special examination or test, or subject to both of these conditions.
(b) A report of every examination or test carried out shall be completed in Form 11 and shall be signed by the
person making the examination or test, and shall be kept available for perusal by the Inspector at all hours
when the factory or any part thereof is working.
(c) Where the report of any examination under this rule specified any condition for securing the safe working
of any pressure vessel or plant, the pressure vessel or plant shall not be used unless the specified condition is
fulfilled.
(d) The competent person making report of any examination under this rule, shall within seven days of the
completion of the examination, send to the Inspector a copy of the report in every case where the maximum
permissible working pressure is reduced or the examination shows that the pressure vessel or plant or any
part thereof cannot continue to be used with safety unless certain repairs are carried out or unless any other
safety measure is taken.
(10) Application of other laws. -
(a) The requirements of this rule shall be in addition to and without any prejudice to and not in derogation of the
requirements of any other law in force.
(b) Certificates or reports of any examination, or test of any pressure vessel or plant to which sub-rules (7) to (9)
do not apply, conducted or required to be conducted under any other law in force and other relevant record
45
LatestLaws.com
relating to such pressure vessel or plant, shall be properly maintained as required under the said law and shall be
produced on demand by the Inspector.
63. Water-sealed gasholder.-
(1)The expression “gasholder” means a water-sealed gasholder, which has a storage capacity of not less than 141.5
cubic meters.
(2)Every gasholder shall be of adequate material and strength, sound construction and properly maintained.
(3) Where there is more than one gasholder in a factory, every gasholder shall be marked in a conspicuous position
with a distinguishing number or letter.
(4)Every gasholder shall be thoroughly examined externally by a competent person at least once in a period of 12
months.
(5)In the case of gasholder of which any lift has been in use for more than 10 years, the internal state of the
sheeting shall, within one year of the coming into operation of these rules and thereafter at least once in every
period of four years, be examined by a competent person by means of electronic or other accurate devices :
Provided that if the Chief Inspector is satisfied that such electronic or other accurate devices are not
available, he may permit the cutting of samples from the crown and the sides of the holder.
Provided further that if the above examination raises a doubt, an internal visual examination shall be made.
(6) All possible steps shall be taken to prevent or minimise ingress of impurities in the gasholder.
(7) No gasholder shall be repaired or demolished except under the direct supervision of a person who, by his
training, experience and knowledge of the necessary precautions against risks of explosion and of persons being
overcome by gas, is competent to supervise such work.
(8) (a) All sample discs cut under sub-rule (5) above shall be kept readily available for inspection.
(b) A permanent register in Form 12 duly signed by the occupier or manager shall be maintained.
(c) The results of examinations by the competent person carried out as required under sub-rules (4) and (5) shall
be recorded in Form 13.
(d) A copy of the report in Form 13 shall be kept in the register in Form 12 and both the register and the report
shall be readily available for inspection.
(9) The Inspector of Factories shall inspect the gasholder at least once in a period of 12 months.
64. Excessive weights. -

(1)No woman or young person shall, unaided by another person, lift, carry or move by hand or on head, any
material, article, tool or appliance exceeding the maximum limit in weight set out in the following schedule :-
SCHEDULE
Persons Maximum weight of material,

article, tool or appliance
(a) Adult male .. 55 Kilograms
(b) Adult female .. 30 Kilograms
(c) Adolescent male .. 30 Kilograms
(d) Adolescent female .. 20 Kilograms
46
LatestLaws.com
(e) Male child .. 16 Kilograms

(f) Female child .. 14 Kilograms
(2) No woman or young person shall engage, in conjunction with others, in lifting, carrying or moving by hand or on
head any material, article, tool or appliance, if the weight thereof exceeds the lowest weight fixed by the schedule to
sub-rule (1) for any of the persons engaged, multiplied by the number of the persons engaged.
Rule prescribed under section 35
65. Protection of eyes.- Effective screens or suitable goggles shall be provided for the protection of persons employed
in or in the immediate vicinity of the following processes :-
(a) The processes specified in Schedule I annexed hereto, being processes, which involve risk of injury to eyes from
particles or fragments thrown off in the course of the processes.
(b) The processes specified in Schedule II annexed hereto, being processes, which involve risk of injury to eyes by
reason of exposure to excessive light or infrared or ultra-violet radiations.
SCHEDULE I
1. Breaking, cutting, dressing or carving of bricks, stone, concrete, slag or similar materials by means of a hammer,
chisel, pick or similar hand tool, or by means of a portable tool driven by mechanical power, and the dry grinding of
surfaces of any such materials by means of a wheel or disc driven by mechanical power, where, in any of the foregoing
cases, particles or fragments are liable to be thrown off towards the face of the operator in the course of the process.
2. Dry grinding of surfaces of metal by applying them by hand to a wheel, disc or band driven by mechanical power,
and of surfaces of metal by means of a portable tool driven by mechanical power.
3. Dividing into separate parts of metal, bricks, stone, concrete or similar materials by means of a high speed saw
driven by mechanical power or by means of an abrasive cutting-off wheel or disc driven by mechanical power.
4. Turning of metals or articles of metal, where particles or fragments are liable to be thrown off towards the face of
the operator in the course of the process.
5. Drilling by means of portable tools, where particles or fragments are liable to be thrown off towards the face of the
operator in the course of the process.
6. Welding and cutting of metals by means of an electric, Oxy- acetylene or similar process.
7. Hot fettling of steel castings by means of a flux-injected burner or air torch, and de-seaming of metal.
8. Fettling of metal castings involving the removal of metal, including runners, gates and risers, and removal of any
other material during the hours or such fettling.
9. Chipping of metal, and chipping, knocking out, cutting out or cutting off of cold rivets, bolts, nuts, lugs, pins, collars
or similar articles from any structure or plant, or from part of any structure or plant, by means of a hammer, chisel
punch or similar hand tool, or by means of a portable tool driven by mechanical power.
10. Chipping or scurfing of paint, scale, slag, rust or other corrosion from the surface of metal and other hard materials
by means of a hand tool or by a portable tool driven by mechanical power.
11. Breaking of scrap metal by means of a hammer or by means of a tool driven by mechanical power.
12. Routing of metal, where particles or fragments are liable to be thrown off towards the face of the operator in the
course of the process.
47
LatestLaws.com
13. Work with drop hammers and power hammers used in either case for the manufacture of forging, and work by any
person not working with such hammers, whose work is carried on in such circumstances and in such a position
that particles or fragments are liable to be thrown off towards his face during work with drop hammers or power
hammers.
14. Work at a furnace where there is risk to the eyes from molten metal.
15. Pouring or skimming of molten metal.
16. Work involving risk to the eyes from hot sand being thrown off.
17. Truing or dressing of an abrasive wheel.
18. Handling in open vessels or manipulation of strong acids or dangerous corrosive liquids or materials, and operation,
maintenance or dismantling of plant or any part of plant, being plant or part of plant which contains or has contained
such acids, liquids or materials, unless the plant or part of plant has been so prepared (by isolation, reduction of
pressure, or otherwise), treated, or designed and constructed as to prevent risk of injury.
19. Any other process wherein there is a risk of injury to eyes from particles or fragments thrown off during the course
of the process.
SCHEDULE II
1. Welding or cutting of metals by means of an electrical, oxy- acetylene or similar process.

2. All work on furnaces where there is risk of exposure to excessive light or infrared radiations.
3. Process such as rolling, casting or forging of metals where there is risk of exposure to excessive light
or infrared radiations.
4. Any other process wherein there is a risk of injury to eyes from exposure to excessive light or infrared or ultra-
violet radiations.
Rule prescribed under sub section(6) of section 36.

66. Minimum dimensions of manholes.- Every chamber, tank, vat, pipe, flue or other confined space, which
persons may have to enter and which may contain dangerous fumes to such an extent as to involve risk of the
persons being overcome thereby, shall unless there is other effective means of egress, be provided with a manhold
which may be rectangular, oval or circular in shape and which shall
(a) in the case of a rectangular or oval shape, be not less than 40 centimetres long and 30 centimetres wide; and
(b) in the case of a circular shape, be not less than 40 centimetres in diameter.
Exemptions under section (5) of section 37.
67. Exemptions.- The requirements of sub-section (4) of section 37 shall not apply to the following processes carried
on in any factory :-
(a) the operation of repairing a water sealed gasholder by the electric welding process, subject to the following
conditions :-
(i) the gasholder shall contain only the following gases, separately or mixed at a pressure greater than atmospheric
pressure, namely, town gas, coke-oven gas, producer gas, blast furnace gas, or gases other than air, used in their
manufacture:
Provided that this exemption shall not apply to any gasholder containing acetylene or mixture of gases to which
acetylene has been added intentionally; and
(ii) welding shall only be done by the electric welding process and shall be carried out by experienced operatives
under the constant supervision of a competent person;
(b) the operations of cutting or welding steel or wrought iron gas mains and services by the application of heat,
subject to the following conditions :-
48
LatestLaws.com
(i) the main or service shall be situated in the open air, and it shall contain only the following gases, separately or
mixed at a pressure greater than atmospheric pressure, namely, town gas, coke-oven gas, producer gas, blast furnace
gas, or gases other than air, used in their manufacture;
(ii) the main or service shall not contain acetylene or any gas or mixture of gases to which acetylene has been
added intentionally;
(iii) the operation shall be carried out by an experienced person or persons and at least 2 persons (including those
carrying out the operations) experienced in work on gas mains and over 18 years of age shall be present during the
operation;
(iv) the site of the operation shall be free from any flammable or explosive gas or vapour;
(v) where acetylene gas is used as a source of heat in connection with an operation, it shall be compressed and
contained in a porous substances in a cylinder; and
(vi) Prior to the application of any flame to the gas main or service, this shall be pierced or drilled and the escaping gas
ignited.
(c) the operation of repairing an oil tank on any ship by the electric welding process shall be subject to the
following conditions :-
(i) the only oil contained in the tank shall have a flash point of not less than 65.5 degrees centigrade (close test)
and a certificate to this effect shall be obtained from a competent analyst;
(ii) the analyst’s certificate shall be kept available for inspection by an Inspector, or by any person employed or
working on the ship;
(iii) the welding operation shall be carried out only on the exterior surface of the tank at a place (a) which is free from
oil or oil leakage in flammable quantities and (b) which is not less than 30 centimetres below the nearest part of the
surface of the oil within the tank; and
(iv) welding shall be done only by the electric welding and shall be carried out by experienced operatives under the
constant supervision of a competent person.
Rule prescribed etc. under sections 38 & 41
68. Fire protection.-
(1) Processes, equipment, plant involving serious explosion and cribbed under serious fire hazards.-
(a) All processes, storages, equipments, plants, etc. involving serious explosion and flash fire hazard shall be
located in segregated buildings where the equipment shall be so arranged that only a minimum number of
employees are exposed to such hazards at any one time.
(b) All industrial processes involving serious fire hazard should be located in buildings or work places separated
from one another by walls of fire-resistant construction.
(c) Equipment and plant involving serious fire or flash fire hazard shall, wherever possible, be so constructed and
installed that in case of fire, they can be easily isolated.
(d) Ventilation ducts, pneumatic conveyors and similar equipment involving a serious fire risk should be provided
with flame-arresting or automatic fire extinguishing appliances, or fire-resisting dampers electrically
interlocked with heat sensitive/smoke detectors and the air-conditioning plant system.
(e) In all workplaces having serious fire or flash fire hazards, passages between machines, installations or piles of
material should be at least 90 com. wide. For storage piles, the clearance between the ceiling and the top of the
pile should not be less than 2m.
(2) Access for fire fighting. -

(a) Buildings and plants shall be so laid out and roads, passageways etc. so maintained as to permit unobstructed
access for fire fighting.
(b) Doors, and window openings shall be located in suitable positions on all external walls of the building to
provide easy access to the entire area within the building for fire fighting.
(3) Protection against lighting. - Protection from lightning shall be provided for -
(a) building in which explosive or highly flammable substances are manufactured, used, handled or stored;
(b) storage tanks containing oils, paints, or other flammable liquids;
(c) grain elevators;
49
LatestLaws.com
(d) buildings, tall chimneys or stacks where flammable gases, fumes, dust or lint are likely to be present;
(e) Sub-station buildings and out-door transformers and switchyards.
(4) Precautions against ignition. - Wherever there is danger of fire explosion from accumulation of flammable or
explosive substances in air -
(a) all electrical apparatus shall either be excluded from the area of risk or they shall be of such construction and so
installed and maintained as to prevent the danger of their being a source of ignition;
(b) effective measures shall be adopted for prevention of accumulation of static charges to a dangerous extent;
(c) workers shall wear shoes without iron or steel nails or any other exposed ferrous materials which is likely to
cause sparks by friction;
(d) smoking, lighting or carrying of matches, lighters or smoking materials shall be prohibited;
(e) transmission belts with iron fasteners shall not be used; and
(f) all other precautions, as are reasonably practicable, shall be taken to prevent initiation of ignition fro all other
possible sources such as open flammes, frictional sparks, overheated surfaces of machinery or plant, chemical
reaction and radiant heat.
(5) Spontaneous ignition. - Where materials are likely to induce spontaneous ignition, care shall be taken to avoid
formation of air pocket and to ensure adequate ventilation. The material susceptible to spontaneous ignition should
be stored in dry condition and should be in heaps of such capacity and separated by such passage, which will prevent
fire. The materials susceptible to ignition and stored in the open shall be at a distance not less than 10 meters away
from process or storage buildings.
(6) Cylinders containing compressed gas. – Cylinders containing compressed gas may only be stored in open if they
are protected against excessive variation of temperature, direct rays of sun, or continuous dampness. Such cylinders
shall never be stored near highly flammable substances, furnaces or hot processes. The room where such cylinders
are stored shall have adequate ventilation.
(7) Storage of flammable liquids. -
(a) The quantity of flammable liquids in any workroom shall be the minimum required for the process or processes
carried on in such room. Flammable liquids shall be stored in suitable containers with close fitting covers:
Provided that not more than 20 litres of flammable liquids having a flash point of 21 degrees centigrade or less shall
be kept or stored in any workroom.
(b) Flammable liquids shall be stored in closed containers and in limited quantities in well-ventilated rooms of fire
resisting construction, which are isolated from the remainder of the building by firewalls and self-closing fire doors.
(c) Large quantities of such liquids shall be stored in isolated adequately ventilated building of fire resisting
construction or in a storage tanks, preferably underground and at a distance from any building as required in the
Petroleum Rules, 1976.
(d) Effective steps shall be taken to prevent leakage of such liquids into basements, sumps or drains and to confine
any escaping liquid within safe limits.
(8) Accumulation of flammable dust, gas, fume or vapour in air or flammable waste material on the floors. -
(a) Effective steps shall be taken for removal or prevention of the accumulation in the air of flammable dust, gas,
fume or vapour to an extent, which is likely to be dangerous.
(b) No waste material of a flammable nature shall be permitted to accumulate on the floors and shall be removed at
least once in a day or shift, and more often, when possible. Such materials shall be placed in suitable metal
containers with covers wherever possible.
(9)Fire exits. -
(a) In this rule -
(i)”horizontal exit” means an arrangement which allows alternative egress from a floor area to another floor at or
near the same level in an adjoining building or an adjoining part of the same building with adequate separation; and
50
LatestLaws.com
(ii)”travel distance” means the distance an occupant has to travel to reach an exit.
(b) An exit may be a doorway, corridor, passageway to an external stairway or to a verandah or to an internal
stairway segregated from the rest of building by fire resisting walls which shall provide continuous and protected
means of egress to the exterior of a building or to an exterior open space. An exit may also include a horizontal exit
leading to an adjoining building at the same level.
(c) Lifts, escalators and revolving doors shall not be considered as exits for the purpose of this sub-rule.
(d) In every room of a factory exits sufficient to permit safe escape of the occupants in case of fire or other
emergency shall be provided which shall be free of any obstruction.
(e) The exits shall be clearly visible and suitably illuminated with suitable arrangement, whatever artificial lighting
is to be adopted for this purpose, to maintain the required illumination in case of failure of the normal source of
electric supply.
(f) The exits shall be marked in a language understood by the majority of the workers.
(g)Iron rung ladders or spiral staircases shall not be used as exit staircases.
(h) Fire resisting doors or roller shutters shall be provided at appropriate places along the escape routes to prevent
spread of fire and smoke, particularly at the entrance of lifts or stairs where funnel or flue effect may be created
inducing an upward spread of fire.
(i) All exits shall provide continuous means of egress to the exterior of a building or to an exterior open space
leading to a street.
(j) Exits shall be so located that the travel distance to reach at least one of them on the floor shall not exceed 30
meters.
(k) In case of those factories where high hazard materials are stored or used, the travel distance to the exit shall not
exceed 22.5 metres and there shall be at least two ways of escape from every room, however small, except toilet
rooms, so located that the points of access thereto are out of or suitably shielded from areas of high hazard.
(l) Wherever more than on exit is required for any room, space or floor, exits shall be placed as remote from each
other as possible and shall be arranged to provide direct access in separate directions from any point in the area
served.
(m) The unit of exit width used to measure capacity of any exit shall be 50 cm. A clear width of 25 cm. shall be
counted as an additional half unit. Clear width of less than 25 cm. shall not be counted for exit width.
(n) Occupants per unit width shall be 50 for stairs and 75 for doors.
(o) For determining the exits required, the occupant load shall be reckoned on the basis of actual number of
occupants within any floor area or 10 square metres per person, whichever is more.
(p) There shall not be less than two exits serving every floor area above and below the ground floor, and at least one
of them shall be an internal enclosed stairway.
(q) For every building or structure used for storage only, and every section thereof considered separately, shall have
access to at least one exit so arranged and located as to provide a suitable means of escape for any person employed
therein, and in any such room wherein more than 10 persons may be normally present, at least two separate means
of exit shall be available, as remote from each other as practicable.
(r) Every storage area shall have access to at least one means of exit, which can be readily opened.
(s) Every exit doorway shall open into an enclosed stairway, a horizontal exit on a corridor or passageway providing
continuous and protected means of egress.
(t) No exit doorway shall be less than 100-cm.in width. Doorways shall be not less than 200 cm. in height.
51
LatestLaws.com
(u) Exit doorways shall open outwards, that is, away from the room but shall not obstruct the travel along any exit.
No door when opened shall reduce the required width of a stairway or landing too less than 90 cm. Over head or
sliding doors shall not be installed for this purpose.
(v) An exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight of stairs. A landing at least 1.5 m x 1.5 m in size shall be
provided in the stairway at each doorway. The level of landing shall be the same as that of the floor, which it serves.
(w) The exit doorways shall be openable from the side, which they serve without the use of a key.
(x) Exit corridors and passageways shall be of a width not less than the aggregate required width of exit doorways
leading from there in the direction of travel to the exterior.
(y) Where stairways discharge through corridors and passageways, the height of the corridors and passageways shall
not be less than 2.4 metres.
(aa) A staircase shall not be arranged round a lift shaft unless the latter is totally enclosed by a material having a
fire-resistance rating not lower than that of the type of construction of the former.
(bb) Hollow combustible construction shall not be permitted.
(cc) The minimum width of an internal staircase shall be 100 cm.
(dd) The minimum width of treads without nosing shall be 25 cm. for an internal staircase. The treads shall be
constructed and maintained in a manner to prevent slipping.
(ee) The maximum height of a riser shall be 19 cm. and the number of risers shall be limited to 12 per flight.
(ff) Handrails shall be provided with a minimum height of 100 cm. and shall be firmly supported.
(gg) The use of spiral staircase shall be limited to low occupant load and to a building of height of 9 metres, unless
they are connected to platforms such as balconies and terraces to allow escapees to pause. A spiral staircase shall be
not less than 300 cm. in diameter and have adequate headroom.
(hh) The width of a horizontal exit shall be same as for the exit doorways.
(ii)The horizontal exit shall be equipped with at least one fire door of self-closing type.
(jj) The floor area on the opposite or refuge side of a horizontal exit shall be sufficient to accommodate occupants
of the floor areas served, allowing not less than 0.3 square metre per person. The refuge area shall be provided
with exits adequate to meet the requirements of this sub-rule. At least one of the exits shall lead directly to the
exterior or street.
(kk) Where there is difference in level between connected areas for horizontal exit, ramps nor more than 1 in 8 slope
shall be provided. For this purpose steps shall not be used.
(ll) Doors in horizontal exits shall be openable at all times.

(mm)Ramps with a slope of not more than 1 in 10 be substituted for the requirements of staircase. For all slopes
exceeding 1 in 10 and wherever the use is such as to involve danger of slipping, the ramp shall be surfaced with non-
slipping material.
(nn) In any building nor provided with automatic fire alarm a manual fire alarm system shall be provided if the total
capacity of the building is over 500 persons, or if more than 25 persons are employed above or below the ground
floor, except that no buildings where the entire area is undivided and all parts thereof are clearly visible to all
occupants.
(10) First-aid fire fighting arrangements. -

(a) In every factory there shall be provided and maintained adequate and suitable fire fighting equipment for fighting
fires in the early stages, these being referred to as first-aid fire fighting equipment in this rule.
(b) The types of first-aid fire fighting equipment to be provided shall be determined by considering the different
types of fire risks which are classified as follows :-
(i)”Class A fire” - Fire due to combustible materials such as wood, textiles, paper, rubbish and the like.
52
LatestLaws.com
1. “Light hazard” - Occupancies like offices, assembly halls, canteens, rest-rooms, ambulance rooms and the
like;
2. “Ordinary hazard” - Occupancies like saw mills, carpentry shop, small timber yards, book binding shops,
engineering workshop and the like;
3. “Extra hazard” - Occupancies like large timber yards, godowns storing fibrous materials, flour mills, cotton
mills, jute mills, large wood working factories and the like;
(ii) “Class B fire” - Fire in flammable liquids like oil, petroleum products, solvents, grease, paint, etc.
(iii) “Class C fire” - Fire arising out of gaseous substances.
(iv) “Class D fire” - Fire from reactive chemicals, active metals and the like.
(v) “Class E fire” - Fire involving electrical equipment and delicate machinery and the like.
(c) The number and types of first-aid fire fighting equipment to be provided for ‘light hazard’ occupancy shall be as
given in Schedule I. For “ordinary hazard or extra hazard” occupancies equipment as given in paragraph 12 shall be
provided in addition to that given in Schedule I.
(d) The first-aid fire fighting equipment shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards.
(e) As far as possible the first-aid fire fighting equipment shall all be similar in shape and appearance and shall have
the same method of operation.
(f) All first-aid fire fighting equipment shall be placed in a conspicuous position and shall be readily and easily
accessible for immediate use. Generally, these equipment shall be placed as near as possible to the exits or stair
landing or normal routes of escape.
(g) All water buckets and bucket pump type extinguishers shall be filled with clean water. All sand buckets shall be
filled with clean, dry and fine sand.
(h)All other extinguishers shall be charged appropriately in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer.
(i)Each first-aid fire fighting equipment shall be allotted a serial number by which it shall be referred to in the
records. The following details shall be painted with white paint on the body of each equipment.
1. Serial number;
2. Date of last refilling; and
3. Date of last inspection.
(j) First-aid fire fighting equipment shall be placed on platforms or in cabinets in such a way that their bottom is 750
mm above the floor level. Fire buckets shall be placed on hooks attached to a suitable stand or wall in such a way
that their bottom is 750 mm above the floor level. Such equipment if placed outside the building, shall be under
sheds or covers.
(k) All extinguishers shall be thoroughly cleaned and re-charged immediately after discharge. Sufficient refill
material shall be kept readily available for this purpose at all times.
(l) All first-aid fire fighting equipment shall be subjected to routine maintenance, inspection and testing to be carried
out by properly trained persons. Periodicity of the routine maintenance, inspection and test shall conform to the
relevant Indian Standards.
(11) Other fire fighting arrangements. -

(a) In every factory, adequate provision of water supply for fire fighting shall be made and where the amount of
water required in litres per minute, as calculated from the formula A+B+C+D divided by 20 is 550 or more,
power driven trailor pumps of adequate capacity to meet the requirement of water as calculated above shall be
provided and maintained.
In the above formula -
A = the total area in square metres of all floors including galleries in all buildings of the factory;
53
LatestLaws.com
B = the total area in square metres of all floors and galleries including open spaces in which combustible materials
are handled or stored;
C = the total area in square metres of all floors over 15 metres above ground level; and
D = the total area in square metres of all floors of all buildings other than those of fire resisting construction.
Provided that in areas where the fire risk involved does not require use of water, such areas under B, C or D
may, for the purpose of calculation, be halved.
Provided further that where the areas under B, C or D are protected by permanent automatic fire fighting
installations approved by any fire association or fire insurance company, such areas may, for the purpose of
calculation, be halved.
Provided also that where the factory is situated at not more than 3 kilometres from an established city or town fire
service, the pumping capacity based on the amount of water arrived at by the formula above may be reduced by
25%; but no account shall be taken of this reduction in calculating water supply required under clause (a).
(b) Each trailer pump shall be provided with equipment as per schedule II appended to this rule. Such equipment
shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards.
(c)Trailor pumps shall be housed in a separate shed or sheds, which shall be sited, closed to a principal source of
water supply in the vicinity of the main risks of the factory.
(d) In factories where the area is such as cannot be reached by man-hauling of trailer pumps within a reasonable
time vehicles with towing attachment shall be provided at the scale of one for every four trailer pumps with a
minimum of one such vehicle kept available at all times.
(e) Water supply shall be provided to give flow of water as required under clause (a) for at least 100 minutes. At
least 50% of this water supply or 450,000 litres whichever is less, shall be in the form of static tanks of adequate
capacities (not less than 450,000 litres each) distributed round the factory with due regard to the potential fire risks in
the factory. (Where piped supply is provided, the size of the main shall not be less than 15 centimetres diameter and
it shall be capable of supplying a minimum of 4,500 litres per minute at a pressure of not less 7 kilograms per square
centimetre.
(f) All trailer pumps including the equipment provided with them and the vehicles for towing them shall be
maintained in good condition and subjected to periodical inspection and testing as required.
(12) Personnel in charge of equipment and for fire fighting, fire drills etc.-
(a) The first aid and other fire fighting equipment to be provided as required in sub-rules (10) and (11) shall be in
charge of a trained responsible person.
(b) Sufficient number of persons shall be trained in the proper handling of fire fighting equipment as referred to in
clause (a) and their use against the types of fire for which they are intended to ensure that adequate number of
persons are available for fire fighting both by means of first-aid fire fighting equipment and others. Such persons
shall be provided with clothing and equipment including helmets, belts and boots, preferably gumboots. Wherever
vehicles with towing attachment are to be provided as required in clause (d) of sub-rule (11) sufficient number of
persons shall be trained in driving these vehicles to ensure that trained persons are available for driving them
whenever the need arises.
(c) Fire fighting drills shall be held as often as necessary and at least once in every period of 2 months.
(13) Automatic sprinklers and fire hydrants shall be in addition and not in substitution of the requirements in sub-rules
(10) and (11).
(14) If the Chief Inspector is satisfied in respect of any factory or any part of the factory that owing to the exceptional
circumstances such as inadequacy of water supply or infrequency of the manufacturing process or for any other
reason, to be recorded in writing, all or any of the requirements of the rules are impracticable or not necessary for
the protection of workers, he may by order in writing (which he may at his discretion revoke) exempt such factory or
part of the factory from all or any of the provisions of the rules subject to conditions as he may by such order
prescribe.
54
LatestLaws.com
SCHEDULE I
First Aid Fire Fighting Equipments
(1) The different type of fires and first aid fire fighting equipments suitable for use on them are as under:
Class of Fire Suitable type of Appliances
A. Fires in ordinary combus- Chemical Extinguishers of Soda-

tibles (wood, vegetable acid, Gas/expelled water and
fibres, paper & the like) anti-freeze types, and water buckets.
B. Fires in flammable liquids, Chemical Extinguishers of foam,

paints, grease, solvents Carbon dioxide and dry powder
and the like types and sand buckets.
C. Fires in gaseous substances Chemical Extinguishers of carbon dioxide.

under pressure and dry powder types
D. Fires in Reactive Chemicals, Special type of dry powder

active metals and the like extinguishers and sand buckets
E. Fires in electrical Chemical Extinguishers of carbon dioxide and

Equipments dry powder type and sand buckets.
(2) One 9 litres water bucket shall be provided for every 100 sq.m. of the floor area or part thereof and one 9 litres
water type extinguishers shall be provided to six buckets or part thereof with a minimum of one extinguisher and
two buckets per compartment of the building. Buckets may be dispensed with, provided supply of extinguishers is
double that indicated above.
(3) Acceptable replacements for Water buckets and water type extinguishers in occupancies where Class B fires are
anticipated, are as under :
Acceptable Buckets of Water type
Replacements water Extinguishers
For one bucket For three buckets For each 9 ltrs.(or 2
gallons) Extinguishers
Dry sand 1 bucket 3 buckets -
Carbon dioxide 3kg (or 7 lbs.) 9kg. (or 20 lbs) 9kg. (or 20 lbs)
Extinguishers In not less than 2
extinguishers)
Dry powder 2kg (or 5 lbs.) 5 kg. (or 11 lbs.) 5 kg. (or 11 lbs.)
In one or more
extinguishers)
Foam extinguishers 9 lts. (or 2 gallons) 9 lts. (or 2 gallons) 9 lts. (or 2 gallons)
(4) The following provisions shall be complied with where Class E fires are anticipated:
(a) For rooms containing electrical transformers, switchgears, motors and/or other electrical apparatus only, not less
than two kg. Dry Powder or Carbon Dioxide type extinguishers shall be provided within 15 m. of the apparatus.
(b) Where motors and/or other electrical equipment are installed in rooms other than those containing such
equipment only, one 5 kg. Dry Powder or Carbon dioxide Extinguisher shall be installed within 15 m. of such
equipment in addition to the requirements of mentioned at (2) and (3) above. For this purpose the same extinguisher
may be deemed to afford protection to all apparatus within 15 m. thereof.
(c) Where electrical motors are installed on platforms, one 2 kg. Dry Powder or Carbon Dioxide type extinguisher
shall be provided on or below each platform. In case of a long platform with a number of motors, one extinguisher
shall be acceptable as adequate for every 3 motors on the common platform. The above requirements will be in
addition to the requirements mentioned at Item (2) & (3) above.
55
LatestLaws.com
(5) The first aid fire fighting equipments shall be so distributed over the entire floor area that a person has to travel
not more than 15 m. to reach the nearest equipment.
(6) Selection of sites for the installation of first aid fire fighting equipments -
(a) While selecting sites for first aid fire fighting equipments, due consideration shall be given to the nature of the
risk to be covered. The equipments shall be placed in conspicuous positions and shall be readily accessible for
immediate use in all parts of the occupancy. It should always be borne in mind while selecting sites that first aid
fire fighting equipments are intended only for use in incipient fires and their values may be negligible if the fire is
not extinguished or brought under control in the early stages.
(b) Buckets and extinguishers shall be placed at convenient and easily accessible locations either on hangers or on
stands in such a way that their bottom is 750 mm. above the floor level.
(7) The operating instructions of the extinguishers shall not be defaced or obliterated. In case the operating
instructions are obliterated or have become illegible due to passage of time fresh transfers of the same shall be
obtained from the manufacturers of the equipments and affixed to the extinguishers.
SCHEDULE II
Equipment to be provided with Trailer Pump

For light trailer pump of a capacity of 680 litres/minute
1 Armoured suction hose of 9 metres length, with wrenches
1 Metal suction strainer
1 Basket strainer
1 Two-way suction collecting head
1 Suction adaptor
10 Unlined or rubber lined 70 mm. delivery hose of 25 metres length complete with quick-release couplings
1 Dividing breaching-piece
2 Branch-piece with 15 mm nozzles
1 Diffuser nozzle
1 Standpipe with blank cap
1 Hydrant key
4 Collapsible canvas buckets
1 Fire hook (preventer) with cutting edge
1 25 mm manila rope of 30 metres length
1 Extension ladder of 9 metres length (where necessary)
1 Heavy axe
1 Spade
1 Pick axe
1 Crowbar
1 Saw
1 Hurricane lamp
1 Electric torch
1 Pair rubber gloves
For large trailer pump of capacity of 1800 litres/minute
1 Armoured suction hose of 9 metres length, with wrenches
1 Metal strainer
1 Basket Strainer
1 Three-way suction collecting-head
1 Suction adaptor
14 Unlined or rubber lined 70 mm. delivery hose of 25 metres length complete with quick-release couplings
1 Dividing breaching-piece
1 Collecting breaching-piece
4 Branch pipes with one 25 mm, two 20 mm and one diffuser nozzle
2 Standpipe with blank caps
2 Hydrant keys
6 Collapsible canvas buckets
56
LatestLaws.com
1 Coiling hook (preventor) with cutting edge

1 50 mm. manila rope of 30 metres length
1 Extension ladder of 9 metres length (where necessary)
1 Heavy axe 1 Saw
1 Spade 1 Hurricane lamp
1 Pick axe 1 Electric torch
1 Crowbar 1 Pair rubber gloves
Note :-If it appears to the Chief Inspector of Factories that in any factory the provision of breathing apparatus is
necessary he may by order in writing require the occupier to provide suitable breathing apparatus in addition to the
equipment for light trailer pump or large trailer pump as the case may be.
Rule prescribed under Section 40-B
69. Safety Officers.-
(1) Qualifications.-
(a)A person shall not be eligible for appointment as a Safety Officer unless he –
(i) possesses -
(aa) a recognised degree in any branch of engineering or technology and has had practical experience of working in
a factory in a supervisory capacity for a period of not less than 2 years; or
(bb) a recognised degree in physics or chemistry and has had practical experience of working in a factory in a
supervisory capacity for a period of not less than 5 years; or
(cc) a recognised diploma in any branch of engineering or technology and has had practical experience of working
in a factory in a supervisory capacity for a period of not less than 5 years;
(ii)possesses a degree or diploma in industrial safety recognised by the State Government in this behalf; and
(iii) has adequate knowledge of the language spoken by majority of the workers in the region in which the factory
where he is to be appointed is situated?
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions contained in clause (a), any person who -
(i) possesses a recognised degree or diploma in engineering or technology and has had experience of not less than 5
years in a department of the Central or State Government which deals with the administration of the Factories Act,
1948 or the Indian Dock Labourers Act, 1934; or
(ii) possesses a recognised degree or diploma in engineering or technology and has had experience of not less than 5
years, full time, on training, education, consultancy, or research in the field of accident prevention in industry or in
any institution;
shall also be eligible for appointment as a Safety Officers :
Provided that the Chief Inspector may, subject to such conditions as may specify, grant exemption from the
requirements of this sub-rule, if in his opinion, a suitable person possessing the necessary qualifications and
experience is not available for appointment.
Provided further that, in the case of a person who has been working as a Safety Officer for a period of not
less than 3 years on the date of commencement of this rule, the Chief Inspector may, subject to such conditions as he
may specify, relax all or any of the above said qualifications.
(2) Conditions of service. -

(a) Where the number of Safety Officers to be appointed in a factory as required by a notification in the Official
Gazette exceeds one, one of them shall be designated as the Chief Safety Officer and shall have a status higher than
that of the others. The Chief Safety Officer shall be in overall charge of the safety functions as envisaged in sub-
rule (3), the other Safety Officers working under his control.
(b) The Chief Safety Officer or the Safety Officer in the case of factories where only one Safety Officer is required
to be appointed, shall be given the status of a senior executive and he shall work directly under the control of the
chief executive of the factory. All other Safety Officers shall be given appropriate status to enable them to discharge
their functions effectively.
(c) The scale of pay and the allowances to be granted to the Safety Officers including the Chief Safety Officer, and
the other conditions of their service shall be the same as those of the other officers of corresponding status in the
factory.
57
LatestLaws.com
(d) In the case of dismissal or discharge, a Safety Officer shall have a right to appeal to the State Government whose
decision thereon shall be final.
(3) Duties of Safety Officers. -

(a) The duties of a Safety Officer shall be to advise and assist the factory management in the fulfilment of its
obligations, statutory or otherwise, concerning prevention of personal injuries and maintaining a safe working
environment. These duties shall include the following, namely -
(i) to advise the concerned departments in planning and organising measures necessary for the effective control of
personal injuries;
(ii) to advise on safety aspects in all job studies, and to carry out detailed job safety studies of selected jobs;
(iii) to check and evaluate the effectiveness of the action taken or proposed to be taken to prevent personal injuries;
(iv) to advise the purchasing and stores departments in ensuring high quality and availability of personal protective
equipment;
(v) to provide advice on matters related to carrying out plant safety inspections;
(vi) to carry out plant safety inspections in order to observe the physical conditions of work and the work practices
and procedures followed by workers and to render advice on measures to be adopted for removing the unsafe
physical conditions and preventing unsafe actions by workers;
(vii) to render advice on matters related to reporting and investigation of industrial accidents and diseases;
(viii)to investigate selected accidents;
(ix) to investigate the cases of industrial diseases contracted and dangerous occurrences reportable under rule 121;
(x) to advise on the maintenance of such records as are necessary relating to accidents, dangerous occurrences and
industrial diseases;
(xi) to promote setting up of safety committees and act as adviser and catalyst to such committees;
(xii) to organise in association with the concerned departments, campaigns, competitions, contests and other
activities which will develop and maintain the interest of the workers in establishing and maintaining safe conditions
of work and procedures; and
(xiii) to design and conduct either independently or in collaboration with the training department, suitable training
and educational programme for the prevention of personal injuries.
(4) Facilities to be provided to Safety Officers. - An occupier of the factory shall provide each Safety Officer with
such facilities, equipment and information as are necessary to enable him to discharge his duties effectively.
(5) Prohibition of performance of other duties. - No safety Officer shall be required or permitted to do any work
which is inconsistent with or detrimental to the performance of the duties prescribed in sub-rule (3).
Rules 70 to 73 prescribed under section 41
70. Buildings and structures.- No building, wall, chimney, bridge, tunnel, road, gallery, stairway, ramp, floor,
platform, staging, or other structure, whether of a permanent or temporary character, shall be constructed, situated
or maintained in any factory in such a manner as to cause risk of bodily injury.
71. Machinery and plant.- No machinery, plant or equipment shall be constructed, situated, operated or maintained
in any factory in such a manner as to cause risk of bodily injury.
72. Methods of work.- No process or work shall be carried in any factory in such a manner as to cause risk of
bodily injury.
73. Stacking and storing of materials, etc.- No materials or equipment shall be stacked or stored in such a manner
as to cause risk of bodily injury.
58
LatestLaws.com
74. Ovens and Driers. -

(1) Application. - This rule shall apply to ovens and driers, except those used in laboratories or kitchens of any
establishment and those, which have a capacity below 325 litres.
(2) Definition. - For the purpose of this Rule, oven or drier means any enclosed structure, receptacle, compartment
or box, which is used for baking, drying or otherwise processing of any article or substance at a temperature higher
than the ambient temperature of the air in the room or space in which the oven or drier is situated, and in which a
flammable substance is likely to be evolved within the enclosed structure, receptacle, compartment or box or part
thereof on account of the article or substance which is baked, dried or otherwise processed within it.
(3) Separate electrical connection. - Electrical power supplied to every oven or drier shall be by means of a separate
circuit provided with an isolation switch.
(4) Design, construction, examination and testing. -

(a) Every oven or drier shall be properly designed on sound engineering practice and be of good construction, sound
materials and adequate strength, free from any patent defects and safe if properly used.
(b) No oven or drier shall be taken into use in a factory for the first time unless a competent person has thoroughly
examined all its parts and carried out the tests as are required to establish that the necessary safe systems and
controls provided for safety in operation for the processes for which it is to be used and a certificate of such
examination and tests signed by that competent person has been obtained and is kept available for inspection.
(c) All parts of an oven or drier which has undergone any alteration or repair which has the effect of modifying any
of the design characteristics, shall not be used unless a thorough examination and tests as have been mentioned in
clause (b) has been carried out by a competent person and a certificate of such examination and tests signed by that
competent person has been obtained and is kept available for inspection.
(5) Safety ventilation. -

(a) Every oven or drier shall be provided with a positive and effective safety ventilation system using one or more
motor-driven centrifugal fans so as to dilute any mixture of air and any flammable substance that may be formed
within the oven or drier and maintain the concentration of the flammable substance in the air at a safe level of
dilution.
(b) The safe level of dilution referred to in clause (a) shall be so as to achieve a concentration of the concerned
flammable substance in air of not more than 25 percent of its lower explosive limit.
Provided that a level of concentration in air upto 50 percent of the lower explosive limit of the concerned flammable
substance may be permitted to exist subject to installation and maintenance of an automatic device which -
i) shows continuously the concentration of the flammable substances in air present in the oven or drier at any instant;
ii) sounds an alarm when the concentration of the flammable substance in air in any part of the oven or drier reaches
a level of 50 percent of its lower explosive limit; and
iii) shuts down the heating system of the oven or drier automatically when the concentration in air of the flammable
substance in any part of the oven or drier reaches a level of 60 percent of its lower explosive limit, is provided to the
oven or drier and maintained in efficient working condition.
(c) No oven or drier shall be operated without its safety ventilation system working in an efficient manner.
(d) No oven or drier shall be operated with a level of dilution less than what is referred to in clause (b).
(e) Exhaust ducts of safety ventilation systems should be so designed and placed that their ducts discharge the
mixture of air and flammable substance away from the workrooms and not near windows or doors or other openings
from where the mixture could re-enter the workrooms.
(f) The fresh air admitted into the oven or drier by means of the safety ventilation system shall be circulated
adequately by means of circulating fan or fans through all parts of the oven or drier so as to ensure that there are no
locations where the flammable substance can accumulate in the air or become pocketed to any dangerous degree.
59
LatestLaws.com
(g) Throttling dampers in any safety ventilation system should be so designed by cutting away a portion of the
damper or otherwise, that the system will handle atleast the minimum ventilation rate required for safety when they
are set in their maximum throttling position.
(6) Explosion panels. -

(a) Every oven or drier having an internal total space of not less than half cubic metre shall be provided with suitably
designed explosion panels so as to allow release of the pressure of any possible explosion within the oven or drier
through explosion vents. The area of openings to be provided by means of such vents together with the area of
openings of any access doors which are provided with suitable arrangements for their release in case of an
explosion, shall be not less than 2200 square centimetre for every one cubic metre of volume of the oven or drier.
The design of the explosion panels and doors as above said shall be such as to secure their complete release under an
internal pressure of 0.25 kg per square centimetre.
(b) The explosion releasing panels, shall, as far as practicable, be situated at the roof of the oven or drier or at those
portions of the walls where persons do not remain in connection with operation of the oven or drier.
(7) Interlocking arrangements.-

(a)In each oven or drier efficient inter-locking arrangements shall be provided and maintained to ensure that -
i) all ventilating fans and circulating fans whose failures would adversely effect the ventilation rate or flow pattern,
are in operation before any mechanical conveyor that may be provided for feeding the articles or substances to be
processed in the oven or drier is put into operation;
ii) failure of any of the ventilating or circulating fans will automatically stop any conveyor as referred to in clause (i)
as may be provided, as well as stop the fuel supply by closing the shut off valve and shut off the ignition in the case
of gas or oil fired oven, and in the case of electrically heated oven switch off the electrical supply to the heaters;
iii)the above said mechanical conveyor is set in operation before the above said shut off valve can be energised; and
iv) the failure of the above said conveyor will automatically close the above said shut off valve in the case of ovens
and driers heated by gas, oil or cut off the electrical heaters in the case of electrically heated ovens or furnaces.
(8) Automatic preventilation.- Every oven or drier heated by oil, gas, steam or electrically shall be provided with an
efficient arrangement for automatic pre ventilation consisting of at least 3 volume changes with fresh air by
operation of safety ventilation fans and the circulating fans (if used) so as to effect purging of the oven or drier of
any mixture of air and a flammable substance before the heating system can be activated and before the conveyor
can be placed in position.
(9) Temperature control.- Every oven or drier shall be provided with an automatic arrangement to ensure that the
temperature within does not exceed a safe upper present limit to be decided in respect of the particular processing
being carried on.
(10) Multistage processes.- Wherever materials are to be processed in ovens or driers in successive operations,
suitable arrangement should be provided to ensure that the operating temperatures necessary for safe operation at
each stage are maintained within the design limits.
(11) Combustible substances not to drip on electrical heaters or burners flame.- Effective arrangements shall be
provided in every oven or drier to prevent dripping of combustible substances on electric heaters or burner flame
used for heating.
(12) Periodical examination, testing and maintenance.-
(a) All parts of every oven and drier shall be properly maintained and thoroughly examined and the various controls
as mentioned in this rule and the working of the oven or drier tested at frequent intervals to ensure its safe operation
by a responsible person designated by the occupier or manager, who by his experience and knowledge of necessary
precautions against risks of explosion, is fit to undertake such work.
(b) A register shall be maintained in which the details of the various tests carried out from time to time under clause
(a) shall be entered and every entry made shall be signed by the person making the tests.
(13) Training of operators.- No person shall be assigned any task connected with operation of any oven or drier
unless he has completed 18 years of age and he is properly trained.
60
LatestLaws.com
(14) Polymerising machines.-

(a) Printed fabric shall be thoroughly dried by passing them over drying cans or through hot flue or other equally
effective means, before the same is allowed to pass through polymerising machines.
(b) Infrared ray heaters of polymerising machines shall be cut off while running the prints.
75. Shipbuilding and ship-repairing.-
(1) Application-This rule shall apply as respects work carried out in any of the operations as defined in sub-rule(2).
(2) Definitions.- In this rule unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context -
(a)”certificate of entry” means a certificate which is given by a person who is a competent analyst and who is
competent to give such certificates, and certifies that he has in an adequate and suitable manner tested the
atmosphere in the oil-tank or oil-tanks specified in the certificate and found that having regard to all the
circumstances of the case, including the likelihood or otherwise of the atmosphere being or becoming
dangerous, entry to the oil-tank or oil-tanks without wearing breathing apparatus may in his opinion be
permitted;
(b) ‘hot work’ means any work which involves -

(i) welding, burning, soldering, brazing, sand blasting or chipping by spark producing tools; or
(ii) use of non-flameproof electrical equipment or equipment with internal combustion engines;
and includes any other work which is likely top produce sufficient heat capable of igniting flammable gases or
vapours;
(c) “naked light certificate” means a certificate which is given by a person who is competent analyst and who is
competent to give such certificates, and certifies that he has in an adequate and suitable manner tested for the
presence of flammable vapour the oil-tank, compartment, space or other part of the vessel specified in the
certificate and found it to be free therefrom and that having regard to all the circumstances of the case, including
the likelihood or otherwise of the atmosphere becoming flammable, the use of naked lights, fires, lamps or
heated rivets or any hot work to be carried out may in his opinion be permitted in the oil-tank, compartment,
space or other part of the vessel specified in the certificates;
(d)”oil” means any liquid which has flash point below 132 degrees centigrade and also includes lubricating oils,
liquid methane, liquid butane and liquid propane;
Explanation.- Flash point where ever it occurs in this rule shall be flash point as determined by Abel Closed
Cup or Pensky-Marten Closed Cup procedures as described in I.S. 1448-1960.
(e) “oil-tank” means any tank or compartment in which oil, or has been carried;
(f) “the operations” means -

(i) construction, reconstruction, or breaking up of any ship or vessel, repairing, refitting, painting and finishing;
(ii) the scaling, scuffing or cleaning of its boilers (including combustion chambers or smoke boxes); and
(iii) the cleaning of its bilge or oil-fuel tanks or any of its tanks last used for carrying oil.
For the purpose of this definition the expression “oil” means oil of any description whether or not oil within
the meaning of foregoing definition of that expression;
(g) “ship and vessel” have the same meanings as in the Merchant Shipping Act, 1958;
(h) “shipyard” means any yard or dry dock (including the precincts thereof) in which ships or vessels are
constructed, reconstructed, repaired, refitted or finished;
(i) “stage” means any temporary platform on or from which persons employed perform work in connection with
the operations, but does not include a boat-swain’s chair;
61
LatestLaws.com
(j) “staging” includes any stage, and any upright, thwart, thwart pin, wedge, distance piece, belt or other
appliance or material, not being part of the structure of the vessel, which is used in connection with the support
of any stage, and any guard-rails connected with a stage; and
(k) “tanker” means a vessel constructed or adopted for carrying a cargo of oil in bulk.
Access and staging

(3) General access to vessels in a shipyard.- All main gangways giving general access to a vessel in a shipyard,
whether from the ground or from a wharf or quay, and all cross gangways leading from such a main gangway on to
the vessel, shall -
(a) be at least 60 centimetres wide;
(b) be securely protected on each side to a height of at least 90 centimetres by strongly constructed upper and lower
hand-rails and by a secure toe-board projecting at least 15 centimetres above the floor;
(c) be of good construction, sound material and adequate strength;
(d) be stable and, where ever practicable, of permanent construction;
(e) be kept in position as long as required; and
(f) maintained in good repair.
(4) Access to dry dock.-

(a) Every flight of steps giving access from ground level either to an altar or to the bottom of a dry dock shall be
provided throughout on each side with a substantial hand-rail. In the case of an open side, secure fencing to height
of at least 90 centimetres shall be provided by means of upper and lower rails, taut ropes or chains, or by other
equally safe means. For the purposes of this clause a flight of steps which is divided into two by a chute for
materials, with no space between either side of the chute and the steps, shall be deemed to be one flight of steps.
(b) Such hand-rails and fencing as aforesaid shall be kept in position save when and to the extent to which their
absence is necessary (whether or not for the purposes of the operation) for the access of persons, or for the
movement of materials or vessels or for traffic or working, or for repair, but hand-rails or fencing removed for any
of those purposes shall be kept readily available and shall be replaced as soon as practicable.
(5) Access to vessels in dry dock.-
(a) If a ship is lying in a dry dock for the purpose of undergoing any of the operations, there shall be provided as
means of access for the use of workers at such times as they have to pass to, or from, the ship or dry dock -
(i) where reasonably practicable one or more ship’s accommodation ladders; or
(ii) one or more soundly constructed gangways or similar constructions.
(b) The means so provided shall be not less than 55 centimetres wide properly secured and fenced throughout on
each side to a clear height of 90 centimetres by means of upper and lower rails, taut ropes or chains or by any
other safe means, except that in the case of the ship’s accommodation ladder, such fencing shall be necessary on
one side only provided where the other side is properly protected by the ship’s side.
(c) Where at any dry lock, there is a gangway giving access from an alter of the dock to a vessel which is in the dock
for the purpose of undergoing any of the altar is unfenced, adequate hand-holds shall be available for any length of
the alter which workers commonly use when passing between the gangway and the nearest flight of steps which
gives access to ground level.
(6)Access to and from bulwarks.- Where there is a gangway leading on to a bulwark of a vessel there shall be
provided -
(a)Wherever practicable, a platform at the in-board end of the gangway with safe means of access therefrom to the
docks; or
(b)where such a platform is not practicable, a second gangway or stair way leading from a bulwark on to the dock
which are either attached to the first mentioned gangway or placed contiguous to it, in which case means of access,
securely protected by fencing, shall be provided from the one to the other.
62
LatestLaws.com
(7)Access to staging, etc.-
(a)Where outside staging is erected in a shipyard, there shall be provided sufficient ladders giving direct access to
the stages having regard to the extent of the staging and to the work to be done.
(b)Where a vessel is under construction or reconstruction and workers are liable to go forward or aft or athwartship
across or along uncovered deck-beams, or across or along floors, sufficient planks shall be provided on those deck-
beams or on these floors for the purpose of access to or from places of work, and sufficient and suitable portable
ladders shall be provided so as to give access either from the ground or outer bottom plating to the top of the floor.
(c) Without prejudice to any other provision in this rule requiring a greater width, no foot way or passageway
constructed of planks shall be less than 45 centimetres wide.
(8)Ladders.-
(a) Subject to clauses (b) and © of this sub-rule, every ladder which affords a means of access, communication or
support to a person shall –
(i) be soundly constructed and properly maintained; and
(ii) be of adequate strength for the purpose for which it is used; and
(iii) be securely fixed either -
(aa) as near its upper resting place as possible, or
(bb) where this is impracticable, at its base, or where such fixing is impracticable a person shall be stationed at
the base of the ladder when in use to prevent it from slipping; and
(iv) unless there is other adequate hand-hold, extend to a height of at least 75 centimetres above the place of
landing or the highest rung to be reached by the foot of any person working on the ladder, as the case may be, or, if
this is impracticable, to the greatest practicable height.
(b) Requirements (iii) and (iv) of the preceding clause of this sub-rule shall not apply to fixed ladders of a ship or to
rope ladders. Effective measures by means of roping off or other similar means shall be taken to prevent the use of
fixed ladders of a ship which do not comply with requirements (i) and (ii) of that clause.
(c) Any worker who removes any ladder and sets it up in a new position shall, as regards that ladder, comply with
requirements (iii) of clause (a) of this sub-rule.
(d) Rope ladders shall provide foot-hold of a depth including any space behind the ladder of not less than 12
centimetres and, so far as is reasonably practicable, suitable provision shall be made for preventing such ladders
from twisting.
(9) Lashing of ladders.-

(a) A fibre rope, or a rope made with strands consisting of wire cores covered with fibre, shall not be used to secure
a ladder used for the purpose of the operations.
(b) A wire rope shall not be used to secure any such ladder unless its ends are ferruled, but this provision shall not
apply in the case of an end which is so situated or protected that a person using the ladder is not liable to come into
contact with it so as to suffer injury.
(10) Material for staging.-

(a) A sufficient supply of sound and substantial material and appliances shall be available in a convenient place or
places for the construction of staging.
(b) All planks and other materials and appliances intended to be used or re-used for staging shall be carefully
examined before being taken into use or re-use in any staging. Every examination required by this clause shall be
carried out by a person competent for the purpose.
(11) Staging, dry dock altars and shoring sills.-
(a) All staging and every part thereof shall be of good construction, of suitable and sound material and of adequate
strength for the purpose for which it is used and shall be properly maintained, and every up-right and thwart shall be
63
LatestLaws.com
kept so fixed, secured or placed in position as to prevent, so far as is reasonably practicable, accidental
displacement.
(b) All planks forming stages shall be securely fastened to prevent them from slipping unless they extend 45
centimetres or more beyond the inside edge of the thwart or support on which they rest.
(c) All staging used in connection with the operations shall be inspected before use, and thereafter at regular and
frequent intervals, by a responsible person.
(d)All dry dock altars and shoring sills on or from which persons perform work in connection with the operations
shall be of sound construction and properly maintained.
(e)All parts of stages, all parts of foot ways or passageways constructed of planks, and all parts of dry dock altars or
shoring sills, being parts on or from which persons perform work in connection with the operations, shall so far as is
reasonably practicable, be kept clear of all substances likely to make foot-hold or hand-hold insecure.
(12)Upright used for hoisting block.-
(a) If any upright forming part of staging is used as a fixing for a pulley block for hoisting materials -
(i) it shall be properly housed in the ground or shall otherwise be adequately secured so as to prevent it from raising;
and
(ii) it shall be suitably protected against damage by the action of the chain or wire or other means of securing the
pulley block to the upright.
(b) No upright forming part of staging shall be used as an anchorage for a load pulley block, unless the upright is
not likely to be displaced by such use.
(13) Support of stages on planks. - Planks supported on the rungs of ladders shall not be used to support stages.
(14) Suspended stages.-

(a) Stages suspended by ropes or chains shall be secured as far as possible so as to prevent them from swinging.
(b) A fibre rope, or a rope made of strands consisting of wire cores covered with fibre, shall not be used for
suspending a stage except that fibre ropes may be used in the case of a stage of which the suspension ropes are
reeve through blocks.
(c) Chains, ropes, blocks and other gear used for the suspension of stages shall be of sound material, adequate
strength and suitable quality, and in good condition.
(d) Appropriate steps shall be taken to prevent ropes or chains used for supporting a stage from coming into contact
with sharp edges of any part of a vessel.
(15) Boatswain’s chairs.-

(a) Boatswains’ chairs and chains, ropes or other gear used for their suspension shall be of sound material, adequate
strength and suitable quality and the chains, ropes or other gear shall be securely attached.
(b) Suitable measures shall be taken to prevent wherever possible the spinning of a boatswain’s chair, to prevent the
tipping of a boatswain’s chair and to prevent any occupant falling therefrom.
(16) Rising stages.- All planks forming a rising stage at the bow end of a vessel shall be securely fastened to
prevent them from slipping.
(17) Width of staging.- Without prejudice to the other provisions of these sub-rules, all stages shall be of sufficient
width as is reasonable in all the circumstances of the case to secure the safety of the persons working thereon.
(18) Stages from which a person is liable to fall more than 2 meters or into water.-
(a) This sub-rule applies to stages from which a person is liable to fall a height of more than 2 meters or into water
in which there is a risk of drowning.
64
LatestLaws.com
(b) Every stage to which this sub-rule applies -

(i) shall so far as is reasonably practicable be closely boarded, planked or plated;
(ii) shall be so constructed or placed that a person is not liable to fall as aforesaid through a gap in the staging not
being a gap necessary and no larger than necessary having regard to the nature of the work being carried on, and
(iii) shall be at least 45 centimetres wide.
(c) Every side of a stage to which this sub-rule applies shall-
(i) if it is not a side immediately adjacent to any part of a vessel, be fenced (subject to the provisions of clauses (d)
to (g) of this sub-rule) with a guard-rail or guard-rails to a height of at least 1 metre above the stage, with rail or rails
shall be so placed as to prevent so far as practicable the fall of persons from the stage or from any raised standing
place on the stage; or
(ii) if it is a side immediately adjacent to any part of a vessel, be placed as near as practicable to that part having
regard to the nature of the work being carried on and to the nature of the structure of the vessel.
(d) In the case of stages which are suspended by ropes or chains, and which are used solely for painting, the fencing
required by sub-clause (i) of the preceding clause may be provided by means of taut guard-rope or taut guard-ropes.
(e) No side of stage or, as the case may be, no part of the side of a stage need be fenced in pursuance of clause (c) (i)
of this sub-rule in cases where and as long as, the nature of the work being carried on makes the fencing of that side
or, as the case may be, that part impracticable.
(f)Guard-rails provided in pursuance of clause (c) (i) of this sub-rule may be removed for the time and to the extent
necessary for the access of persons or for the movement of materials, but guard-rails removed for either of these
purposes shall be replaced as soon as practicable.
(g)Where it is not reasonably practicable to comply with the provisions of clause (c) (i) of this sub-rule, workers
shall be provided with suitable safety belts equipped with life lines which are secured with a minimum amount of
slack to a fixed structure.
Further precautions against fall of persons, materials and articles
(19)Fencing of dry docks.-
(a) Fencing shall be provided at or near the edges of a dry dock at ground level, including edges above flights of
steps and chutes for materials. The height of such fencing shall at no point be less than 1 metre.
(b) Such fencing as aforesaid shall be kept in position save when and to the extent to which its absence is necessary
(whether or not for the purposes of the operations) for the access of persons, or for movement of materials or
vessels or for traffic or working, or for repair, but fencing removed for any of these purposes shall be kept
readily available and shall be replaced as soon as practicable.
(20) Protection of openings.-

(a)Every side or edge of an opening in a deck or tank top of a vessel, being a side or edge which may be a source of
danger to workers shall, except where and while the opening is securely covered or where the side or edge is
protected to a height of not less than 75 centimetres by a coaming or other part of the vessel, be provided with
fencing to a height of not less than 90 centimetres above the edge or side and such fencing shall be kept in position
save when and to the extent to which its absence is necessary (whether or not for the purposes of the operations) for
the access of persons, or for the movement of materials, or for traffic or working, or for repair, but fencing removed
for any of these purposes shall be kept readily available and shall be replaced as soon as practicable.
(b)Clause (a) of this sub-rule shall not apply-
(i) to that part of an opening in a deck or tank top which is at the head of a stairway or ladderway intended to be
used while the operations are being carried on; or
(ii) to parts of a deck or tank top which are intended to be plated, except such parts where the plating has
necessarily to be delayed so that the opening may be used for the purpose of the operations.
65
LatestLaws.com
(21) Fall of articles from stage.- Where workers are at work outside a vessel on a stage adjacent to part of the
structure of the vessel and other workers are at work directly beneath that stage, the planks of the stage shall be in
such a position that no article liable to cause injury to the workers can fall between the planks, and the inside plank
of the stage shall be placed as near as practicable to the structure of the vessel having regard to the nature of the
work being carried on.
(22) Boxes for rivets, etc.-

(a) Boxes or other suitable receptacles for rivets, nuts, bolts and welding rods shall be provided for the use of
workers.
(b)It shall be the duty of the workers to use, so far as practicable, the boxes or other suitable receptacles so provided.
(23)Throwing down materials and articles.-
(a) Subject to the provisions of clause (b) of this sub-rule, parts of staging, tools and other articles and
materials shall not be thrown down from a height where they are liable to cause injury to workers, but shall be
properly lowered.
(b)When the work to be done necessarily involves the throwing down from a height of articles or materials,
conspicuous notice shall be posted to warn persons from working or passing underneath the place from which the
articles or materials may fall, or the work shall be done under the direct supervision of a competent person in
authority.
(c) No person shall throw down any articles or materials from a height except in accordance with the requirements
of this sub-rule.
(24)Loose articles or materials.-So far as practicable, steps shall be taken to minimise the risk arising from loose
articles or materials being left lying about in any place from which they may fall on workers or persons passing
underneath.
Raising and lowering
(25) Secureness of loads.-

(a)Loads shall be securely suspended or supported whilst being raised or lowered, and all reasonable precautions
shall be taken to prevent danger from slipping or displacement.
(b) Where by reason of the nature or position of the operations load is liable, whilst being moved by a lifting
machine or lifting tackle, to come into contact with any object so that the object may become displaced, special
measures shall be adopted to prevent the danger so far as is reasonably practicable.
(26) Support of lifting machines and lifting tackle.-Every lifting machine and all lifting tackle shall be adequately
and suitable supported or suspended having regard to the purpose for which it is used.
(27) Wire ropes with broken wires.- No wire rope shall be used if in any length of ten diameters the total number of
visible broken wires exceeds five percent of the total number of wires, or if the rope shows signs of excessive wear
or corrosion or other serious defect.
(28) Splices in wire ropes.- A thimble or loop slice made in any wire rope shall have at least three tucks with a
whole strand of the rope and two tucks with one half of the wires cut out of each strand. All tucks shall be against
the lay of the rope.
Provided that this sub-rule shall not operate to prevent the use of another form of splice which can be shown to be as
efficient as the form of splice specified in this sub-rule.
(29) Knotted chains, etc.-

(a) No chain or wire rope shall be used when there is a knot tied in any part thereof.
(b) No chain which is shortened or joined to another chain by means of bolts and nuts shall be used:
Provided that this does not exclude the use of a chain bolted or joined to another chain by an approved and
properly constructed attachment.
66
LatestLaws.com
(30) Precautions against damage to chains and ropes.-

Appropriate steps shall be taken to prevent, so far as practicable, the use of chains or ropes for raising or lowering in
circumstances in which they are in or liable to come into contact with sharp edges of plant, materials or loads, or
with sharp edges of any part of the vessel on which work is being carried out.
(31) Loads on lifting appliances.- No load shall be left suspended from a lifting appliance other than a self-
sustaining, manually operated lifting appliance unless there is a competent person in charge of the appliance while
the load is so left.
(32) Heavy loads.- Where there is reason to believe that a load being lifted or lowered on a lifting appliance weighs
more than 20 tonnes its weight shall be ascertained by means of an accurate weighing machine or by the estimation
of a person competent for the purpose, and shall be clearly marked on the load:
Provided that this sub-rule shall not apply to any load lifted or lowered by a crane which has either a fixed or a
derricking jib and which is fitted with an approved type of indicator in good working order which-
(a) indicates clearly to the driver or person operating the crane when the load being carried approaches the safe
working load of the crane for the radius of the jib at which the load is carried; and
(b) gives an efficient sound signal when the load moved is in excess of the safe working load of the crane at that
radius.
Precautions against asphyxiation,
injurious fumes or explosions
(33) Certification for entry into confined spaces likely to contain dangerous fumes.- A space shall not be certified
under section 36(3) (a) of the Act unless-
(a)effective steps have been taken to prevent any ingress of dangerous fumes;
(b)any sludge or other deposit liable to give off dangerous fumes has been removed and the space contains no other
material liable to give off dangerous fumes; and
(c) the space has been adequately ventilated and tested for dangerous fumes and has a supply of air adequate for
respiration:
Provided that no account shall be taken for the purposes of clause (b) of this sub-rule of any deposit or other
material liable to give off dangerous fumes in insignificant quantities only.
(34) Precautions against shortage of oxygen.- No person shall enter or remain in any confined space in a vessel,
being a confined space in which there is reason to apprehend that the proportion of oxygen in the air is so low as to
involve risk of persons being overcome, unless either -
(a) the space has been and remains adequately ventilated and a responsible person has tested it and certified that it
is safe for entry without breathing apparatus; or
(b) he is wearing a suitable breathing apparatus and a safety belt securely attached to a rope, the free end of which is
held by a person standing outside the confined space.
(35) Rivet fires.-

(a) Rivet fires shall not be taken into or used in or remain in any confined space on board or in a vessel unless there
is adequate ventilation to prevent the accumulation of fumes.
(b) No person employed shall move a rivet fire into any confined space on board or in a vessel unless he has been
authorised by his employer to move the fire into that space.
(36) Gas cylinders and acetylene generators.-

(a)No cylinder which contains or has contained oxygen or any flammable gas or vapour at a pressure above
atmospheric pressure and no acetylene generating plant, shall be installed or placed within 5 meters of any
substantial source of heat (including any boiler or furnace when alight) other than the burner or blow-pipe operated
from the cylinder or plant.
67
LatestLaws.com
(b) No such cylinder and no such plant shall be taken below the weather deck in the case of a vessel undergoing
repair, or below the top most completed deck in the case of a vessel under construction, unless it is installed or
placed in a part of the vessel which is adequately ventilated to prevent any dangerous concentration of gas or fumes.
(37) Further provision as to acetylene generators.-

(a) The following provisions shall be observed as respects any acetylene generating plant:-
(i) no such plant shall be installed or placed in any confined space unless effective and suitable provision is made
for securing and maintaining the adequate ventilation of that space so as to prevent, so far as practicable, any
dangerous accumulation of gases
(ii) any person attending or operating any such plant shall have been fully instructed in its working and a copy of the
maker’s instructions for that type of plant shall be constantly available for his use;
(iii) the charging and cleaning of such plant shall so far as practicable be done during daylight; and
(iv) partly spent calcium carbide shall not be re-charged into an acetylene generator.
(b) No person shall smoke or strike a light or take a naked light or a lamp in or into any acetylene generator house
or shed or in or into dangerous proximity to any acetylene generating plant in the open air or on board a vessel:
Provided that this clause shall not apply as respects a generator in the open air or on board a vessel which,
since it was last charged, has been thoroughly cleaned and freed from any calcium carbide and acetylene gas.
(c) A prominent notice prohibiting smoking, naked lights and lamps shall be exhibited on or near every acetylene
generating plant whilst it is charged or is being charged or is being cleaned.
(38) Construction of plant for cutting, welding or heating metal.-

(a) Pipes or hoses for the supply of oxygen or any flammable gas or vapour to any apparatus for cutting, welding or
heating metal shall be of good construction and sound material and be properly maintained.
(b) Such pipes or hoses shall be securely attached to the apparatus and other connections by means of suitable clips
or other equally effective appliances.
(c) Efficient reducing and regulating valves for reducing the pressure of the gases shall be provided and maintained
in connection with all cylinders containing oxygen or any flammable gas or vapour at a pressure above
atmospheric pressure while the gases or vapours from such cylinders are being used in any process of cutting,
welding or heating metal.
(d) Where acetylene gas is used for cutting, welding or heating metal-
(i) a properly constructed and efficient back pressure valve and flame arrester shall be provided and maintained in
the acetylene supply pipe between each burner or blow-pipe and the acetylene generator, cylinder or container from
which it is supplied, and shall be placed as near as practicable to the burner or blow-pipe, except that these
requirements shall not apply where an acetylene cylinder serves only one burner or blow-pipe; and
(ii) any hydraulic valve provided in pursuance of the preceding sub-clause shall be inspected on each day by every
person who uses the burner or blow-pipe on that day and it shall be the duty of every worker who used the burner or
blow-pipe to inspect the hydraulic valve accordingly.
(e) The operating valves of burners or blow-pipes to which oxygen or any flammable gas or vapours is supplied for
the purpose of cutting, welding or heating metal shall be so constructed, or the operating mechanism shall be so
protected, that the valves cannot be opened accidentally.
(39) Precautions after use of apparatus for cutting, welding or heating metal.-
(a) In the case of apparatus on board a vessel and used for cutting, welding, or heating metal with the aid of oxygen
or any flammable gas or vapour supplied at a pressure above atmospheric pressure, the precautions specified in the
following clauses of this sub-rule shall be taken when such cease for the day or for a substantial period and the
apparatus is to be left on board, but need not be taken when such use is discontinued merely during short
interruptions of work. The requirements in clauses (a) and (d) of this sub-rule shall not apply during a meal interval,
provided that a responsible person is placed in charge of the plant and equipment referred to therein.
68
LatestLaws.com
(b) Supply valves of cylinders, generators and gas mains shall be securely closed and the valve key shall be kept in
the custody of a responsible person.
(c) Movable pipes or hoses used for conveying oxygen or flammable gas or vapour and the welding and cutting
torches shall, in the case of a vessel undergoing construction, be brought to the top most completed deck, or in the
case of a vessel undergoing repair, to a weather deck or in the either case to some other place of safety which is
adequately ventilated to prevent any dangerous concentration of gas or fumes:
Provided that where, owing to the nature of the work, it is impracticable to comply with the foregoing
requirements of this clause, the pipes or hoses shall be disconnected from cylinders, generators or gas mains, as the
case may be.
(d) When the cylinders or acetylene generating plane have been taken below deck as permitted by clause (b) of sub-
rule (36) such cylinders or acetylene generating plant shall be brought to a weather deck or, in the case of a vessel
undergoing construction, to the top most completed deck.
(40) Naked lights and hot work oil-carrying vessels.-

(a) Subject to the provisions of clause (b) of this sub-rule and to the provisions of sub-rule (48), and without
prejudice to the provisions of sub-rules (46) and (47), no naked light, fire or lamp (other than a safety lamp of a type
approved for the purpose of this sub-rule)-
(i) shall be permitted to be applied to, or to be in, or any hot work permitted to be carried out in any part of a tanker,
unless since oil was last carried in that tanker, a naked lights certificate has been obtained and is in force in respect
of those parts of the tanker for which, in the opinion of a competent analyst, a naked light certificate is necessary:
Provided that a naked light, fire or lamp of a kind specified in writing by a competent analyst may be
applied to, or be in, or any hot work of a type specified by him carried on, any part of the tanker so specified;
(ii) shall be permitted -
(aa) to be in any oil tanker on board or in a vessel in which oil-tank the oil last carried was oil having a flash point
of less than 23 degrees centigrade or was liquid butane, nor any hot work permitted to be carried out in any such oil
tank or vessel, unless a naked light certificate has previously been obtained on the same day and is in force in
respect of that oil tank and of any oil tank, compartment or space adjacent thereto;
(bb) to be applied to the outer surface of any oil-tank on board or in a vessel in which oil-tank the oil last carried was
such oil as aforesaid nor any work of such a nature which is likely to produce sufficient heat capable of igniting
flammable gases or vapours permitted to be carried out on the outer surface of such oil-tank or vessel, unless a
naked light certificate has previously been obtained on the same day and is in force in respect of that oil-tank;
(cc) to be applied to the outer surface of, or to be in, any compartment or space adjacent to an oil-tank on board or in
a vessel in which oil-tank the oil last carried was such oil as aforesaid, nor any hot work permitted to be carried out
in such compartment or space as aforesaid, nor any work of such nature which is likely to produce sufficient heat
capable of igniting flammable gases or vapours, permitted to be carried out on the outer surface of such
compartment or space, unless a naked light certificate has previously been obtained on the same day and is in force
in respect of that compartment or space:
Provided that where in any such case referred to in paragraphs (aa) (bb) or (cc) of this sub-clause a
competent analyst has certified that daily naked light certificate are unnecessary or are necessary only to a specified
extent, such a daily certificate need not be obtained or, as the case may be, need only be obtained to the specified
extent;
(iii) shall be permitted to be applied to the outer surface, or to be in, any oil-tank on board or in a vessel nor any hot
work permitted to be carried out in any such oil-tank or vessel, nor any work of such nature which is likely to
produce sufficient heat capable of igniting flammable gases or vapours, permitted to be carried out on the outer
surface of the oil tank or vessel, unless, since oil was last carried in that oil-tank, a naked light certificate has been
obtained and is in force in respect of that oil-tank;
(iv) shall be permitted to be applied to the outer surface of, or to be in, any compartment or space adjacent to an oil-
tank on board or in a vessel nor any hot-work permitted to be carried out in any such compartment or space, nor any
work of such nature which is likely to produce sufficient heat capable of igniting flammable gases or vapours,
permitted to be carried out on the outer surface of any such compartment or space, unless, since oil was last carried
69
LatestLaws.com
as cargo in that oil-tank, a naked light certificate has been obtained and is in force in respect of that compartment or
space.
(b) Not withstanding anything in clause (a) of this sub-rule, heated rivets may be permitted in any place without
naked light certificate being in force in respect of that place if expressly so authorised by a competent analyst who
certifies that after adequate and suitable testing, he is satisfied having regard to all the circumstances of the case,
including the likelihood or otherwise of the atmosphere becoming flammable, that the place is sufficiently free from
flammable vapour; but such heated rivets shall, where practicable, be passed through tubes.
(c) No person shall introduce, have or apply naked light, fire or lamp (other than safety lamp of a type approved for
the purpose of this sub-rule) into, in or to any place where they are prohibited by this sub-rule.
(d) No person shall carry out hot work or any work of such nature which is likely to produce sufficient heat capable
of igniting flammable gases or vapours, in any place or any surface where they are prohibited by this sub-rule.
(e) In this sub-rule the expression ‘competent analyst’ means an analyst who is competent to give a naked light
certificate.
(41)Entering oil-tanks.-
(a) No person (other than an analyst entering with a view to issuing a certificate of entry) shall, unless he is wearing
a breathing apparatus of a type approved for the purpose of this sub-rule, enter or remain in an oil-tank on board or
in a vessel unless, since the oil-tank last contained oil, a certificate of entry has been obtained and is in force in
respect of the tank.
(b) Without prejudice to clause (a) of this sub-rule, no person (other than an analyst entering as aforesaid) shall be
allowed or required to enter or remain in an oil-tank on board or in a vessel in which oil-tank the oil last carried was
oil having a flash point of less than 23 degrees centigrade unless, since the oil-tank last contained oil, an analyst has
certified that the atmosphere is sufficiently free from flammable mixture.
(c) The provisions of this sub-rule are without prejudice to the requirements of sub-rule (34).
(42) Duration of certificates.- Any naked light certificate or certificate of entry may be issued subject to a condition
that it shall not remain in force after a time specified in the certificate.
(43) Posting of certificates.- Every occupier for whom a naked light certificate or a certificate of entry is obtained
shall ensure that the certificate or a duplicate thereof is posted as soon as may be and remains posted in a position
where it may conveniently read by all persons concerned.
(44) Maintaining safe atmosphere.-

(a) When conditions in an oil-tank in respect of which a naked light certificate has been issued, are such thaat there
is a possibility of oil vapour being released from residues or other sources, test shall be carried out by a competent
analyst at such intervals as may be required so as to ensure that the conditions in the tank are maintained safe.
(b)Whenever hot work is carried on or a naked light, fire or lamp is allowed to be, on the weather deck over spaces,
in respect of which a naked light certificate has not been issued, all covers of manholes and openings on deck and all
valves (except those which are connected to high vent pipes) connecting the weather deck with the said spaces,
shall be closed.
(c) A record of all the tests carried out for the purpose of sub-rules (34), (40) and (41) shall be maintained in a
register which should furnish the date, time, location and results of the tests.
(45) Cleaning of oil-tanks.-
(a)Subject to the provisions of sub-rule (48), before a test for flammable vapour is carried out with a view to the
issue of a naked light certificate for the purposes of sub-rule (40) in respect of a an oil-tank on board or in a vessel,
70
LatestLaws.com
that oil-tank shall, since oil was last introduced into the tank, be cleaned and ventilated in accordance with clause(b)
of this sub-rule.
(b)The said cleaning and ventilation shall be carried out by the following methods:-
(i) the oil-tank shall be treated in such manner and for such periods as will ensure the vaporisation of all volatile
oil;
(ii)all residual oil and any sludge or other deposit in the oil-tank shall be removed therefrom; and
(iii)after the oil-tank has been so cleaned,-
(aa) all covers of manholes and other openings therein shall be removed and it shall be thoroughly ventilated by
mechanical or other efficient means with a view to the removal of all oil vapour; and then
(bb)the interior surfaces, if any deposit remains thereon, shall be washed or scraped down.
(46) Invalidation of certificates.-
(a) If during the course of work in, or to the outer surface of, any part of a tanker or aircraft carrier, any pipe or tank
joint is opened or broken or any other event occurs so that there is a risk of oil vapour entering or arising in that part
of the tanker or aircraft carrier, that work shall be suspended and thereafter any certificate of entry previously issued
in respect of any oil-tank in that part and any naked light certificate previously issued in respect of that part shall be
no longer in force.
(b) If (in case of a vessel other than a tanker or aircraft carrier) during the course of work in any oil-tank or in any
compartment or space adjacent thereto, any pipe or tank joint is opened or broken or any other event occurs so that
there is a risk of oil vapour entering or arising in the oil-tank or in any compartment or space adjacent thereto that
work shall be suspended and thereafter any certificate of entry previously issued in respect of the oil-tank or any
compartment or space adjacent thereto shall be no longer in force.
(47) Provisions as to work in other compartments or space.-
(a) Without prejudice to the other provisions of this rule, if the presence of oil in such quantity and in such position
as to be likely to give rise to fire or explosion is detected in any part of a vessel, being a part to which this sub-rule
applies and in which repairs of the following kind are to be or are being undertaken, that is to say, repairs involving
the use of a naked light, fire or lamp (other than a safety lamp of a type approved for the purpose of sub-rule (40), or
involving hot work, such repairs shall not be started or continued until a naked light certificate has been issued or, as
the case may, reissued in respect of that part of the vessel.
(b) This sub-rule shall apply to bilges, shaft tunnels, pump rooms, and to compartments and spaces other than those
to which clause (a) (iv) of sub-rule (40) applies.
(48) Exemptions.- If the Chief Inspector is satisfied, by reasons of the nature of the work and the circumstances in
which it is carried out, that any provisions of sub-rules (33) to (45) or part there of can be suspended or relaxed
without danger to the health or safety of any person, he may grant suspension or relaxation in writing specifying
such conditions as he may consider fit. Any such suspension or relaxation may be revoked at any time.
Precautions in use of electrical energy
(49) Earthing.- Electrical energy other than that generated by an independent generating unit on board shall not be
taken for use, or used in, or in connection with any of the operations unless that body of the ship is securely earthed
in such a manner as to ensure an immediate and safe discharge of energy to the earth. A ship or vessel shall not be
considered as securely earthed for the purpose of this sub-rule only on account of it being partly submerged in water.
(50) Arc welding.-
(a)Electric are welding shall not be carried on in connection with any of the operations unless separate and fully
insulated welding return conductor or conductors as the case may be, of adequate electrical capacity are provided for
return of the current to the transformer or generator of the welding set.
(b)The return end of the source of the welding current shall not be earthed.
(c) All work on which welding is carried on shall be securely earthed independently to an earth electrode by means
of a conductor or conductors as the case may be, of adequate capacity, unless all such work are connected to any
structure of the ship or vessel in such a manner as to ensure adequate connection to earth as aforesaid.
71
LatestLaws.com
(51) Cutting of energy in certain cases.- Electrical energy shall be cut off from all portable electric tools and manual
electrode holders within any tank, compartment or space referred to in sub-rules (34) and (40) or in any other
confined space during all times when such tools or holders are not in operations:
Provided that for determining whether any such portable electric tool or electrode holder is not in operation,
no account shall be taken of brief interruptions of work occurring during normal working.
Provided further that energy may not be cut off from any such equipment if a responsible person is left in
charge of it in such tank, compartment or space concerned.
Provided further that cutting of all electrical energy by operation of any switch or control provided on the
portable tool or electrodes itself should not be taken as fulfilling the requirement of this sub-rule.
Miscellaneous safety provisions
(52) Lighting.- All parts of a vessel and all other places where the operations are being carried on, and all
approaches to such parts and to places to which a worker may be required to proceed in the course of his
employment, shall be sufficiently and suitably lighted. In provided such lighting, due regard shall be given to
avoidance of glare and formation of shadows, to the safety of the vessel and cargo, of the navigation of other
vessels, and to any local statutory requirements as to the lighting of the harbour or dock.
(53) Work in boilers, etc.-

(a) No work shall be permitted in any boiler, boiler-furnace or boiler-flue until it has been sufficiently cooled to
make work safe for the workers.
(b) Before any worker enters any steam boiler which is one of a range of two or more steam boilers-
(i) all inlets through which steam or hot water might otherwise enter the boiler from any other part of the range shall
be disconnected from that part; or
(ii) all valves or taps controlling such entry shall be closed and securely locked.
(c) While workers remain in any steam boiler to which clause (b) of this sub-rule applies all such inlets as are
referred to in that clause shall remain disconnected or all such valves or taps as are therein referred to shall remain
closed and securely locked.
(d) No worker shall be allowed or required to enter or remain in, and no person shall enter or remain, in any steam
boiler to which clause (b) of this sub-rule applies unless the provisions of that clause are being complied with.
(54) Hatch beams.- The hatch beams of any hatch in use for the operations shall, if not removed, be adequately
secured to prevent their displacement.
(55) Jumped-up bolts.- Bolts which have been jumped-up and re-screwed shall not be used for securing plates on the
sides of vessels, and no worker shall use such bolts for this purpose.
(56) Work in or on life boats.-
(a) Before workers are permitted to work in or on any life boat, either stowed or in suspended position, precautions
shall be taken to prevent the boat from falling due to accidental tripping of the releasing gear or movement of the
davits, and capsizing of the boat if in the chocks.
(b) Workers shall not be permitted to remain in life boats while the life boats are being hoisted into final stowed
position.
Protective wear
(57) Hand protection.- Adequate protection for the hands shall be available for all workers when using cutting or
welding apparatus to which oxygen or any flammable gas or vapour is supplied at a pressure greater than
atmospheric pressure or when engaged in machine caulking or machine riveting or in transporting or stacking plates
or in handling plates at machines.
(58) Protection in connection with cutting or welding.-

(a) Suitable goggles fitted with tinted eye-pieces shall be provided and maintained for all persons employed when
using cutting or welding apparatus to which oxygen or any flammable gas or vapour is supplied at a pressure
above atmospheric pressure.
72
LatestLaws.com
(b) There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons employed when engaged in the process of
electric welding -
(i)suitable helmets or suitable head-shields or suitable hand shields to protect the eyes and face from hot metal
and from rays likely to be injurious; and
(ii)suitable gauntlets to protect the hands and forearms from hot metal and from rays likely to be injurious.
(c) When electric welding is in progress at any place and persons other than those engaged in that process are
employed in a position where the rays are likely to be injurious to their eyes, screens shall, where practicable,
be provided at that place for the protection of those persons. Where it is not practicable to provide effective
protection of those persons by screening, suitable goggles shall be provided for their use.
(59) Eye protection for other processes.- Suitable goggles or effective screens shall be provided to protect the eyes
of all workers in any of the following processes:-
(a)the cutting out or cutting off of cold rivets or bolts from boilers or other plant or from ship;
(b)the chipping, scaling or scurfing of boiler or ships’ plates:
(c)drilling by means of portable machine tools; and
(d)dry grinding of metals.
(60) Head protection.- When workers are employed in areas where there is danger of falling objects they shall be
provided with suitable safety helmets.
(61) Safety belts and life lines.-
(a) Whenever any worker is engaged on work at a place from which he is liable to fall more than 2 metres, he shall
be provided with safety belts equipped with life lines which are secured with a minimum of a slack, to a fixed
structure unless any other effective means such as provision of guard rails or ropes are taken to prevent his
falling.
(b) All safety belts and life lines shall be examined at frequent intervals by a competent person to ensure that no
belt or life line which is not in good condition is used.
Health and welfare
(62)Prohibition of employment of young persons in certain processes.- No young person shall be employed in -
(a) the application of asbestos by means of a spray;
(b) the breaking down for removal of asbestos lagging;
(c) the cleaning of sacks or other containers which have contained asbestos;
(d) the cutting of material containing asbestos by means of portable power driven saws; or
(e) the scaling, scurfing or cleaning of boilers, combustion chambers or smoke box, where his work exposes him to
dust of such a character and to such an extent as to be likely to be injurious or offensive to persons employed in such
work.
(63) Lead processes.-
(a) Lead paint shall not be applied in the form of a spray in the interior painting of any part of a ship or vessel.
(b)Wherever lead sheathing work is carried on for making cold storage chambers in the ships, efficient exhaust
draughts with portable extractors should be provided to remove the lead fumes from the confined spaces.
(64) Stretchers, ambulances and ambulance rooms, etc.-
(a) In every shipyard they shall be provided and kept readily available-
(i) a sufficient number of suitably constructed sling stretchers or other similar appliances for raising injured
persons;
(ii) a sufficient number of carrying or wheel stretchers; and
(iii) a sufficient supply of suitable reviving apparatus and oxygen, and the stretchers, appliance and apparatus so
provided shall be properly maintained.
(b) In every shipyard there shall always be readily available during working hours a responsible person or
responsible persons whose duty it is to summon an ambulance or other means of transport if needed in cases of
73
LatestLaws.com
accident or illness. Legible copies of a notice indicating that person or, as the case may be, those persons shall be
affixed in prominent positions in every shipyard.
(c) In every shipyard other than a dry dock available for hire,-
(i)in which the number of persons employed normally exceeds five hundred; or
(ii)in which the number of persons employed normally exceeds one hundreds and which is more than ten miles
from a hospital;
there shall be provided and maintained in good order and in clean condition a properly constructed
ambulance room containing at least the equipment prescribed in the rules framed under section 45 of the Act. The
room shall be used only for the purpose of treatment and rest and shall be in the charge of a suitably qualified person
who shall always be readily available during working hours, and record shall be kept of all cases of accident or
sickness treated at the room.
Training and Supervision
(65) Young persons.-

(a) No young person shall, until he has been employed in a shipyard or shipyards for at least six months, be
employed in connection with the operations in a shipyard on a stage from which, or in any part of a ship where,
he is liable to fall from a height of more than 2 metres or into water in which there is a risk of drowning.
(b) Any young person under the age of sixteen shall, when employed in the operations in shipyard, be placed under
the charge of an experienced workman.
(66) Safety supervision.- In the case of every shipyard other than a dry dock available for hire, being a shipyard
where the number of workers regularly or from time to time exceeds five hundred, a person experienced in the work
of such yards shall be appointed and employed exclusively to exercise general supervision of the observance of
these rules and to promote the safe conduct of the work generally.
76. Reaction vessels and kettles.-

(1) This rule applies to reaction vessels and kettles, hereinafter referred to as reaction vessels, which normally work
at a pressure not above the atmospheric pressure but in which there is likelihood of pressure being created above the
atmospheric pressure due to reaction getting out of control or any other circumstance.
(2) In the event of the vessel being heated by electrical means, a suitable thermostatic control device shall be
provided to prevent the temperature exceeding the safe limit.
(3) Where steam, is used for heating purposes in a reaction vessel, it shall be supplied through a suitable pressure
reducing valve or any other suitable automatic device to prevent the maximum permissible steam pressure being
exceeded, unless the pressure of the steam in the supply line itself cannot exceed the said maximum permissible
pressure.
(4) A suitable safety valve or rapture disc of adequate size and capacity shall be provided to effectively prevent the
pressure being built up in the reaction vessel beyond the safe limit. Effective arrangements shall be made to ensure
that the released gases, fumes, vapours, liquids, or dusts, as the case may be, are led away and disposed of through
suitable pipes without causing any hazard. Where flammable gases or vapours are likely to be vented out from the
vessel, the discharge and shall be provided with a flame arrester.
(5) Every reaction vessel shall be provided with a pressure gauge having the appropriate range.
(6) In addition to the devices as mentioned in the foregoing provisions, means shall be provided for automatically
stopping the feed into the vessel as soon as process conditions deviate from the normal limits to an extent which can
be considered as dangerous.
(7) Wherever necessary, an effective system for cooling, flooding or blanketing shall be provided, for the purpose of
controlling the reaction and process conditions within the safe limits of temperature and pressure.
74
LatestLaws.com
(8) An automatic auditory and visual warning device shall be provided for clear warning whenever process
conditions exceed the present limits. This device, whenever possible, shall be integrated with automatic process
correction systems.
(9) A notice pointing out the possible circumstances in which pressures above atmospheric pressure may be built up
in the reaction, the dangers involved and the precautions to be taken by the operators shall be displayed at a
conspicuous place near the vessel.
Rule prescribed under Sections 41 and 112
77. Examination of eye sight of certain workers.- (1) No person shall be employed to operate a crane, locomotive
or fork - lift truck, or to give signals to a crane or locomotive operator unless his eye sight and colour vision have
been examined and declared fit by a qualified ophthalmologist to work whether with or without the use of corrective
glasses.
(2) The eye sight and colour vision of the person employed as referred to in clause (1) shall be examined at least
once in every period of 12 months up to the age of 45 years and once in every 6 months beyond that age.
(3)Any fee payable for an examination of a person under this sub-rule shall be paid by the occupier and shall not be
recoverable from that person.
(4)The record of examination or re-examination carried out as required under sub-rule (i) shall be maintained in
Form 6.
Rule prescribed under Sections 41 & 112
78. Railways in factories.- (1)This rule shall apply to railways in the precincts of a factory which are not subject to
Indian Railways Act, 1890.
(2) Gateways.- A gateway through which a railway track passes shall not be used for the general passage of workers
into out of a factory.
(3) Barriers and Turngates.-

(a) Where building or wall contain doors or gates which open to a railway track, a barrier about 1 metre high shall
be fixed parallel to and about 60 cm. away from the building or wall outside the opening and extending several
feet beyond it at either end, so that any person passing out become aware of an approaching train when his pace
is checked at the barrier.
If the traffic on the nearest track is all in one direction, the barrier shall be in the form of an “L” with the end of
the short leg abutting on to the wall and the other end opening towards the approaching train.
(b) If the distance between wall and track cannot be made to accommodate such a barrier, the barrier or a turngate
shall be placed at the inside of the opening.
(c) Where a footway passes close to a building or other obstruction as it approaches a railway track, a barrier or a
turngate shall be fixed in such a manner that a person approaching the track is compelled to move away from
the building or obstruction and thus obtain timely sight of an approaching locomotive or wagon.
(4) Crowds.-
(a) Workers’ pay-windows, first-aid stations and other points where a crowd may collect shall not be placed near a
railway track.
(b) At any time of the day when workers are starting or ending work, all railway traffic shall cease for not less than
five minutes.
(5) Locomotives.-
(a)No locomotive shall be used in shutting operations unless it is in good working order.
(b)Every locomotive and tender shall be provided with efficient brakes, all of which shall be maintained in good
working order. Brake shoes shall be examined at suitably fixed intervals and those that are worn out replaced at
once.
(c) Water-gauge glasses of every locomotive, whatever its boiler pressure, shall be protected with substantial glass
or metal screens.
75
LatestLaws.com
(d) Suitable steps and hand-holds shall be provided at the corners of the locomotive for the use of shunters.
(e)Every locomotive crane shall be provided with lifting and jacking pads at the four corners of the locomotive for
assisting in re-railing operations.
(f)It shall be clearly indicated on every locomotive crane in English and in language understood by the majority of
the workers in the factory, for what weight of load and at what radius the crane is safe.
(6) Wagons.-
(a) Every wagon (and passenger coach, if any) shall be provided either with self-acting brakes capable of being
applied continuously or with efficient hand brakes which shall be maintained in good working order. The hand
brakes shall be capable of being applied by a person on the ground and fitted with a device for retaining them in
the applied position.
(b) No wagon shall be kept standing within 3 metres of the authorised crossing.
(c) No wagon shall be moved with the help of crow bars or pinch bars.
(7) Riding on locomotive wagon or other rolling stock.- No person shall be permitted to be upon (whether inside or
outside) any locomotive, wagon or after rolling stock except where secure foothold and handhold are provided.
(8)Attention to brakes and doors.-

(a) No locomotive, wagon or other rolling stock shall be kept standing unless its brakes are firmly applied and,
where it is on a gradient, without sufficiently number of properly constructed scotches placed firmly in
position.
(b) No train shall be set in motion until the shunting jamadar has satisfied himself that all wagon doors are securely
fastened.
(9) Projecting loads and cranes.-

(a) If the load on a wagon projects beyond its length, a guard or dummy-truck shall be used beneath the projection.
(b) No loco-crane shall travel without load unless the jib is completely lowered and positioned in line with the track.
(c) When it is necessary for a loco-crane to travel with a load, the jib shall not be swung until the loco-crane has
come to rest.
10) Loose shunting.- Loose-shunting shall be permitted only when it cannot be avoided. It shall never be performed
on a wagon not accompanied by a man capable of applying and pinning down the brakes. A wagon not provided
with brakes in good working order and capable of being easily pinned down shall not be loose shunted unless there
is attached to it at least another wagon with such brakes. Loose-shunting shall not be performed with, or against a
wagon containing passengers, live stock or explosives.
(11) Fly-shunting.- Fly-shunting shall not be permitted on any factory railway.
(12) The shunting jamadar.-

(a) Every locomotive or wagon in motion in a factory shall be in charge of a properly trained jamadar.
(b) Before authorising a locomotive or wagon to be moved, the shunting jamadar shall satisfy himself that no person
is under or in-between or in front of the locomotive or wagon.
(13) Hand signals.- The hand signals used by the shunting jamadar by day and night shall be those prescribed by the
shunting rules of railways, working under the Indian Railway Act (IX of 1890).
(14) Night work and fog.-

(a) In factories where persons work at night, no movement of locomotive, wagon or other rolling stock otherwise
than by hand shall be permitted between sunset and sunrise unless the tracks and their vicinity are lighted in a
scale of not less than 10 lux as measures at the horizontal plane at the ground level.
(b) In no circumstances shall any locomotive or train be moved between sunset and sunrise or at any time when
there is fog, unless it carries a white head light and a rear light.
(15) Speed control.-

(a) A locomotive or train shall not be permitted to move at a speed greater than seven kilometres per hour.
76
LatestLaws.com
(b) A train, locomotive, wagon or other rolling stock shall not be moved by mechanical or electrical power unless it
is preceded at a distance of not less than 10 metres during the whole of its journey by a shunting jamadar. He
shall be provided with signalling flags or lamp and whistle necessary for calling the attention of the driver.
(16) Tracks.- (a)The distance

(i) between tracks and
(ii) between tracks and buildings, blind walls or other structures and
(iii) tracks and materials deposited on the ground shall be respectively not less than :-
(aa) from centre to centre of parallel tracks, the overall width of the widest wagon of that guage plus twice the width
of the door of such a wagon when opened directly outward plus 1 metre.
(bb) from a building or structure other than a loading platform to the centre of the nearest track, half the overall
width of the widest wagon of that guage, plus the width of its door when opened outward, plus 1.5 metres.
(cc) from material stacked or deposited alongside the track, on the ground or on a loading platform, to the centre of
the widest wagon of that guage, plus half the width of its door when opened directly outward, plus 1 metre.
(b) Sleepers of a track shall be in level with the ground and at the crossings of the track with a road or walkway, the
surface of the road or walkway shall be in level with the top of the rails.
(c) All track ends shall be equipped with buffer stops of adequate strength.
(d) Barriers of substantial construction shall be securely and permanently fixed across any doorway or gateway in a
building or in a wall which conceals an approaching train from view, between the building and the track as
prescribed in clause (a) of sub-rule (3).
(e) Where track are carried on a gantry or other elevation, a safe footway or footways with hand rails and toe-boards
shall be provided at all positions where persons work or pass on foot; and where there is an opening in the stage of
an elevated track for dropping of material to a lower level, the position shall be adequately fenced or the opening
itself provided with a grill through which a person cannot fall.
(f) All point levers shall have their movements parallel to, not across, the direction of the track.
(g) All loading platforms which are more than 60 cm above the level of the ground on which the track is laid and
more than 15 metres in length, shall be provided with stops at intervals not greater than 15 meters apart to enable the
platform to be easily mounted from the track.
(h) Turn tables on plant railways shall be provided with locking devices which will prevent the tables from turning
while locomotives or wagons are being run on or off the tables.
(i) Workers shall be prohibited from passing under, between or above railway wagons.
(17) Crossings.-
(a) At all crossings of a track with a road or walkway, danger or crossing signs and wherever reasonable practicable,
blinking lights or alarm lights shall be provided. At all important crossings, gates or barriers manned by
watchmen shall be provided. Swinging gates and barriers shall be secured against inadvertent opening or
closing.
(b) All crossings, warning signs, gates and barriers shall be illuminated during hours of darkness.
(18) Duties of drivers and shunters.- It shall be the duty of every driver of a locomotive, or a shunter including a
shunting jamadar, to report without delay to their superior any defect in permanent way, locomotive or rolling
stock.
(19) Young persons not to be employed as drivers of locomotive or as shunters.- No person who is under 18 years of
age and no person who is not sufficiently competent and reliable shall be employed as a driver of a locomotive
or as a shunter.
77
LatestLaws.com
(20) The Chief Inspector may by an order in writing exempt a factory or part of it from all or any of the provisions
of this rule to such extent and on such conditions as he deems necessary.
Rule prescribed under sections 41 and 112

Existing Rule 79 be substituted by the following new Rule:-
Rule 79: SAFETY COMMITTEE
Rules prescribed under Section 41 and 41(G)
(1) In every factory –

(a) wherein 250 or more workers are ordinarily employed; or
(b) which carried on any process or operation declared to be dangerous under Section 87 of the Act; or
(c) which carries on ‘hazardous process’ as defined under Section 2(cb) of the Act;
There shall be a Safety Committee.

(2) The representatives of the management on Safety Committee shall include –
(a) A senior official, who by his position in the organisation can contribute effectively to the functioning of the
Committee, shall be the Chairman;
(b) A Safety Officer and a Factory Medical Officer wherever available and the Safety Officer in such a case shall
be the Secretary of the Committee;
(c) A representative each from the production, maintenance and purchase departments.
(3) The workers’ representatives on this Committee shall be elected by the workers.
(4) The tenure of the Committee shall be two years.
(5) Safety Committee shall meet as often as necessary but at least once in every quarter. The minutes of the
meeting shall be recorded and produced to the Inspector on demand.
(6) Safety Committee shall have the right to be adequately and suitably informed of –
(a) potential safety and health hazards to which the workers may be exposed at workplace;
(b) data on accidents as well as data resulting from surveillance of the working environment and of the health
of workers exposed to hazardous substances so far as the factory is concerned, provided that the Committee
undertakes to use the data on a confidential basis and solely to provide guidance and advice on measures to
improve the working environment and the health and safety of the workers.
(7) Function and duties of the Safety Committee shall include –

(a) assisting and cooperating with the management in achieving the aims and objectives outlined in the ‘Health
and Safety Policy’ of the occupier;
(b) dealing with all matters concerning health, safety and environment and to arrive at practicable solutions to
problems encountered;
(c) creating safety awareness amongst all workers;
(d) undertaking educational, training and promotional activities;
(e) discussing reports on safety, environmental and occupational health surveys, safety audits, risk assessment,
emergency and disaster management plans and implementation of the recommendations made in the
reports;
(f) carrying out health and safety surveys and identifying causes of accidents;
(g) looking into any complaint made on the likelihood of an imminent danger to the safety and health of the
workers and suggesting corrective measures; and
(h) reviewing the implementation of the recommendations made by it.
Where owing to the size of the factory, or any other reason, the functions referred to in sub-rule (7) cannot be
effectively carried out by the Safety Committee, it may establish sub-committees as may be required to assist it.
78
LatestLaws.com
Existing Rule 80 and 81 be substituted by the following new Rules:-
80. Personal Protective Equipments.-

(1) All workers should be mandatorily provided with Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs) as required under
any of the provisions of the Act or the Rules and such PPEs shall conform to the relevant National Standard.
The occupiers shall require the workers to use such PPEs and the same shall be maintained in proper working
conditions by the occupier. No charge what so ever shall be charged by the occupier from the workers for
provision of such PPEs.
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the provisions of sub-rule (1), the various types of PPEs to which this
rule shall extend for use in factories shall be as prescribed below.
i. Safety Helmet: All workers who are likely to be exposed to any hazard which may cause head injury
shall be provided with safety helmets conforming to relevant National Standards. All the workers shall
be adequately trained on proper use of such PPEs. When work at height is being carried out such safety
helmet shall be provided with a nape strap. No safety helmet which has resisted an impact shall be
reused. Periodic cleaning and visual inspection to check any deformation in size or shape shall be
carried out.
ii. Protective Footwear: Protective footwear should be provided to workers who are exposed to hazards
which are likely to cause injury to them by way of materials being dropped on their feet or nail or other
sharp objects penetrating their sole. The type and nature of foot wear to be used at workplaces shall be
decided by the occupier based on nature of work being carried at such work places. Proper disinfection
shall be carried out to prevent contagious fungal infection of the skin that causes scaling, flaking, and
itching of the affected areas. Proper medical care shall be carried out to prevent workers from suffering
from ingrown nails, metatarsalgia, heel spur, hammer toes and nerve damage after wearing safety shoe.
iii. Safety Goggles and Spectacles: The relevant National Standard shall be applicable for eye-protection
intended for use in industrial undertakings to provide protection for the eyes of the workers against
hazards such as flying particles and fragments, splashing materials and molten metal’s harmful dust,
gases or vapours, aerosols and radiations which are likely to impair vision or damage the eyes.
Additional eye protection over their prescription lenses shall be used ensuring that the protective
eyewear does not disturb the proper positioning of the prescription lenses.
iv. Equipment for eye and face protection during welding: Relevant National Standard shall be followed
for the requirements of goggles, hand shield and helmet intended to protect an operator above the
shoulder from harmful radiation, spark and particles of hot metal during welding, cutting and similar
operations employing a gas flame or electric arc.
v. Gloves and Protective Clothing: Suitable gloves, leather gauntlets and mittens conforming to relevant
National Standard shall be used for protection of hand of the workers from getting injured. Such
protective gloves shall be provided where the hands are exposed to hazards such as those from skin
absorption of harmful substances; severe cuts or lacerations; severe abrasions; punctures; chemical
burns; thermal burns; and harmful temperature extremes.
Suitable proactive clothing as per relevant National Standard available for apron (Rubberized, acid and
alkali resistant) shall be used for protection of workers who are likely to be exposed to any hazard
which may cause injury to their skin.
vi. Ear protection when exposed to noise: Protection against the effects of noise exposure shall be
provided when the sound levels exceed the prescribed Standards. The relevant National Standard shall
be followed while selection of suitable ear protection. Periodic disinfection of reusable ear protectors
shall be carried out to eliminate hearing loss caused by infection, discharge, pain etc. in the ear.
vii. Respiratory Protection: Respiratory Protective equipment based on the nature of hazard as per the
relevant National Standard shall be provided by the occupier of the factory to the workers for their
respiratory protection against dust, fumes, gases, particulates etc. Clinical examination and appropriate
medical tested shall be undertaken to avoid Irritant dermatitis, nose bridge sores, etc. because of
prolong use of respiratory personal protective equipment.
79
LatestLaws.com
viii. Other Protective Equipment: Appropriate personal protective equipment based on the nature of hazards
as per the relevant National Standard shall be provided by the occupier to the workers. These shall
include the following:-
a. Safety harnesses with independently secured lifelines where protection against falls cannot be
provided by other appropriate means.
b. Life vests and life preservers where there is a danger of falling into water.
c. Distinguishing clothing or reflective devices or otherwise conspicuously visible material when
there is regular exposure to danger from moving vehicles.
(3) The Inspector may, having regard to the nature of the hazards involved in work and process being carried
out, order the occupier or the manager in writing to supply to the workers exposed to particular hazard any
personal protective equipment conforming to relevant National Standard as may be found necessary.
81. x x x x x
82. Thermic fluid heaters.-
(1) All heaters shall be of such construction that coils are removable for periodic cleaning, visual inspection and
hydraulic test.
(2) Suitable arrangements shall be made for cooling the furnace effectively in case of power failure.
(3) Before restarting the furnace, it shall be effectively purged.
(4) Velocity of flow of the thermic fluid shall not be allowed to fall below the minimum recommended by the
manufacturers while the heater is in operation.
(5) The thermic fluid shall be circulated in a closed circuit formation with an expansion cum deaerator tank. This
tank shall be located outside the shed where the heater is installed.
(6) Every heater shall be provided with a Photo-resistor actuated audio-visual alarm to indicate flame failure and
automatic burner cut off.
(7) The stack temperature monitor-cum-controller with audio-visual alarm shall be provided so as to warn the
operator in case the outlet temperature exceeds the specified minimum.
(8) Where inspection doors are provided on the furnace they shall be interlocked with the burner itself so that they
cannot be opened until burner is shut off and furnace is cooled sufficiently.
(9) All heaters shall be provided with the following safety devises:-
(a) level control in the expansion tank;
(b) temperature control of thermic fluid;
(c) differential pressure switch on the outlet line of the heater tubes; and
(d) temperature control device for the fuel oil supply to the burner.
(10) All devices mentioned in Paragraph 9 shall have interlocking arrangements with burner so that in case of any
predetermined limits being crossed the supply of fuel and air to burner shall automatically be cut-off.
(11) All safety interlocks when operated shall be indicated on the control panel of the heater by a suitable audio
visual alarm.
(12) Every heater unit shall be provided as a standard accessory an arrangement for sniffing with low pressure steam
or nitrogen for putting out the fire.
(13) Electric panel for the heater shall be located near the heater but not so close as to be exposed to spilling or
leaking oil.
(14) The heater shall be located in a place segregated from other manufacturing activities.
80
LatestLaws.com
(15) Explosion vent shall be so installed that release takes place at safe location.
(16) The heater coil shall be subjected to pressure test by competent person once at least in every 12 months. The
test pressure shall not be less than twice the operating pressure.
(17) If repairs are carried out to the coil, it shall be tested before taking it into use.
(18) The thermic fluid shall conform to the specifications prescribed by the manufacturers and shall be tested by
competent person for suitability at least once in every three months period. Such test shall include test for
acidity, suspended matter, ash contents, viscosity and flash point.
(19) Cleaning of the internal surface of the heater or soot and check up of refractory surface on the inside shall be
carried out every month or as often as required depending upon working conditions. The coils shall be removed
and surface of the coils cleaned thoroughly once at least in a period of six months. The burner, nozzles, oil
filters and pumps shall be cleaned once a week during the period of use.
(20) A separate register containing the following information shall be maintained :-

(a) weekly checks carried out confirming the effectiveness of the interlock;
(b) weekly checks confirming that all accessories are in good state of repairs; and
(c) information regarding fuel oil temperature, pressure, thermic fluid inlet/outlet pressure and temperature, fuel gas
temperature, recorded at 4 hourly interval,
(21) The heater when in operation shall always be kept in charge of a trained operator.
Rule 82A: SITE APPRAISAL COMMITTEE
Rules prescribed under Section 41-A sub-section (1) read with Section 112.
(1) Constitution: The following provisions shall govern the functioning of the Site Appraisal Committee, herein
after, be referred to as the “Committee”, in these rules:-
(a) The State Government may constitute a Site Appraisal Committee and reconstitute the Committee as and
when necessary;
(b) The State Government may appoint a senior official of the Factories Inspectorates, preferably with
qualification in Chemical Engineering to be the Secretary of the Committee;
(c) The State Government may appoint the following as members of the Committee:-
(i) A representative of the Fire Service Organisation of the State Government:
(ii) A representative of the State Department of Industries;
(iii) A representative of the Director General of Factory Advice Service and Labour Institutes, Bombay.
(2) No member, unless required to do so by a Court of Law, shall disclose otherwise than in connection with the
purpose of the Act, at any time any information relating to manufacturing or commercial business or any
working process which may come to his knowledge during his tenure as a Member on this Committee.
(3) Applications for appraisal of sites.

(a) Applications for appraisal of sites in respect of the factories covered under Section 2(cb) of the Act shall be
submitted to the Chairman of the Site Appraisal Committee.
(b) The application for site appraisal along with 15 copies thereof shall be submitted in the Form annexed to
this Rule. The Committee may dispense with furnishing information on any particular item in the
Application Form if it considers the same to be not relevant to the application under consideration.
(4) Function of the Committee –

(a) The Secretary shall arrange to register the applications received for appraisal of site in a separate register
and acknowledge the same within a period of 7 days.
(b) The Secretary shall fix up meeting in such a manner that all the applications received and registered are
referred to the Committee within a period of one month from the dae of their receipt.
81
LatestLaws.com
(c) The Committee may adopt a procedure for its working, keeping in view the need for expeditious disposal
of applications.
(d) The Committee shall examine the application for appraisal of a site with reference to the prohibitions and
restrictions on the location of industry and the carrying on of processes and operations in different areas as
per the provisions of Rule 5 of the Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986 framed under the Environment
Protection Act, 1986.
(e) The Committee may call for documents, examine experts, inspect the site if necessary and take other steps
for formulating its views in regard to the suitability of the site.
(f) Wherever the proposed site requires clearance by the Ministry of Industry or the Ministry of Environment
and Forests, the application for Site Appraisal will be considered by the Site Appraisal Committee only
after such clearance has been received.
FORMAT OF APPLICATION TO THE SITE APPRAISAL COMMITTEE
1. Name and address of the applicant
2. Site Ownership Data

2.1 Revenue details of site such as Survey No. Plot No. etc.
2.2 Whether the site is classified as forest and if so, whether approval of the Central Government under Section 5 of
the Indian Forests Act, 1927 has been taken.
2.3 Whether the proposed site attracts the provisions of Section 3(2) (v) of the E.P.Act, 1986, if so, the nature of the
restrictions.
2.4 Local authority under whose jurisdiction the site is located.
3. Site Plan
3.1 Site Plan with clear identification of boundaries and total area proposed to be occupied and showing the
following details nearby the proposed site.
(a) Historical monument, if any, in the vicinity.
(b) Names of neighbouring manufacturing units and human habitats, educational and training institutions,
petrol installations, storages of LPG and other hazardous substances in the vicinity and their distances from
the proposed unit.
(c) Water sources (rivers, streams, canals, dams, water filtration plants, etc.) in the vicinity.
(d) Nearest hospitals, fire stations, civil defence stations and police stations and their distances.
(e) High tension electrical transmission lines, pipelines for water, oil gas or sewerage; railway lines, roads,
stations; jetties and other similar installations.
3.2 Details of soil conditions and depth at which hard strata obtained.
3.3 Contour map of the area showing nearby hillocks and difference in levels.
3.4 Plot Plan of the factory showing the entry and exit points, roads within, water drains, etc.
4. Project Report
4.1 A summary of the salient features of the Projects.
4.2 Status of the organisation (Government, Semi Government, Public or Private etc.)
4.3 Maximum number of persons likely to be working in the factory.
4.4 Maximum amount of power and water requirements and source of their supply.
4.5 Block diagram of the buildings and installations, in the proposed supply.
4.6 Details of housing colony, hospital, school and other infrastructural facilities proposed.
5. Organisation structure of the proposed manufacturing unit/factory

5.1 Organisation diagrams of –
- Proposed enterprise in general
- Health; Safety and Environment protection departments and their linkage to operation and technical
departments.
5.2 Proposed Health and Safety Policy.
5.3 Area allocated for treatment of wastes and effluent.
5.4 Percentage outlay on safety, health and environment protection measures.
82
LatestLaws.com
6. Meteorological data relating to the site

6.1 Average, minimum and maximum of
- Temperature
- Humidity
- Wind velocities during the previous ten years
6.2 Seasonal variations of wind direction
6.3 Highest water level reached during the floods in the area recorded so far.
6.4 Lightning and seismic data of the area.
7. Communication Links
7.1 Availability of telephone/telex/wireless and other communication facilities for outside communication.
7.2 Internal communication facilities proposed
8. Manufacturing Process Information

8.1 Process flow diagram
8.2 Brief write-up on process and technology
8.3 Critical process parameters such as pressure buildup temperature rise and run-away reactions
8.4 Other external effects critical to the process having safety implications, such as ingress of moisture or water,
contact with incompatible substances, sudden power failure.
8.5 Highlights of the built-in safety/pollution control devices or measures/incorporated in the manufacturing
technology.
9. Information of Hazardous Materials

9.1 Raw materials, intermediates, products and by-products and their quantities (Enclose Material Safety Data
Sheet in respect of each hazardous substance)
9.2 Main and intermediate storages proposed for raw materials/intermediates/products/by-products (maximum
quantities to be stored at any time).
9.3 Transportation methods to be used for materials inflow and outflow, their quantities and likely routes to be
followed
9.4 Safety measures proposed for:
- handling of materials;
- internal and external transportation; and
- disposal (packing and forwarding of finished products)
10. Information on Dispersal/Disposal of Wastes and Pollutants

10.1 Major Pollutants (gas, liquid, solid) their characteristics and quantities (average and at
peak loads)
10.2 Quality and quantity of solid wastes generated, method of their treatment and disposal
10.3 Air, water and soil pollution problems anticipated and the proposed measures to control
the same, including treatment and disposal of effluents.
11. Process Hazards Information

11.1 Enclose a copy of the report on environmental impact assessment
11.2 Enclose a copy of the report on Risk Assessment study.
11.3 Published (open or classified) reports, if any, on accident situations/occupational health
hazards or similar plants elsewhere (within or outside the country)
12. Information of proposed Safety and Occupational Health Measures

12.1 Details of fire fighting facilities and minimum quantity of water, CO2 and or other fire
fighting measures needed to meet the emergencies
12.2 Details of in-house medical facilities proposed
83
LatestLaws.com
13. Information on Emergency Preparedness

13.1 Onsite emergency plan
13.2 Proposed arrangements, if any, for mutual aid scheme with the group of neighbouring
factories
14. Any other relevant information
I certify that the information furnished above is correct to the best of my knowledge and nothing of
importance has been concealed while furnishing it.
Name and Signature of the Applicant
Rule 82B: HEALTH AND SAFETY POLICY
Rules made under Section 7A(3), 41B(2) and 112

(1) The occupier of every factory, except as provided for in sub-rule (2), shall prepare a written statement of his
policy in respect of health and safety of workers at work.
(2) All factories –

(a) covered under Section 2(m) (i) but employing less than 50 workers;
(b) covered under Section 2(m)(ii) but employing less than 100 workers; are exempted from requirements of
sub-rule(1):
Provided that they are not covered under the First Schedule under Section 2(cb) or carrying out processes
of operations declared to be dangerous under Section 87 of the Act.
(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule(2) the Chief Inspector may required the occupiers of any of the
factories or class or description of factories to comply with the requirements of sub-rule(1) if, in his opinion, it
is expedient to do so.
(4) The Health and Safety Policy should contain or deal with:
(a) declared intention and commitment of the top management to health, safety and environment and
compliance with all the relevant statutory requirements;
(b) organisational set-up to carry out the declared policy clearly assigning the responsibility at different levels;
and
(c) arrangements for making the policy effective.
(5) In particular, the Policy should specify the following:

(a) arrangements for involving the workers;
(b) intention of taking into account the health and safety performance of individuals at different levels while
considering their career advancement;
(c) fixing the responsibility of the contractors, sub-contractors, transporters and other agencies entering the
premises;
(d) providing a resume of health and safety performance of the factory in its Annual Report;
(e) relevant techniques and methods, such as safety audits and risk assessment for periodical assessment of the
status on health, safety and environment and taking all the remedial measures;
(f) stating its intentions to integrate health and safety, in all decisions including those dealing with purchase of
plant, equipment, machinery and material as well as selection and placement of personnel;
(g) arrangements for informing, educating and training and retraining its own employees at different levels and
the public, wherever required.
(6) A copy of the declared Health and Safety Policy signed by the occupier shall be made available to the Inspector
having jurisdiction over the factory and to the Chief Inspector;
84
LatestLaws.com
(7) The Policy shall be made widely known by –

(a) making copies available to all workers including contract workers, apprentices, transport workers suppliers,
etc.
(b) displaying copies of the policy at conspicuous places; and
(c) any other means of communication;
in a language understood by majority of workers.
(8) The occupier shall revise the Safety Policy as often as may be appropriate, but it shall necessarily be revised
under the following circumstances: -
(a) whenever any expansion or modification having implications on safety and health of persons at work is
made; or
(b) whenever new substance(s) or articles are introduced in the manufacturing process having implications on
health and safety of persons exposed to such substances.
Rule 82C: COLLECTION AND DEVELOPMENT AND DISSEMINATION OF INFORMATION
Rules made under Section 41B and 112, Material Safety Data Sheet
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying on a ‘hazardous process’ shall arrange to obtain or develop information
in the form of Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) in respect of every hazardous substance or material handled
in the manufacture, transportation and storage in the factory. It shall be accessible upon request to a worker for
reference.
(a) Every such Material Safety Data Sheet shall include the following information: -
(i) The identity used on the label;
(ii) Hazardous ingredients of the substance;
(iii) Physical and chemical characteristics of the hazardous substance;
(iv) The physical hazards of the hazardous substance, including the potential for fire, explosion and
reactivity;
(v) The health hazards of the hazardous substance, including signs and symptoms of exposure and any
medical conditions which are generally recognised as being aggravated by exposure to the substance;
(vi) The primary route(s) of entry;
(vii) The permissible limits of exposure prescribed in the Second Schedule under Section 41-F of the Act, and
in respect of a Chemical not covered by the said Schedule, any exposure limit used for recommended by
the manufacturer, importer or occupier;
(viii) Any generally applicable precautions for safe handling and use of the hazardous substance, which are
known, including appropriate hygienic practices, protective measures during repairs and maintenance of
contaminated equipment, procedures for clean-up of spills and leaks;
(ix) Any generally applicable control measures, such as appropriate engineering controls, work practices, or
use of personal protective equipment;
(x) Emergency and first aid procedures;
(xi) The date of preparation of the Material Safety Data Sheet, or the last change to it;
(xii) The name, address and telephone number of the manufacturer, importer, occupier or other responsible
party preparing or distributing the Material Safety Data Sheet, who can provide additional information
on the hazardous substance and appropriate emergency procedures, if necessary.
(b) The occupier while obtaining or developing a Material Safety Data Sheet in respect of a hazardous
substance shall ensure that the information recorded accurately reflects the scientific evidence used in
making the hazard determination. If he becomes newly aware of any significant evidence used in making
the hazard determination. If he becomes newly aware of any significant information regarding the hazards
of a substance, or ways to protect against the hazards, this new information shall be added to the Material
Safety Data Sheet as soon as practicable.
85
LatestLaws.com
(c) An example of such Material Safety Data Sheet is given in the Schedule to this Rule.
Labelling
(2) – Every container of a hazardous substances shall be clearly labelled or marked to identify:
(a) the contents of the container;
(b) the name and address of the manufacturer or importer of the hazardous substances;
(c) the physical and health hazards; and
(d) the recommended personal protective equipment needed to work safely with the hazardous substance.
SCHEDULE
Material Safety Data Sheet
SAMPLE MODEL
SECTION I – MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION AND USE
Material
Name/Identifier
Manufacturer’s Name Supplier’s Name
Street Address Street Address
City State City State
Postal Code Postal Code

Emergency Telephone No. Emergency Telephone No.
Chemical Name | Chemical Identity

Trade Name and
Synonyms Product Use
SECTION II – HAZARDOUS INGREDIENTS OF MATERIAL
Hazardous Ingredients Approximate C.A.S. or LD 50 (Specify LC 50 (Specify

Concentration % UN Numbers Species and Route) Species and Route)
86
LatestLaws.com
SECTION III – PHYSICAL DATA FOR MATERIAL
Physical State Odour and Apperance Odour Threshold (p.p.m) Specific Gravity
--Gas -- Liquid -- Solid
Vapour Pressure Vapour density Evaporation Rate Boiling Freezing

(Air=1) point (oC) (oC)
Solubility in water (200C) pH Density (g/ml) Coefficient of water / oil

distribution
SECTION IV – FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD OF MATERIAL
Flammability
Yes No. If yes, under what conditions
Means of Extinction
Special Procedures
Flash Point (oC) Upper Explosion Lower Explosion

and Method Limit (% by Volume) Limit (% by Volume)
Anti-ignition TDG Flammability Hazardous Combustion

Temperature (oC) Classification Products
Explosion Data-Sensitivity Sensitivity to Static

Chemical Impact Discharge
87
LatestLaws.com
SECTION V - REACTIVITY DATA
Chemical Stability
Yes No. If no, under what conditions
Incompatibility to other substances
Yes No. If yes, which ones
Reactivity and under what conditions
Hazardous Decomposition Products
Material
Name / Identifier
SECTION VI – TOXICOLOGICAL PROPERTIES OF MATERIAL
Route of Entry
-----------Skin contact ---------- Skin Absorption -----------Eye Contact

-----------Inhalation Acute ----------Inhalation Chronic -----------Ingestion
Effects of Acute Exposure to Material
Effects of Chronic Exposure to Material
Exposure Irritancy of
Limit(s) Material
Sensitization to Carcinogenicity, Reproductive

Material Effects, Teratogenicity,
Mutagenicity
Synergistic Materials
88
LatestLaws.com
SECTION VII – PREVENTIVE MEASURES
Personal Protective Equipment
Gloves (specify) Respiratory (specify) Eyes (specify)
Footwear (specify) Clothing (specify) Other (specify)
Engineering Controls (e.g. ventilation, enclosed process, etc.)

Please specify
Leak and Spill Procedures
Waste Disposal
Handling Procedures and Equipment
Storage Requirements
Special Shipping Information
SECTION VIII – FIRST AID MEASURE
First Aid Measure
Sources used
Additional information
SECTION IX – PREPARATION DATE OF M.S.D.S.

Prepared by (Group, Department, etc.) (Phone No.) Date
NOTES:
1. CAS or UN Number – Chemical Abstract Service or United Nations (UN) Number.
2. LD 50 – Lethal Dose – 50% (LD50 – Specify species and route).
3. LC 50 – Lethal Concentration – 50% (LC50 – Specify species and route).
4. TDG Flammability – Transport of Dangerous Goods
Flammability Classification by United Nations.
89
LatestLaws.com
Rule 82D: DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO WORKERS
(1) The occupier of a factory carrying on a ‘hazardous process’ shall supply to all workers the following
information in relation to handling of hazardous materials or substances in the manufacture, transportation,
storage and other processes:
(a) Requirements of Sections 41B, 41C and 41H of the Act;

(b) A list of ‘hazardous processes’ carried on in the factory
(c) Location and availability of all Material Safety Data Sheets as per Rule 82C;
(d) Physical and health hazards arising from the exposure to or handling of substances;
(e) Measures taken by the occupier to ensure safety and control of physical and health hazards;
(f) Measures taken by the workers to ensure safe handling, storage and transportation of hazardous substances;
(g) Personal Protective Equipment required to be used by workers employed in ‘hazardous process’ or ‘dangerous
operations’;
(h) Meaning of various labels and markings used on the containers of hazardous substances as provided under Rule
82C;
(i) Signs and symptoms likely to be manifested on exposure to hazardous substances and to whom to report;
(j) Measures to be taken by the workers in case of any spillage or leakage of a hazardous substance;
(k) Role of workers vis-à-vis the emergency plan of the factory, in particular the evacuation procedures;
(l) Any other information considered necessary by the occupier to ensure safety and health of workers.
(2) The information required by sub-rule (1) shall be compiled and made known to workers individually through
supply of booklets or leaflets and display of cautionary notices at the work places.
(3) The booklets, leaflets and the cautionary notices displayed in the factory shall be in the language understood by
the majority of the workers and also explained to them.
(4) The Chief Inspector may direct the occupier to supply further information to the workers as deemed necessary.
Rule 82E: DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO GENERAL PUBLIC
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying on a ‘hazardous process’ shall in consultation with the District
Emergency Authority designated by the State Government, take appropriate steps to inform the general public
who are likely to be in the area which might be affected by an accident. Such information shall include:
(a) Name of the factory and address where situated;
(b) Identification, by name and position, of the person giving the information;
(c) Confirmation that the factory has approval from the Factories Inspectorate and Pollution Control Board;
(d) An explanation in simple terms of the hazardous process(es) carried on in the premise;
(e) The common names of the hazardous substances used which could give rise to an accident likely to affect them,
with an indication of their principal harmful characteristics;
(f) Brief description of the measures to be taken to minimise the risk of such an accident in compliance with its
legal obligations under relevant safety statutes;
(g) Salient features of the approved disaster control measures adopted in the factory;
(h) Details of the factory’s emergency warning system for the General Public;
(i) General advice on the action members of the public should take on hearing the warning;
(j) Brief description of arrangements in the factory, including liaison with the emergency services, to deal with
foreseeable accidents of such nature and to minimise their effects; and
(k) Details of where further information can be obtained.
(2) The occupier shall also supply any further information –
(a) to general public as directed by the District Emergency Authority from time to time;
(b) to the elected representatives of the general public on request.
90
LatestLaws.com
(3) The occupier shall endeavour to enter an agreement with the District Emergency Authority for the area, within
whose jurisdiction the factory is situated, for the District Emergency Authority to take appropriate steps to
inform the general public outside the factory who are likely to be affected by an accident as required in sub-rule
(1).
(4) The information prescribed in sub-rule (1) shall be in the regional language and in English or Hindi.
Rule 82F: DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO THE LOCAL AUTHORITY
The occupier of every factory carrying on a ‘hazardous process’ shall furnish the following information in writing
to the local authority having jurisdiction over the area in which the factory is situated –
(a) the information furnished to general public as prescribed in the Rule 82E;
(b) a statement of the names and quantities generally stored or in process of hazardous substances included in the
list of chemicals prescribed under clauses (vi) and vii) of sub-section (2) of Section 3 of the Environment
(Protection) Act, 1986.
Rule 82G: DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO DISTRICT EMERGENCY AUTHORITY
The occupier of a factory carrying on a hazardous process, shall intimate the District Emergency Authority
designated by the State Government, all information having a bearing on preparation of an on-site emergency
plan and a disaster control and management plan in respect of the factory.
Without prejudice to the generality of this clause, the occupier shall furnish the District Emergency Authority the
following:
(a) a report on status relating to risk assessment and environmental impact assessment and the measures taken for
prevention of accidents,
(b) compilation of Material Data Sheets in respect of hazardous substances used, produced or stored in the factory,
(c) a statement on all possible sources of accidents involving fire, explosion, release or leakage of toxic substances
and the plan of the premises where such an accident may occur.
(d) A statement on resources and facilities available for dealing with an emergency including any agreement
entered into with a neighbouring factory for aid and assistance in the event of an emergency,
(e) A map of the area showing the approaches to the factory location of emergency facilities such as hospitals,
police, fire service,
(f) The organisation of the management and the responsibility for safety indicating therein the persons responsible
for on-site emergency action,
(g) Details relating to alert system,
(h) Information on availability of antidotes for poisoning resulting from an accident,
(i) Any other information as may be considered relevant by the occupier or asked for by the District Emergency
Authority.
Rule 82H: DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO THE CHIEF INSPECTOR
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying on ‘hazardous process’ shall furnish, in writing, to the Chief Inspector a
copy of all the information furnished to the workers, local authority, general public and the District Emergency
Authority.
(2) A copy of compilation of Material Safety Data Sheets in respect of hazardous substances used, produced or
stored in the factory shall be furnished to the Chief Inspector, and the local Inspector.
(3) The occupier shall also furnish any other information asked for by the Chief Inspector from time to time for the
purpose of this Act and Rules made thereunder.
91
LatestLaws.com
Rule 82 I: EMERGENCY PLAN
(1) The occupier of a factory carrying on a hazardous process shall prepare a draft on-site emergency plan and
submit it to the Chief Inspector. The Chief Inspector may make such modification in the plan as necessary, in
consultation with the occupier and approve the same.
(2) The occupier will submit a copy of the approved plan to the District Emergency Authority.
(3) The occupier will intimate the workers the provisions of the emergency plan and hold rehearsals of the plan
periodically. He shall review the plan from time to time and make necessary changes therein under intimation
to the Chief Inspector and the District Emergency Authority.
(4) The Chief Inspector may issue guidelines relating to formulation of emergency plans. He may also direct
modifications of the emergency plan in respect of any factory as may be necessary, from time to time.
Rule 82J: DISASTER CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT PLAN
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying on a hazardous process shall prepare a draft disaster control and
management plan in respect of his factory and submit the same to the Chief inspector and the District
Emergency Authority.
(2) The District Emergency Authority on receipt of the plan shall hold consultation with the occupier,
representatives of the Chief Inspector, the State Pollution Control Board, local authority as well as police, health
fire brigade and other authorities concerned and finalise the plan.
(3) The District Emergency Authority shall forward a copy of the final plan to the occupier and all authorities
concerned. The occupier shall intimate the workers the contents of the plan.
(4) The occupier in consultation with the District Emergency Authority will arrange rehearsals of the plan at least
once a year.
(5) The Chief Inspector may issue guidelines for formulation of disaster control and management plans. The Chief
Inspector as well as the District Emergency Authority may after mutual consultation also direct modifications of
the disaster control and management plan in respect of a factory as may be necessary from time to time.
Rule 82K: INFORMATION ON INDUSTRIAL WASTES
(1) The information furnished under Rules 82-D, 82-F, 82-G and 82-H shall include the quantity of the solid and
liquid wastes generated per day, their characteristics and the method of treatment such as incineration of solid
wastes, chemical and biological treatment of liquid wastes, and arrangements for their final disposal.
(2) It shall also include information on the quality and quantity of gaseous waste discharged through the stacks or
other openings, and arrangements such as provision of scrubbers, cyclone separators, electro-static precipitators
or similar such arrangements made for controlling pollution of the environment.
(3) The occupier shall also furnish the information prescribed in the sub-rules (1) and (2) to the State Pollution
Control Board.
Rule 82L: REVIEW OF THE INFORMATION FURNISHED TO WORKERS ETC.
(1) The occupier shall review once in every calendar year and modify, if necessary, the information furnished
under Rule 82-D to 82-H to the workers, general public, local authority, Chief Inspector and the District
Emergency Authority.
(2) In the event of any change in the process or operations or methods of work or when any new substance is
introduced in the process of in the event of a serious accident taking place, the information so furnished shall be
reviewed and modified to the extent necessary.
92
LatestLaws.com
Rule 82M: CONFIDENTIALITY OF INFORMATION
The occupier of a factory carrying on ‘hazardous process’ shall disclose all information needed for protecting
safety and health of the workers and the general public in the neighbourhood –
(a) his workers;

(b) District Emergency Authority; and
(c) Chief Inspector
as required under Rules 82-D, 82-G, and 82-H. if the occupier is of the opinion that the disclosure of details
regarding the process and formulations will adversely affect his business interests, he may make a representation to
the Chief Inspector stating the reasons for withholding such information. The Chief Inspector shall give an
opportunity to the occupier of being heard and pass an order on the representation.
An occupier aggrieved by an order of Chief Inspector may prefer an appeal before the State Government within a
period of 30 days. The State Government shall give an opportunity to the occupier of being heard and pass an order.
The order of the State Government shall be final.
Rule 82N: MEDICAL EXAMINATION
Rules framed under Sections 41-B, 41-C and 112 – specific responsibility of the occupier in relation to
hazardous process.
(1) Workers employed in a ‘hazardous process’ shall be medically examined by a qualified medical practitioner
herein after referred to as a Factory Medical Officer, in the following manner: -
(a) Once before employment, to ascertain physical fitness of the person to do the particular job:-
(b) Once in a period of 6 months, to ascertain the health status of all the workers in respect of occupational health
hazards to which they are exposed and in cases where in the opinion of the Factory Medical Officer it is
necessary to do so at a shorter interval in respect of any workers.
(c) The details of pre-employment and periodical medical examination carried out as aforesaid shall be recorded in
the Health Register in Form 24.
(2) No person shall be employed for the first time without a certificate of fitness in Form 33 granted by the Factory
Medical Officer. If the Factory Medical Officer declares a person unfit for being employed in any process
covered under sub-rule (1), such a person shall have the right to appeal to the Inspector who shall refer the
matter to the Certifying Surgeon whose opinion shall be final in this regard. If the Inspector is also a Certifying
Surgeon, he may dispose of the application himself.
(3) Any findings of the Factory Medical Officer revealing any abnormality or unsuitability of any person employed
in the process shall immediately be reported to the Certifying Surgeon who shall in turn, examine the concerned
worker and communicate his findings to the occupier within 30 days. If the Certifying Surgeon is of the
opinion that the worker so examined is required to be taken away from the process for health protection, he will
direct the occupier accordingly, who shall not employ the said worker in the same process. However, the
worker so taken away shall be provided with alternate placement unless he is in the opinion of the Certifying
Surgeon, fully incapacitated in which case the worker affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.
(4) A Certifying Surgeon on his own motion or on a reference from an Inspector may conduct medical examination
of a worker to ascertain the suitability of his employment in a hazardous process or for ascertaining his health
status. The opinion of the Certifying Surgeon in such a case shall be final. The fee required for this medical
examination shall be paid by the occupier.
(5) The worker taken away from employment in any process under sub-rule (2) may be employed again in the same
process only after obtaining the Fitness Certificate from the Certifying Surgeon and after making entries to that
effect in the Health Register.
(6) The worker required to undergo medical examination under these rules and for any medical survey conducted
by or on behalf of the Central or the State Government shall not refuse to undergo such medical examination.
93
LatestLaws.com
Rules 82 O: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH CENTRES
(1) In respect of any factory carrying on ‘hazardous process’, there shall be provided and maintained in good order
an Occupational Health Centre with the services and facilities as per scale laid down hereunder: -
(a) For factories employing upto 50 workers -
(i) The services of a Factory Medical Officer on retainer-ship basis, in his clinic to be notified by the occupier.
He will carry out the pre-employment and periodical medical examination as stipulated in rule 82N and
render medical assistance during any emergency.
(ii) A minimum of 5 persons trained in first-aid procedures amongst whom atleast one shall always be available
during the working period;
(iii) A fully equipped first-aid box.
(b) For factories employing 51 to 200 workers –
(i) An occupational Health Centre having a room with a minimum floor area of 15 sq.mm with floors and walls
made of smooth and impervious surface and with adequate illumination and ventilation as well as equipment
as per the schedule annexed to this Rule.
(ii) A part-time Factory Medical Officer shall be in overall charge of the Centre who shall visit the factory at
least twice in a week and whose services shall be readily available during medical emergencies;
(iii) One qualified and trained dresser-cum-compounder on duty throughout the working period;
(iv) A fully equipped first aid box in all the departments;
(c) for Factories employing above 200 workers;
(i) One full-time Factory Medical Officer for factories employing upto 500 workers and one more Medical
Officer for every additional 1000 workers or part thereof;
(ii) An Occupational Health Centre having at least 2 rooms each with a minimum floor area of 15 sq.metre with
floors and walls made of smooth and impervious surface and adequate illumination and ventilation as well as
equipment as per the schedule annexed to this Rule.
(iii) There shall be one nurse, one dresser-cum-compounder and one sweeper-cum-ward boy through out the
working period;
(iv) The Occupational Health Centre shall be suitably equipped to manage medical emergencies.
(2) The Factory Medical Officer required to be appointed under sub-rule (1) shall have qualifications included in
Schedule to the Indian Medical Degrees Act of 1916 or in the Schedules to the Indian Medical Council Act,
1956 and possess a Certificate of Training in Industrial Health of minimum three months duration recognised
by the State Government:
Provided that –
(i) A person possessing a Diploma in Industrial Health or equivalent shall not be required to possess the
certificate of training as aforesaid;
(ii) The Chief Inspector may, subject to such conditions as he may specify, grant exemption from the requirement
of this sub-rule, if in his opinion a suitable person possessing the necessary qualification is not available for
appointment;
(iii) In case of a person who has been working as a Factory Medical Officer for a period of not less than 3 years
on the date of commencement of this rule, the Chief Inspector may, subject to the condition that the said
person shall obtain the aforesaid certificate of training within a period of three years, relax the qualification.
(3) The syllabus of the course leading to the above certificate, and the organisations conducting the Course shall be
approved by the Directorate General of Factory Advice Service and Labour Institutes or the State Government
in accordance with the guidelines issued by the DGFASLI.
94
LatestLaws.com
(4) Within one month of the appointment of a Factory Medical Officer, the occupier of the Factory shall furnish to
the Chief Inspector the following particulars:
(a) Name and address of the Factory Medical Officer;

(b) Qualifications
(c) Experience, if any, and
(d) The sub-rule under which appointed.
SCHEDULE
Equipment for Occupational Health Centre in Factories
1. A glazed sink with hot and cold water always

2. A table with a smooth top at least 180 cm x 105 cm.
3. Means for sterilizing instruments
4. A cough
5. Two buckets or containers with close fitting lids
6. A kettle and spirit stove or other suitable means of boiling water
7. One bottle of spiritus ammoniac aromaticus (120 ml.)
8. Two medium size sponges
9. Two ‘kidney’ trays
10. Four cakes of toilet, preferably antiseptic soap
11. Two glass tumblers and two wine glasses
12. Two clinical thermometers
13. Two tea spoons
14. Two graduated (120 ml) measuring glasses
15. One wash bottle (1000 cc) for washing eyes
16. One bottle (one litre) carbolic lotion 1 to 20.
17. Three chairs
18. One screen
19. One electric hand torch
20. An adequate supply of tetanus texied
21. Coramine liquid (60 ml)
22. Tablets – antihistaminic, antispasmodic (25 each)
23. Syringes with needles – 2cc, 5 cc and 10 cc
24. Two needle holders, big and small suturing needless and materials
25. Suturing needles and materials
26. One dissecting forceps
27. One dressing forceps
28. One scalpels
29. One stethoscope
30. Rubber bandage – pressure bandage
31. Oxygen cylinder with necessary attachments
32. One Blood Pressure apparatus
33. One Patellar Hammer
34. One Peak-flow meter for lung function measurement
35. One stomach wash set
36. Any other equipment recommended by the Factory Medical Officer according to specific need relating to
manufacturing process
37. In addition –
(1) For factories employing 51 to 200 workers –
1. Four plain wooden splints 900 mm x 100mm x 6mm

95
LatestLaws.com
3. Two plain wooden splints 250 mm x 50mm x 12mm

4. One pair artery forceps
5. Injections – morphia, pethidine, atronine, adrenaline, coramine, novacan (2 each)
6. One surgical scissors
(2) For factories employing above 200 workers –
1. Eight plain wooden splints 900 mm x 100mm x 6mm

2. Eight plain wooden splints 350 mm x 75mm x 6mm
4. Two pairs artery forceps
5. Injections – morphia, pethidine, atronine, adrenaline, coramine, novacan (2 each)
6. One surgical scissors
Rule 82P: AMBULANCE VAN
(1) in any factory carrying on ‘hazardous process’, there shall be provided and maintained in good condition, a
suitably constructed ambulance van equipped with items as per sub-rule (2) and manned by a full time Driver-
cum-Mechanic and a Helper trained in first aid, for the purposes of transportation of serious cases of accidents
or sickness. The ambulance van shall not be used for any purpose other than the purpose stipulated herein and
will normally be stationed at or near to the Occupational Health Centre.
Provided that a factory employing less than 200 workers, may make arrangements for procuring such facility at
short notice from a nearby hospital or other places, to meet any emergency.
(2) The Ambulance should have the following equipment:
(a) General
- A wheeled stretcher with folding and adjusting devices; with the head of the stretcher capable of being
tilted upward;
- Fixed suction unit with equipment;
- Fixed oxygen supply with equipment;
- Pillow with case; -Sheets; - Blankets; - Towels;
- Emesis bag; - Bed pan; - Urinal; - Glass
(b) Safety equipment
- Flares with life of 30 minutes; - Flood lights;

- Flash lights; -Fire extinguisher dry power type;
- Insulated gauntlets
(c) Emergency Care Equipment
(i) Resuscitation
- Portable suction unit; Portable oxygen units;
- Bag-valve-mask, hand operated artificial ventilation unit;
- Airways; -Mouth gags; - Tracheestomy adapters;
- Short spine board; I.V. Fluids with administration unit;
- B.P. Manometer; - Cunn; -Stethoscope
(ii) Immobilization
- Long and short padded boards; - Wire ladder splints;
- Triangular bandage; - Long and short spine boards
96
LatestLaws.com
(iii) Dressings
- Gauze pads – 4” x 4”; - Universal dressing 10” x 36”,
- Roll of aluminum foils; - Soft roller bandages 6” x 5 yards; -Adhesive tape in 3” roll; -Safety pins;
- Bandage sheets; - Burn sheet.
(iv) Poisoning
- Syrup of Ipecae; - Activated Charcoal Pre packeted in dozes; - Snake bite kit;
- Drinking water
(v) Emergency Medicines

- As per requirement (under the advice of Medical Officer only)
Rule 82Q: DECONTAMINATION FACILITIES
In every factory, carrying out ‘hazardous process’, the following provisions shall be made to meet emergency :-
(a) fully equipped first aid box;
(b) readily accessible means of water for washing by workers as well as for drenching the clothing of workers who
have been contaminated with hazardous and corrosive substance; and such means shall be as per the scale
shown in the Table below:
TABLE
No. of persons employed at any time No. of drenching showers

(i) Upto 50 workers 2
(ii) Between 51 to 200 workers 2 + 1 for every additional 50 or part thereof.
(iii) 5 + 1 for every additional 100 or part thereof.
Between 201 to 500 workers
(iv) 501 workers and above 8 + 1 for every additional 200 or part thereof.
(c) a sufficient number of eye wash bottles filled with distilled water or suitable liquid, kept in boxes or cupboards
conveniently situated and clearly indicated by a distinctive sign which shall be visible at all times.
Rule 82 R: MAKING AVAILABLE HEALTH RECORDS TO WORKERS
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying out a ‘hazardous process’ shall make accessible the health records
including the record of worker’s exposure to hazardous process or, as the case may be, the medical records of
any worker for his perusal under the following conditions:-
(a) Once in every six months or immediately after the medical examination whichever is earlier;
(b) If the factory Medical Officer or the Certifying Surgeon as the case may be, is of the opinion that the worker has
manifested signs and symptoms of any notificable disease as specified in the Third Schedule of the Act.
(c) If the worker leaves the employment;
(d) If any one of the following authorities so direct
- the Chief Inspector of Factories;
- the Health Authority of the Central or State Government;
- the Commissioner of Workmen’s Compensation;
- the Director, Employees State Insurance Corporation (Medical Benefits); and
- the Director General, Factory Advice Service and Labour Institutes.
(2) A copy of the upto date health records including the record of worker’s exposure to hazardous process or, as the
case may, the medical records shall be supplied to the worker on receipt of an application from him. X-ray
plates and other medical diagnostic reports may also be made available for reference to his medical practitioner.
97
LatestLaws.com
Rule 82S: QUALIFICATIONS ETC. OF SUPERVISORS
(1) All persons who are required to supervise the handling of hazardous substances shall possess the following
qualifications and experience:
(a) (i) A degree in Chemistry or Diploma in Chemical Engineering or Technology with 5 years experience; or
(ii) A Master’s Degree in Chemistry or a Degree in Chemical Engineering or Technology with 2 years
experience.
The experience stipulated above shall be in process operation and maintenance in the Chemical Industry.
(b) The Chief Inspector may require the supervisor to undergo training in Health and Safety.
(2) The syllabus and duration of the above training and the organisations conducting the training shall be approved
by the DGFASLI or the State Government in accordance with the guidelines issued by the DGFASLI.
Rule 82T: ISSUE OF GUIDELINES
For the purpose of compliance with the requirements of sub-sections (1) (4) and (7) of Section 41-B or 41-C the
Chief Inspector may, if deemed necessary, issue guidelines from time to time to the occupiers of factories
carrying on ‘hazardous process’. Such guidelines may be based on National Standards, Codes of Practice, or
recommendations of International Bodies such as ILO and WHO.
Chapter V – Welfare
Rule prescribed under sub section (2) of section 42
83. Washing facilities.-

(1) There shall be provided and maintained in every factory for the use of employed persons adequate and suitable
facilities for sub-sect-washing which shall include soap and nail brushes or other ion(2) of suitable means of
cleaning and the facilities shall be conveniently accessible and shall be kept in a clean and orderly condition.
(2)Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions, the washing facilities shall include -
(a) a trough with taps or jets at intervals of not less than 60 centimetres; or
(b) wash basins with taps attached thereto; or
(c) taps on stand-pipes; or
(d) showers controlled by taps; or
(e) circular troughs of fountain type:
Provided that the Inspector way, having regard to the needs and habits of the workers, fix the proportion in
which the aforementioned types of facilities shall, be installed.
(3) (a) Every trough and basin shall have a smooth, impervious surface and shall be fitted with a waste-pipe and
plug.
(b) The floor or ground under and in the immediate vicinity of every trough, tap, jet, wash-basin, stand-pipe and
shower shall be so laid or finished as to provide a smooth impervious surface and shall be adequately drained.
(4) For persons whose work involves contact with any injurious or noxious substance there shall be at least one tap
for every fifteen persons, and for persons whose work does not involve such contact the number of taps shall be as
prescribed in the schedule annexed hereto.
98
LatestLaws.com
SCHEDULE
Number of workers Number of taps
Upto 20 1
21 to 35 .. 2
36 to 50 .. 3
51 to 150 .. 4
151 to 200 .. 5
Exceeding 200 but not exceeding 500 5 plus one tap for every 50 or fraction of 50.
Exceeding 500 11 plus one tap for every 100 or fraction of 100.
(5) If female workers are employed, separate washing facilities shall be provided and so enclosed or screened that
the interiors are not visible from any place where persons of the other sex work or pass. The entrance to such
facilities shall bear conspicuous notice “For Women Only” in the language understood by the majority of the
workers and shall also be indicated pictorially.
(6) The water supply to the washing facilities shall be capable of yielding at least 27 litres a day for each person
employed in the factory and shall be from a source approved in writing by the Health Officer :
Provided that where the Chief Inspector is satisfied that such an yield is not practicable he may by certificate in
writing permit the supply of a smaller quantity not being less than 5 litres per day for every person employed in the
factory.
84. Facilities for keeping clothing.- All classes of factories mentioned in the schedule annexed hereto shall
provide facilities for keeping clothing not worn during working hours and for the drying of wet clothing. Such
facilities shall include the provision 43.of arrangements approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories.
SCHEDULE
Glass Works.
Engineering workshops.
Iron and steel works.
Oil mills.
Chemical works.
Automobile workshops.
Dyeing Works.
Rule prescribed under sub section (1) of section 45.
85. First-aid appliances.- The first-aid boxes or cupboards shall be distinctively marked with a red cross on white
back ground and shall contain the following equipment:-
(a) For factories in which the number of persons employed does not exceed ten, (in the case of factories in which
mechanical power is not used) does not exceed fifty persons, each first-aid box or cup-board shall contain the
following equipment:-
(i) Six small size sterilised dressings.
(ii) Three medium size sterilised dressings.
(iii) Three large size sterilised dressings.
(iv) Three large size sterilised burn dressings.
(v) One (60 ml) bottle of cetrimide solution (1%) or a suitable antiseptic solution.
(vi) One (60 ml) bottle of mercurochrome solution (2%) in water.
(vii) One (30ml) bottle containing sal-volatile having the dose and mode of administration indicated on the label.
(viii) One pair of scissors.
(ix) One roll of adhesive plaster ( 2 cm x i m.)
(x) Six pieces of sterilised eye pads in separate sealed packets
(xi) A bottle containing 100 tablets (each of 325 mg) of aspirin or any other analgesic.
99
LatestLaws.com
(xii) Polythene wash bottle (1/2 litres i.e., 500 cc) for washing eyes.
(xiii) A snake-bite lancet.
(xiv) One (30 ml) bottle containing potassium permanganate crystals.
(xv) One copy of first-aid leaflet issued by the Directorate General of Factory Advice Service and Labour
Institutes, Government of India, Bombay.
(b) For factories in which mechanical power is used and in which the number of persons employed exceeds ten but
does not exceed fifty, each first-aid box or cupboard shall contain the following equipment :-
(i) Twelve small size sterilized dressings.

(ii) Six medium size sterilized dressings.
(iii) Six large size sterilized dressings.
(iv) Six large size sterilized burn dressings.
(v) Six (15 gm) packets of sterilized cotton wool.
(vi) One (120) bottle of cetrimide solution (1%) or a suitable antiseptic solution.
(vii) One (120 ml) bottle of mercurochrome solution (2%) in water.
(viii) One (60 ml) bottle containing sal-volatile having the dose and mode of administration indicated on the label.
(ix) One pair of scissors.
(x) Two rolls of adhesive plaster (2 cm x 1 m)
(xi) Eight pieces of sterilized eye pads in separate sealed packets.
(xii) One tourniquot.
(xiii) One dozen safety pins.
(xiv) A bottle containing 100 tablets (each of 325 mg) of aspirin or any other analgesic.
(xv) One polythene wash bottle (1/2 litre i.e., 500 cc) for washing eyes.
(xvi) A snake-bite lancet.
(xvii)One (30 ml) bottle containing potassium permanganate crystals.
(xviii)One copy of first-aid leaflet issued by the Directorate General of Factory Advice Service and Labour
(c) For factories employing more then fifty persons, each first-aid box or cupboard shall contain the following
equipment :-
(i) Twenty-four small size sterilized dressings.

(ii) Twelve medium size sterilized dressings.
(iii) Twelve large size sterilized dressings.
(iv) Twelve large size sterilized burn dressings.
(v) Twelve (15 gm) packets of sterilized cotton wool.
(vi) One (200) bottle of cetrimide solution (1%) or a suitable antiseptic solution.
(vii) One (200 ml) bottle of mercurochrome solution (2%) in water.
(viii)One (120 ml) bottle of salvolatile having the dose and mode of administration indicated on the label.
(ix) One pair of scissors.
(x) One roll of adhesive plaster (6 cm x 1 m)
(xi) Two rolls of adhesive plaster (2 cm x 1 m)
(xii) Twelve pieces of sterilized eye pads in separate sealed packets.
(xiii) A bottle containing 100 tables (each of 325 mg) of aspirin or any other analgesic.
(xiv) One polythene wash bottle (500 cc) for washing eyes.
(xv) Twelve roller bandages 10 cm wide.
(xvi) Twelve roller bandages 5 cm wide
(xvii) Six triangular bandages
(xviii) One tourniquet
(xix) A supply of suitable splints
(xx) Two Packets of safety pins
(xxi) Kidney tray
(xxii) A snake-bite lancet
(xxiii) One (30 ml) bottle containing Potassium permanganate crystals
100
LatestLaws.com
(xxiv) One copy of first-aid leaflet issued by the Directorate General of Factory Advice Service and Labour
Provided that item (xiv) to (xxi) inclusive, need not be included in the standard first-aid box or cupboard (a)
where there is a properly equipped ambulance room, or (b) if at least one box containing such items and placed and
maintained in accordance with the requirements of section 45 is separately provided.
(d) In lieu of the dressings required under items (i) and (ii), there may be substituted adhesive wound dressings
approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories and other equipment or medicines that may be considered essential and
recommended by the Chief Inspector of Factories from time to time.
Rule prescribed under section 112 read with sub section (3) of section 45
86. Notice regarding first-aid.- A notice containing the names of the persons working within the precincts of the
factory who are trained in first-aid treatment and who are in charge of the first-aid boxes or cupboards shall be
posted in every factory at a conspicuous place and near each such box or cupboard. The notice shall also indicate
workroom where the said person shall be available. The name of the nearest hospital and its telephone number shall
also be mentioned prominently in the said notice.
Rule prescribed under section 112 read with sub section (4) of section 45
87. Ambulance Room.-

(1) Every ambulance room shall be under the charge of at least one whole-time qualified medical practitioner
(hereinafter referred to as medical officer) assisted by at least one qualified nurse or dresser-cum-compounder and
one nursing attendant in each shift.
Provided that where a factory works in more than one shift, the Chief Inspector, if he is satisfied that on
account of the size of the factory, nature of hazards or frequency of accidents, it is not necessary to employ a whole-
time medical officer for each shift separately, may, with the previous approval of the State Government, grant
exemption from the provision of this sub-rule and permit employment of only one whole-time medical officer for
more than one or all shifts, subject to the conditions that –
(a) There shall be no relation in respect of nursing staff; and
(b) the medical officer is readily available on call during the working hours of the factory.
(2) There shall be displayed in the ambulance room a notice giving the name, address and telephone number of the
medical practitioner in charge. The name of the nearest hospital and its telephone number shall also be mentioned
prominently in the said notice.
(3) No medical officer shall be required or permitted to do any work which is inconsistent with or detrimental to his
responsibilities under this rule.
(4) The ambulance room shall be separate from the rest of the factory and shall be used only for the purpose of first-
aid treatment and rest. It shall have a floor area of at least 24 square metres and smooth, hard and impervious walls
and floors, and shall be adequately ventilated and lighted by both natural and artificial means. There shall be
attached to it at least one latrine and urinal of sanitary type. AN adequate supply of wholesome drinking water shall
be laid on and the room shall contain at least -
(i) A glazed sink with hot and cold water always available.
(ii) A table with a smooth tap at least 180 cm x 105 cm.
(iii) Means for sterilizing instruments.
(iv) A couch.
(v) Two stretchers.
(vi) Two buckets or containers with close fitting lids.
(vii) Two rubber hot water bags.
(viii) A kettle and spirit stove or other suitable means of boiling water.
(ix) Twelve plain wooden splints 900 mm x 100 mm x 6 mm.
(x) Twelve plain wooden splints 350 mm x 75 mm x 6 mm.
(xi) Six plain wooden splints 250 mm x 50 mm x 12 mm.
101
LatestLaws.com
(xii) Six woollen blankets.

(xiii) Three pairs artery forceps.
(xiv)One bottle of spiritus ammoniac aromaticus (120 ml).
(xv) Smelling salts (60 gm).
(xvi) Two medium size sponges.
(xvii) Six hand towels.
(xviii) Four “Kidney” trays.
(xix) Four cakes of toilet, preferably antiseptic soap.
(xx) Two glass tumblers and two wine glasses.
(xxi) Two clinical thermometers.
(xxii) Two tea spoons.
(xxiii) Two graduated (120 ml) measuring glasses.
(xxiv) Two mimim measuring glasses.
(xxv) One wash bottle (1000 cc) for washing eyes.
(xxvi) One bottle (one litre) carbolic lotion 1 in 20.
(xxvii) Three chairs.
(xxviii) One screen.
(xxix) One electric hand torch.
(xxx) Four first-aid boxes or cupboards stocked to the standards prescribed under (c) of rule 81.
(xxxi) An adequate supply of anti-tetanus toxid.
(xxxii) Injections - morphia, pethidine, atropine, adrenaline, coramine, novocan (6 each).
(xxxiii) Ceramine liquid (60 ml).
(xxxiv) Tablets - antihistaminic, antispasmodic (25 each).
(xxxv) Syringes with needles - 2 cc, 5 cc, 10 cc and 50 cc.
(xxxvi) Three surgical scissors.
(xxxvii) Two needle holders, big and small.
(xxxviii) Suturing needles and materials.
(xxxix) Three dissecting forceps.
(xl) Three dressings forceps.
(xli) Three scapels.
(xlii) One stethoscope.
(xliii) Rubber bandage - pressure bandage.
(xliv) Oxygen cylinder with necessary attachments.
(5) The occupier of every factory to which these rules apply shall for the purpose of removing serious cases of
accident or sickness, provide in the premises and maintain in good condition a suitable conveyance unless he has
made arrangements for obtaining such a conveyance from a hospital.
(6) The chief Inspector of Factories may, by an order in writing, exempt any factory from the requirements of this
rule, subject to such conditions as he may specify in that order, if a hospital, ambulance room or dispensary is
maintained at or within 200 metres of the precincts of the factory and such arrangements are made as to ensure the
immediate treatment of all injuries sustained by workers within the factory and for providing rest to workers so
injured.
Explanation.- For the purpose of this rule, “qualified medical practitioner” means a person holding a qualification
granted by an authority specified in the schedule to the Indian Medical Degrees Act, 1916, or in the schedules to the
Indian Medical Council Act, 1956.
Rules 88 to 94 prescribed under sections 46 and 112.
88. Canteens.- (1) The occupier of every factory notified by the state Government, and wherein more than two
hundred and fifty workers are ordinarily employed shall provide in or near the factory an adequate canteen
according to the standards prescribed in these rules.
(2) The canteen building shall be situated not less than 15 metres from any latrine, urinal, boiler house, coal stacks,
ash dumps and any other source of dust, smoke or obnoxious fumes:
102
LatestLaws.com
Provided that the Chief Inspector may in any particular factory relax the provisions of this sub-rule to such an
extent as may be reasonable in the circumstances and may require measures to be adopted to secure the essential
purpose of this sub-rule.
(3) The canteen building shall be constructed in accordance with the plans approved by the Chief Inspector and shall
accommodate at least a dining hall, kitchen, store room, pantry and washing places separately for workers and for
utensils.
(4) In a canteen the floor and inside walls upto a height of 1.2 metres from the floor shall be made of smooth and
impervious material; the remaining portion of the inside walls shall be made smooth by cement plaster or in any
other manner approved by the Chief Inspector.
(5) The doors and windows of a canteen building shall be of fly proof construction and shall allow adequate
ventilation.
(6) The canteen shall be sufficiently lighted at all times when any persons have access to it.
(7) (a) In every canteen -
(i) all inside walls of rooms and all ceilings and passages and staircases shall be limewashed or colourwashed at
least once in each year or painted once in three years dating from the period last limewashed, colourwashed or
painted, as the case may be;
(ii) all woodwork shall be varnished or painted once in three years dating from the period when last varnished or
painted;
(iii) all internal structural iron or steel work shall be varnished or painted once in three years dating from the period
when last varnished or painted:
Provided that inside walls of the kitchen shall be limewashed once every four months.
(b) Records of dates on which limewashing, colourwashing, varnishing or painting is carried out shall be maintained
in the prescribed register (Form 7).
(8) The precincts of the canteen shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition. Waste water shall be carried
away in suitable covered drains and shall not be allowed to accumulate so as to cause a nuisance. Suitable
arrangements shall be made for the collection and disposal of garbage.
89. Dining hall.- (1) the dining hall shall accommodate at a time at least 30 percent of the workers working at a
time;
Provided that, in any particular factory or in any particular class of factories, the Inspector of Factories may,
by an order in writing in this behalf, alter the percentage of workers to be accommodated.
(2) The floor area of the dining hall, excluding the area occupied by the service counter and any furniture except
tables and chairs, shall be not less than 0.93 square metre per diner to be accommodated as prescribed in sub-rule(1).
(3) A portion of the dining hall and service counter shall be partitioned off and reserved for women workers in
proportion to their number. Washing places for women shall be separate and screened to secure privacy.
(4) Sufficient tables, chairs or benches shall be available for the number of diners to be accommodated as prescribed
in sub-rule (1).
90.Equipment. -
(1) There shall be provided and maintained sufficient utensils, crockery, cutlery, furniture and any other equipment
necessary for the efficient running of the canteen. Suitable clean clothes for the employees serving in the canteen
shall also be provided and maintained.
(2) The furniture, utensils and other equipment shall be maintained in a clean and hygienic condition. A service
counter, if provided, shall have a top of smooth and impervious material. Suitable facilities including an adequate
supply of hot water shall be provided for the cleaning of utensils and equipment.
103
LatestLaws.com
91.Prices to be charged.-
(1) Food, drink and other items served in the canteen shall be sold on a non-profit basis and the prices charged shall
be subject to the approval of the canteen Managing Committee:
Provided that where a canteen is managed by workers’ co-operative society, the prices to be charged may
include a margin of profit upto maximum of 5 percent of its working capital.
(2)In computing the prices referred to in sub-rule (1) the following items of expenditure shall not be taken into
consideration, but will be borne by the occupier :-
(a) the rent for the land and building;
(b) the depreciation and maintenance charges of the building and equipment provided for the canteen;
(c) the cost of purchase, repairs and replacement of equipment including furniture, crockery, cutlery and utensils;
(d) the water charges and expenses for providing lighting and ventilation;
(e) the interest on the amount spent on the provision and maintenance of the building, furniture and equipment
provided for the canteen;
(f)the cost of fuel required for cooking or heating foodstuffs or water; and
(g)the wages of the employees serving in the canteen and the coast of uniform, if any, provided to them.
(3)The charges per portion of foodstuffs, beverages and any other items served in the canteen shall be conspicuously
displayed in the canteen.
92.Accounts.-
(1) All books of accounts, registers and any other documents used in connection with the running of the canteen
shall be produced on demand to an Inspector.
(2) The accounts pertaining to the canteen shall be audited, once every twelve months, by registered accountants
and auditors. The balance sheet prepared by the said auditors shall be submitted to the Canteen Managing
Committee not later than two months after the closing of the audited accounts:
Provided that the accounts pertaining to the canteen in a Government Factory having its own accounts
department, may be audited in such department.
Provided further that where the canteen is managed by a co-operative society registered under the Co-
operative Societies Act, the accounts pertaining to such canteen may be audited in accordance with the provisions of
the Co-operative Societies Act.
93.Managing Committee.-
(1) The manager shall appoint a Canteen Managing Committee which shall be consulted from time to time as to
(a) the quality and quantity of food stuffs to be served in the canteen;
(b) the arrangements of the menus;
(c) the times of meals in the canteen; and
(d) any other matter as may be directed by the Committee:
Provided that where the canteen is managed by a co-operative society registered under the Co-operative
Societies Act, it shall not be necessary to appoint a Canteen Managing Committee.
(2) The Canteen Managing Committee shall consist of an equal number of persons nominated by the occupier and
elected by the workers. The number of elected workers shall be in the proportion of 1 for every 1000 workers
employed in the factory, provided that in no case shall there be more than 5 or less than 2 workers on the
Committee.
(3) The manager shall determine and supervise the procedure for elections to the Canteen Managing Committee.
(4) A Canteen Managing Committee shall be dissolved by the manager two years after the last election, no account
being taken of a by-election.
104
LatestLaws.com
94. Annual medical examination.-
(1) Annual medical examination for fitness of each member of the canteen staff who handles foodstuffs shall be
carried out by the factory medical officer or the Certifying Surgeon, which should include the following :-
a) routine blood examination;
b) routine and bacteriological testing, of faeces and urine for germs of dysentery and typhoid fever; and
c) any other examination including chest x-ray that may be considered necessary by the factory medical officer or
the Certifying Surgeon.
(2)Any person who in the opinion of the factory medical officer or the Certifying Surgeon is unsuitable for
employment on account of possible risk to the health of others, shall not be employed as canteen staff.
Rule prescribed under sections 47 and 112
95. Shelters, rest rooms and lunch rooms.- (1) The shelters or rest rooms and lunch rooms shall conform to the
following standards :
(a) the building shall be soundly constructed and all the walls and roof shall be of suitable heat resisting materials
and shall be water-proof. The floor and walls to a height of 90 centimetres shall be so laid or finished as to provide
a smooth, hard and impervious surface;
(b) the height of every room in the building shall be not less than 3.65 metres from the floor level to the lowest part
of the roof and there shall be at least 1.12 square metres of floor area for every person employed:
Provided that (i) workers who habitually go home for their meals during the rest periods may be excluded
in calculating the number of workers to be accommodated, and (ii) in the case of factories in existence at the date of
commencement of the Act, where it is impracticable owing to lack of space to provide 1.12 square metres of floor
area for each person, such reduced floor area per person shall be provided as may be approved in writing by the
Chief Inspector;
(c) effective and suitable provision shall be made in every room for securing and maintaining adequate ventilation
by the circulation of fresh air and there shall also be provided and maintained sufficient and suitable natural or
artificial lighting;
(d)every room shall be adequately furnished with chairs or benches with back-rest;
(e)sweepers shall be employed whose primary duty it is to keep the rooms, building and precincts thereof in a clean
and tidy condition; and
(f)suitable provision shall be made in every room for supply of drinking water and facilities for washing.
(2)The lunch rooms shall –

(a) comply with the requirements laid down in clauses (a) to (f) of sub-rule (1); and
(b) be provided with the adequate number of tables with impervious tops for the use of workers for taking food.
Rules prescribed under sub section (3) of sections 48 and 112.
96. Crèches.- (1) The crèche shall be conveniently accessible to the mothers of the children accommodated therein
and so far as is reasonably practicable it shall not be situated in close proximity to any part of the factory where
obnoxious fumes, dust or odours are given off or in which excessively noisy processes are carried 48 on.
(2) The building in which the crèche is situated shall be soundly constructed and all the walls and roof shall be of
suitable heat resisting materials and shall be water-proof. The floor and internal walls of the creche shall be so laid
or finished as to provide a smooth impervious surface.
105
LatestLaws.com
(3) The height of the rooms in the building shall be not less than 3.65 metres from the floor to the lowest part of the
roof and there shall not be less than 1.86 square metres of floor area for each child to be accommodated.
(4) Effective and suitable provision shall be made in every part of the creche for securing and maintaining adequate
ventilation by the circulation of fresh air.
(5) The creche shall be adequately furnished and equipped and in particular there shall be one suitable cot or cradle
with the necessary bedding for each child (provided that for children over two years of age it will be sufficient if
suitable bedding is made available), at least on chair or equivalent seating accommodation for the use of each
mother while she is feeding or attending to her child, and a sufficient supply of suitable toys for the elder children.
(6)A suitably fenced and shady open air playground shall be provided for the elder children :
Provided that the Chief Inspector may by order in writing exempt any factory from compliance with this
sub-rule if he is satisfied that there is not sufficient space available for the provision of such a play-ground.
97.Washroom.-
(1) There shall be in or adjoining the creche a suitable washroom for the washing of the children and their clothing.
The washroom shall conform to the following standards :-
(a) the floor and internal walls of the room to a height of 90 centimetres shall be so laid or furnished as to provide a
smooth impervious surface. The room shall be adequately lighted and ventilated and the floor shall be
effectively drained and maintained in a clean and tidy condition;
(b) there shall be at least one basin or similar vessel for every four children accommodated in the crèche at any one
time together with a supply of water provided, if practicable, through taps from a source approved by the Health
Officer. Such source shall be capable of yielding for each child a supply of at least 25 litres of water a day; and
(c) an adequate supply of clean clothes, soap and clean towels shall be made available for each child while it is in
the crèche.
(2) Adjoining the washroom referred to in sub-rule (1), a latrine shall be provided for the sole use of the children in
the creche. The design of latrine and the scale of accommodation to be provided shall either be approved by the
Public Health authorities or, where there is no such Public Health authority, by the Chief Inspector of Factories.
98. Supply of milk and refreshment.- At least a quarter litre of clean pure milk shall be available for each child on
every day on every day it is accommodated in the creche and the mother of such a child shall be allowed in the
course of her daily work ........................intervals of at least........................to feed the child. For children above two
years of age there shall be provided in addition an adequate supply of wholesome refreshment.
99. Clothes for creche staff.- The creche staff shall be provided with suitable clean clothes for use while on duty in
the creche.
Rule prescribed under section 50 read with section 48
100. Exemption from the provision of creche.-
(1) In factories where the number of married women or widows employed does not exceed 15 or where the factory
works for less than 180 days in a calendar year, or where number of children kept in the creche was less than 5
in the preceding year, the Chief Inspector may exempt such factories from the provisions of section 48 and the
rules 96 to 99 made thereunder, if he is satisfied that alternate arrangements as stipulated under sub-rule (2) are
provided by the factory.
(2) (a)The alternate arrangements required in sub-rule (1) shall include a creche building which has a minimum
accommodation at the rate of 1.86 square metres per child and constructed in accordance with the plans
approved by the Chief Inspector.
(b)The creche building shall have –
(i) a suitable washroom for washing of the children and their clothing;
106
LatestLaws.com
(ii) adequate supply of soap and clean clothes and towels; and
(iii)adequate number of female attendants who are provided with suitable clean clothes for use while on duty to
look after the children in the creche.
(3) The exemption granted under sub-rule (1) may at any time be withdrawn by the Chief Inspector if he finds after
such enquiry as he may deem fit, that the factory has committed a breach of this rule.
Rule prescribed under sub section (2) of section 49 and section 50.
101. Welfare Officers.-
(1) Number of Welfare Officers.-
(a) The occupier of every factory employing between 500 and 2000 sub-sect-workers shall appoint at least one
Welfare Officer, and where the number of workers exceeds 2000, there shall be an additional and Welfare Officer
for every additional 2000 workers or fraction thereof over 500. In a factory where both men and women workers are
employed, the number of women Welfare Officers to be appointed shall be in proportion to the women workers
employed provided that where the number of women employed is more than 100 and the total number of workers
does not exceed 2500 an additional woman Welfare Officer shall be appointed.
(b) Where there are more than one Welfare Officer appointed, one of them shall be called the Chief Welfare Officer
and the others Assistant Welfare Officers.
(2) Qualifications.- A person shall not be eligible for appointment as a Welfare Officer, unless he –
(a) possesses a degree of a University recognised by the State Government in this behalf;
(b) has obtained a degree or diploma in social science from any institution recognised by the State Government in
this behalf; and
(c) has adequate knowledge of the language spoken by the majority of the workers in the factory to which he is to
be attached:
Provided that the State Government may, by notification in the official gazette, grant exemption from the
provisions of clause (b) in suitable cases till such time better facilities in the matter of training in social science are
available.
Provided further that, in the case of a person who is acting as a Welfare Officer at the commencement of these
rules, the State Government may, subject to such conditions as it may specify, relax all or any of the aforesaid
qualifications.
(3) Recruitment of Welfare Officers.-
(a) The post of a Welfare Officer shall be advertised in at least two newspapers having a wide circulation in the
State, one of which shall be an English newspaper.
(b) The selection shall be made from among the candidates applying for the post by a Committee appointed by the
occupier of the factory.
(c) The appointment when made shall be notified by the occupier to the State Government or such authority as the
State Government may specify for the purpose, giving full details of the qualifications, etc. of the officer appointed
and the conditions of his service.
(4) Conditions of service of Welfare Officers.-
107
LatestLaws.com
(a) A Welfare Officer shall be given appropriate status corresponding to the status of the other executive heads of
the factory and he shall be started on a suitable scale of pay the minimum of which shall not be less than Rs..........
per month.
(b) The conditions of service of a Welfare Officer shall be the same as of other members of the staff of
corresponding status in the factory :
Provided that, in the case of discharge or dismissal, the Welfare Officer shall have a right of appeal to the
State Government whose decision thereon shall be final and binding upon the occupier.
(5) Duties of Welfare Officers.- The duties of a Welfare Officer shall be –
(a) to establish contacts and hold consultations with a view to maintaining harmonious relations between the factory
management and workers;
(b) to bring to the notice of the factory management the grievances of workers, individual as well as collective, with
a view to securing their expeditious redress and to act as a liason officer between the management and labour;
(c) to study and understand the point of view of labour in order to help the factory management to shape and
formulate labour policies and to interpret these policies and to interpret these policies to the workers in a language
they can understand;
(d) to watch industrial relations with a view to using his influence in the event of a dispute between the factory
management and workers and to help to bring about a settlement by persuasive effort;
(e) to advise on fulfilment by time management and the concerned departments of the factory of obligations,
statutory or otherwise, concerning regulation of working hours, maternity benefit, medical care, compensation for
injuries and sickness and other welfare and social benefit measures;
(f) to advise and assist the management in the fulfilment of its obligations, statutory or otherwise, concerning
prevention of personal injuries and maintaining a safe work environment, in such factories where a Safety Officer is
not required to be appointed under the enabling provisions under section 40 B;
(g) to promote relations between the concerned departments of the factory and workers which will bring about
productive efficiency as well as amelioration in the working conditions and to help workers to adjust and adapt
themselves to their working environments;
(h) to encourage the formation of Works and Joint Production Committees, Co-operative Societies and Welfare
Committees, and to supervise their work;
(i) to encourage provision of amenities such as canteens, shelters for rest, creches, adequate latrine facilities,
drinking water, sickness and benevolent scheme payments, pension and superannuation funds, gratuity payments,
granting of loans and legal advice to workers;
(j) to help the factory management in regulating the grant of leave with wages and explain to the workers the
provisions relating to leave with wages and other leave privileges and to guide the workers in the matter of
submission of application for grant of leave for regulating authorised absence;
(k) to advise on provision of welfare facilities, such as housing facilities, foodstuffs, social and recreational
facilities, sanitation, advice on individual personnel problems and education of children;
(l) to advise the factory management on questions relating to training of new starters, apprentices, workers on
transfer and promotion, instructors and supervisors, supervision and control of notice board and information
bulletins to further education of workers and to encourage their attendance at technical institutes; and
108
LatestLaws.com
(m) to suggest measures which will serve to raise the standard of living of workers and in general promote their
well-being.
(6) Welfare officers not to deal with disciplinary cases or appear on behalf of the management against workers.- No
Welfare Officer should deal with any disciplinary cases against workers or appear before a conciliation officer in a
court or tribunal on behalf of the factory management against a worker or workers.
(7) Powers of exemption.- The State Government may, by notification in the official gazette, exempt any factory or
class or description of factories from the operation of all or any of the provisions of these rules subject to
compliance with such alternative arrangements as may be approved.
CHAPTER VI Working Hours of Adults
102. Compensatory holidays.-

(1) Except in the case of workers engaged in any work which for technical reasons must be carried on continuously
throughout the day, the compensatory holidays to be allowed under sub-section (1) of section 53 of the Act shall be
so spaced that not more than two holidays are given in one week.
(2) The manager of the factory shall display, on or before the end of the month in which holidays are lost, a notice in
respect of workers allowed compensatory holidays during the following month and of the dates thereof, at the place
at which the notice of periods of works prescribed under section 61 is displayed. Any subsequent change in the
notice in respect of any compensatory holiday shall be made not less than three days in advance of the date of that
holiday.
(3) Any compensatory holiday or holidays to which a worker is entitled shall be given to him before he is discharged
or dismissed and shall not be reckoned as part of any period of notice required to be given before discharge or
dismissal.
(4) (a) The manager shall maintain a register in Form 14 :
Provided that, if the Chief Inspector of Factories is of the opinion that any muster roll or register
maintained as part of the routine of the factory or return made by the manager, gives in respect of any or all of the
workers in the factory the particulars required for the enforcement of section 52, he may, by order in writing, direct
that such muster roll or register or return shall, to the corresponding extent, be maintained in place of and be treated
as the register or return required under this rule for that factory.
(b)The register maintained under clause (a) shall be preserved for a period of three years after the last entry in it
shall be produced before the Inspector on demand.
Muster role prescribed under sub-section (5) of section 59
103. Muster roll for exempted workers.- The manager of every factory in which workers are exempted under
section 64 or 65 from the provisions of section 51 or 54 shall keep a muster roll in Form 15 showing the normal
piece work rate of pay, or the rate of pay per hour, of all exempted employees. In this muster roll shall be correctly
entered the overtime hours of work and payments therefor of all exempted workers. The muster roll shall always be
available for inspection.
Notice prescribed under sub section (8) of section 61
104. Notice of periods of work for adults.- The notice of periods of work for adult workers shall be in Form 16.
109
LatestLaws.com
Register prescribed under sub-section(2) of section 62.
105. Register of adult workers.- The register of adult workers shall be in Form 17.
Rules 106 to 109 prescribed under section 64.
106. Persons defined to hold positions of supervision or management.- The following persons shall be deemed to
hold positions of supervision or management :-
(a) all persons specified in the schedule annexed hereto; and
(b) any other person who, in the opinion of the Inspector, holds a position of supervision or management.
SCHEDULE
1. Managers
2. Assistant managers
3. Engineers
4. Foremen
5.Weaving masters and spinning masters in textile mills.
6.Head electricians
7...........................
8...........................
107. Persons defined to hold confidential positions.- All timekeepers employed in a factory within the meaning of
sub-section (1) of section 2 shall be deemed to be employed in a confidential position in the factory.
108. List to be maintained of persons holding confidential position or position of supervision of management.-
A list showing the names and designations of all persons to whom the provisions of sub-section (1) of section 64
have been applied shall be maintained in every factory.
109. Exemption of certain adult workers.- Adult workers engaged in factories specified in column 2 of the
schedule hereto annexed on the work specified in column 3 of the said schedule shall be exempted from the
provisions of the sections specified in the column 4 subject to the conditions, if any, specified in column 5 of the
said schedule.
SCHEDULE
Section of Class of Nature of Extent of Remarks
the Act factory exempted exemption
empowering work
grant
of exemption
64(2) (a) All factories Urgent repairs Sections 51, (i) No worker shall be employed
and 64(3) 52,54,55, on such repairs for more than
56 and 61 15 hours on any one day, 39
hours during any three consecutive
days, or 66 hours during each
period of seven consecutive days
commencing from his first employment
on such repairs.
(ii)Within 24 hours of the commencement
of the work, notice shall be sent to
the Inspector describing the nature of
the urgent repairs and the period
probably required for their completion.
110
LatestLaws.com
1 2 3 4 5
(iii)Exemption from the provisions of
section 54 shall apply only in the case of
adult male workers.
64(2) (b) All factories (a) Work in Sections 51, The limits of work inclusive of overtime shall
and 64(3) the machine 54, 55, 56 and shall not exceed those mentioned in sub-section
shop, the smithy 61 (4) of section 64.
or the foundry or
in connection with
the mill gearing,
the electric driving
or lighting apparatus,
the mechanical or
electrical lifts or the
steam or water pipes
or pumps of a
factory.
(b) Work of -do- -do-

examining or repairing
any machinery or other
part of the plant which
is necessary for carrying
on work in the factory.
(c) Work in boiler houses -do- -do-
and engine rooms such
as lighting fires in order
generate gas
preparatory to the
commencement of
regular work in the
factory.
64(2) (c) All factories (a)Work performed Sections -do-

and 64(3) by drivers on 51,54,55
lighting, ventilating and 61
and humidifying
apparatus.
(b)Work performed -do- -do-
by fire pumpmen.
64(2)(d) (i)Oil tank Work performed by Sections 51, In the absence of a worker
and 64(3) installations workers connected 52,54,55,56 who has failed to report for
with pumping and 61 duty, a shift worker shall be
operations allowed to work the whole or
of a subsequent shift provided
that –
(i)the next shift of the shift worker
shall not commence before a period
of 16 hours has elapsed;
(ii)within 24 hours of the
commencement of the subsequent
shift, notice shall be sent to the
Inspector describing the
111
LatestLaws.com
1 2 3 4 5
circumstances under which the worker
is required to work in the
subsequent shift;
(iii)the exemption will be
restricted to only male adult
workers; and
(iv)the limits of work

inclusive of overtime shall
not exceed those mentioned
in sub-section (4) of section 64.
(2)Public hydro Operation and Sections 52, -do-

electric supply maintenance of 54 and 55
factories. Prime movers and
auxiliaries, trans
formers and switches.
(3)Public electric Work of engine -do- -do-

supply companies drivers and assistants,
generating electri- generator attendants,
city from oil in oilers and greasers,
internal combustion switch board operators
engines. and pumpmen.
(4)Electrical Work of operation -do- -do-

transforming and maintenance of
factories the transforming
plant, switches and
snychronous condensers.
(5) Distilleries Work on the extrac- -do- -do-

tion of sugar from
various bases,
fermentation of
sugar juice and
distillation of
fermented wash.
(6) Sugar Extraction of the -do- -do-

factories juice from the cane,
clarification,
evaporation and
boiling of the juice;
curing of the
massecuite; and
bagging.
(7) Chemical Work on the

factories sulphur burners, -do- -do-
chambers, concentra-
ters, and pumps;
roasting furnaces,
manufacture of
hydrochloric and
112
LatestLaws.com
1 2 3 4 5
nitric acid, sulphates
sulphides, nitrates,
superphosphates and
chlorides; and
work on the steam
service.
(8)Vegetable Work on refining, -do- -do-

hydrogenation bleaching, filtering,
factories. generation of hydrogen;
hydrogenating; deodorising
processes; compression of
oxygen and cylinder filling;
and work on the electrical
power plant.
(9)Ice factories Work on the engine and -do- -do-

compressor drivers and
assistants and oilers.
(10)Oil mills All work. Sections 54 and 55 -do-
(11)Flour mills All work. Sections 52 and 55. -do-
(12)Glass factories (a)Work in attending -do- -do-

to furnace.
(b)All work and processes Section 52 -do-
from mixing of batch to
removal of the manufactured
glassware from the lears.
(13)Paper factories (a) All work on paper- Sections 54 and 55 -do-

making machinery and
on the generation and
supply of power connected
therewith.
(b)Work on choppers, Sections 52,54 and 55 -do-

digesters, kneaders,
strainers and washers,
beaters, paper-making
machines, pumping plant
reelers, cutters and power
plant.
(14)Rubber tyre All work on curing Section 55 -do-

process.
(15)Iron and steel All work on steel Sections 51, 52,54, -do-
furnaces 55 and 56
(16) All Work on automatic Sections (1) The limits of work inclusive
factories equipment engaged 51,52,54,55,56 of overtime shall not exceed
in galvanizing, and 58. those mentioned in sub-
anodising and section (4) of section 64.
enamelling.
113
LatestLaws.com
1 2 3 4 5
(2)The exemption shall be
granted only in respect of
adult male workers.
64 (2) (i)Newspaper Teleprinter Sections -do-

printing service 51,54 and
factories 56.
64 (2) (j) All factories Loading Sections -do-

. and unloading 51,52,54
of railway wagons, 55 and 56.
Lorries or trucks
64(2)(k) Any factory Work of national Sections 51, (1)The limit of work
or class or importance as may 52,54,55,56 and inclusive of overtime
description of be notified by the 58. shall not exceed those
factories as may State Government in mentioned in sub-section
be notified by the the Official Gazette. (4) of section 64.
State Government
in the Official (2)The exemption shall
Gazette. be limited to adult male
Workers.
Explanations :-
1. The following shall be considered to be urgent repairs :-
(a) repairs to any part of the machinery, plant or structure of a factory which are of such a nature that delay in their
execution would involve danger to human life or safety or the stoppage of manufacturing process;
(b) breakdown repairs to the motive power, transmission or other essential plant of other factories, collieries,
railways, dockyards, harbours, tramways, motor transport, gas, electrical generating and transmission, pumping or
similar essential or public utility services carried out in general engineering works and foundries and which are
necessary to enable such concerns to maintain their main manufacturing processes, production or services during
normal working hours;
(c) repairs to deep-sea ships, and repairs to commercial air-craft done in a factory which are essential to enable such
ships or air-craft to leave port at proper time or continue their normal operations in a sea-worthy or air-worthy
condition, as the case may be; and
(d)repairs in connection with a charge of motive power, for example, from steam to electricity or vice versa, when
such work cannot possibly be done without stoppage of the normal manufacturing process.
2. Periodical cleaning is not included in the terms “examining’ or “repairing”.
114
LatestLaws.com
CHAPTER VII Employment of Young Persons
Notice prescribed under sub-section (3) of section 72.

110. Notice of periods of work for children.- The notice of periods of work for child workers shall be in Form 18.
Register prescribed under sub-section (2) of section 73.
111. Register of child workers.- The register of child workers shall be in Form 19.
CHAPTER VIII Leave with Wages
Rules 112 to 119 prescribed under sections 83 and 112.
112. Register of leave with wages.- The manager shall keep a register in Form 20 hereinafter called the register of
leave with wages:
Provided that if the Chief Inspector is of the opinion that any and muster roll or register maintained as part
of the routine of the factory, or return made by the manager, gives, in respect of any or all of the workers in the
factory, the particulars required for the enforcement of Chapter VIII of the Act, he may, by order, in writing, direct
that such muster roll or register shall, to the corresponding extent, be maintained in place of and be traced as the
register or return required under this rule in respect of that factory.
(2)The register of leave with wages shall be preserved for a period of three years after the last entry in it
and shall be produced before the Inspector on demand.
113. Leave book.-

(1) The manager shall provide each worker who has become entitled to leave during a calendar year, with a book in
Form 21 (hereinafter called leave book) not later than 31st January of the following calendar year. The leave
book shall be the property of the worker and the manager or his agent shall not demand it except to make entries
of the dates of holidays or interruptions in service, and shall not keep it for more than a week at a time :
Provided that in the case of a worker who is discharged or dismissed from service during the course of the year,
that is, who is covered under sub-section (3) of section 79 of the Act, the manager shall issue an abstract from the
register of leave with wages (Form 20) within a week from the date of discharge or dismissal as the case may be.
(2) If a worker loses his leave book, the manager shall provide him with another copy on the payment of paise
................ and shall complete it from his record.
114. Medical certificate.- If any worker is absent from work and it appears that his absence is due to illness, he
shall, if so required by his manager by a notice in writing, submit a medical certificate signed by a registered
medical practitioner or by a registered or recognised vaid or hakim stating the cause of the absence and the period
for which the worker is, in the opinion of such medical practitioner, vaid or hakim, unable to attend to his work.
115. Notice to Inspector of involuntary unemployment.- The manager shall give, as soon as possible, a notice to
the Inspector of every case of involuntary unemployment of workers, giving numbers of unemployed and the reason
for their unemployment. Entries to this effect shall be made in the register of leave with wages and the leave book
in respect of each worker concerned.
116. Notice by worker.- Before or on the completion of a period of twelve months continuous service in the
factory, as defined in section 79, a worker may give notice to the manager of his intention not to avail himself of
holidays falling due in the following period of twelve months. The manager shall make an entry to that effect in the
register of leave with wages and in the leave book of the worker concerned.
115
LatestLaws.com
117. Notice of leave with wages.-

(1) Except in regard to a worker who has given notice of his intention not to avail himself of holidays in the year in
which these fall due, the manager shall, by a notice displayed at the place at which the notice of the periods of work
required by section 61 is displayed, fix the dates on which leave with wages shall be allowed to each worker or
group of workers including any worker who has accumulated his leave. This date shall not, in an individual case, be
earlier than four weeks from the date of notice unless the worker agrees to take the leave earlier. The necessary
entries shall be made in the register of leave with wages and the leave book of the worker concerned.
(2) As far as circumstances permit, members of the same family comprising husband, wife and children shall be
allowed leave on the same date.
(3) The manager may alter the dates fixed for leave only after giving a notice of four weeks to the worker.
(4) A worker may exchange the period of his leave with another worker, subject to the approval of the manager.
118. Payment of wages if the worker dies.- If a worker dies before he resumes work, the balance of his pay due for
the period of holidays shall be paid to his nominee within one week of the intimation of the death of the worker. For
this purpose each worker shall submit a nomination in Form 22 duly signed by himself and attested by two
witnesses. The nomination shall remain in force until it is cancelled or revised by another nomination.
119.Register to be maintained in case of exemption under section 84.-
(1) Where an exemption is granted under section 84, the manager shall maintain a register showing the position of
each worker as regards leave due, leave taken and wages granted.
(2)He shall display at the main entrance of the factory a notice giving full details of the system established in the
factory for leave with wages and shall send a copy of it to the Inspector.
(3)No alteration shall be made in the scheme approved by the State Government at the time of granting exemption
under section 84 without its previous sanction.
CHAPTER IX Special Provisions
120.Dangerous manufacturing processes or operations.-

(1) The following manufacturing processes or operations when carried on in any factory are declared to be
dangerous manufacturing processes or operations under section 87: -
I. Manufacture of aerated water and processes incidental thereto.
II. Electrolytic plating or oxidation of metal articles by use of an electrolyte containing acids, bases or salts of metals
such as chromium, nickel, cadmium, zinc, copper, silver, gold, etc.
III. Manufacture and repair of electric accumulators.
IV. Glass Manufacture.
V. Grinding or glazing of metals.
VI. Manufacture and treatment of lead and certain compounds of lead.
VII. Generating petrol gas from petrol.
VIII. Cleaning or smoothing, roughening, etc. of articles by a jet of sand, metal shot or grit or other abrasive
propelled by a blast of compressed air or steam.
IX. Liming and tanning of raw hides and skins and processes incidental thereto.
X. Certain lead processes carried on in printing presses and type foundries.
XI. Manufacture of pottery.
XII. Chemical works.
XIII. Manipulation of stone or any other material containing free silica.
XIV. Handling and processing of asbestos manufacture of any article of asbestos and any other process of
manufacture or otherwise in which asbestos is used in any form.
XV. Handling or manipulation of corrosive substances.
116
LatestLaws.com
XVI. Processing of cashew nut.

XVII. Compression of oxygen and hydrogen produced by the electrolysis of water.
XVIII. Process of extracting oils and fats from vegetable and animal sources in solvent extraction plants.
XIX. Manufacture or manipulation of manganese and its compounds.
XX. Manufacture or manipulation of dangerous pesticides.
XXI. Manufacture, handling and usage of benzene and substances containing benzene.
XXII. Manufacturing process or operations in carbon disulphide plants.
XXIII. Manufacture or manipulation of carcinogenic dye intermediates.
XXIV. Operations involving high noise and vibration levels.
XXV. Manufacture of Rayon by Viscose Process.
XXVI. Highly flammable liquids and flammable compressed gases.
XXVII. Foundry operations.
(2) ’First employment’ means employment for the first time in a hazardous process or operation so notified under
Section 87, or re-employment therein after cessation of employment in such process or operation for a period
exceeding three calendar months.
(3) The provisions specified in the schedule given in Part II shall apply to any class or description of factories
wherein dangerous manufacturing processes or operations specified in each schedule are carried on.
(4) (a) For the medical examination of workers to be carried out by the Certifying Surgeon as required by the
schedule annexed to this rule, the occupier of the factory shall pay fees at the rate of Rs................... per examination
of each worker every time he is examined.
(b) The fees prescribed in sub-rule (4) (a) shall be exclusive of any charges for biological, radiological or other tests
which may have to be carried out in connection with the medical examinations. Such charges shall be paid by the
occupier.
(c) The fees to be paid for medical examinations shall be paid into the local treasury under the head of account
...................
(5) Notwithstanding the provision specified in the schedules annexed to this Rule, the Inspector may by issues of
order in writing to the manager or occupier or both, direct them to carry out such measures, and within such time, as
may be specified in such order with a view to removing conditions dangerous to the health of the workers, or to
suspend any process, where such process constitutes, in the opinion of the Inspector, imminent danger of poisoning
or toxicity.
(6) Any register or record of medical examinations and tests connected therewith required to be carried out under
any of the Schedules annexed hereto in respect of any worker shall be kept readily available to the Inspector and
shall be preserved till the expiry of one year after the worker ceases to be in employment of the factory.
MODEL SCHEDULES SPECIFYING REQUIREMENTS IN RESPECT OF DANGEROUS PROCESSES

AND OPERATIONS NOTIFIED UNDER SECTION 87 OF THE FACTORIES ACT.
SCHEDULE I
Manufacture of aerated waters and processes incidental thereto

1. Fencing of machines. - All machines for filling bottles or syphons shall be so constructed, placed or fenced,
as to prevent, as far as may be practicable, a fragment of a bursting bottle or syphon form striking any
person employed in the factory.
2. Face guards and gauntlets. - (1) The occupier shall provide and maintain in good condition for the use of
all persons engaged in filling bottles or syphons-
(a) suitable face guards to protect the face, neck and throat; and
(b) suitable gauntlets for both arms to protect the whole hand and arms :
117
LatestLaws.com
Provided that paragraph 2(1) shall not apply where bottles are filled by means of an automatic machine so
constructed that no fragment of a bursting bottle can escape.
Provided further that where a machine is so constructed that only one arm of the bottler at work upto it is
exposed to danger, a gauntlet need not be provided for the arm which is not exposed to danger.
(2) The Occupier shall provide and maintain in good condition for the use of all persons engaged in corking,
crowning, screwing, wiring , foiling, capsuling, sighting or labelling bottles or syphons -
(a) suitable face-guards to protect the face, neck and throat; and
(b) suitable gauntlets for both arms to protect the arm and at least half of the palm and the space
between the thumb and forefinger.
3. Wearing of face guards and gauntlets. - All persons engaged in any of the processes specified in paragraph
2 of this schedule shall, while at work in such processes, wear the face guards and gauntlets provided under
the provisions of the said paragraph.
SCHEDULE II
Electrolytic plating or oxidation of metal articles by use of an electrolyte containing acids, bases or salts of
metals such as chromium, nickel, cadmium, zinc, copper, silver, gold etc.
1. Definitions.- For the purposes of this Schedule-
(a) “electrolytic process” means the electrolytic plating or oxidation of metal articles by the use of
an electrolyte containing acids ,bases or salts of metals such as chromium, nickel, cadmium, zinc, copper,
silver, gold, etc.:
(b) “bath” means any vessel used for an electrolytic process or for any subsequent process; and
(c) “employed “ means employed in any process involving contact with liquid from a bath.
2. Exhaust draught. - An efficient exhaust draught shall be applied to every vessel in which an electrolytic process
is carried on. Such draught shall be provided by mechanical means and shall operate on the vapour or spray
given off in the process as near as may be at the point of origin. The exhaust draught appliance shall be so
constructed, arranged and maintained as to prevent the vapour or spray entering into any room or place in which
work is carried on.
3. Prohibition relating to women and young persons. No women, adolescent or child shall be employed or
permitted to work at a bath.
4. Floor of workrooms. - The floor of every workroom containing a bath shall be impervious to water. The floor
shall be maintained in good and level condition and shall be washed down at least once a day.
5. Protective devices. -
(1) The occupier shall provide and maintain in good and clean condition the following articles of
protective devices for the use of all persons employed on any process at which they are liable to come
in contact with liquid from a bath and such devices shall be worn by the persons concerned
(a) waterproof aprons and bibs; and
(b) for persons actually working at a bath, loose fitting rubber gloves and rubber boots or other
waterproof footwear, and chemical goggles.
(2) The occupier shall provide and maintain for the use of all persons employed suitable
accommodation for the storage and drying of protective devices.
6. Water facilities. -
(1) There shall be provided and maintained in good repairs for the use of all persons employed in electrolytic
process and processes incidental to it-
(a) a wash place under cover, with either-

(i) a trough with a smooth impervious surface filled with a waste pipe , and of sufficient length to allow at
least 60cms for every 5 persons employed at any one time, and having a constant supply of water from
taps or jets above the trough at intervals of not more than 60cms, or
118
LatestLaws.com
(ii) at least one wash basis for every five such persons employed at any one time, fitted with a waste pipe
and having a constant supply of water laid on.
(b) a sufficient supply of clean towels renewed daily, and soap or other suitable cleaning material.
(2) In addition to the facility in sub-paragraph 1, an approved type emergency shower with eye fountain shall be
provided and maintained in good working order. Whenever necessary, in order to ensure continuous water
supply, storage tank of 1500 litres capacity shall be provided as a source of clean water for emergency use.
7. Cautionary placard.- A cautionary placard in the form specified below and printed in the language of the
majority of the workers employed shall be affixed in a prominent place in the factory where it can be easily
and conveniently read by the workers.
CAUTIONARY NOTICE
Electrolytic Plating
1. Chemicals handled in this plant are corrosive and poisonous.

2. Smoking, chewing tobacco, eating food or drinking, in this area is prohibited . No food stuff or drink
shall be brought in this area.
3. Some of these chemicals may be absorbed through the skin and may cause poisoning .
4. A good wash shall be taken before meals.
5. Protective devices supplied shall be used while working in this area.
6. Spillage of the chemicals on any part of the body or on the floor shall be immediately washed away with
water.
7. All workers shall report for the prescribed medical tests regularly to protect their own health.
8. Medical facilities and records of examinations and tests.- (1) The occupier of every factory in which
electrolytic processes are carried on shall-
(a) employ a qualified medical practitioner for medical surveillance of the workers employed therein whose
appointment shall be subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories;
(b) provide to the said medical practitioner all the necessary facilities for the purpose referred to in clause (a); and
(c) maintain a sufficient supply of suitable barrier cream, ointment and impermeable water proof plaster in a
separate box readily accessible to the workers ad used solely for the purpose of keeping these substances. In
case cyanides are used in the both , the box shall also contain an emergency cyanide kit.
(2) The medical practitioner shall examine all workers before they are employed in electrolytic processes. Such
examination in case of chrome plating shall includes inspection of hands, forearms and nose and will be
carried out once at least in every fortnight
(3) The record of the examinations referred to in sub-paragraph (2)shall be maintained in a separate register
approved by Chief Inspector of Factories which shall be kept readily available for inspection by the Inspector.
9. Medical examination by the Certifying Surgeon.- (1)Every worker employed in the electroytic processes shall
be examined by a Certifying Surgeon before his first employment. Such examination shall include X-ray of the
chest and-
(a) in case of chromium plating include examination for nasal septum perforation and test for chromium in
urine;
(b) in case of nickel platting, test for nickel in urine; and
(c) in case of cadmium plating, test for cadmium in urine and -2 microglobulin in urine.
(2) No worker shall be employed in any electrolytic process unless certified fit for such employment by the
Certifying Surgeon.
(3) Every worker employed in the electrolytic processes shall be re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at least
once in every year, except in case of the workers employed in cadmium, chromium and nickel plating processes
for whom this examination shall be carried our once in every six months. Such re-examination shall, wherever
119
LatestLaws.com
the Certifying Surgeon considers appropriate, include tests as specified under sub-paragraph (1) excluding the
X-ray of the chest which shall not be required normally to be carried out earlier then once in three years.
(4) The certifying surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a Certificate of Fitness in Form 23. The record
of examination and re-examinations carried out shall be kept in the custody of the manager of the factory. The
record of each examination carried out under sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) including the nature and the results
of the tests, shall also be entered by the Certifying Surgeon in a health register in Form 24.
(5) The certificate of fitness and the health register shall be kept readily available for inspection by the
Inspector.
(6) If at any time the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that a worker is no longer fit for employment in the
electrolytic processes on the ground that continuance therein would involve danger to the health of the worker, he
shall make a record of his findings in the said certificate and the health register. The entry of his findings in
those documents should also include the period for which he considers that the said person is unfit for work in
the said processes. The person declared unfit in such circumstances shall be provided with alternate placement
facility unless he is fully incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon in which case the person affected
shall be suitably rehabilitated.
(7) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in sub-paragraph (6) shall be re-employed or permitted
to work in the said processes unless the Certifying Surgeon after further examination, again certifies him fit for
employment in these processes.
SCHEDULE III
Manufacture and repair of electric accumulators

1. Savings.- This schedule shall not apply to the manufacture or repair of electric accumulators or parts
thereof not containing lead or any compound of lead; or to the repair on the premises, of any
accumulator forming part of a stationary battery.
2. Definitions. - For the purposes of this schedule-

(a) “Lead process” means the melting of lead or any material containing lead, casting, pasting, lead
burning, or any other work, including trimming, or any other abrading or cutting of pasted plates,
involving the use, movement or manipulation of or contact with, any oxide of lead;
(b) “manipulation of raw oxide of lead” means any lead process involving any manipulation or
movement of raw oxides of lead other than its conveyance in a receptacle or by means of an
implement from one operation to another;
3. Prohibition relating to women and young persons. - No women or young person shall be employed or
permitted to work in any lead process or in any room in which the manipulation of raw oxide of lead or
pasting is carried on.
4. Separation of certain processes.- Each of the following processes shall be carried on in such a manner
and under such conditions as to secure effectual separation from one another , and from other
processes :-
a. manipulation of raw oxide of lend;
b. pasting;
c. drying of pasted plates;
d. formation with lead turning (tacking)necessarily carried on in connection therewith ; and
e. melting down of pasted plates.
120
LatestLaws.com
5. Air space.- In every room in which a lead process is carried on, there shall be at least 14.2 cubic meters
of air space for each person employed therein, and in computing this air space no height over 3.65
meters shall be taken into account.
6. Ventilation.- Every workroom shall be provided with inlets and outlets of adequate size as to secure
and maintain efficient ventilation in all parts of the room.
7. Distance between workers in pasting room.- In every pasting room the distance between the centre of the
working position of any paster and that of the paster working nearest to him shall not be less than 1.5
meters.
8. Floor of workrooms.-
(1) The floor of every room in which lead process is carried on shall be -
(a) of cement or similar material so as to be smooth and impervious to water;
(b) maintained in sound condition; and
(c) kept free from materials, plant, or other obstructions not required for, or produced in, the
process carried on in the room.
(2) In all such rooms other than grid casting shops the floor shall be cleansed daily after being thoroughly
sprayed with water at a time when no other work is being carried on in the room.
(3) In grid casting shops the floor shall be cleansed daily.
(4) Without prejudice to the requirements of sub-paragraphs (1), (2) and (3), where manipulation of
raw oxide of lead or pasting is carried on, the floor shall also be -
(a) kept constantly moist while work is being done;
(b) provided with suitable and adequate arrangements for drainage; and
(c) thoroughly washed daily by means of hose pipe.
9. Work-benches.- The work-benches at which any lead process is carried on shall -

(a) have a smooth surface and be maintained in sound condition; and
(b) be kept free from all materials or plant not required for, or produced in, the process carried on
thereat;
and all such work-benches other than those in grid casting shops shall-
(c) be cleansed daily either after being thoroughly damped or by means of a suction cleaning
apparatus at a time when no other work is being carried on thereat;
and, all such work-benches in grid casting shops, shall -
(d) be cleansed daily;
and every work-bench used for pasting shall -
(e) be covered throughout with sheet lead or other impervious material;
(f) be provided with raised edges; and
(g) be kept constantly moist while pasting is being carried on.
10. Exhaust draught.- (1)The following processes shall not be carried on without the use of an efficient
exhaust draught :-
(a) melting of lead or materials containing lead;

(b) manipulation of raw oxide of lead, unless done in an enclosed apparatus so as to prevent the
escape of dust into the workroom;
(c) pasting;
(d) trimming, brushing, filing or any other abrading or cutting of pasted plates giving rise to dust
and
(e) lead burning, other than -
(i) tacking in the formation room; and
(ii) chemical burning for the making of lead lining for cell cases necessarily carried on in
such a manner that the application of efficient exhaust is impracticable.
121
LatestLaws.com
(200) Such exhaust draught shall be effected by mechanical means and shall operate on the dust or fume
given off as nearly as may be at its point of origin, so as to prevent it entering the air of any room in which
persons work.
11. Fumes and gases from melting pots.- The products of combustion produced in the heating of any
melting pot shall not be allowed to escape into a room in which persons work.
12. Container for dross.- A suitable receptacle with tightly fitting cover shall be provided and used for dress
as it is removed from every melting pot. Such receptacle shall be kept covered while in the workroom,
except when dress is being deposited therein.
13. Container for lead waste.- A suitable receptacle shall be provided in every workroom in which old plates
and waste material which may give rise to dust shall be deposited.
14. Racks and shelves in drying room.-
(1) The racks or shelves provided in any drying room shall not be more than 2.4 meters from the floor nor
more than 60 centimetres in width :
Provided that as regards racks or shelves set drawn from both sides the total width shall not exceed 120
centimetres.
(2) Such racks or shelves shall be cleaned only after being thoroughly damped unless an efficient
suction cleaning apparatus is used for this purpose.
15. Protective clothing.-

(1) Protective clothing shall be provided and maintained in good repair for all persons employed in -
(a) manipulation of raw oxide of lead;
(b) pasting; and
(c) the formation room;
and such clothing shall be worn by the persons concerned.
(2) The protective clothing shall consist of a waterproof apron and waterproof footwear; and, in addition, as
regards persons employed in the manipulation of raw oxide of lead or in pasting, head coverings. The head
coverings shall be washed daily.
16. Messroom.- There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons employed in a lead process
and remaining on the premises during the meal intervals, a suitable messroom, which shall be furnished
with sufficient tables and benches, and adequate means for warming food. The messroom shall be placed
under the charge of a responsible person, and shall be kept clean.
17. Cloakroom.- There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons employed in a lead
process -
(a) a cloakroom for clothing put off during working hours with adequate arrangements for drying the
clothing if wet, which accommodation shall be separate from any messroom; and
(b) separate and suitable arrangements for the storage of protective clothing provided under paragraph 15.
18. Washing facilities.- (1) There shall be provided and maintained in a cleanly state and in good repair for
the use of all persons employed in a lead process -
(a) a wash place under cover, with either -
(i) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste pipe without plug, and of sufficient
length to allow of at least 60 centimetres for every five such persons employed at any one time, and
having a constant supply of water from taps or jets above the trough at intervals on not more than 60
centimetres; or
(ii) at least one wash basin for every five such persons employed at any one time, fitted with a waste
pipe and plug and having a constant supply of water laid on;
122
LatestLaws.com
(b) a sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable materials renewed daily, which supply, in the case of
pasters and persons employed in the manipulation of raw oxide of lead, shall include a separate marked towel
for each such worker; and
(c) a sufficient supply of soap or other suitable cleansing material and of nail brushes.
(2) There shall in addition be provided means of washing in close proximity to the rooms in which
manipulation of raw oxide of lead or pasting is carried on if required by notice in writing from the
Chief Inspector.
19. Time to be allowed for washing.- Before each meal and before the end of the day’s work, at least ten
minutes, in addition to the regular meal times, shall be allowed for washing to each person who has been
employed in the manipulation of raw oxide of lead or in pasting :
Provided that if there be one basin or 60 centimetres of trough for each such person this paragraph shall
not apply.
20. Facilities for bathing.- Sufficient bath accommodation to the satisfaction of the Chief Inspector shall
be provided for all persons engaged in the manipulation of raw oxide of lead or in pasting, and a sufficient
supply of soap and clean towels.
21. Food, drinks, etc. prohibited in workrooms.- No food, drink, pan and supari or tobacco shall be consumed
or brought by any worker into any workroom in which any lead process is carried on.
22. Medical facilities and records of examinations and tests.- (1)The occupier of every factory in which
manufacture and repair of electric accumulators is carried on shall-
(a) employed a qualified medical practitioner for medical surveillance of the workers employed therein
whose employment shall be subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories; and
(b) provide to the said medical practitioner all the necessary facilities for the purpose referred to in clause (a).
(2) The record of medical examinations and appropriate tests carried out by the said medical practitioner
shall be maintained in a separate register approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept
readily available for inspection by the Inspector.
23. Medical examination by Certifying Surgeon.- (1) Every worker employed in lead processes shall be
examined by a Certifying Surgeon within 15 days of his first employment. Such examination shall include
tests for lead in urine and blood. ALA in urine, haemoglobin content, stippling of cells and steadiness
test. No worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days of his first employment in the factory unless certified
fit for such employment by the Certifying Surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at least once in
every three calendar months. Such re-examination shall, wherever the Certifying Surgeon considers
appropriate, include tests specified in sub- paragraph (1).
(3) The Certifying Surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a Certificate of Fitness in Form 23. The
record of examination and re-examinations carried out shall be entered in the Certificate and the Certificate
shall be kept in the custody of the manager of the factory. The record of each examination carried out
under sub-paragraphs (1) and (2), including the nature and the results of the tests, shall also be entered by the
Certifying Surgeon in a health register in Form 24.
(4) The Certificate of Fitness and the health register shall be kept readily available for inspection by the
Inspector.
(5) If at any time the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that a worker is no longer fir for employment in
the said process on the ground that continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the
worker he shall make a record of his findings in the said Certificate and the health register. The entry of
123
LatestLaws.com
his findings in these documents should also include the period for which he considers that the said person is
unfit for work in the said processes. The person so suspended from the process shall be provided with
alternate placement facilities unless he fully is incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in
which case the person affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.
(6) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in sub-paragraph (5) above shall be re-employed or
permitted to work in the said processes unless the Certifying Surgeon, after further examination, again
certifies him fit for employment in those processes.
SCHEDULE IV
Glass Manufacture
(a) “efficient exhaust draught” means localised ventilation effected by mechanical means for the removal of
gas, vapour, dust or fumes so as to prevent them (as far as practicable under the atmospheric conditions
usually prevailing) from escaping into the air of any place in which work is carried on. No draught shall be
deemed efficient which fails to remove smoke generated at the point where such gas, vapour, fume, or dust
originate;
(b) “lead compound” means any compound of lead other than galena which, when treated in the manner
described below, yields to an aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid a quantity soluble lead compound exceeding,
when calculated as lead monoxide, five percent of the dry weight of the portion taken analysis.
The method of treatment shall be as follows :-

A weighed quantity of the material which has been dried at 100 degrees centigrade and thoroughly mixed shall
be continuously shaken for one hour at the common temperature with 1,000 times its weight of an aqueous solution
of hydrochloric acid containing 0.25 per cent by weight of hydrogen chloride. This solution shall thereafter be
allowed to stand for one hour and then filtered. The lead salt contained in the clear filterate shall then be
precipitated as lead sulphide and weighed as lead sulphate.
2.Exhaust draught.- The following processes shall not be carried on except under an efficient exhaust draught or
such other conditions
as may be approved by the Chief Inspector :-
(a) the mixing of raw materials to form a “Bator”;
(b) the dry grinding, glazing and polishing of glass or any article of glass;
(c) all processes in which hydrofluoric acid fumes or ammonical vapours are given off;
(d) all processes in the making of furnace moulds or “pots” including the grinding or crushing of used “pots”;
and
(e) all processes involving the use of a dry lead compound.
3. Prohibition relating to women and young persons.- No woman or young person shall be employed or
permitted to work in any of the operations specified in paragraph 2 or at any place where such operations are
carried on.
4. Floor and work-benches.- The floor and work-benches of every room in which a dry compound of lead is
manipulated or in which any process is carried on giving off silica dust shall be kept moist and shall comply with
the following requirements :-
(a) the floor shall be -

(i) of cement or similar material so as to be smooth and impervious to water;
(ii) maintained in sound condition; and
(iii) cleansed daily after being thoroughly spread with water at a time when no other work is being carried on the
room; and
124
LatestLaws.com
(b) the work-benches shall -

(i) have a smooth surface and be maintained in sound condition, and
(ii) cleansed daily either after being thoroughly damped or by means of a suction cleaning apparatus at a time
when no other work is being carried on thereat.
5. Use of hydrofluoric acid.- The following provisions shall apply to rooms in which glass is treated with
hydrofluoric acid :-
(a) there shall be inlets and outlets of adequate size so as to secure and maintain efficient ventilation in all parts
of the room;
(b) the floor shall be covered with guttaparcha and be tight and shall slope gently down to a covered drain;
(c) the workplaces shall be so enclosed in projecting hoods that openings required for the bringing in the objects
to be treated shall be as small as practicable; and
(d) the efficient exhaust draught shall be so contrived that the gases are exhausted downwards.
6. Storage and transport of hydrofluoric acid.- Hydrofluoric acid shall not be stored or transported except in
cylinders or receptacles made of lead or rubber.
7. Blow pipes.- Every glass blower shall be provided with a separate blow pipe bearing the distinguishing mark of
the person to whom it is issued and suitable facilities shall be readily available to every glass blower for
sterilising his blow pipe.
8. Food, drinks, etc., prohibited in workrooms.- No food, drink, pan and supari or tobacco shall be brought into
or consumed by any worker in any room or workplace wherein any process specified in paragraph 2 is carried
on.
9. Protective clothing.- The occupier shall provide, maintain in good repair and keep in a clean condition for the
use of all persons employed in the processes specified in paragraph 2 suitable protective clothing, footwear
and goggles according to the nature of the work and such clothing, footwear, etc. shall be worn by the persons
concerned.
10. Washing facilities.- There shall be provided and maintained in a cleanly state and in good repair for the use of
all persons employed in the processes specified in paragraph 2 -
(a) a wash place with either -
(i) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste pipe, without plug, and of sufficient length to
allow of at least 60 centimetres for every five such persons employed at any one time, and having a
constant supply of water from taps or jets above the trough at intervals of not more than 60 centimetres; or
(ii) at least one wash basin for every five such persons employed at any one time, fitted with a waste pipe and
plug and having an adequate supply of water laid on or always readily available;
(b) a sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable material renewed daily with sufficient supply of soap or
other suitable cleansing material and of nail brushes; and
(c) a sufficient number of stand pipes with taps the number and location of which shall be to the satisfaction of
the Chief Inspector.
11. Medical facilities and record of examinations and tests.- (1) The occupier of every factory in which glass
manufacturing processes are carried out, shall -
appointment shall be subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories; and
(2) The records of medical examinations and appropriate tests carried out by the said medical practitioner
shall be maintained in a separate register approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept
125
LatestLaws.com
12. Medical Examination by Certifying Surgeon.- (1)Every workers employed in processes specified in
paragraph 2 shall be examined by the Certifying Surgeon within 15 days of his first employment. Such
examination shall include pulmonary function tests and in suspected cases chest X-ray as well as tests for
lead and urine. No worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days of first employment in the factory unless
certified for such employment by the Certifying Surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be re-examined by the Certifying Surgeon at least once in
every twelve calendar months. Such re-examination shall, wherever the Certifying Surgeon considers
appropriate, include tests as specified in sub-paragraph (1).
(3) The Certifying Surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a Certificate of Fitness in Form 23. The record
of examination and re-examination carried out shall be entered in the Certificate and the Certificate shall be
kept in the custody of the manager of the factory. The record of each examination carried out under sub-
paragraph (1) and (2), including the nature and the results of the tests, shall also be entered by the Certifying
Surgeon in a health register in Form 24.
(4) The Certificate of Fitness and the health register shall be kept readily available for inspection by the Inspector.
(5) If at any time the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that a worker is no longer fir for employment in the said
processes on the ground that continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of worker, he shall
make a record of his findings in the said certificate and the health register. The entry of his findings in those
documents should also include the period for which he considers that the said person is unfit for work in the said
processes. The person so suspended from the process shall be provided with alternate placement facilities unless
he is fully incapiciated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in which the person affected shall be suitable
rehabilitated.
to work in the said processes unless the Certifying Surgeon , after further examination, again certifies him fit
for employment in those processes.
13.Exemption.- If the Chief Inspector is satisfied in respect of any factory or any class of process that, owing to
the special methods of work or the special conditions in a factory or otherwise, any of the requirements of this
schedule can be suspended or relaxed without danger to the persons employed therein, or that the application of
this schedule or any part thereof is for any reason impracticable, he may be certificate in writing authorise such
suspension or relaxation as may be indicated in the certificate for such period and on such conditions as he may
think fit.
SCHEDULE V
Grinding or glazing of metals and processes incidental thereto

1. Exception.- (1) Nothing in this schedule shall apply to any factory in which only repairs are carried on except
any part thereof in which one or more persons are wholly or mainly employed in the grinding or glazing of metals.
(2) Nothing in this schedule except paragraph 4 shall apply to any grinding or glazing of metals carried on
intermittently and at which no person is employed for more than 12 hours in any week.

(a) “grindstone” means a grindstone composed of natural or manufactured sandstone but does not include a
metal wheel or cylinder into which blocks of natural or manufactured sandstone are fitted;
(b) “abrasive wheel” means a wheel manufactured of bonded emery or similar abrasive;
(c) “grinding” means the abrasion, by aid of mechanical power, of metal, by means of a grindstone or abrasive
wheel;
(d) “glazing” means the abrading, polishing or finishing, by aid of mechanical power, of metal, by means of any
wheel, buff, mop or similar appliance to which any abrading or polishing substance is attached or applied;
126
LatestLaws.com
(e) “racing” means the turning up, cutting or dressing of a revolving grindstone before it is brought into use
for the first time;
(f) “hacking’ means the chipping of the surface of a grindstone by a hack or similar tool; and
(g) “rodding” means the dressing of the surface of a revolving grindstone by the application of a rod, bar or strip
of metal to such surface.
3. Equipment for removal of dust.- No racing, dry grinding or glazing shall be performed without -
(a) a hood or other appliance so constructed, arranged, placed and maintained as substantially to intercept the dust
thrown off;
(b) a duct of adequate size, air tight and so arranged as to be capable of carrying away the dust, which duct shall
be kept free from obstruction and shall be provided with proper means of access for inspection and
cleaning, and where practicable, with a connection at the end remote from the fan to enable the Inspector
to attach thereto any instrument necessary for ascertaining the pressure of air in the said duct; and
(c) a fan or other efficient means of producing a draught sufficient to extract the dust :
Provided that the Chief Inspector may accept any other appliance that is, in his opinion, as effectual for
the interception, removal and disposal of dust thrown off as a hood, duct and fan would be.
4. Restriction on employment on grinding operations.- Not more than one person shall at any time perform the
actual process of grinding or glazing upon a grindstone, abrasive wheel or glazing appliance :
Provided that this paragraph shall not prohibit the employment of persons to assist in the manipulation of
heavy or bulky articles at any such grindstone, abrasive wheel or galzing appliance.
5. Glazing.- Glazing or other processes, except processes incidental to wet grinding upon a grindstone shall not be
carried on in any room in which wet grinding upon a grindstone is done.
6. Hacking and rodding.- Hacking or rodding shall not be done unless during the process either an adequate
supply of water is laid on at the upper surface of the grindstone or adequate appliances for the interception of
dust are provided in accordance with the requirements of paragraph 3.
7. Examination of dust equipment.- (1) All equipment for the extraction or suppression of dust shall at least once in
every six months be examined and tested by competent person, and any defect disclosed by such examination
and test shall be rectified as soon as practicable.
(2) A register containing particulars of such examination and tests shall be kept in Form 25.
8. Medical facilities and record of examinations and tests.- (1)The occupier of every factory in which grinding or
glazing of metals are carried out, shall -
(2) The record of medical examinations and appropriate tests carried out by the said medical practitioner shall be
maintained in a separate register approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept readily
available for inspection by the Inspector.
9. Medical examination by the Certifying Surgeon.- (1) Every worker employed in grinding or glazing of metal
and processes incidental thereto shall be examined by a Certifying Surgeon within 15 days of his first
employment. Such examination shall include pulmonary function tests and in suspected cases chest X-rays.
No worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days of his first employment in the factory unless certified fit for such
employment by the Certifying Surgeon.
every 12 calendar months. Such re-examination shall, wherever the Certifying Surgeon considers appropriate,
include tests as specified in sub-paragraph (1).
127
LatestLaws.com
of examination and re-examinations carried out shall be entered in the Certificate and the Certificate shall be
paragraphs (1) and (2), including the nature and the results of the tests, shall also be entered by the Certifying
(5) If at any time the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that a worker is no longer fit for employment in the said
processes on the found that continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the worker he shall
make record of his findings in the said certificate and the health register. The entry of his findings in those
he is fully incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in which case the person affected shall be
suitably rehabilitated.
to work in the said processes unless the Certifying Surgeon, after further examination, again certifies him fit for
employment in those processes.
10. Exemption.- The Chief Inspector may by certificate in writing, subject to such conditions as he may
specify therein, relax or suspend any of the provisions of this schedule in respect of any factory if owing to the
special methods of work or otherwise such relaxation or suspension is practicable without danger to the health or
safety of the persons employed.
128
LatestLaws.com
SCHEDULE VI
Manufacture and treatment of lead and certain compounds of lead

1. Application.- This schedule shall apply to all factories or parts of factories in which any of the following
operations are carried on :-
(a) work at a furnace where the reduction or treatment of zinc or lead ores is carried on ;
(b) the manipulation, treatment or reduction of ashes containing lead, the desilvering of lead or the melting of
scrap lead or zinc;
(c) the manufacture of solder or alloys containing more than ten percent of lead;
(d) the manufacture of any oxide, carbonate, sulphate, chromate, acetate, nitrate or silicate of lead;
(e) the handling or mixing of lead tetra-ethyl;
(f) any other operation involving the use of a lead compound; and
(g) the cleaning of workrooms where any of the operations aforesaid are carried on.
2. Definitions.- For this purpose of this schedule -

(a) “lead compound” means any compound of lead other than galena which, when treated in the manner
described below, yields to an aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, a quantity of soluble lead compound
exceeding, when calculated as lead monoxide, five per cent of the “dry weight” of the portion taken for
analysis. In the case of paints and similar products and other mixtures containing oil or fat the “dry weight”
means the dry weight of the material remaining after the substance has been thoroughly mixed and treated
with suitable solvents to remove oil, fats, varnish or other media.
The method of treatment shall be as follows :-

A weighed quantity of the material which has been dried at 100 degree centigrade and thoroughly mixed shall
be continuously shaken for one hour, at the common temperature with 1,000 times its weight of an aqueous
solution of hydrochloric acid containing 0.25 per cent by weight of hydrogen chloride. This solution shall
thereafter be allowed to stand for one hour and then filtered. The lead salt contained in the clear filtrate shall
then precipitated as lead sulphate and weighed as lead sulphate;
(b) “efficient exhaust draught” means localised ventilation effected by mechanical means for the removal of gas,
vapour, dust or fumes so as to prevent them (as far as practicable under the atmospheric conditions usually
prevailing) from escaping into the air of any place in which work is carried on. No draught shall be deemed
efficient which fails to remove smoke generated at the point where such gas, vapour, fume, or dust originate.
3. Prohibition relating to women and young persons.- No women or young person shall be employed or
permitted to work in any of the operations specified in paragraph 1.
4. Requirements to be observed.- No person shall be employed or permitted to work in any process involving
the use of lead compounds if the process is such that dust or fume from a lead compound is produced therein, or
the persons employed therein are liable to be splashed with any lead compound in the course of their employment
unless the provisions of paragraphs 5 to 13 are complied with.
5. Exhaust draught.- Where dust, fume, gas or vapour is produced in the process, provision shall be made for
removing them by means of an efficient exhaust draught to contrived as to operate on the dust, fume, gas or
vapour as closely as possible to the point of origin.
6. Food, drinks, etc. prohibited in workroom.- No food, drink, pan and supari or tobacco shall be brought into or
consumed by any worker in any worker in any workroom in which the process is carried on and no person shall
remain in any such room during intervals for meals or rest.
7. Protective clothing.- Suitable protective overalls and head coverage shall be provided, maintained and kept
clean by the occupier and such overalls and head coverings shall be worn by the persons employed.
8. Cleanliness of workrooms, tools, etc.- The rooms in which the persons are employed and all tools and
apparatus used by them shall be kept in a clean state.
129
LatestLaws.com
9. Washing facilities.- (1) The occupier shall provide and maintain for the use of all persons employed suitable
washing facilities consisting of -
(a) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste pipe, without plug, and of sufficient length to
allow of at least 60 centimetres for every five such persons employed at any one time, and having a constant
supply of water from taps or jets above the trough at intervals of not more than 60 centimetres; or
(b) at least one wash-basin for every ten persons employed at any one time, fitted with a waste pipe and plug and
having a constant supply of clean water; together with, in either case, a sufficient supply of nail brushes, soap or
other suitable cleansing material and clean towels.
(2) The facilities so provided shall be placed under the charge of a responsible person and shall be kept clean.
10. Messroom or canteen.- The occupier shall provide and maintain for the use of the persons employed suitable
and adequate arrangements for taking their meals. The arrangements shall consist of the use of a room separate
from any workroom which shall be furnished with sufficient tables and benches, and unless a canteen serving
hot meals is provided, adequate means of warming the food. The room shall be adequately ventilated by the
circulation of fresh air, shall be placed under the charge of a responsible person and shall be kept clean.
11. Cloakroom.- The occupier shall provide and maintain for the use of persons employed, suitable
accommodation for clothing not worn during working hours, and for the drying of wet clothing.
12. Medical facilities and record of examinations and tests.- (1) The occupier of every factory in which grinding or
glazing of metals are carried out, shall -
13. Medical examination by the Certifying Surgeon.- (1) Every worker employed shall be examined by a
Certifying Surgeon within 15 days of his first employment. Such examination shall include pulmonary
function tests and in suspected cases chest X-rays. No worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days of his first
employment in the factory unless certified fit for such employment by the Certifying Surgeon.
every 12 calendar months. Such re-examination shall, wherever the Certifying Surgeon considers appropriate,
include tests as specified in sub-paragraph (1).
processes on the ground that continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the worker he shall
he is fully incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in which case the person affected shall be
suitably rehabilitated.
130
LatestLaws.com
to work in the said processes unless the Certifying Surgeon, after further examination, again certifies him fit
14. Exemption.- Where the Chief Inspector is satisfied that all or any of the provisions of this schedule are not
necessary for the protection of the persons employed, he may by certificate in writing exempt any factory from all
or any of such provisions, subject to such conditions as he may specify.
SCHEDULE VII
Generating petrol gas from petrol
1. Prohibition relating to women and young persons.- No woman or young person shall be employed or permitted
to work in or shall be allowed to enter any building in which the generation of gas from dangerous petroleum is
carried on.
2. Flame traps.- The plant for generation of gas from dangerous petroleum and associated piping and fittings
shall be fitted with at least two efficient flame traps so designed and maintained as to prevent a flash back from
any burner to the plant. One of these traps shall be fitted as close to the plant as possible. The plant and all pipes
and valves shall be installed and maintained free form leaks.
3. Generating building or room.- All plants for generation of gas from dangerous petroleum erected after the
coming into force of the provisions specified in this schedule, shall be erected outside the factory building
proper in a separate well ventilated building (hereinafter referred to as “generating building”). In the case of such
plants erected before the coming into force of the provisions specified in this schedule, there shall be no direct
communication between the room where such plants are erected (hereinafter referred to as “the generating
room”) and the remainder of the factory building. So far as practicable, all such generating rooms shall be
constructed of fire-resisting materials.
4. Fire extinguishers.- An efficient means of extinguishing petrol fires shall be maintained in an easily accessible
position near the plant for generation of gas from dangerous petroleum.
5. Plant to be approved by Chief Inspector.- Petrol gas shall not be manufactured except in a plant for generating
petrol gas, the design and construction of which has been approved by the Chief Inspector.
6. Escape of petrol.- Effective steps shall be taken to prevent petrol from escaping into any drain or sewer.
7. Prohibition relating to smoking.- No person shall smoke or carry matches, fire or naked light or other means
of producing a naked light or spark in the generation room or building or in the vicinity thereof and a warning
notice in the language understood by the majority of the workers shall be posted in the factory prohibiting
smoking and the carrying of matches, fire or naked light or other means of producing a naked light or spark
into such room or building.
8. Access to petrol or container.- No unauthorised person shall have access to any petrol or to a vessel containing
or having actually contained petrol.
9. Electric fittings.- All electric fittings shall be of flameproof construction and all electric conductors shall either
be enclosed in metal conduits or be lead-sheathed.
10. Construction of doors.- All doors in the generating room or building shall be constructed to open outwards or to
slide and no door shall be locked or obstructed or fastened in a such a manner that it cannot be easily and
131
LatestLaws.com
immediately opened from the inside while gas is being generated and any person is working in the generating room
or building.
11. Repair of containers.- No vessel that has contained petrol shall be repaired in a generating room or building and
no repairs to any such vessel shall be undertaken unless live steam has been blown into the vessel and until the
interior is thoroughly steamed out or other equally effective steps have been taken to ensure that it has been
rendered free from petrol or flammable vapour.
SCHEDULE VIII
Cleaning or smoothing, roughening, etc. of articles, by a jet of sand, metal shot, or grit, or other abrasive
propelled by a blast of compressed air or steam
(a) “blasting” means cleaning, smoothing, roughening, or removing of any part of the surface of any article by the
use of an abrasive of a jet of sand, metal shot, or grit or other material, propelled by a blast of compressed
air or steam ;
(b) “blasting enclosure” means a chamber, barrel, cabinet or any other enclosure designed for the performance
of blasting therein;
(c) “blasting chamber” means a blasting enclosure in which any person may enter at any time in connection with
any work or otherwise; and
(d) “cleaning of castings” where done as an incidental or supplemental process in connection with the making
of metal castings, means the freeing of the casting from adherent sand or other substance and includes the
removal of cores and the general smoothening of a casting, but does not include the free treatment.
2. Prohibition of sand blasting.- Sand or any other substance containing free silica shall not be introduced as
an abrasive into any blasting apparatus and shall not be used for blasting :
Provided that this clause shall come into force two years after the coming into operation of this schedule.
Provided further that no woman or young person shall be employed or permitted to work at any operation of
sand blasting.
3. Precautions in connection with blasting operations.- (1)Blasting shall not be done except in a blasting enclosure
and no work other than blasting and any work immediately incidental thereto and clearing and repairing of the
enclosure including the plant and appliances situated therein, shall be kept closed and air tight while blasting
is being done therein.
(2) Blasting enclosure shall always be maintained in good condition and effective measures shall be taken to
prevent dust escaping from such enclosure, and from apparatus connected therewith, into the air of any room.
(3) There shall be provided and maintained for and in connection with every blasting enclosure, efficient
apparatus for separating, so far as practicable, abrasive which has been used for blasting and which is to be used
again as an abrasive, from dust or particles of other materials arising from blasting; and no such abrasive shall be
introduced into any blasting apparatus and used for blasting until it has been so separated :
Provided that this clause shall not apply, except in the case of blasting chambers, to blasting enclosures
constructed or installed before the coming into force of this schedule, if the Chief Inspector is of opinion that it
is not reasonably practicable to provide such separating apparatus.
(4) There shall be provided and maintained in connection with every blasting enclosure efficient ventilating plant
to extract, by exhaust draught effected by mechanical means, dust produced in the enclosure. The dust extracted
and removed shall be disposed of by such method and in such manner that it shall not escape into the air of any
room; and every other filtering or settling device situated in a room in which persons are employed, other than
persons attending to such bag or other filtering or settling device, shall be completely separated from the general
air of that room in an enclosure ventilated to the open air.
132
LatestLaws.com
(5) The ventilating plant provided for the purpose of sub-paragraph (4) shall be kept in continuous operation
whenever the blasting enclosure is in use whether or not blasting is actually taking place therein, and in the case
of a blasting chamber, it shall be in operation even when any person is inside the chamber for the purpose of
cleaning.
4. Inspection and examination.-(1) Every blasting enclosure shall be specially inspected by a competent person
at least once in every week in which it is used for blasting. Every blasting enclosure, the apparatus connected
therewith and the ventilating plant shall be thoroughly examined and in the case of ventilating plant, tested
by a competent person at least once in every month.
(2) Particulars of the result of every such inspection, examination or test shall forthwith be entered in a register
which shall be kept in a form approved by the Chief Inspector and shall be available for inspection by any
workman employed in or in connection with blasting in the factory. Any defect found on any such inspection,
examination or test shall be immediately reported by the person carrying out the inspection, examination or test to
the occupier, manager or other appropriate person and without prejudice to the foregoing requirements of this
schedule, shall be removed without avoidable delay.
5. Provision of protective helmets, gauntlets and overalls.- (1) There shall be provided and maintained for the use
of all persons who are employed in a blasting chamber, whether in blasting or in any work connected
therewith or in cleaning such a chamber, protective helmets of a type approved by a certificate of the Chief
Inspector; and every such person shall wear the helmet provided for this use whilst he is in the chamber and
shall not remove it until he is outside the chamber.
(2) Each protective helmet shall carry a distinguishing mark indicating the person by whom it is intended to be
used and no person shall be allowed or required to wear a helmet not carrying his mark or a helmet which
has been worn by another person and has not since been thoroughly disinfected.
(3) Each protective helmet when in use shall be supplied with clean and not unreasonably cold air at a rate of not
less 170 litres per minute.
(4) Suitable gauntlets and overalls shall be provided for the use of all persons while performing blasting or assisting
at blasting, and every such person shall while so engaged, wear the gauntlet and overall provided.
6. Precautions in connection with cleaning and other work.- (1) Where any person is engaged upon cleaning of
any blasting apparatus or blasting enclosure or of any apparatus or ventilating plant connected therewith or the
surroundings thereof or upon any other work in connection with any blasting apparatus or blasting enclosure or
with any apparatus or ventilating plant connected therewith so that he is exposed to the risk of inhaling dust
which has arisen from blasting, all practicable measures shall be taken to prevent such inhalation.
(2) In connection with any cleaning operation referred to in paragraph 5, and with the removal of dust from
filtering or settling devices all practicable measures shall be taken to dispose of the dust in such a manner that it
does not enter the air of any room. Vacuum cleaners shall be provided and used wherever practicable for such
cleaning operations.
7. Storage accommodation for protective wear.- Adequate and suitable storage accommodation for the helmets,
gauntlets and overalls required to be provided by paragraph 5 shall be provided outside and conveniently near
to every blasting enclosure and such accommodation shall be kept clean. Helmets, gauntlets and overalls when
not in actual use shall be kept in this accommodation.
8. Maintenance and cleaning of protective wear.- All helmets, guantlets, overalls and other protective
devices or clothings provided and worn for the purposes of this schedule, shall be kept in good condition and so
far as is reasonably practicable shall be cleaned on every weekday in which they are used. Where dust arising from
the cleaning of such protective clothing or devices is likely to be inhaled, all practicable measures shall be taken to
prevent such inhalation. Vacuum cleaners shall, wherever practicable, be used for removing dust from such
clothing and compressed air shall not be used for removing dust from any clothing.
133
LatestLaws.com
9. Maintenance of vacuum cleaning plant.- Vacuum cleaning plant used for the purpose of this schedule shall be
properly maintained.
10. Medical facilities and records of examinations and tests.- (1) The occupier of every factory to which the
Schedule applies, shall -
employment shall be subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories; and
11. Medical examination by the Certifying Surgeon.- (1) Every worker employed in any of the processes to which
this schedule shall be examined by a Certifying Surgeon within 15 days of his first employment. Such
examination shall include pulmonary function tests and chest X-rays. No worker shall be allowed to work
after 15 days of his first employment in the factory unless certified fit for such employment by the Certifying
Surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at least once in every
12 calendar months and such re-examination shall, wherever the Certifying Surgeon considers appropriate, include
pulmonary function test and chest X-ray once in every three years.
kept in the custody of the manager of the factory. The record of each examination carried out under sub-paragraphs
(1) and (2), including the nature and the results of the tests, shall also be entered by the Certifying Surgeon in a
health register in Form 24.
processes on the ground that continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the worker he shall
documents should also include the period for which he considers that the said person is unfit for work in the
said processes. The person so suspended from the process shall be provided with alternate placement facilities
unless he is fully incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in which case the person affected
shall be suitably rehabilitated.
to work in the said processes unless the Certifying Surgeon, after further examination, again certifies him fit
12. Restrictions in employment of young persons.- (1) No person under 18 years of age shall be employed in
blasting or assisting at blasting or in any blasting chamber or in the cleaning of any blasting apparatus or any
blasting enclosure or any apparatus or ventilating plant connected therewith or be employed on
maintenance or repair work at such apparatus, enclosure or plant.
(2) No person under 18 years of age shall be employed to work regularly within twenty feet of any blasting
enclosure unless the enclosure is in a room and he is outside that room where he is effectively separated from
any dust coming from the enclosure.
13. Power to exempt or relax.- (1)If the Chief Inspector is satisfied that in any factory or any class of factory, the
use of sand or other substance containing free silica as an abrasive in blasting is necessary for a particular
manufacture or process (other than the process incidental or supplemental to making of metal castings) and that
the manufacture or process cannot be carried on without the use of such abrasive or that owing to the special
134
LatestLaws.com
conditions or special method of work or otherwise any requirement of this schedule can be relaxed without
endangering the health of the persons employed or that application of any such requirements is for any reason
impracticable or inappropriate, he may, with the previous sanction of the State Government, by an order in
writing exempt the said factory or class of factory from such provisions of this schedule, to such an extent and
subject to such conditions and for such period as may be specified in the said order.
(2) Where an exemption has been granted under sub-paragraph (1), a copy of the order shall be displayed at a
notice board at a prominent place at the main entrance or entrances to the factory and also at the place where the
blasting is carried on.
SCHEDULE IX
Liming and tanning of raw hides and skins and processes incidental thereto.
1. Cautionary notices.- (1) Cautionary notices as to anthrax in the form specified by the Chief Inspector shall be
affixed in prominent positions in the factory where they may be easily and conveniently read by the persons
employed.
(2) A copy of a warning notice as to anthrax in the form specified by the Chief Inspector shall be given to each
person employed when he is engaged, and subsequently if still employed, on the first day of each calendar year.
(3) Cautionary notices as to the effects of chrome on the skin shall be affixed in prominent positions in every
factory in which chrome solutions are used and such notices shall be so placed as to be easily and conveniently
read by the persons employed.
(4) Notices shall be affixed in prominent places in the factory stating the position of the first-aid box or
cupboard and the name of the person in charge of such box or cupboard.
(5) If any person employed in the factory is illiterate, effective steps shall be taken to explain carefully to such
illiterate person the contents of the notice specified in sub-paragraphs (1), (2) and (4) and if chrome solutions
are used in the factory, the contents of the notice specified in sub-paragraph (3).
2. Protective clothing.- The occupier shall provide and maintain in good condition the following articles of
protective clothing :-
(a) waterproof footwear leg coverings, aprons and gloves for persons employed in processes involving contact with
chrome solutions, including the preparation of such solutions;
(b) gloves and boots for persons employed in lime yard;
(c) protective footwear, aprons and gloves for persons employed in processes involving the handling of hides and
skins, other than in processes specified in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) above :
Provided that the gloves, aprons, leg coverings or boots may be of rubber or leather, but the gloves and
boots to be provided under sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) shall be of rubber.
Provided further that the gloves may not be provided to persons fleshing by hand or employed in processes
in which there is no risk of contact with lime, sodium sulphide or other caustic liquor.
3. Washing facilities, messroom and cloakroom.- There shall be provided and maintained in a clean state and in
good repair for the use of all persons employed -
(a) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste pipe, without plug, and of sufficient length
to allow of at least 60 centimetres for every five such persons employed at any one time, and having a
constant supply of water from taps or jets above the trough at intervals of not more than 60 centimetres;
or at least on wash-basin for every ten such persons employed at any one time, fitted with a waste pipe and
plug and having a constant supply of clean water; together with, in either case, a sufficient supply of nail
brushes, soap or other suitable cleansing material and clean towels;
135
LatestLaws.com
(b) a suitable messroom, adequate for the number remaining on the premises during the meal intervals, which
shall be furnished with sufficient tables and benches and adequate means for warming food and for
boiling water. The messroom shall -
(i) be separate from any room or shed in which hides or skins are stored, treated or manipulated;
(ii) be separate from the cloakroom; and
(iii) be placed under the charge of a responsible person; and
(c) suitable accommodation for clothing put off during working hours and another accommodation for protective
clothing and also adequate arrangements for drying up the clothing in both the cases, if wet. The
accommodation so provided shall be kept clean at all times and placed under the charge of a responsible person.
4. Food, drinks, etc. prohibited in workrooms.- No food, drink, pan and supari or tobacco shall be brought into or
consumed by any worker in any workroom or shed in which hides or skins are stored, treated or manipulated.
5. Medical facilities and record of examinations and tests.- (1) The occupier of every factory in which the
schedule applies, shall -
employment shall be subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories;
(c) arrange for inspection of the hands of all the persons keeping in contact with chromium substances to be made
twice a week; and
(d) prove and maintain and supply suitable ointment and plaster in a box readily accessible to the workers and
solely used for the purpose of keeping the ointment and the plaster.
(2) The records of medical examinations and appropriate tests carried out by the said medical practitioner
shall be maintained in a separate register approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be
kept readily available for inspection by the Inspector.
6. Medical Examination by Certifying Surgeon.- (1) Every workers employed in shall be examined by a
Certifying Surgeon within 15 days of his first employment. Such examination shall include No worker shall be
allowed to work after 15 days of his first employment in the factory unless certified fit for such employment
by the Certifying Surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be re-examined by the Certifying Surgeon at least once in
every twelve calendar months. Such re-examination shall, wherever the Certifying Surgeon considers appropriate,
include tests as specified in sub- paragraph (1).
of examination and re-examination carried out shall be entered in the Certificate and the Certificate shall be kept
in the custody of the manager of the factory. The record of each examination carried out under sub-paragraph
(1) and (2), including the nature and the results of the tests, shall also be entered by the Certifying Surgeon in a
health register in Form 24.
(5) If at any time the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that a worker is no longer fir for employment in the said
processes on the ground that continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the worker, he shall
he is fully incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in which can the person affected shall be suitable
rehabilitated.
136
LatestLaws.com
permitted to work in the said processes unless the Certifying Surgeon , after further examination, again certifies
him fit for employment in those processes.
SCHEDULE X
Printing presses and type foundries and certain lead processes carried therein.
(a) “lead material” means material containing not less than five per cent of lead ;
(b) “lead process” means -

(i) the melting of lead or any lead material for casting and mechanical composing;
(ii) the recharging of machines with used lead material;
(iii) any other work including removal of dross from melting pots and cleaning of plungers; and
(iv) manipulation, movement or other treatment of lead material.
(c) “efficient exhaust draught” means localised ventilation effected by head or mechanical means for the removal of
gas, vapour, dust or fumes so as to prevent them from escaping into the air of any place in which work is
carried on. No draught shall be deemed efficient which fails to remove smoke generated at the point where such
gas, vapour, fume, or dust originate.
2. Exhaust draught.-
(1) None of the following processes shall be carried on except with an efficient exhaust draught unless carried
on in such a manner as to prevent free escape of gas, vapour, fumes or dust into any place in which work is
carried on, or unless carried on in electrically heated and thermostatically controlled melting pots:-
(a) melting lead material or slugs; and
(b) heating lead material so that vapour containing lead is given off.
(2) Such exhaust draught shall be effected by mechanical means and so contrived as to operate on the dust,
fume, gas or vapour given off as closely as may be at its point of origin.
to work in any lead process.
4. Separation of certain processes.- Each of the following processes shall be carried on in such a manner and under
such conditions as to secure effectual separation from one another and from any other processes :-
(a) melting of lead or any lead material;
(b) casting of lead ingots; and
(c) mechanical composing.
5. Container for dross.- A suitable receptacle with tightly fitting cover shall be provided and used for dross as it
is removed from every melting pot. Such receptacle shall be kept covered while in the workroom near the
machine except when the dross is being deposited therein.
6. Floor of workroom.- The floor of every workroom where lead process is carried on shall be -
(a) of cement or similar material so as to be smooth and impervious to water;
(b) maintained in sound condition; and
(c) shall be cleansed throughout daily after being thoroughly damped with water at a time when no other work is
being carried on at the place.
7. Messroom.- There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons employed in a lead process and
remaining on the premises during the meal intervals, a suitable messroom which shall be furnished with
sufficient tables and benches.
137
LatestLaws.com
8. Washing facilities.- (1) There shall be provided and maintained in a cleanly state and in good repair for the use
of all persons employed in a lead process –
(a) a wash place with either -
(i) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste pipe without plug, and of sufficient
length to allow at least 60 centimetres for every five such persons employed at any one time, and
having a constant supply of water from taps or jets above the trough at intervals of not more than 60
centimetres; or
(ii) at least one wash basin for every five such persons employed at any one time, fitted with a waste pipe and
plug and having a adequate supply of water laid on or always readily available; and
(b) a sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable materials renewed daily, with a sufficient supply of
soap or other suitable cleansing material.
9. Food, drinks, etc. prohibited in workrooms.- No food, drink, pan and supari or tobacco shall be consumed or
brought by any worker into any workroom in which any lead process is carried on.
10. Medical facilities and records of examinations and tests.- (1) The occupier of every factory to which the
schedule applies shall-
11. Medical examination by Certifying Surgeon.- (1)Every worker employed in a lead processes shall be examined
by a Certifying Surgeon within 15 days of his first employment. Such examination shall include tests for lead in
urine and blood. ALA in urine, haemoglobin content, stippling of cells and steadiness test. No worker shall be
allowed to work after 15 days of his first employment in the factory unless certified fit for such employment by the
Certifying Surgeon.
every six calendar months. Such re-examination shall, wherever the Certifying Surgeon considers appropriate,
include tests as specified in sub- paragraph (1).
(4)The Certificate of Fitness and the health register shall be kept readily available for inspection by the Inspector.
process on the ground that continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the worker he shall
make a record of his findings in the said Certificate and the health register. The entry of his findings in these
he is fully incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in which case the person affected shall be suitably
rehabilitated.
permitted to work in the said processes unless the Certifying Surgeon, after further examination, again certifies him
fit for employment in those processes.
138
LatestLaws.com
12. Exemption.- Where the Chief Inspector is satisfied that all or any of the provisions of this schedule are not
necessary for the protection of persons employed, he may by certificate in writing exempt any factory from all
or any such provisions subject to such conditions as he may specify therein. Such certificate may at any time be
revoked by the Chief Inspector.
SCHEDULE XI
Manufacture of pottery
1. Savings.- These provisions shall not apply to a factory in which any of the following articles, but no other pottery,
are made :-
(a) unglazed or salt glazed bricks and tiles; and
(b) architectural terra-cotta made from plastic clay and either unglazed or glazed with a leadless glaze only.

(a) “pottery” includes earthenware, stoneware, porcelain, china tiles, and any other articles made from such clay
or from a mixture containing clay and other materials such as quartz, flint, feldspar, and gypsum;
(b) “efficient exhaust draught” means localised ventilation effected by mechanical or other means for removal of
dust or fume so as to prevent it from escaping into air of any place in which work is carried on. No draught
shall be deemed efficient which fails to remove effectively dust or fume generated at the point where dust or
fume originates;
(c) “fettling” includes scalloping, towing, sand papering, sand sticking, brushing or any other process of
cleaning of potteryware in which dust is given off;
(d) “leadless glaze”means a glaze which does not contain more than one per cent of its dry weight, of a lead
compound calculated as lead monoxide;
(e) “low solubility glaze” means a glaze which does not yield to dilute hydrochloric acid more than five per cent
of its dry weight, of a soluble lead compound calculated as lead monoxide when determined in the manner
described below :
A weighed quantity of the material which has been dried at 100 degrees centigrade and thoroughly mixed
shall be continuously shaken for one hour at the common temperature with 1000 times its weight of an aqueous
solution of hydrochloric acid containing 0.25 per cent by weight of hydrogen chloride. This solution shall
thereafter be allowed to stand for one hour and then filtered. The lead salt contained in the clear filtrate shall then be
precipitated as lead sulphide and weighed as lead sulphide;
(f) sound or powdered flint or quartz” does not include natural sands; and
(g) “potter’s shop includes all places where pottery is formed by pressing or by any other process and all places
where shaping, fettling or other treatment of pottery articles prior to placing for the biscuit fire is carried on.
3. Efficient exhaust draught.- The following processes shall not be carried on without the use of an efficient
exhaust draught:-
(a) all processes involving the manipulation or use of a dry and unfritted lead compound;
(b) fettling operations of any kind, whether on greenware or biscuit, provided that this shall not apply to
the wet fettling, and to the occasional finishing of pottery articles without the aid of mechanical power;
(c) sifting of clay dust or any other material for making tiles or other articles or other articles by pressure, except
where -
(i) this is done in an machine so enclosed as to effectually prevent the escape of dust; or
(ii) the material to be shifted is so damp that no dust can be given off;
(d) pressing of tiles from clay dust, an exhaust opening being connected with each press, and pressing from
clay dust of articles other than tiles, unless the material is so damp that no dust is given off;
(e) fettling of tiles made from clay dust by pressure, except where the fettling is done wholly on, or with, damp
material, and fettling of other articles made from clay dust, unless the material is so damp that no dust is
given off;
139
LatestLaws.com
(f) process of loading and unloading of saggars where handling and manipulation of ground and powdered flint,
quartz, aluminia or other materials are involved;
(g) brushing of earthenware biscuit, unless the process is carried on in a room provided with efficient general
mechanical ventilation or other ventilation which is certified by the Inspector of Factories as adequate
having regard to all the circumstances of the case;
(h) fettling of biscuitware which has been fired in powdered flint or quartz except where this is done in machines
so enclosed as to effectually prevent the escape of dust;
(i) where cleaning after the application of glaze by dipping or other process;
(j) crushing and dry grinding of materials for pottery bodies and saggars, unless carried on in machines so
enclosed as to effectively prevent the escape of dust or is so damp that no dust can be given off;
(k) sieving or manipulation of powdered flint, quartz, clay grog or mixture of these materials unless it is so damp
that no dust can be given off;
(l) grinding of tiles on a power driven wheel unless an efficient water spray is used on the wheel;
(m) lifting and conveying of materials by elevators and conveyors unless they are effectively enclosed and so
arranged as to prevent escape of dust into the air in or near to any place in which persons are employed;
(n) preparation or weighing out of flow material, lawning of dry colours, colour dusting and colour blowing;
(o) mould making unless the bins or similar receptacles used for holding plaster of paris are provided with
suitable covers; and
(p) manipulation of calcined material unless the material has been made and remains so wet that no dust is given
off.
4. Separation of processes.- Each of the following processes shall be carried on in such a manner and under such
conditions as to secure effectual separation from one another, and from other wet processes:-
(a) crushing and dry grinding or sieving of materials, fettling, pressing of tiles, drying of clay and greenware,
loading and unloading of saggars; and
(b) all processes involving the use of a dry lead compound.
5. Prohibition on use of glaze.- No glaze which is not a leadless glaze or a low solubility glaze shall be used in a
factory in which pottery is manufactured.
to work in any of the operations specified in paragraph 4, or at any place where such operations are carried
on.
7. Provision of screen to potter’s wheel.- The potter’s wheel (Jolly and Jigger) shall be provided with screens or
so constructed as to prevent clay scrapings being thrown off beyond the wheel.
8. Control of dust during cleaning-

(1) All practical measures shall be taken by damping or otherwise to prevent dust arising during cleaning of floors.
(2) Damp saw-dust or other suitable material shall be used to render the moist method effective in preventing dust
rising into the air during the cleaning process which shall be carried out after work has ceased.
9. Floor of certain workrooms.- The floors of potter’s shops, slip houses, dipping houses and ware cleaning
rooms shall be hard, smooth and impervious and shall be thoroughly cleaned daily by an adult male using a
moist method.
10. Protective equipment.-

(1) The occupier shall provide and maintain suitable overalls and hand coverings for all persons employed in
process included under paragraph 3.
(2) The occupier shall provide and maintain suitable aprons of a of a waterproof or similar material, which can be
sponged daily, for the use of the dippers, dippers assistants, throwers, jolly workers, casters, mould makers and
filter press and pug mill workers.
(3) Aprons provided in pursuance of paragraph 10(2) shall be thoroughly cleaned daily by the wearers by
sponging or other wet process. All overalls and head coverings shall be washed, cleaned and mended at least
once a week, and this washing, cleaning or mending shall be provided for by the occupier.
(4) No person shall be allowed to work in emptying sacks of dust materials, weighing out and mixing of dusty
140
LatestLaws.com
materials and charging of ball mills and plungers without wearing a suitable and efficient dust respirator.

(1) The occupier shall provide and maintain, in a clean state and in good repair for the use of all persons employed
in any of the processes specified in paragraph 3 -
(a) a wash place under cover, with either -
(i) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste pipe without plug, and of sufficient length
to allow of at least 60 centimetres for every five such persons employed at any one time, and having a
constant supply of clean water from taps or jets above the trough at intervals of not more than 60 centimetres;
or
(ii) at least one tap or stand pipe for every five such persons employed at any one time, and having a constant
supply of clean water, the tap or stand pipe being spaced not less than 120 centimetres apart; and
(b) a sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable materials changed daily, with a sufficient supply of
soap and nail brushes.
12. Time allowed for washing.- Before each meal and before the end of the day’s work, at least ten minutes, in
addition to the regular meal times, shall be allowed for washing to each person employed in any of the processes
mentioned in paragraph 3.
13. Messroom.-
(1) There shall be provided and maintained for use of all persons remaining within the premises during the rest
intervals, a suitable messroom providing accommodation of 0.93 square meter per head and furnished with -
(a) a sufficient number of tables and chairs or benches with back rest;
(b) arrangements for washing utensils;
(c) adequate means for warming food; and
(d) adequate quantity of drinking water.
(2) The room shall be adequately ventilated by the circulation of fresh air and placed under the charge of a
responsible person and shall be kept clean.
14. Food, drinks, etc. prohibited in workrooms.- No food, drink, pan and supari or tobacco shall be brought into, or
consumed by any worker in any workroom in which any of the processes mentioned in paragraph 3 are carried
on and no person shall remain in any such room during intervals for meals or rest.
15. Cloakrooms etc.- There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons employed in any of the
processes mentioned in paragraph 3.
(a) a cloakroom for clothing put off during working hours and such accommodation shall be separate from any
messroom; and
(b) separate and suitable arrangements for the storage of protective equipment provided under paragraph 10.
16. Medical facilities and records of examinations and tests.-

(1) The occupier of every factory in which manufacture of pottery is carried on, shall -
(a) employ a qualified medical practitioner for medical surveillance of the workers employed therein
whose employment shall be subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories; and
maintained in separate register approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept readily
17. Medical examination by Certifying Surgeon.-

(1) Every worker employed in any process mentioned under paragraph 3, shall be examined by a Certifying
Surgeon within 15 days of his first employment. Such examination shall include tests for lead in urine and
blood, ALA in urine, haemoglobin content, stippling of cells and. No worker shall be allowed to work after
15 days of his first employment in the factory unless certified fit for such employment by the Certifying
Surgeon.
141
LatestLaws.com
(2) All persons employed in any of the processes included under sub- paragraphs 3(a) and 3(n) shall be examined
by a Certifying Surgeon once in every 3 calendar months. Those employed in any other processes mentioned
in the remaining sub-paragraphs of paragraph 3 shall be examined by a Certifying Surgeon one in every
twelve calendar months. Such examinations in respect of all the workers shall include all the tests as specified
in sub-paragraph (1) except chest X-ray which will be once in 3 years.
process on the ground that continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the worker he
shall make a record of his findings in the said Certificate and the health register. The entry of his findings in
these documents should also include the period for which he considers that the said person is unfit for work in
the said processes. The person so suspended from the process shall be provided with alternate placement
facilities unless he fully is incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in which case the person
affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.
permitted to work in the said processes unless the Certifying Surgeon, after further examination, again certifies
18. Exemption.- If in respect of any factory the Chief Inspector of Factories is satisfied that all or any of the
provisions of this schedule are not necessary for the protection of the persons employed in such factory, he
may by a certificate in writing exempt such factory from all or any of such provisions, subject to such
conditions as he may specify therein. Such certificate may at any time be revoked by the Chief Inspector
without assigning any reasons.
SCHEDULE XII
Chemical Works
PART I
1. Application.- This schedule shall apply to all manufacture and processes incidental thereto carried on in
chemical works.
(a) “chemical works” means any factory or such parts of any factory as are listed in appendix À’ to this
schedule;
(b) “efficient exhaust draught” means localised ventilation effected by mechanical or other means for the
removal of gas, vapour, fume or dust to prevent it from escaping into the air of any place in which work
is carried on;
(c) “bleaching powder” means the bleaching powder commonly called chloride of lime;
(d) “chlorate” means chlorate or perchlorate;
(e) “caustic” means hydroxide of potassium or sodium;
(f) “chrome process” means the manufacture of chromate or bichromate of potassium or sodium, OT the
manipulation, movement or other treatment of these substances;
(g) “nitro or amino process” means the manufacture of nitro or amino derivatives of phenol and of benzene
or its homologues, and the making of explosives with the use of any of these substances;
(h) the term `permit to work’ system means the compliance with the procedures laid down under para 20 of
Part II;
(i) “toxic substances” means all those substances which when they enter into the human body, through
inhalation or ingestion or absorption through skin, in sufficient quantities cause fatality or exert serious
142
LatestLaws.com
affliction of health, or chronic harmful effects on the health of persons exposed to it due to its
inherent chemical or biological effects. In respect of substances whose TLV is specified in Rule 123-A,
exceeding the concentration specified therein would make the substance toxic;
(j) “emergency” means a situation or condition leading to a circumstance or set of circumstances in which
there is danger to the life or health of persons or which could result in big fire or explosion or pollution to
the work and outside environment, affecting the workers or neighbourhood in a serious manner,
demanding immediate action;
(k) “dangerous chemical reactions” means high speed reactions, runaway reactions, delayed reactions, etc. and
are characterised by evolution of large quantities of heat, intense release of toxic or flammable gases or
vapours, sudden pressure build-up etc.;
(l) “manipulation” means mixing, blending, filling, emptying, grinding, sieving, drying, packing, sweeping,
handling, using, etc.;
(m) “approved personal protective equipment” means items of personal protective equipment conforming to the
relevant ISI specifications or in the absence of it, personal protective equipment approved by the Chief
Inspector of Factories;
(n) “appropriate personal protective equipment” means that when the protective equipment is used by the
worker, he shall have no risk to his life or health or body; and
(o) “confined space” means any space by reason of its construction as well as in relation to the nature of the
work carried therein and where hazards to the persons entering into or working inside exist or are likely to
develop during working.
PART II General Requirements
Applying to all the works in Appendix À’
1. Housekeeping.-
(1) Any spillage of materials shall be cleaned up before further processing.
(2) Floors, platforms, stairways, passages and gangways shall be free of any obstructions.
(3) There shall be provided easy means of access to all parts of the parts of the plant to facilitate cleaning.
2. Improper use of chemicals.- No chemicals or solvents or empty containers containing chemicals or solvents
shall be permitted to be used by workers for any purpose other than in the processes for which they are supplied.
3. Prohibition on the use of food, etc.- No food, drink, tobacco, pan or any edible item shall be stored or heated or
consumed on or near any part of the plant or equipment.
4. Cautionary Notices and Instructions.-

(1) Cautionary notices in a language understood by the majority of workers shall be prominently displayed in all
hazardous areas drawing the attention of all workers about the hazards to health, hazards involving fire and
explosion and any other hazard such as consequences of testing of material or substances used in the process or
using any contaminated container for drinking or eating, to which the workers’ attention should be drawn for
ensuring their safety and health.
(2) In addition to the above cautionary notice, arrangement shall be made to instruct and educate all the
workers including illiterate workers about the hazards in the process including the specific hazards to which
they may be exposed to, in the normal course of their work. Such instructions and education should also deal
with the hazards involved in unauthorised and unsafe practices including the properties of substances used in
the process under normal conditions as well as abnormal conditions and the precautions to be observed
against each and every hazard. Further, an undertaking from the workers shall be obtained within 1 month of
their employment and for old workers employed, within one month of coming into operation of the rules,
to the effect that they have read the contents of the cautionary notices and instructions, understood them and
would abide by them. The training and instructions to all workers and all supervisory personnel shall include
the significance of different types of symbols and colours used on the labels stuck or painted on the various
types of containers and pipe lines.
5. Evaluation and provision of safeguards before the commencement of process.-
143
LatestLaws.com
(1) Before commencing any process or any experimental work, or any new manufacture covered under Appendix
À’, the occupier shall take all possible steps to ascertain definitely all the hazards involved both from the
actual operations and the chemical reactions including the dangerous chemical reactions. The properties
of the raw materials used, the final products to be made and any by-products derived during manufacture, shall
be carefully studied and provisions shall be made for dealing with any hazards including effects on workers,
which may occur during manufacture.
(2) Information in writing giving details of the process, its hazards and the steps taken or proposed to be taken
from the design stage to disposal stage for ensuring the safety as in sub-para (1) above should be sent to the
Chief Inspector at the earliest but in no case less than 15 days before commencing manufacture, handling, or
storage of any of items covered under Appendix À’, whether on experimental basis, or as pilot plant or as
trial production, or as large scale manufacture.
(3) The design, construction, installation, operation, maintenance and disposal of the buildings, plant and facilities
shall take into consideration effective safeguards against all the safety and health hazards so evaluated.
(4) The requirements under the sub-para (1) to (3) shall not act in lieu of or in derogation to, any other provisions
contained in any Act governing the work.
6. Authorised entry.- Authorised persons only shall be permitted to enter any section of the factory or plant
where any dangerous operations or processes are being carried on or where dangerous chemical reactions
are taking place or where hazardous chemicals are stored.
7. Examination of instruments and safety devices.-

(1) All instruments and safety devices used in the process shall be tested before taking into use and after carrying
out any repair to them and examined once in a month, by a competent person. Records of such tests and
examinations shall be maintained in a register.
(2) All instruments and safety devices used in the process shall be operated daily or as often as it is necessary, to
ensure its effective and efficient working at all times.
8. Electrical installations.- All electrical installations used in the process covered in Appendix À’ shall be of an
appropriate type to ensure safety against the hazard prevalent in that area such as suitability against dust,
dampness, corrosion, flammability and explosiuity etc. and shall confirm to the relevant ISI specifications
governing their construction and use for that area.
9. Handling and storage of chemicals.-

(1) The containers for handling and storage of chemicals shall be of adequate strength taking into consideration the
hazardous nature of the contents. They shall also be provided with adequate labelling and colour coding
arrangements to enable identification of the containers and their contents indicating the hazards and safe
handling methods and shall conform to the respective ISI standards. The instructions given in the label shall
be strictly adhered to. Damaged containers shall be handled only under supervision of a knowledgeable
and responsible person and spillage shall be rendered innocuous in a safe manner using appropriate means.
(2) The arrangements for the storage of chemicals including charging of chemicals in reaction vessels and containers
shall be such as to prevent any risk of fire or explosion or formation of toxic concentration of substances
above the limits specified in Rule 128.
(3) Without prejudice to the generality of the requirements in sub- para (2) above, the arrangements shall have
suitable ventilation facilities and shall enable the maintenance of safe levels in vessels and containers. Such
arrangements shall also take into consideration, the type of flooring and the capacity of flooring and the
compatibility requirements of substances with other chemicals stored nearby.
(4) (a) Storage of chemicals and intermediate products, which are highly unstable or reactive or explosive shall be
limited to the quantities required for two months use.
(b) Whenever the quantities laid down in the above clause(a) are to be exceeded, the permission of the Chief
Inspector shall be obtained.
(c) Notwithstanding anything contained in clause (a) and (b) above, the Chief Inspector of Factories may
direct any factory carrying out processes covered in Appendix À’ to further limit the storage of hazardous
substances to quantities less than two months on considerations of safety.
144
LatestLaws.com
(5) Standby arrangements equal to the biggest container shall always be available to transfer the toxic substances
quickly into the standby storage facility if any defect develops in any of the container resulting in the release
of toxic substances.
(6) Any storage facility constructed using non-metallic material such as Fibreglass Reinforced Plastics (FRP), all
glass vessels etc., shall have adequate strength to withstand the stress, if any, exerted by the contents and shall
be properly anchored. Working platforms, access ladders, pipelines etc used in such storage facility shall not
have any support on the structure of the storage facility and shall be independently supported.
10. Facility for isolation.- The plant and equipment shall be so constructed and maintained as to enable quick
isolation of plant or part of plant or equipment, with appropriate indication. One copy of the layout plan
indicating the isolation facilities shall always be available with the security personnel, the maintenance and
the health and safety personnel and these isolation facilities shall be checked for its effectiveness once in a
month.
11. Personal protective equipment.-

(1) All workers exposed to the hazards in the processes covered by this Schedule shall be provided with
appropriate and approved type of personal protective equipment. Such equipment shall be in a clean, sterile
and hygienic condition before issue.
(2) The occupier shall arrange to inform, educate and supervise all the workers in the use of personal protective
equipment while carrying out the job.
(3) As regards any doubt regarding the appropriateness of any personal protective equipment, the decision of
the Chief Inspector will be final.
12. Alarm Systems.-

(1) Suitable and effective alarm systems giving audible and visible indications, shall be installed at the control room
as well as in all strategic locations where process control arrangements are available so as to enable corrective
action to be taken before the operational parameters exceed the predetermined safe levels or lead to conditions
conducive for an outbreak of fire or explosion to occur. Such alarm systems shall be checked daily and
tested every month at least once to ensure its performance efficiency at all times.
(2) The Chief Inspector of Factories may direct such system to be installed in case of plants or processes where
toxic materials are being used and spillage or leakage of which may cause wide spread poisoning in or around
the plant.
13. Control of escape of substances into the work atmosphere.-

(1) Effective arrangements such as, enclosure, or by pass, or efficient exhaust draught, maintenance of
negative pressure etc., shall be provided in all plants, containers, vessels, sewers, drains, flues, ducts,
culverts, and buried pipes and equipment, to control the escape and spread or substances which are
likely to give rise to fire or explosion or toxic hazards during normal working and in the event of accident or
emergency.
(2) In the event of the failure of the arrangements for control resulting in the escape of substances in the work
atmosphere immediate steps shall be taken to control the process in such a manner, that further escape is
brought down to the safe level.
(3) The substances that would have escaped into the work atmosphere before taking immediate steps as required in
sub-para (2), shall be rendered innocuous by diluting with air or water or any other suitable agent or by suitably
treating the substances.
14. Control of dangerous chemical reactions.- Suitable provision, such as automatic and or remote control
arrangements, shall be made for controlling the effects of `dangerous chemical reactions’. In the event of
failure of control arrangements automatic flooding or blanketing or other effective arrangements shall
come into operation.
15. Testing, examination and repair of plant & equipment.-

(1) All parts of plant, equipment and machinery used in the process which in the likely event of their failure may
give rise to an emergent situation shall be tested by a competent person before commencing process and
retested at an interval of two years or after carrying out repairs to it. The competent person shall identify the
145
LatestLaws.com
parts of the plant, equipment and machinery required to be tested as aforesaid and evolve a suitable testing
procedures. In carrying out the test mentioned above in respect of pressure vessels or reaction vessels the
following precautions shall be observed, namely -
(a) before the test is carried out, each vessel shall be thoroughly cleaned and examined externally, and as far as
practicable, internally also for surface defects, corrosion and foreign matters. During the process of cleaning
and removal of sludge, if any, all due precautions shall be taken against fire or explosion, if such sludge is
of pyropheric nature or contains spontaneously combustible chemicals;
(b) as soon as the test is completed, the vessel shall be thoroughly dried internally and shall be clearly stamped
with the marks and figures indicating the person by whom testing has been done, and the date of test; and
(c) any vessel which fails to pass the test or which for any other reason is found to be unsafe for use shall be
destroyed or rendered unusable under intimation to the Chief Inspector.
(2) All parts of plant, equipment, machinery which is the likely event of failure may give rise to an emergent
situation shall be examined once in a month by the competent person.
(3) records of testing and examination referred to in paragraphs (1) and (2) shall be maintained as long as that part
of the plant, equipment and machinery are in use.
(4) All repair work including alteration, modification and addition to be carried out to the plant, equipment and
machinery shall be done under the supervision of a responsible person who shall evolve a procedure to ensure
safety and health of persons doing the work. When repairs or modification is done on pipelines, and joints
are required to be welded, butt welding of joints shall be preferred. Wherever necessary, the responsible
person shall regulate the aforesaid work through a `Permit to work system’.
16. Staging.-
(1) All staging that is erected for the purpose of maintenance work or repair work or for work connected with
entry into confined spaces and used in the processes included in Appendix À’, shall be stable, rigid and
constructed out of substantial material of adequate strength. Such staging shall conform to the respective
Indian Standard specifications.
(2) Staging shall not be erected over any closed or open vessel unless the vessel is so constructed and ventilated
to prevent exposure of persons working on the stages.
(3) All the staging constructed for the purpose of this para shall have appropriate access which are safe and shall
be fitted with proper hand rails to a height of one metre and toe board.
17. Seating Arrangements.- The seating arrangements provided for the operating personnel working in processes
covered in Appendix À’ shall be located in a safe manner as to prevent the risk of exposure to toxic,
flammable and explosive substances evolved in the work environment in the course of manufacture or repair or
maintenance, either due to failure of plant and equipment or due to the substances which are under pressure,
escaping into the atmosphere.
18. Entry into or work in confined spaces.-

(1) The occupier of every factory to which the provisions of this schedule apply, shall ensure the observance of
the following precautions before permitting any person to enter or work inside the confined spaces -
(a) identify all confined spaces and the nature of hazards that are encountered in such spaces, normally or
abnormally, and arrange to develop the most appropriate safeguards for ensuring the safety and health of
persons entering into or working inside, the confined spaces;
(b) regulate the entry or work inside the confined spaces through a `permit to work system’ which should
include the safeguards so developed as required under sub-clause (a) above;
(c) before testing the confined space for entry into or work, the place shall be rendered safe by washing or
cleaning with neutralising agents; or purging with steam or inert gases and making adequate forced
ventilation arrangements or such measure which will render the confined space safe;
(d) shall arrange to carry out such tests as are necessary for the purpose by a competent person and ensure that
the confined space is safe for the persons to enter or work. Such testing shall be carried out as often as is
necessary during the course of work to ensure its continued safety;
(e) shall arrange to educate and train the personnel who would be required to work in confined spaces about
the hazards involved in the work. He shall also keep in readiness the appropriate and approved personal
protective equipment including arrangements for, rescue resurrection and first aid, and shall arrange
supervision of the work at all times by a responsible and knowledgeable person.
146
LatestLaws.com
(2) The manager shall maintain a log of all entry into or work in, confined spaces and such record shall contain
the details of persons assigned for the work, the location of the work and such other details that would have
a bearing on the log book so maintained shall be retained as long as the concerned workers are in service and
produces to the Inspector when demanded.
19. Maintenance work etc.-

(1) All the work connected with the maintenance of plants and equipment including cleaning of empty containers
which have held hazardous substances used in the processes covered in this Schedule, shall be carried out
under `permit to work system’ employing trained personnel and under the supervision of responsible person,
having knowledge of the hazards and precautions required to deal with them.
(2) Maintenance work shall be carried out in such a manner that there is no risk to persons in the vicinity or to
persons who pass by. If necessary, the place of such work shall be cordoned off or the presence of
unconnected persons effectively controlled.
20. Permit to work system.- The permit to work system shall inter-alia include the observance of the following
precautions while carrying out any specified work to be subjected to the permit to work system-
(a) all work subject to the permit to work system shall be carried out under the supervision of a knowledgeable
and responsible person;
(b) all parts of plant or machinery or equipment on which permit to work system is carried out, shall remain
isolated from other parts throughout the period of permit to work and the place of work including the parts of
plant, machinery shall be rendered safe by cleaning, purging, washing, etc.;
(c) all work subject to the permit to work system shall have predetermined work procedures which integrate safety
with the work. Such procedures shall be reviewed whenever any change occurs in material or equipment so that
continued safety is ensured;
(d) persons who are assigned to carry out the permit to work system shall be physically fir in all respects
taking into consideration the demands and nature, of the work before entering into the confined space.
Such person shall be adequately informed about the correct work procedures as well as the precautions to be
observed while carrying out the permit to work system;
(e) adequate rescue arrangements wherever considered necessary and adequate first aid, rescue and resurrection
arrangements shall be available in good working condition near the place of work while carrying out the
permit to work system, for use in emergency;
(f) appropriate and approved personal protective equipment shall be used while carrying out the `permit to work
system’;
(g) after completion of work subject to the `permit to work system’ the person responsible shall remove all the
equipment and tools and restore to the original condition so as to prevent any danger while carrying out
regular process.
21. Safety sampling personnel.- The occupier shall ensure the safety of persons assigned for collecting samples by
instructing them on the safe procedures. Such personnel shall be provided with proper and approved personal
protective equipment, if required.
22. Ventilation.- Adequate ventilation arrangements shall be provided and maintained at all times in the process
area where dangerous or toxic or flammable or explosive substances could be evolved. These arrangements
shall ensure that concentrations, which are either harmful or could result in explosion, are not permitted to be
built up in the work environment.
23. Procedures for meeting emergencies.-
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying out the works covered in Appendix À’, shall arrange to identify all
types of possible emergencies that could occur in the processes during the course of work or while carrying
out maintenance work or repair work. The emergencies so identified shall be reviewed every year.
(2) The occupier shall formulate a detailed plan to meet all such identified emergencies including arrangements
for summoning outside help for rescue and fire fighting arrangements for making available urgent medical
facilities.
(3) The occupier shall send the list of emergencies and the details of procedures and plans formulated to meet the
emergencies, to the Chief Inspector of Factories.
(4) The occupier shall arrange to install distinctive and recognisable warning arrangements to caution all
persons inside the plant as well as the neighbouring community, if necessary, to enable evacuation of persons
and to enable the observance of emergency procedures by the persons who are assigned emergency duties.
147
LatestLaws.com
All concerned must be well informed about the warning arrangements and their meaning. The arrangements
must be checked for its effectiveness every month.
(5) Alternate power supply arrangements shall be made and interlocked with the normal power supply system so as
to ensure constant supply of power to the facilities and equipment meant for compliance with requirements
of Paragraphs 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 18, 22, and this paragraph of Part II, Part III, Part IV and Part V of this
Schedule.
(6) The occupier shall arrange to suspend the further process work in a place where emergency is established and
shall forthwith evacuate all persons in that area except workers who have been assigned emergency duties.
(7) All the employees of the factory shall be trained about the action to be taken by them including
evacuation procedures during emergencies.
(8) All emergency procedures must be rehearsed every three months and deficiencies, if any, in the achievement of
the objectives shall suitably be corrected.
(9) The occupier shall arrange to have ten percent of the workers trained in the use of First Aid Fire Fighting
appliances and in the rendering of specific hazards of the particular process.
(10) The occupier shall furnish immediately on request the specific chemical identity of the hazardous substance to
the treating physician where the information is needed to administer proper emergency or first-aid treatment
to exposed persons.
24. Danger due to effluents.-

(1) Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent the mixing of effluents from different processes and operations
which may cause dangerous or poisonous gases to be evolved.
(2) Effluents which contain or give rise in the presence of other effluents to poisonous gases shall be provided
with independent drainage systems to ensure that they may be trapped and rendered safe.
PART III
Fire and Explosion Risks
1. Sources of ignition including lighting installation.-
(1) No internal combustion engine and no electric motor or other electrical equipment, and fittings and fixtures
capable of generating sparks or otherwise causing combustion or any other source of ignition or any naked
light shall be installed or permitted to be in the process area where there could be fire and explosion hazards.
(2) All hot exhaust pipes shall be installed outside a building and other hot pipes or hot surface or surfaces likely to
become hot shall be suitably protected.
(3) The classification of work areas in terms of its hazard potential and the selection of electrical equipment or
other equipment that could constitute a source of ignition shall be in accordance with the respective Indian
Standard.
(4) Where a flammable atmosphere may be prevalent or could occur, the soles of footwear worn by workers shall
have no metal on them, and the wheels of trucks or conveyors shall be conductive type.
(5) All tools and appliances used for work in this area shall be of non-sparking type.
(6) Smoking in process areas where there are risks of fire and explosion shall be prohibited, and warning
notices in the language understood by majority of workers shall be posted in the factory prohibiting smoking
into specified areas.
2. Static Electricity.-
(1) All machinery and plant, particularly, pipe lines and belt drives, on which static charge is likely to
accumulate, shall be effectively earthed. Receptacles for flammable liquids shall have metallic connections to
the earthed supply tanks to prevent static sparking. Where necessary, humidity shall be regulated.
(2) Mobile tanker wagons shall be earthed during filling and discharge, and precautions shall be taken to
ensure that earthing is effective before such filling or discharge take place.
3. Lightning protection.- Lightening protection arrangement shall be fitted where necessary, and shall be
maintained.
4. Process heating.- The method of providing heat for a process likely to result in fire and explosion shall be as
safe as possible and where the use of naked flame is necessary, the plant shall be so constructed as to
prevent any escaping flammable gas, vapour, or dust coming into contact with the flame, or exhaust gases, or
148
LatestLaws.com
other sources likely to cause ignition. Wherever possible, the heating arrangement shall be automatically
controlled at a pre-determined temperature below the danger temperature.
5. Leakage of flammable liquids.-

(1) Provision shall be made to confine by means of bund walls, dykes, sumps etc. possible leakages from
storage vessels containing flammable liquids.
(2) Waste material in contact with flammable substances shall be disposed off suitably under the supervision of
knowledgeable and responsible person.
(3) Adequate and suitable fire-fighting appliances shall be installed in the vicinity of such vessels.
6. Safety valves.- Every still and every closed vessel which gas is evolved or into which gas is passed, and in
which the pressure is liable to rise above the atmospheric pressure, shall have attached to it a pressure gauge,
and a proper safety valve or other equally efficient means to relieve the pressure. These appliances shall be
maintained in good condition.
7. Installation of pipe line etc.- All pipelines carrying flammable or explosive substances shall be protected from
mechanical damage and shall be examined by a responsible person once a week to detect any deterioration or
defects, or accumulation of flammable or explosive substances, and record kept of any defects found and repairs
made.
8. Fire fighting systems.-

(1) Every factory employing 500 or more persons and carrying out processes listed in Appendix À’ shall provide
-
(a) Trained and responsible fire fighting squad so as to effectively handle the fire fighting and life saving
equipment in the event of fire or other emergency. Number of persons in this squad will necessarily depend
upon the size of risk involved, but in no case shall be less than 8 such trained persons to be available at
any time. The squad shall consist of watch & ward personnel, fire pump man and departmental supervisors
and operators trained in the operation of fire & emergency services.
(b) Squad leaders shall preferably be trained in a recognised government institution and their usefulness
enhanced by providing residence on the premises.
(c) Squad personnel shall be provided with clothing and equipment including helmets, boots and belts.
(2) A muster roll showing the duties allocated to each member of the squad shall be prepared and copies supplied
to each leader as well as displayed in prominent places so as to be easily available for reference in case of
emergency.
(3) The pump man shall be thoroughly conversant with the location of all appliances. He shall be responsible for
maintaining all fire fighting equipment in proper working order. Any defect coming to his notice shall be
immediately be brought to the notice of squad leader.
(4) As far as is practicable, the fire pump room and the main gate(s) of the factory be connected to all
manufacturing or storing areas through telephone inter lined and placed in a convenient location near such
areas.
PART IV
Risks of Toxic Substances
1. Leakage.-
(1) All plants shall be so designed and constructed as to prevent the escape of toxic substance. Where
necessary, separate buildings, rooms, or protective structures shall be used for the dangerous stages of the
process and buildings shall be so designed as to localise any escape of toxic substances.
(2) Catch pits, bund walls, dykes, or other suitable safeguards shall be provided to restrict the serious effects
of such leakages. Catch pits shall be placed below joints in pipelines where there is danger involved to
maintenance and other workers from such leakage.
149
LatestLaws.com
2. Drainage.- Adequate drainage shall be provided and shall lead to collection tanks specifically provided for
this purpose wherein deleterious material shall be neutralised, treated or otherwise rendered safe before it is
discharged into public drains or sewers.
3. Covering of vessels.-
(1) Every fixed vessel or structure containing any toxic substance and not so covered as to eliminate all
reasonable risk of accidental contact of any portion of the body of a worker, shall be so constructed as to avoid
physical contact.
(2) Such vessel shall, unless its edge is at least 90 centimetres above the adjoining ground or platform, be
securely fenced to a height of at least 90 centimetres above such adjoining ground or platform.
(3) Where such vessels adjoin and the space between them, clear of any surrounding brick or other work is either
less than 45centimetres in width or is 45 or more centimetres in width, but is not securely fenced on both
sides to a height of at least 90 centimetres, secure barriers shall be so placed as to prevent passage between
them :
Provided that sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph shall not apply to -

(a) saturators used in the manufacture of sulphate of ammonia; and
(b) that part of the sides of brine evaporating pans which require raking, drawing or filling.
4. Continuous exhaust arrangement.-

(1) Any process evolving toxic vapour, gas, fume and substance shall have efficient continuous exhaust draught.
Such arrangement shall be interlocked in the process control wherever possible.
(2) In the event of failure of continuous exhaust arrangement means shall be provided to automatically stop the
process.
5. Work Bench.- All the work benches used in the processes involving the manipulation of toxic substances,
shall be graded properly and shall be made of smooth impervious surface which shall be washed daily after
the completion of work.
6. Waste disposal.-
(1) There shall be provided a suitable receptacle made of non-absorbable material with a tightly fitting cover for
depositing waste material soiled with toxic substances and the contents of such receptacle shall be destroyed
by burning or using other suitable methods under the supervision of a responsible person.
(2) During the course of manufacture, whenever any batch or intermediate products having toxicity is
rejected on considerations of quality, sufficient precautions shall be taken to render them innocuous or
otherwise treat them or inactivate them, before disposal.
(3) The empty containers of toxic substances shall be cleaned thoroughly before disposal under the
supervision of a responsible person.
PART V
Special Provisions
1. Special precautions for Nitro or Amino Processes.-
(1) Unless the crystallised intro or amino substances or any of its liquor is broken or agitated in a completely
enclosed process so as not to give rise to dust or fume, such process shall be carried on under an efficient exhaust
draught or by adopting any other suitable means in such a manner as to prevent the escape of dust or fume in the
working atmosphere.
(2) No part of the plant or equipment or implements which was in contact with nitro or amino compounds shall be
repaired, or handled unless they have been emptied and thoroughly cleaned and decontaminated.
(3) Filling of containers with nitro or amino compounds shall be done only by using a suitable scoop to avoid
physical contact and the drying of the containers in the stove shall be done in such a manner that the hot and
contaminated air from the stove is not drawn into the work room.
(4) Processes involving the steaming into or around any vessel containing nitro or amino compounds or its raw
materials shall be carried out in such a manner that the steam or vapour is effectively prevented to be blown back
into the working atmosphere.
150
LatestLaws.com
(5) Suitable antidotes such as methylene blue injections shall always be available at designated places of work for
use during emergency involving the poisoning with nitro or amino compounds.
2. Special precautions for `chrome processes’.-

(1) Grinding and sieving of raw materials in chrome processes shall be carried on in such a manner and under such
condition as to secure effective separation from any other processes and under an efficient exhaust draught.
(2) There shall be washing facilities located very near to places where wet chrome processes such as leaching,
acidification, sulphate settling, evaporation, crystallisation, centrifugation or packing are carried out, to enable
quick washing of affected parts of body with running water.
(3) Weekly inspection of hand and feet of all persons employed in chrome process shall be done by a qualified
nurse and record of such inspections shall be maintained in a form approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories.
(4) There shall be always available at designated places of work suitable ointment such as glycerine, vaseline,
etc. and water proof plaster in a separate box readily accessible to the workers so as to protect against
perforation of nasal septum.
3. Special precautions for processes carried out in all glass vessels.-

(1) Processes and chemical reactions such as manufacture of vinyl chloride, benzyl chloride etc. which are
required to be carried out in all glass vessels shall have suitable means like substantial wire mesh covering
to protect persons working nearby in the event of breakage of glass vessel.
(2) Any spillage or emission of vapour from the all glass vessel due to breakage, shall be immediately inactivated or
rendered innocuous by suitable means such as dilution with water or suitable solvents so as to avoid the risks
of fire or explosion or health hazards.
4. Special precautions for processes involving chlorate manufacture.-
(1) Crystallisation, grinding or packing of chlorate shall not be done in a place used for any other purpose and such
places shall have hard, smooth and impervious surface made of non-combustible material. The place shall be
thoroughly cleaned daily.
(2) The personal protective equipment likes overall, etc. provided for the chlorate workers shall not be taken from
the place of work and they shall be thoroughly cleaned daily.
(3) Adequate quantity of water shall be available near the place of chlorate process for use during fire emergency.
(4) Wooden vessels shall not be used for the crystallisation of chlorate or to contain crystallised ground chlorate.
5. Special precautions in the use of plant and equipment made from reinforced plastics.-
(1) All plant and equipment shall conform to appropriate Indian or any other National Standard.
(2) Care shall be taken during storage, transport, handling and installation of plant and equipment to avoid
accidental damage.
(3) All plant and equipment shall be installed in such a way as to ensure that loads are distributed as intended in
design or as per the recommendations of the manufacture.
(4) All pipe work shall be supported so that total loads local to the branches on the vessel or tank do not exceed
their design values.
(5) After erection all plant and equipment shall be subjected to a pressure test followed by a thorough examination
by a competent person. The test and examination shall be as per relevant Standard. A certificate of test and
examination by a competent person shall be obtained and kept available at site.
(6) All plant and equipment shall be subjected to periodical test and examination and record maintained as per
Paragraph 15 in Part II of this Schedule.
(7) Plant and equipment during their use shall not be subjected to over filling or over loading beyond rated
capacity.
PART VI Medical Requirements

1. Decontamination facilities.- In all places where toxic substances are used in processes listed in Appendix
À’ the following provisions shall be made to meet an emergency:
(a) fully equipped first aid box;
(b) readily accessible means of drenching with water persons, parts of body of persons, and clothing of persons
who have been contaminated with such toxic and corrosive substances, and such means shall be as shown in
the Table below :
151
LatestLaws.com
No.of persons No. of drenching

employed at any time showers
----------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
Upto 50 persons 2
Between 51 to 100 3
101 to 200 3 + 1 for every 50 persons thereafter
201 to 400 5 + 1 for every 100 persons thereafter
401 and above 7 + 1 for every 200 persons thereafter
(c) a sufficient number of eye wash bottles filled with distilled water or suitable liquid, kept in boxes or
cupboards conveniently situated and clearly indicated by a distinctive sign which shall be visible at all times.
2. Occupational health centre.- In all the factories carrying out processes covered in Appendix À’ there
shall be provided and maintained in good order an occupational health centre with facilities as per scale laid
down hereunder
(1) For factories employing upto workers -
(a) the services of a qualified medical practitioner hereinafter known as Factory Medical Officer, available on a
retainership basis, in his notified clinic near to the factory for seeking medical help during emergency. He
will also carry out the pre-employment and periodical medical examinations as stipulated in paragraph 4 of this
Part.
(b) A minimum of five persons trained in first aid procedures, amongst whom at least one shall always be
available during the working period.
(c) A fully equipped first aid box.
(2) For factories employing 51 to 200 workers -

(a) The occupational health centre shall have a room having a minimum floor area of 15 sq.m., with floors and
walls made of smooth, hard and impervious surface and shall be adequately illuminated, ventilated
and equipped.
(b) A part-time Factory Medical Officer will be in over all charge of the Centre who shall visit the factory
minimum twice in a week and whose services shall be readily available during emergencies.
(c) There shall be one qualified and trained dresser-cum-compounder on duty throughout the working period.
(d) A fully equipped first aid box.
(3) For factories employing above 200 workers -

(a) There shall be one full-time Factory Medical Officer for factories employing upto 500 workers and one
more medical officer for every 1000 workers or part thereof.
(b) The occupational health centre in this case shall have a minimum of 2 rooms each having a minimum floor area
of 15 sq.m. with floors and walls made of smooth, hard and impervious surface and shall be adequately
illuminated, ventilated and equipped.
(c) There shall be one trained nurse, one dresser-cum-compounder and one sweeper-cum-ward boy throughout the
working period.
(d) The Occupational Health Centre in this case shall be suitably equipped to manage medical emergencies.
3. Ambulance van.-
(1) In every factory carrying out processes covered in Appendix À’, there shall be provided and maintained in
good condition, a suitably constructed and fully equipped ambulance van as per Appendix `C’ manned by a
full-time driver-cum-mechanic and a helper, trained in first aid for the purposes of transportation of
serious cases of accidents or sickness unless arrangements for procuring such facility at short notice during
emergencies have been made with the nearby hospital or other places. The ambulance van shall not be used
for any purpose other than the purpose stipulated herein and will always be available near the Occupational
Health Centre.
(2) The relaxation to procure Ambulance Van from nearby places provided for in sub-para (1) above will not be
applicable to factories employing more than 500 workers.
4. Medical examination.-
152
LatestLaws.com
(1) Workers employed in processes covered in Appendix À’ shall be medically examined by a Factory Medical
Officer in the following manner -
(a) Once before employment, to ascertain physical suitability of the person to do the particular job;
(b) Once in a period of 6 months, to ascertain the health status of the worker, and
(c) The details of pre-employment and periodical medical examinations carried out as aforesaid shall be
recorded in the prescribed form.
(2) Any finding of the Factory Medical Officer revealing any abnormality or unsuitability of any person
employed in the process shall immediately be reported to the Certifying Surgeon who shall in turn, examine
the concerned workers and communicate his findings within 30 days. If the Certifying Surgeon is of the
opinion that the person so examined is required to be suspended from the process for health protection he
will direct the occupier accordingly, who shall not employ the said worker in the same process. However, the
person so suspended from the process shall be provided with alternate placement facilities unless he is fully
incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in which case the person affected shall be
suitably rehabilitated :
Provided that the Certifying Surgeon on his own may examine any other worker whom he feels
necessary to be examined for ascertaining the suitability of his employment in the process covered in
Appendix À’ or for ascertaining the health status of any other worker and his opinion shall be final.
(3) No person shall be newly appointed without the Certificate of Fitness granted by the Factory Medical Officer.
If the Factory Medical Officer declares a person unfit for being appointed to work in the process covered in
Appendix À’, such person shall have a right of appeal to the Certifying Surgeon, whose opinion shall be final
in this regard.
(4) The worker suspended from the process owing to the circumstances covered in sub-para (2) shall be employed
again in the same process only after obtaining the Fitness Certificate from the Certifying Surgeon and after
making entries to that effect in the health register.
PART VII
Additional Welfare Amenities
(1) There shall be provided and maintained in every factory for the use of all the workers taps for washing, at
the rate of one every 15 persons including liquid soap in a container with tilting arrangements and nail brushes
or other suitable means for effective cleaning. Such facilities shall be conveniently accessible and shall be kept
in a clean and hygienic condition.
(2) If washing facilities as required above are provided for women, such facilities shall be separate for them and
adequate privacy at all times shall be ensured in such facilities.
2. Mess room facilities.-

(1) The occupier of all the factories carrying out processes covered in AppendixÀ’ and employing 50 workers or
more, shall provide for all the workers working in a shift mess room facilities which are well ventilated and
provided with tables and sitting facilities along with the provision of cold and hygienic drinking water facilities.
(2) Such facilities shall include suitable arrangements for cleaning and washing and shall be maintained in a
clean and hygienic condition.
3. Cloakroom facilities.-
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying out any process covered in Appendix À’ shall provide for all the
workers employed in the process cloak room facilities with lockers. Each worker shall be provided with two
lockers, one for work clothing and another separately for personal clothing and the lockers should be
such as to enable the keeping of the clothing in a hanging position.
(2) The cloak room facilities provided in pursuance of sub-para (1) shall be located as far as possible near to the
facilities provided for washing in pursuance of para 1(1). If it is not possible to locate the washing
facilities the cloakroom facilities shall have adequate and suitable arrangements for cleaning & washing.
153
LatestLaws.com
4. Special bathing facilities.-

(1) The occupier of any factory carrying out the process covered under Appendix `B’ shall provide special
bathing facilities for all the workers employed and such facilities shall be provided at the rate of 1 for 25
workers and part thereof, and shall be maintained in a clean and hygienic condition.
(2) The occupier shall insist all the workers employed in the processes covered in Appendix `B’ to take bath
after the completion of the day’s or shift work using the bathing facilities so provided and shall also
effectively prevent such of those workers taking bath in any place other than the bathing facilities.
(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-para (1) above, the Chief Inspector may require in writing the
occupier of any factory carrying out any other process for which his opinion bathing facilities are essential
from the health point of view, to provide special bathing facilities.
PART VIII
1. Duties of workers.-
(1) Every worker employed in the processes covered in Appendix ‘A’ and Appendix ‘B’ shall not make safety
device or appliance or any guarding or fencing arrangement, inoperative or defective and shall report the
defective condition of the aforesaid arrangements as soon as he is aware of any such defect.
(2) Before commencing any work, all workers employed in processes covered in Appendix ‘A’ shall check their
workplace as well as the machinery, equipment or appliance used in the processes and report any mal-function or
defect immediately to the supervisor or any responsible person of the management.
(3) All workers shall co-operate in all respects with the management while carrying out any work or any emergency
duty assigned to them in pursuance of this schedule and shall always use all the personal protective equipment
issued to them in a careful manner.
(4) All workers employed in the processes covered in Appendix À’ or Appendix `B’ shall not smoke in the process
area or storage area. If special facilities are provided by the management only such facilities should be used.
(5) All workers employed in the processes covered in Appendix À’ shall not remain in unauthorised place or
carry cut unauthorised work or improvise any arrangement or adopt short out method or misuse any of the
facilities provided in pursuance of the Schedule, in such a manner as to cause risk to themselves as
well as or to others employed.
(6) The workers shall not refuse undergoing medical examination as required under these rules.
PART IX
Restrictions on the employment of young persons under 18 years of age and women
(1) The Chief Inspector of Factories may by an order in writing, restrict or prohibit the employment of women
and young persons under the age of 18, in any of the processes covered in Appendix À’ of this schedule on
considerations of health and safety of women and young persons.
(2) Such persons who are restricted or prohibited from working in the process due to the order issued in
pursuance of sub-para (1) above shall be provided with alternate work which is not detrimental to their health
or safety.
PART X
Exemptions
1. Power of exemption.- The State Government or subject to the control of the State Government the Chief Inspector
may exempt from the compliance with any of the requirements of this Schedule partly or fully, any factory carrying
out processes covered in Appendix À’, if it is clearly and satisfactorily established by the occupier that the
compliance with any of the requirement is not necessary to ensure the safety and health of persons employed
suitable and effective alternate arrangements are available to any of the requirements covered in this schedule.
154
LatestLaws.com
Appendix À’
Any works or that part of works in which -

(a) the manufacture, manipulation or recovery of any of the following is carried on :-
(i) sodium, potassium, iron, aluminium, cobalt, nickel, copper, arsenic, antimony, chromium, zinc, selenium,
magnesium, cadmium, mercury, beryllium and their organic and inorganic salts, alloys, oxides and hydroxides;
(ii) ammonia, ammonium hydroxide and salts of ammonium;
(iii) the organic or inorganic compounds of sulphurous, sulphuric, nitric, nitrous, hydrochloric,
hydrofluoric, hydriodic, hydro sulphuric, hydrobromic, boric;
(iv) cyanogen compounds, cyanide compounds, cyanate compounds;
(v) phosphorous and its compounds other than oregano phosphorus insecticides.
(vi) chlorine
(b) hydrogen sulphide is evolved by the decomposition of metallic sulphides, or hydrogen sulphide is used in the
production of such sulphides;
(c) bleaching powder is manufactured or chlorine gas is produced in chlor-alkali plants;
(d) (i) gas tar or coal tar or bitumen or shale oil asphalt or any residue of such tar is distilled or is used in any
process of chemicals manufacture;
(ii) tar based synthetic colouring matters or their intermediates are produced;
(e) nitric acid is used in the manufacture of nitro compounds;
(f) explosives are produced with the use of nitro compounds;
(g) aliphatic or aromatic compounds or their metallic and non-metallic derivatives or substituted derivatives,
such as chloroform, ethylene glycol, formaldehyde, benzyle chloride, phenol, methyl ethyl keytone
peroxide, cobalt carbonyl, tungsten carbide etc. are manufactured or recovered.
Appendix `B’
Concerning Special Bathing Accommodation in pursuance of Para 4 of Part IV
1. Nitro or amido processes
2. All chrome processes
3. Processes of distilling gas or coal tar or processes of chemical manufacture in which tar is used
4. Processes involving manufacture, manipulation, handling or recovery of cyanogen compound, cyanide
compound, cyanate compounds
5. Processes involving manufacture of bleaching powder or production of chlorine gas in chlor-alkali plants
6. Manufacture, manipulation or recovery of nickel and its compounds
7. All processes involving the manufacture, manipulation or recovery of aliphatic or aromatic compounds or their
derivatives or substituted derivatives.
Appendix `C’
Ambulance should have the following equipment :
General
 An wheeled stretcher with folding and adjusting devices; Head of the stretcher must be capable of being
tilted upward;
 Fixed suction unit with equipment;
 Fixed oxygen supply with equipment;
 Pillow with case;
 Sheets;
 Blankets;
 Towels;
 Emesis bag;
 Bed pan;
 Urinal;
 Glass
155
LatestLaws.com
Safety equipment :-
 Flares with life of 30 minutes
 Flood lights;
 Flash lights;
 Fire extinguisher dry powder type;
 Insulated gauntlets.
Emergency care equipment :-
Resuscitation :-
 Portable suction unit;
 Portable oxygen unit;
 Bag-valve-mask, hand operated artificial ventilation unit;
 Airways;
 Mouth gags;
 Tracheostomy adapters;
 Short spine board;
 I.V. Fluids with administration unit;
 B.P. manometer;
 Cugg;
 Stethoscope
Immobilisation
 Long & short padded boards;
 Wire ladder splints;
 Triangular bandage;
 Long & short spine boards.
Dressings :-
 Gauze pads - 4” x 4” ;
 Universal dressing 10” x 36” ;
 Roll of aluminium foils;
 Soft roller bandages 6” x 5 yards;
 Adhesive tape in 3” roll;
 Safety pins;
 Bandage sheets;
 Burn sheet.
Poisoning :-
 Syrup of Ipecac; } } Pre packeted in doses
 Activated charcoal; }
 Snake bite kit;
 Drinking water.
Emergency Medicines
 As per requirement (under the advice of Medical Officer only)
156
LatestLaws.com
Schedule XIII
Manipulation of stone, or any other material containing free silica
The following Manufacturing Process shall be considered as Manipulation of Stone or other material containing
free Silica:
1. Stone Crushers
2. Gem and Jewellery
3. Slate Pencil Making
4. Agate Industry
5. Cement Industry
6. Pottery
7. Glass Manufacturing
1. Application - This schedule shall apply to all factories or parts of factories in which the above said
manufacturing activity containing free silica is carried on.
2. Definitions- For the purpose of this Schedule -
(a) “manipulation” means crushing, breaking, chipping, dressing, grinding, sieving, mixing, grading or
handling of stone or any other material containing free silica or any other operation involving such
stone or material;
(b) “stone or any other material containing free silica” means a stone or any other solid material
containing not less than 5% by weight of free silica.
3. Preventive Control Measures
No manipulation shall be carried out in a factory or part of a factory unless the following preventive control
measures are adopted, namely -
3(I) Engineering Control Measures

(1) Wet Methods:
(a) Airborne Silica Dust should be minimized or suppressed by applying water to the process or clean up;
(b) Water should be provided for drilling or sawing of concrete or masonry;
(2) Ventilation:
(a) An effective Local exhaust system should be provided and maintained to control/remove silica dust
from industrial processes.
(b) Dilution/ventilation may be used to reduce free silica dust concentration to below the permissible limits
in large areas.
(c) Dust collectors /HEPA filter should be set up so that dust shall be removed from the source and all
transfer points to prevent contaminating work areas.
(d) Ventilation systems should be kept in good working conditions.
(3) Isolation:
(a) Containment methods should be used while carrying out sand blasting.
(b) Cabins of vehicles or machinery cutting & drilling that might contain free silica should be enclosed and
sealed.
(4) Dust Control:
(a) Vacuum System with High Efficiency Particle Air (HEPA) filter shall be used to remove dust from
work areas and at all transfer points.
(b) The belt conveyors transferring crushed material shall be totally enclosed throughout its length.
Provided that such control measures as above said are not necessary if the process or operation itself is such that
the level of dust created and prevailing does not exceed the permissible limit of exposure specified in the Second
Schedule of the Act.
3(II) Medical Control Measures

(1) The occupier of every factory in which a worker employed in the processes specified in Sub Rule 1, shall ensure
that every worker employed be examined by a Medical Inspector of Factories/ Certifying Surgeon within 15
days of his first employment. Such medical examination shall include pulmonary function test and chest X Ray
- Posterior Anterior (PA) view to be compared with standard ILO Radiographs on Pneumoconiosis. No worker
157
LatestLaws.com
shall be allowed to work after 15 days of his first employment in the factory unless certified fit for such
employment by the Certifying Surgeon.
every twelve months. Such re-examination shall, wherever the Certifying Surgeon considers appropriate,
include all the tests as specified in sub-paragraph (1) except chest X-ray which shall be read by a radiologist
specialized/ trained in the field of reading ILO Radiographs on Pneumoconiosis and the chest x-ray which shall
be carried out at least once in 3 years.
(3) Every worker employed in any of the aforesaid processes on the date on which the schedule comes into force
shall be radiological examined by the qualified Radiologist at the cost of the occupier using a standard size x-
ray plates and the power of the X Ray machine shall be more than 300 milli ampere (mA). The report of such X
Ray shall be submitted to the Medical Inspector of Factories/ Certifying Surgeon/ Chief Inspector for within
three months of the said date.
(4) If at any time the Medical Inspector of Factories/Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that a worker is no longer
fit for employment in the said process on the ground that continuance therein would involve special danger to
the health of the worker he shall make a record of his findings in the said Certificate and the health register.
The entry of his findings in these documents should also include the period for which he considers that the said
person is unfit for work in the said processes. The person so suspended from the process shall be provided with
alternate placement facilities unless he fully is incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in which
case the person affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.
permitted to work in the said processes unless the Certifying Surgeon, after further examination, again
(6) If a worker already in employment and declared unfit by the Medical Inspector of Factories/Certifying Surgeon
shall not be allowed to work on any of the processes specified in sub rule 1, unless he has been examined again
along with standard size chest x-ray plate from a qualified Radiologist, at the cost of the occupier and has been
certified to be fit to work on the said processes again.
(7) For the purpose of medical supervision by the medical practitioner/certifying surgeon so appointed by the
occupier shall be provided for his exclusive use a room in the factory premises which shall be properly cleaned,
adequately lighted ventilated and furnished with a screen, a table with office stationary, chairs and other
facilities and other instruments including x-ray arrangements for such examinations and such other equipments
as may be prescribed by the Chief Inspector for time to time. The medical practitioner so appointed shall
perform the following duties
(a) maintain health register;
(b) undertake medical supervision of persons employed in the factory;
(c) look after health, education and rehabilitation of sick, injured or affected workers;
(d) carry out inspection of work rooms where dangerous operations are carried out and advise the
management of the measures to be adopted for the protection of health of the workers employed
therein
(8) The Health Records of the workers exposed to silicosis, shall be kept up to a minimum period of 40 years from
the beginning of the employment or 15 years after retirement or cessation of the employment, whichever is later
and shall be accessible to workers concerned or their representatives.
(9) The record of medical examinations and appropriate tests carried out by the said medical practitioner, a
certificate of fitness and health shall be maintained in separate register approved by the Chief Inspector of
Factories, which shall be kept readily available for inspection by the Inspector and produce on demand.
3 (III) Administrative Control Measures
(1) Work place/ Environment Monitoring: The occupier to ensure work place/ environment monitoring to be
performed to determine magnitude of exposure/ concentration to evaluate engineering controls, selecting
respiratory protection, work practices and the need for medical surveillance.
a) Exposure/ concentration measurements should be made in the employee’s actual breathing zone.
b) Total sampling time shall be at least 7 hours.
c) Work place/ Environment Monitoring shall be repeated quarterly.
d) The report of dust sampling by occupier shall be made available to the public.
(2) Training/ Awareness: Workers shall be trained in the following:-
(a) Health effects of free silica dust exposure.
158
LatestLaws.com
(b) Operations and material that produce free silica dust hazards.
(c) Engineering controls and work practice controls that reduce dust concentration.
(d) The importance of good housekeeping and cleanliness.
(e) Proper use of personal protective equipment such as respirators etc.
(f) Personal hygiene practices to reduce exposure.
(3) House Keeping: Maintenance of floors-
a) All floors or places where fine dust is likely to settle on and whereon any person has to work or pass
shall be of impervious material and maintained in such condition that they can be thoroughly cleaned
by a moist method or any other method which would prevent dust being airborne in the process of
cleaning once at least during each shift.
b) For this purpose Dry sweeping or compressed air shall be used for cleanup of dust or wet methods or
vacuum system with a HEPA filter shall be used.
c) Dust on over head ledges and equipment should be removed before it becomes air borne due to
vibration, traffic and random air current.
(4) Change room and washing facilities
(a) Washing and bathing facilities shall be conveniently located at a place easily accessible to the
workers..
(b) Cloak room with individual lockers shall be provided for employees to store uncontaminated clothing.
(c) Workers shall take bath and change the work clothes before they leave the work site.
(d) Work clothes shall not be cleaned by blowing or shaking. .
(e) Eating/lunch areas shall be located away from exposed areas.
(5) Display of Notices:
(a) Warning signs/ Posters shall be displayed conspicuously in a prominent place.
(b) The warning signs/poster shall contain the Hazards and precautions to be taken.
(c) The display of notice shall be in the local language and also in the language understood by the majority
of the workers.
(6) Personal Protective Equipment
The occupier of the every factory to which this schedule apply shall provide the following PPEs as per
relevant National Standards or International Standards and as applicable to a given work place.
(a) Dust respirator.
(b) HEPA filter respirator or fume respirator.
(c) HEPA filter respirator with full face piece.
(d) Self contained breathing apparatus (SCBA)
(e) Supplied air respirator with a full face piece, helmet or hood.
(f) SCBA with full face piece.
(g) Powered air purifying respirator with a HEPA filter.
4. Prohibition relating young person's- No young person shall be employed or permitted to work in any of
the operations involving manipulation or at any place where such operations are carried out.
5. (1) Exemptions - If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the exceptional
circumstances or in frequency of the processes or for any other reason, all or any of the provisions of this
schedule is not necessary for protection of the workers in the factory, the Chief Inspector may by a
certificate in writing, which he may in his discretion revoke at any time, exempt such factory from all or
any of such provisions subject to such conditions, if any, as he may specify therein.
(2) The notification of Silicosis and free silica related occupational diseases by Medical Practitioner /certifying
surgeon should be strictly enforced and in case of any Violation, the Medical Practitioner/certifying surgeon
shall be liable to be prosecuted under Sec. 89 (4) of the Factories Act, 1948.
159
LatestLaws.com
Schedule XIV
Handling and Processing of Asbestos, Manufacture of any Article or Substance of Asbestos and any other
Processes of Manufacture or otherwise in which Asbestos is used in any Form
1. Application.-
(1) This schedule shall apply to all manufacturing process as defined under Section 2(k) of the Act, carried on in a
factory involving exposure of workers to asbestos and/or product containing Asbestos.
(2) The Government may, at any time, for the purpose of giving effect to any scientific proof obtained from
specialised institutions or experts in the field, notification in the Office Gazette, make suitable changes in the
said schedule:
(3) The provisions of this schedule shall apply to all workers exposed to asbestos in the factory and it shall be the
responsibility of the occupier of the factory to comply with the provisions of the schedule in respect of the
workers.
(4) (a) The occupier of the factory wherein asbestos or substances containing asbestos are in use, shall prepare work
procedures and practices, in the light of scientific research and technological progress for approval by the
Chief Inspector and shall follow only such approved procedures.
(b) Notwithstanding anything mentioned in sub-paragraph (1) use of asbestos is prohibited in the manufacturing
process as may be notified by the Government in this behalf.
(c) (i) spraying of all forms of asbestos is prohibited in a factory.

(ii) The prohibition in respect of spraying of asbestos referred to in sub-para (i) may be exempted by the
Chief Inspector if the Occupier represents that such spraying is inevitable certain purposes provided
adequate measures for ensuring the safety and health of workers are undertaken by the occupier to the
satisfaction of the Chief Inspector.
2. Definition.-
For the purpose of this Schedule –
(a) “asbestos” means any fibrous silicate mineral and any admixture containing actionlite, amosite, anthophyllite,
chrysotile, crocidolite, tremolite or any mixture thereof, whether crude, crushed or opened;
(b) “asbestos textiles” means yarn or clothes composed of asbestos or asbestos mixed with any other materials;
(c) “approved” means approved for the time being in writing by the Chief Inspector;
(d) “breathing apparatus” means a helmet or face piece with necessary connection by means of which a
person using it breathes air free from dust, or any other approved apparatus;
(e) “efficient exhaust draught” means a localised ventilation by mechanical means for the removal of dust so as to
prevent dust from escaping into air of any place in which work is carried on. No draught shall be deemed to
be efficient which fails to control dust produced at the point where such dust originates;
(f) “preparing” means crushing, disintegrating, and any other processes in or incidental to the opening of
asbestos;
(g) “protective clothing” means overalls and head covering, which (in either case) will when worn exclude asbestos
dust;
(h) “asbestos dust” means airborne particles of asbestos or settled particles of asbestos which are liable to become
airborne in the factory;
(i) “airborne asbestos dust” means, for the purposes of measurement, dust particles measured by gravimetric
assessment or other equivalent method;
(j) “repairable asbestos fibres” means asbestos fibres having diameter of less than 3 micrometre and a length to
diameter ratio greater than 3:1;
(k) “exposure to asbestos” means exposure to airborne repairable asbestos fibres or asbestos dust; whether
originating from asbestos or from minerals, materials or products containing asbestos in the factory.
160
LatestLaws.com
2-A Demolition of plants or structures –
No person shall carry out any demolition of plants or structures containing friable asbestos insulation material
and removal of asbestos from building or structures in which asbestos is liable to become air-borne, unless he is
recognized and duly empowered by the Chief Inspector of Factories as qualified to carry out such work in
accordance with the provisions of this Schedule.
3. Tools and equipment.-
Any tools or equipment used in processes to which this schedule applies shall be such that they do not create
asbestos dust above the permissible limit or are equipped with efficient exhaust draught.
4. Exhaust draught.-
(1) An effective exhaust draught shall be provided and maintained to control dust from the following processes and
machines as per the relevant National Standards -
(a) manufacture and conveying machinery namely -
(i) preparing, grinding, or dry mixing machines;
(ii) carding, card waste and ring spinning machines, and looms;
(iii) machines or other plant fed with asbestos;
(iv) machines used for the sawing, grinding, turning, drilling, abrading or polishing; in the dry state, of
articles composed wholly or partly of asbestos;
(b) cleaning, and grinding of the cylinders or other parts of a carding machine;
(c) chambers, hoppers or other structures into which loose asbestos is delivered or passes;
(d) work-benches for asbestos waste sorting or for other manipulation or asbestos by hand;
(e) workplaces at which the filling or emptying of sacks, skips or other portable containers, weighing or other
process incidental thereto which is effected by hand, is carried on;
(f) sack cleaning machines;
(g) mixing and blending of asbestos by hand; and
(h) any other process in which dust is given off into the work environment.
(2) Exhaust ventilation equipment provided in accordance with sub-paragraph (1) shall, while any work of
maintenance or repair to the machinery, apparatus or other plant or equipment in connection with which it is
provided is being carried on, be kept in use so as to produce an exhaust draught which prevents the entry of
asbestos dust into the air of any work place.
(3) Arrangements shall be made to prevent asbestos dust discharged from exhaust apparatus being drawn into the
air of any workroom.
(4) The asbestos bearing dust removed from any workroom by the exhaust system shall be collected in suitable
receptacles or filter bags which shall be isolated from all work areas.
5. Testing and examination of ventilating systems.-
(1) All ventilating systems used for the purpose of extracting or suppressing dust as required by this schedule
shall be as per the relevant Indian Standards, examined and inspected once every week by a responsible person.
It shall be thoroughly examined and tested by a competent person once in every period of 12 months. Any
defects found by such examinations or test shall be rectified forthwith.
(2) A register containing particulars of such examination and tests and the state of the plant and the repairs or
alternations (if any) found to be necessary shall be kept and shall be available for inspection by an Inspector.
6. Segregation in case of certain process.-
Mixing or blending of asbestos by the hand, or making or repairing of insulating mattresses composed
wholly or partly of asbestos shall not be carried on in any room in which any other work is done.
161
LatestLaws.com
7. Storage and distribution of loose asbestos.-
All loose asbestos shall, while not in use, be kept in suitable closed receptacles which prevent the escape of
asbestos dust there from. Such asbestos shall not be distributed within a factory except in closed receptacles or
in a totally enclosed system of conveyance.
8. Asbestos sacks –
(1) All sacks used as receptacles for the purpose of transport of asbestos within the factory shall be constructed of
impermeable materials and shall be kept in good repair.
(2) A sack which has contained asbestos shall not be cleaned by hand beating but by a machine, complying with
paragraph 4.
(3) Asbestos sacks or receptacles which contain asbestos shall be disposed off in a safe manner.
9. Maintenance of floors and workplaces.-
(1) In every room in which any of the requirements of this schedule apply -
(a) the floors, work-benches, machinery and plant shall be kept in a clean state and free from asbestos debris
and suitable arrangements shall be made for the storage of asbestos not immediately required for use;
and
(b) the floors shall be kept free from any materials, plant or other articles not immediately required for the
work carried on in the room, which would construct the proper cleaning of the floor.
(2) The cleaning as mentioned in sub-rule (1) shall so far as is practicable, as carried out by means of vacuum
cleaning equipment so designed and constructed and so used that asbestos dust neither escapes nor is discharged
into the air of any work place.
(3) When the cleaning is done by any method other than that mentioned in sub-paragraph (2), the persons
doing cleaning work and any other person employed in that room shall be provided with respiratory
protective equipment and protective clothing.
(4) The vacuum cleaning equipment used in accordance with provisions of sub-paragraph (2), shall be properly
maintained and after each cleaning operation, its surfaces kept in a clean state and free from asbestos waste
and dust.
(5) Asbestos waste shall not be permitted to remain on the floors or other surfaces at the work place at the end of
the working shift and shall be transferred without delay to suitable receptacles. Any spillage of asbestos
waste occurring during the course of the work at any time shall be removed and transferred to the
receptacles maintained for the purpose without delay.
9 (A) The occupier shall replace asbestos or of certain types of asbestos or products containing asbestos by other
materials or products or shall use alternative technology, scientifically evaluated as harmless or less harmful,
wherever this is possible.
(B) The occupier should take all the measures to prevent or control the release of asbestos in to the air and to
ensure that the exposure limits or other exposure criteria are complied with and also reduce exposure to as
low as a level as is reasonably practicable.
10. Breathing Apparatus, Personnel Protective Equipment and Clothing:
(1) The occupier of every factory to which this schedule applies shall provide to workers personnel protective
equipments such as hand gloves shoes helmets, goggles earplug, aprons safety belt, overall suit, etc. as per the
relevant National or International Standards as may be required.
162
LatestLaws.com
The approved breathing apparatus and appropriate work clothing as per the relevant National or international
standards in consultation with the workers representatives and maintained in good conditions for use of every
person employed -
(a) in chambers containing loose asbestos;
(b) in cleaning, dust settling or filtering chambers of apparatus;
(c) in cleaning the cylinders, including the defer cylinders, or other parts of a carding machine by means
of hand-stickles;
(d) in filling, beating, or levelling in the manufacture or repair of insulating mattresses; and
(e) in any other operation or circumstances in which it is impracticable to adopt technical means to
control asbestos dust in the work environment within the permissible limit.
(2) Suitable accommodation in conveniently accessible position shall be provided for the use of persons when
putting on or taking off breathing apparatus and protective clothing provided in accordance with this rule
and for the storage of such apparatus and clothing when not in use.
(3) All breathing apparatus and protective clothing not in use shall be stored in the accommodation provided in
accordance with sub-rule (2) above.
(4) All protective clothing in use shall be de-dusted under an efficient exhaust draught or by vacuum cleaning
and shall be washed at suitable intervals. The cleaning schedule and procedure should be such as to
ensure the efficiency in protective the wearer.
(5) All breathing apparatus shall be cleaned and disinfected at suitable intervals and thoroughly inspected once
every month by a responsible person.
(6) A record of the cleaning and maintenance and of the condition of the breathing apparatus shall be
maintained in a register provided for that purpose which shall be readily available for inspection by an
Inspector.
(7) No person shall be employed to perform any work specified in sub-paragraph (1) for which breathing apparatus
is necessary to be provided under that sub-paragraph unless he has been fully instructed in the proper use of that
equipment.
(8) No breathing apparatus provided in pursuance of sub-paragraph (1) which has been worn by a person shall be
worn by another person unless it has been thoroughly cleaned and disinfected since last being worn and the
person has been fully instructed in the proper use of that equipment.
(9) No worker shall take home any work clothing or special protective clothing or personal protective equipment
provided to him for protection against exposure to asbestos.
11. Separate accommodation for personal clothing.-

A separate accommodation shall be provided in a conveniently accessible position for all persons employed
in operations to which this schedule applies for storing of personal clothing. This should be separated from the
accommodation provided under sub-paragraph (2) of paragraph 10 to prevent contamination of personal clothing.
12. Washing and bathing facilities.-

(1) There shall be provided and maintained in a clean state and in good repair for the use of all workers
employed in the processes covered by the schedule, adequate washing and bathing places having a
constant supply of water under cover at the rate of one such place for every 15 persons employed.
(2) The washing places shall have standpipes placed at intervals of not less than one metre.
(3) Not less than one half of the total number of washing places shall be provided with bathrooms.
(4) Sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable material shall be provided:
Provided that such towels shall be supplied individually for each worker if so ordered by the Inspector.
(5) Sufficient supply of soap and nail brushes shall be provided.
163
LatestLaws.com
13. Mess Room.-

(1) There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all workers employed in the factory covered by this
schedule, remaining on the premises during the rest intervals, a suitable mess room which shall be furnished
with:-
(a) sufficient tables and benches with back rest, and
(b) adequate means for warming food.
14. Prohibition of employment of young persons.-

No young person shall be employed in any of the process covered by this schedule.
15. Prohibition relating to smoking.-

No person shall smoke in any area where processes covered by this schedule are carried on. A notice in the
language understood by majority of the workers shall be posted in the plant prohibiting smoking at such areas.
16. Pictorial Cautionary notices.-

Cautionary notices in the form specified in appendix and printed in the language easily read and understood by the
majority of the workers shall be displayed in prominent places in the workrooms where asbestos or substances
containing asbestos are manufactured, handled or used.
17. Air monitoring.-

To ensure the effectiveness of control measures in continuous or repetitive processes, the monitoring of asbestos
fibres in air as well as personal monitoring of workers shall be carried out at least once in every shift and the result
so obtained shall be entered in register and
(a) There should be no substantial change in workplace conditions.
(b) The results of the two (2) preceding measurements have not exceeded half the relevant control limit.
(c) “All factories should adopt membrane filter test as per the relevant National standards without fail.
18. Medical control measures:

(1) The occupier of every factory in which a worker employed in the processes specified in Sub Rule 1, shall ensure
that every worker employed be examined by a Medical Inspector of Factories/ Certifying Surgeon within 15 days
of his first employment. Such medical examination shall include sputum examination for asbestos bodies,
pulmonary function test and chest X Ray - Posterior Anterior (PA) view to be compared with standard ILO
Radiographs on Pneumoconiosis. No worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days of his first employment in
the factory unless certified fit for such employment by the Certifying Surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at least once in every
twelve months. Such re-examination shall, wherever the Certifying Surgeon considers appropriate, include all
the tests as specified in sub-paragraph (1) except chest X-ray which shall be read by a radiologist specialized/
trained in the field of reading ILO Radiographs on Pneumoconiosis and the chest x-ray which shall be carried
out at least once in 3 years.
(3) Every worker employed in any of the aforesaid processes on the date on which the schedule comes into force
shall be radiological examined by the qualified Radiologist at the cost of the occupier using a standard size x-ray
plates and the power of the X Ray machine shall be more than 300 milli ampere (mA). The report of such X Ray
shall be submitted to the Medical Inspector of Factories / Certifying Surgeon/ Chief Inspector for within three
months of the said date.
(4) If at any time the Medical Inspector of Factories / Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that a worker is no longer
fit for employment in the said process on the ground that continuance therein would involve special danger to
the health of the worker he shall make a record of his findings in the said Certificate and the health register.
The entry of his findings in these documents should also include the period for which he considers that the said
person is unfit for work in the said processes. The person so suspended from the process shall be provided with
alternate placement facilities unless he fully is incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in which
case the person affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.
164
LatestLaws.com
(6) If a worker already in employment and declared unfit by the Medical Inspector of Factories / Certifying Surgeon
shall not be allowed to work on any of the processes specified in sub rule 1, unless he has been examined again
along with standard size chest x-ray plate from a qualified Radiologist, at the cost of the occupier and has been
certified to be fit to work on the said processes again.
(7) For the purpose of medical supervision by the medical practitioner/ certifying surgeon so appointed by the
occupier shall be provided for his exclusive use a room in the factory premises which shall be properly cleaned,
adequately lighted ventilated and furnished with a screen, a table with office stationary, chairs and other facilities
and other instruments including x-ray arrangements for such examinations and such other equipments as may be
prescribed by the Chief Inspector for time to time. The medical practitioner so appointed shall perform the
following duties
(a) maintain health register;
(b) undertake medical supervision of persons employed in the factory;
(c) look after health, education and rehabilitation of sick, injured or affected workers;
(d) carry out inspection of work rooms where dangerous operations are carried out and advise the
management of the measures to be adopted for the protection of health of the workers employed therein
(8) The Health Records of the workers exposed to asbestos, shall be kept up to a minimum period of 40 years from
the beginning of the employment or 15 years after retirement or cessation of the employment, whichever is later
and shall be accessible to workers concerned or their representatives.
(9) The record of medical examinations and appropriate tests carried out by the said medical practitioner, a
certificate of fitness and health shall be maintained in separate register approved by the Chief Inspector of
Factories, which shall be kept readily available for inspection by the Inspector and produce on demand.
19. Exemptions.-
(1) If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the exceptional circumstances or
infrequency of the processes or for any other reason, all or any of the provisions of this schedule is not
necessary for protection of the workers in the factory, the Chief Inspector may by a certificate in writing,
which he may at his discretion revoke at any time, exempt such factory from all or any of such provisions
subject to such conditions, if any, as he may specify therein.
(2) The Chief Inspector may permit temporary derogation, through a notification in an official gazette, from the
measures prescribed in this Schedule under conditions and within limits of time determined after consultation
with the representative organizations of employers and workers concerned.
Appendix
Pictorial cautionary notice
1. Asbestos/asbestos dust which is used, handled or manipulated in this factory is a very hazardous to health.
2. Prolonged exposure to asbestos dust may lead to serious diseases like lung fibrosis (Asbestosis) and lung
cancer.
3. Entry is prohibited without protective equipment.
4. Wear the Protective Equipments to safeguard your health.
5. No food stuffs or drinks shall be brought into this area.
6. Smoking, eating food or drinking and chewing tobacco in this area is prohibited.
7. Scrupulous cleanliness shall be maintained in this area.
8. Dry sweeping in this area is prohibited. Any spillage of asbestos shall be cleaned by vacuum cleaning only.
9. A sack or container contaminated with asbestos shall not be cleaned by hand and is to be disposed off by an
appropriate method.
10. All protective equipments and clothing shall be re-dusted by vacuum cleaning and stored in an appropriate place
provided for the purpose.
11. Entry of unauthorized persons or authorized persons without proper protective equipments is prohibited.
12. Report for the prescribed medical examinations and tests regularly to protect your own health.
13. Report to your doctor immediately if you suffer from persistent breathlessness, chest tightness, or cough.
165
LatestLaws.com
SCHEDULE XV
Handling or manipulation of corrosive substances
1. Definitions.- For the purposes of this schedule-
(a) “corrosive operation” means an operation of manufacturing, storing, handling processing, packing,
or using any corrosive substance in a factory; and
(b) “corrosive substance” includes sulphuric acid, nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrofluoric acid,
carbolic acid, phosphoric acid, liquid chlorine, liquid bromine, ammonia, sodium hydroxide and
potassium hydroxide and a mixture thereof, and any other substance which the State Government
by notification in the Official Gazette specify to be corrosive substance.
2. Flooring.- The floor of every workroom of a factory in which corrosive operation is carried on shall be
made of impervious, corrosion and fire resistance material and shall be so constructed as to prevent collection of
any corrosive substance. The surface of such flooring shall be smooth and cleaned as often as necessary and
maintained in a sound condition.
3. Protective equipment.- (1) The occupier shall provide for the use of all persons employed in any corrosive
operation suitable protective wear for hands and feet, suitable aprons, face shields, chemical safety goggles, and
respirators. The equipment shall be maintained in good order and shall be kept in clean and hygienic condition
by suitably treating to get rid of the ill effects of any absorbed chemicals and by disinfecting. The occupier shall
also provide suitable protective creams and other preparations wherever necessary.
(2) The Protective equipment and preparations provided shall be used by the persons employed in any corrosive
operation.
4. Water facilities.- Where any corrosive operation is carried on, there shall be provided as close to the place of
such operation as possible, a source of clean water at a height of 210 centimetres from a pipe of 1.25 centimetres
diameter and fitted with a quick acting valve so that in case of injury to the worker by any corrosive substance,
the injured part can be thoroughly flooded with water. Whenever necessary, in order to ensure continuous water
supply, a storage tank having a minimum length, breadth and height of 210 centimetres, 120 centimetres and 60
centimetres respectively or such dimensions as are approved by the chief inspector shall provided as the source
of clean water.
5. Cautionary notice.- A cautionary notice in the following form and printed in the language which majority of
the workers employed understand, shall be displayed prominently close to the place where a corrosive operation
is carried out and where it can be easily and conveniently read by the workers. If any worker is illiterate,
effective steps shall be taken to explain carefully to him the contents of the notice so displayed.
CAUTIONARY NOTICE
DANGER
Corrosive substances cause severe burns and vapours thereof may be extremely hazardous. In case of
contact, immediately flood the part affected with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes.
Get medical attention quickly.
6. Transport.- (1) Corrosive substances shall not be filled, moved or carried except in containers or through
pipes and when they are to be transported in containers, they shall be placed in crates of sound construction and
of sufficient strength.
(2) A container with a capacity of 11.5 litres or more of a corrosive substance shall be placed in a
receptacle or crate and then carried by more than one person at a height below the waist line unless a suitable
rubber wheeled truck is used for the purpose.
(3) Containers for corrosive substances shall be plainly labelled.
166
LatestLaws.com
7. Devices for handling corrosive.- (1) Tilting, lifting of pumping arrangements shall be used for emptying jars,
carboys and other containers of corrosives.
(2) Corrosive substance shall not be handled by bare hands but by means of a suitable scoop or other
device.
8. Opening of valves.- Valves fitted to containers holding a corrosive substance shall be opened with great
care. If they do not work freely, they shall not be forced open. They shall be opened by a worker suitably
trained for the purpose.
9. Cleaning tanks, stills, etc.- (1) In cleaning out or removing residues from stills or other large chambers used for
holding any corrosive substance, suitable implements made of wood or other material shall be used to prevent
production of arseniuretted hydrogen (arsine).
(2) Whenever it is necessary for the purpose of cleaning or other maintenance work for any worker to
enter chamber, tank, vat, pit or other confined space where a corrosive substance had been stored, all possible
precautions required under section 36 of the Act shall be taken to ensure the worker’s safety.
(3) Wherever possible , before repairs are undertaken to any part of equipment in which a corrosive
substance was handled, such equipment or part thereof shall be freed of any adhering corrosive substance by
adopting suitable methods.
10. Storage.- (1) Corrosive substances shall not be stored in the same room with other chemicals, such as
turpentine, carbides, metallic powders and combustible materials, the accidental mixing with which may cause a
reaction which is either violent or gives rise to toxic fumes and gases.
(2) Pumping or filling overhead tanks, receptacles, vats or other containers for storing corrosive
substances shall be so arranged that there is no possibility of any corrosive substance overflowing and
causing injury to any person.
(3) Every container having a capacity of twenty litres or more and every pipeline, valve, and fitting used
for storing or carrying corrosive substances shall be thoroughly examined every year for finding out any defects,
and defects so found out shall be removed forthwith. A register shall be maintained of every such examination
made and shall be produced before the Inspector whenever required.
11. Fire extinguishers and fire fighting equipment.- An adequate number of suitable type of fire extinguishers or
other stored, shall be provided. Such extinguishers or other equipment shall be regularly tested and refilled. Clear
instructions as to how the extinguishers or other equipment should be used, printed in the language which majority
of the workers employed understand, shall be affixed near each extinguisher or other equipment.
12. Exemption .- If in respect of any factory on application made by the manager, the Chief Inspector is satisfied
that owing to the exceptional circumstances, or the infrequency of the process or for any other reason to be
recorded by him in writing, all or any of the provisions of this schedule are not necessary for the protection of the
persons employed therein, he may by a certificate in writing, which he may at any time revoke, exempt the
factory from such of the provisions and subject to such conditions as he may specify therein.
SCHEDULE XVI
Processing of cashewnut
1. Application .- This schedule shall apply to all factories in which roasting, scrubbing and shelling of cashewnuts
or extracting oil from cashewnuts or cashewnut shells are carried on.
2. Prohibition of employment of women and young persons.- No woman or young person shall be employed in
any of the processes specified in paragraph 1 except in shelling of roasted cashewnuts.
167
LatestLaws.com
3. Protective clothing and equipment.- The occupier shall provide and maintain for the use of all persons
employed in roasting and scrubbing of cashewnuts or extracting oil form cashewnuts or cashewnut shells.
(a) suitable rubber or washable leather gloves;
(b) suitable type of impervious aprons with sleeves to cover body down to knees and shoulders; and
(c) suitable type footwear to afford protection to feet and legs against cashewnut oil;
and for the workers employed in cashewnut shelling, either-
(d) a protective ointment containing 10% of shellac, 5% of alcohol, 10% of sodium perborate, 5% of
carbitol and 20% talc; or
(e) sufficient quantity of kaolin and coconut oil; and
(f) any other material or equipment - which the Chief Inspector of Factories may deem to be necessary
for the protection of the workers.
4. Use of protective clothing and equipment.- Every person employed in processes specified in paragraph 1 shall
make use of protective clothing and equipment supplied and arrangements shall be made by the occupier to
supervise the use, maintenance and cleanliness.
5. Disposal of shells, ashes, or oil of cashewnut.- (1) shells, ashes or oil of cashewnut shall not be stored in any
room in which workers are employed and shall be removed at least twice a day to any pit or enclosed place in the
case shells and ashes and to closed containers kept in a separate room in the case of oil.
(2) No worker shall be allowed to handle shells or oil of cashewnuts without using the protective
clothing or equipment provided under paragraph 3 above.
6. Floors of workrooms.- The floor of every workroom in which processes specified in paragraph 1 are
carried on, shall be of a hard material so as to be smooth and impervious and of even surface and shall be
cleaned daily, and spillage of any cashewnut oil in any workroom shall be washed with soap and cleaned
immediately.
7. Seating accommodation.- Workers engaged in shelling of cashewnuts shall be provided with adequate seats or
work benches which shall be cleaned daily.
1. Mess room.- (1) There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all person employed in processes
specified in
paragraph 1, a suitable restroom furnished with sufficient tables and chairs or benches.
(2) Separate lockers shall be provided where food, etc. shall be stored by workers before it is consumed
in the restroom.
9. Food, drinks, etc. prohibited in workrooms.- No food, drink, pan, supari or tobacco shall be brought or
consumed by any worker in any room in which processes specified in paragraph 1 are carried out and no
person shall remain in any such room during intervals for meals or rest.
10. Washing facilities.- Where roasting, scrubbing and shelling of cashewnuts or extracting oil from cashewnut
or cashewnut shells is carried on, there shall be provided and maintained in a clean state and good repair
washing facilities, with a sufficient supply of soap, coconut oil, nail brushes and towels at the scale of one tap or
stand pipe for every 10 workers, and the taps or stand pipes shall be spaced not less than 1.2 meters apart.
11. Time allowed for washing.- Before each meal and before the end of the day’s work, at least ten minutes, in
addition to the regular meal times, shall be allowed for washing, to each person employed in processes specified
in paragraph 1.
12. Smoke or gas produced by roasting cashewnuts.- Where smoke or gas is produced in the operation of
roasting, provision shall be made for removing the smoke or gas through a chimney of sufficient
height and capacity or by such other arrangements as may be necessary to prevent the gas or smoke escaping into
the air or any place in which workers are employed.
168
LatestLaws.com
13. Storage of protective equipment.- A suitable room or a portion of the factory suitably partitioned off, shall be
provided exclusively for the storage of all the protective equipment supplied to the workers and no such
equipment shall be stored in any place other than the room or places so provided.
14. Medical facilities and records of examinations and tests.- (1) The occupier of every factory to which this
schedule applies, shall-
(a) employ a qualified medical practitioner for medical surveillance of the workers
employed therein whose employment shall be subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector
of Factories; and
(b) provide to the medical practitioner all the necessary facilities for the purpose referred to in clause
(a).
(2) The said medical practitioner shall inspect daily the hands and feet of all the persons employed in the
processes specified in paragraph 1.
(3) The record of such examinations carried out by the medical practitioner shall be maintained in a
separate, register approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept readily available for
inspection by the Inspector.
(4) The first-aid box maintained shall also contain Burrough’s Solution (1:20) and aqueous solution of
tannic acid (10%) for treatment of cases of dermatitis.
15. Medical examination by Certifying Surgeon.- (1) Every worker employed in the processes specified in
paragraph 1 shall be examined by a Certifying Surgeon within 15 days of his first employment. Such examinations
shall include skin test for dermatitis and no worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days of his first employment
in the factory unless certified fit for such employment by the Certifying Surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at
least once in every three calendar months. Such examinations shall wherever the Certifying Surgeon considers
appropriate, include asking test for dermatitis.
(3) The Certifying Surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a Certificate of Fitness in Form 23.
The record of examination and re-examinations carried out shall be entered in the Certificate and the
Certificate shall be kept in the custody of the manager of the factory. The record of each examination carried
out under sub-paragraph (1) and (2), including the nature and the results of these test, shall also be entered by
the Certifying Surgeon in a health register in Form 24.
Inspector.
(5) If at any time the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that a worker is no longer fit for employment
in the said processes on the ground that continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the
worker, he shall make a record of his findings in the said certificate and the health register. The entry of his
findings in those documents should also include the period for which he considers that the said person is
unfit to work in the said process shall be provided with alternate placement facilities unless he is fully incapacitated
in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in which case the person affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.
(6) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in sub-paragraph (5) shall be re-employed or
16. Exemption .- The Chief Inspector of Factories may grant exemptions from the operation of any of these where
he is satisfied that their observance is not necessary for safeguarding the health of the workers.
169
LatestLaws.com
SCHEDULE XVII
Compression of oxygen and hydrogen produced by electrolysis of water
1. Location of electrolyte plant.- The room in which electrolyser plant is installed shall be separate from the
plant for storing and compressing the oxygen and hydrogen and also the electric generator room.
2.Testing of purity.- (1) The purity of oxygen and hydrogen shall tested by a competent person at least once in
every shift at the following posts:-
(a) in the electrolysis room;
(b) at the gas holder inlet; and
(c) at the suction and of the compressor.
(2) The purity figures shall be entered in a register and signed by the persons carrying out such test:
Provided, however, that if the electolyser plant is fitted with automatic recorder of purity of oxygen
and hydrogen with alarm lights, it shall be sufficient if the purity of gases is tested at the suction and of the
compressor only.
3. Restriction as to the compression,.- The oxygen and hydrogen gases shall not be compressed if their purity
as determined under paragraph 2 above falls below 98% at any time.
4. Limit switch for gas holder.- The bell of any gas holder shall not be permitted to go within the 30 centimetres
of its lowest position when empty and a limit switch shall befitted to the gas holder in such a manner as to
switch off the compressor motor when the limit is reached.
5. Provision of negative pressure switch.- In addition to the limit switch in the gas holder, a sensitive negative
pressure switch shall be provided in or adjacent to the suction main for hydrogen close to the gas holder and
between the gas holder and the hydrogen compressor to switch off the compressor motor in the event of the gas
holder being emptied to the extent as to cause vacuum.
6. Purity of caustic soda.- The water and caustic soda used for making lye shall be chemically pure within
pharmaceutical limits.
7. Precautions against reversal of polarity.- Electrical connections at the electolyser cells and at the electric
generator terminals shall be so constructed as to preclude the possibility of wrong connections leading to
the reversal of polarity and in addition an automatic device shall be provided to cut off power in the event of
reversal of polarity owing to wrong connections either at the switch board or at the electric generator terminals.
8. Colouring of gas pipes.- Oxygen and hydrogen gas pipes shall be painted with distinguishing colours and in
the event of leakage at the joints of the hydrogen gas pipe, the pipe after reconnection shall be purged of all air
before drawing in hydrogen gas.
9. Use of flameproof fittings.- All electrical wiring and apparatus in the electrolyser room shall be of flameproof
construction or enclosed in flameproof fittings and no naked light or flame shall be allowed to be taken either
in the electrolyser room or where compression and filling of the gases is carried on and such warning notices shall
be exhibited in prominent places.
10. Prohibition of hot work.- No part of the electrolyser plant and the gas holders and compressor shall be
subjected to welding, brazing, soldering or cutting until steps have been taken to remove any explosive
substance from that part and render the part safe for such operations and after the completion of such operations no
explosive substance shall be allowed to enter that part until the metal has cooled sufficiently to prevent risk of
explosion.
11. Repair, etc. to be done under supervision.- No work or operations, repair or maintenance shall be undertaken
except under the direct supervision of a person who, by his training, experience and knowledge of the
necessary precautions against risk of explosion is competent to supervise such work. No electric generator after
170
LatestLaws.com
erection or repairs shall be switched on/the electrolysers unless the same is certified by the competent persons
under whose direct supervision erection or repairs are carried on to be in a safe condition and the terminals
have been checked for the polarity as required by paragraph 7.
12. Checking of plant.- Every part of the electrolyser plant and the gas holders and compressor shall have a
regular schedule of overhaul and checking and every defect noticed shall be rectified forthwith.
SCHEDULE XVIII
Process of extracting oils and fats from vegetables and animal sources in solvent extraction plants
(a) “solvent extraction plant” means a plant in which the process of extracting oils and fats from
vegetable and
animal sources by use of solvents is carried on;
(b) “solvent” means an flammable liquid such as pentane, hexane and heptane use for the recovery
of vegetable oils;
(c) “flameproof enclosure” as applied to electrical machinery or apparatus means an enclosure that
will withstand, when covers or other access doors are properly secured, an internal
explosion of the flammable gas or vapour which may enter or which may originate inside the
enclosure without suffering damage and without communicating internal inflammation
(or explosion) to the external flammable gas or vapour;
(d) “competent person” for the purpose of this schedule shall be at least a member of the Institution
of Engineers ( India) or an Associate Member of the said Institution with 10 years
experience in a responsible position as may be approved by the Chief Inspector:
Provided that a graduate in mechanical engineering or chemical technology with specialised knowledge of
oils and fats and with a minimum experience of 5 years in a solvent extraction plant shall also be considered to
the a competent person.
Provided further that the State Government may accept any other qualifications if in its opinion they
are equivalent to the qualifications aforesaid.
2.Location and layout.- (1) No solvent extraction plant shall be permitted to be constructed or extended to within
a distance of 30 meters from the nearest residential locality.
(2) A 1.5 meter high continuous wire fencing shall be provided around the solvent/ extraction plant
upto a minimum distance of 15 meters from the plant.
(3) No person shall be allowed to carry any matches or an open flame or fire inside the area bound by the
fencing.
(4) Boiler houses and other buildings where open flame processes are carried on shall be located at least
30 meters away from the solvent extraction plant;
(5) If godowns and preparatory processes are at a distance of less than 30 metres from the solvent
extraction plant, these shall be at least 15 meters distant from the plant, and a continuous barrier wall of non-
combustible material 1.5 meters high shall be erected at a distance of not less than 15 meters from the solvent
extraction plant so that it extends to at least 30 meters of vapour travel around its ends from the plant to the
possible sources of ignition.
3. Electrical installations.- (1) All electrical motors and wiring and other electrical equipment installed or
housed insolvent extraction plant shall be of flameproof construction.
(2) All metal parts of the plant and building including various tanks and containers where solvents are
stored or are present and all parts of electrical equipment not required to be energised shall be properly
171
LatestLaws.com
bonded together and connected to earth so as to avoid accidental rise in the electrical potential of such parts
above the earth potential.
4. Restriction on smoking.- Smoking shall strictly prohibited within 15 meters distance from solvent extraction
plant. For this purpose, “NO smoking” sings shall be permanently displayed in the area.
5. Precautions against friction.- (1) All tools and equipment including ladders, chains and other lifting tackle
required to be used in solvent extraction plant shall be of non-sparking type.
(2) No machinery or equipment in any solvent extraction plant shall be belt driven, unless the belt used is
of such a type that it does not permit accumulation of static electricity to a dangerous level.
(3) No person shall be allowed to enter and work in the solvent extraction plant if wearing clothes made
of nylon or such other fibre that can generate static electrical charge, or wearing footwear which is likely to
cause sparks by friction.
6. Fire fighting apparatus.- (1) Adequate number of portable fire extinguishers suitable for use against flammable
liquid fires shall be provided in the solvent extraction plant.
(2) An automatic water spray sprinkler system on a wet pipe or open-head deluge system with sufficient
supply of storage water shall be provided over solvent extraction plant and throughout the building housing such
plant.
7. Precautions against power failure.- Provision shall be made for the automatic cutting off of steam in the event
of power failure and also for emergency overhead water-supply for feeding water by gravity to condensers
which shall come into play automatically with the power failure.
8. Magnetic Separators.- Oil cake shall be fed to the extractor by a conveyer through a hopper and a magnetic
separator shall be provided to remove any pieces of iron during pressure in the event of fire.
9. Venting.- (1) Tanks containing solvents shall be protected with emergency venting to relieve excessive
internal pressure in the event of fire.
(2) All emergency relief vents shall terminate at least 6 meters above the ground and be so located that
vapours will not re-enter the building in which solvent extraction plant is located.
10. Waste water.- Process waste water shall be passed through a flash evaporator to remove any solvent before it is
discharged into a sump which should be located within the fenced area but not closer than 8 meters to the fence.
11. Ventilation.- The solvent extraction plant shall be well ventilated and if the plant is housed in a building, the
building shall be provided with mechanical ventilation with provision for at least six air changes per hour.
12. Housekeeping .- (1) Solvents shall not be stored in an area covered by solvent extraction plant except in
small quantities which shall be stored in approved safety cans.
(2) Waste materials such as oily rags, other wastes and absorbents used to wipe off solvent and paints and
oils shall be deposited in approved containers and removed from the premises at least once a day.
(3) Space within the solvent extraction plant and within 15 meters from the plant shall be kept free
form any combustible materials and any spills of oil or solvent, shall be cleaned up immediately.
13. Examination and repairs.- (1) The solvent extraction plant shall be examined by the competent person to
determine any weakness or corrosion and wear once in every 12 months. Report of such examination shall be
supplied to the Inspector with his observation as to whether or not the plant is in safe condition to work.
172
LatestLaws.com
(2) No repairs shall be carried out to the machinery or plant except under the direct supervision of the
competent person.
(3) Facility shall be provided for purging the plant with inert gas or steam before opening for cleaning or
repairs and before introducing solvent after repairs.
14. Operating personnel.- The operation of the plant and machinery in the solvent extraction plant shall be in the
charge of such duly qualified and trained persons as are certified by the competent person to be fit for the
purpose and no other person shall be allowed to operated the plant and machinery.
15. Employment of women and young persons.- No woman or young person shall be employed in the solvent
extraction plant.
16. Vapour detection.-A suitable type of flameproof and portable combustible gas indicator shall be provided
and maintained in good working order and a schedule of routine sampling of atmosphere at various location as
approved by the chief inspector shall be drawn out and entered in a register maintained for the purpose.
17. Exemption.- If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the exceptional
circumstances or infrequency of the processes or for any other reason, all or any of the provisions of this
schedule is not necessary for the protection of the workers in the factory, the Chief Inspector may by a
certificate in writing (which he may in his discretion revoke at any time) exempt such factory from all or any of
such provisions subject to conditions, if any, as he may specify therein.
SCHEDULE XIX
Manufacture or manipulation of manganese and its compounds
1. Application .- This schedule shall apply to every factory in which or in any part of which any manganese
process is carried on.

(a) “manganese process” means processing, manufacture or manipulations of manganese or any ore
or any mixture containing manganese;
(b) “Manipulations” means mixing, blending, filling, emptying, grinding, sieving, drying, packing,
sweeping, or otherwise handling of manganese, or mixture containing manganese; and
(c) “efficient exhaust ventilation” means localised ventilation effected by mechanical means for the
removal of dust or fume or at its source of origin so as to prevent it from escaping into the
atmosphere of any place where any work is carried on. No draught shall be deemed to be efficient
which fails to remove the dust or fume or mist at the point where it is generated and fails to
prevent it from escaping into and spreading into the atmosphere of a work place.
3. Isolation of a process.- Every manganese process which may give rise to dust, vapour or mist containing
manganese, shall be carried on in a totally enclosed system or otherwise effectively isolated from other
processes so that other plants and processes and other parts of the factory and persons employed on other
processes may not be affected by the same.
4. Ventilation of process.- No process in which any dust, vapour or mist containing manganese is generated,
shall be carried out except under an efficient exhaust ventilation which shall be applied as near to the point of
generation as practicable.
5. Personal protective equipment.- (1) The occupier of the factory shall provide and maintain in good and
clean condition suitable overalls and head coverings for all persons employed in any manganese process and such
overalls and head coverings shall be worn by the persons while working on a manganese process.
(2) The occupier of the factory shall provide suitable respiratory protective equipment for use by works in
emergency to prevent inhalation of dusts, fumes or mists. Sufficient number of complete sets of such
173
LatestLaws.com
equipment shall always be kept near the work place and the same shall be properly maintained and kept always
in a condition to be used readily.
(3) The occupier shall provide and maintain for the use of all persons employed, suitable accommodation for
the storage and make adequate arrangements for cleaning and maintenance if personal protective
equipment.
6. Prohibition relating to women and young persons.- No women or young persons shall be employed or permitted
to work in any manganese process.
7. Food , drinks ,etc. prohibited in the work rooms.- No food , drink, pan and supari or tobacco shall be allowed to
be brought into or consumed by any worker in any workroom in which any manganese process is carried on.
8. Mess room.- There shall be provided and maintained for the use of the persons employed in a manganese
process a suitable mess room which shall be furnished with sufficient tables and benches and adequate means
for warming of food. The mess room shall be placed under the charge of a responsible person and shall be kept
clean.
9. Washing facilities.- There shall be provided and maintained in a clean state and in good condition, for the use
of persons employed on manganese process -
(a) A wash place under cover, with either -
(i) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste pipe without plug, and of
sufficient length to allow at least 60 centimetres for every ten such persons employed at any one
time, and having a constant supply of water from taps or jets above the trough at intervals of not
more than 60 centimetres;
(ii) at least on wash basin for every five such persons employed at any one time, fitted with a waste
pipe and plug and having a constant supply water; and
(b) sufficient supply of soap or other suitable cleaning material and nail brushes and clean towels.
10. Cloakroom.- If the Chief Inspector so requires there shall be provided and maintained for the use of persons
employed in manganese process a cloakroom for clothing put off during working hours with adequate arrangements
for drying the clothing.
11. Cautionary placard and instructions.- Cautionary notices in the form specified in appendix and printed in the
language of the majority of the workers and employed, shall be affixed in prominent places in the factory where
they can be easily and conveniently read by the workers and arrangement shall be made by the occupier to
instruct periodically all workers employed in a manganese process regarding the health hazards connected with
their duties and the best preventive measures and methods to protect themselves. The notices shall always be
maintained in a legible condition.
(a) employ a qualified medical practitioner for medical surveillance of the workers
employed therein whose employment shall be subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector
of Factories; and
(b) provide to the medical practitioner all the necessary facilities for the purpose referred to in
clause (a).
(2) The record of medical examinations and appropriate tests carried out by the said medical practitioner
shall be maintained in a separate, register approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept
13. Medical examination by Certifying Surgeon.- (1) Every worker employed in any manganese process shall be
medically examined by a Certifying Surgeon within 15 days of his first employment. Such examinations shall
include tests for detection of serum calcium, serum phosphate and manganese in blood and urine and also include
174
LatestLaws.com
steadiness tests and other neuro-muscular coordination tests. No worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days
of his first employment in the factory unless certified for such employment by the Certifying Surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in a manganese process shall be re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at least once
in every three calendar months and such examination shall, wherever the Certifying Surgeon considers
appropriate, include all the tests in sub-paragraph (1).
paragraph (1) and (2), including the nature and the results of these test, shall also be entered by the certifying
Inspector.
(5) If at any time the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that a worker is no longer fit for employment in the
said processes on the ground that continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the worker,
he shall make a record of his findings in the said certificate and the health register. The entry of his findings in
those documents should also include the period for which he considers that the said person is unfit to
work in the said process shall be provided with alternate placement facilities unless he is fully incapacitated
in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon , in which case the person affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.
to work in the said processes unless the Certifying Surgeon, after further examination, again certifies him fit for
14. Exemption.- If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to any exceptional
circumstances, or infrequency of the process, or for any other reason, application of all or any of the provisions of
this schedule is not necessary for the protection of the persons employed in such factory, he may by an order in
writing which he may at his discretion revoke, exempt such factory from all or any of the provisions on such
conditions and for such period as he may specify in the said order.
Appendix
Cautionary notice
Manganese and Manganese Compounds
1. Dust free and mists of manganese and its compounds are toxic when inhaled or when ingested.
2. Do not consume food or drink near the work place.
3. Take a good wash before taking meals.
4. Keep the working area clean.
5. Use the protective clothing and equipment provided.
6. When required to work in situations where dusts, fumes or mists are likely to be inhaled, use respiratory
protective equipment provided for the purpose.
7. If you get severe head-aches, prolonged sleeplessness or abnormal sensations on the body, report to the
manager who would make arrangements for your examination and treatment.
SCHEDULE XX
Manufacture or manipulation of dangerous pesticides
1. Application.- This schedule shall apply in respect of all factories or any part thereof in which the process of
manufacture or manipulation of dangerous pesticide hereinafter referred to as the said manufacturing process is
carried on.
175
LatestLaws.com
2. Definitions.- For the purpose of this Schedule -

(a) “dangerous pesticides” means any product proposed or used for controlling, destroying or repelling
any pest or for preventing growth or mitigating effects of such growth including any of its
formulations which is considered toxic under and is covered by the Insecticides Act, 1968 and the
rules made thereunder and any other product, as may be notified from time to time by the State
Government;
(b) “manipulation” includes mixing, blending, formulating, filling, emptying, packing or otherwise
handling;
(c) “efficient exhaust draught” means localised mechanical ventilation for removal of smoke, gas,
vapour, dust, fume or mist so as to prevent them from escaping into the air of any work room in
which work is carried on. No exhaust draught shall be considered efficient if it fails to remove smoke
generated at the point where such gas, fume, dust, vapour or mist originates from the process.
3. Instruction to workers.- Every worker on his first employment shall be fully instructed on the properties
including dangerous properties of the chemicals handled in the said manufacturing process and the hazards
involved. The employees shall also be instructed in the measures to be taken to deal with any emergency. Such
instructions shall be repeated periodically.
4. Cautionary notice and placards.- Cautionary notices and placards in the form specified in appendix to this
schedule and printed in the language of the majority of the workers shall be displayed in all work places in
which said manufacturing process is carried on so that they can be easily and conveniently read by the
workers. Arrangements shall be made by the occupier and the manager of the factory to periodically instruct the
workers regarding the health hazards arising to in the said manufacturing process and methods of protection.
Such notices shall include brief instructions regarding the periodical clinical tests required to be undertaken
for projecting health of the workers.
5. Prohibition relating to employment of women or young persons.- No woman or young person shall be employed
or permitted to work in any room in which the said manufacturing process is carried on or in any room in
which dangerous pesticide is stored.
6. Food, drinks, and smoking prohibition.- (1) No food, drink, tobacco, pan or supari shall be brought into or
consumed by any worker in any workroom in which the said manufacturing process is carried out.
(2) Smoking shall be prohibited in any workroom in which the said manufacturing process is carried out.
7. Protective clothing and protective equipment.- (1) Protective clothing consisting of long pants and shirts or
overalls with long sleeves and head coverings shall be provided for all workers employed in the said manufacturing
process.
(2) (a) Protective equipment consisting of rubber gloves, gum boots, rubber aprons, chemical safety
goggles and respirators shall be provided for all workers employed in the said manufacturing
process.
(b) Gloves, boots, aprons shall be made from synthetic rubber where a pesticide contains oil.
(3) Protective clothing and equipment shall be worn by the workers supplied with such clothing and equipment.
(4) Protective clothing and equipment shall be washed daily from inside and outside if the workers handle
pesticides containing nicotine or phosphorous and shall be washed frequently if handling other pesticides.
(5) Protective clothing and equipment shall be maintained in good repair.
8. Floors and work-benches.- (1) Floors in every workroom where dangerous pesticides are manipulated
shall be of cement or other impervious material giving a smooth surface.
176
LatestLaws.com
(2) Floors shall be maintained in good repair, provided with adequate slope leading to a drain and thoroughly
washed once a day with the hose pipe.
(3) Work-benches where dangerous pesticides are manipulated shall be made of smooth, non-absorbing material
preferably stainless steel and shall be cleaned at least once daily.
9. Spillage and waste.- (1) If a dangerous pesticide during its manipulation splashes or spills on the work-bench,
floor or on the protective clothing worn by a worker, immediate action shall be taken for through
decontamination of such areas or articles.
(2) Cloth, rags, paper or other material soaked or soiled with a dangerous pesticide shall be deposited in a
suitable receptacle with tight fitting cover. Contaminated waste shall be destroyed by burning at least once a
week.
(3) Suitable deactivating agents, where available, shall be kept in a readily accessible place for use while
attending to a spillage.
(4) Easy means of access shall be provided to all parts of the plant for cleaning, maintenance and repairs.
10. Empty containers used for dangerous pesticides.- Containers used for dangerous pesticides shall be thoroughly
cleaned of their contents and treated with an inactivating agent before being discarded or destroyed.
11. Manual handling.- (1) A dangerous pesticide shall not be required or allowed to be manipulated by hand
except by means of a long handled scoop.
(2) Direct contact of any part of the body with a dangerous pesticide during its manipulation shall be avoided.
12. Ventilation.- (1) In every workroom or area where a dangerous pesticide is manipulated, adequate
ventilation shall be provided at all times by the circulation of fresh air.
(2) Unless the process is completely enclosed, the following operations during manipulation of a dangerous
pesticide shall not be undertaken without an efficient exhaust draught :-
(a) emptying a container holding a dangerous pesticide;
(b) blending a dangerous pesticide;
(c) preparing a liquid or powder formulation containing a dangerous pesticide; and
(d)changing or filling a dangerous pesticide into a container, tank hopper or machine or small sized containers.
(3)In the event of a failure of the exhaust draught provided on the above operation, the said operations shall be
stopped forthwith.
13. Time allowed for washing.- (1) Before each meal and before the end of the day’s work at least ten minutes in
addition to the regular rest interval shall be allowed for washing to each worker engaged in the manipulation
of dangerous pesticide.
(2) Every worker engaged in the manipulation of dangerous pesticides shall have a thorough wash before
consuming any food and also at the end of the day’s work.
14. Washing and bathing facilities.- (1) There shall be provided and maintained in a clean state and in good
repair for the use of all workers employed in the factory where the said manufacturing process is carried on,
adequate washing and bathing places having a constant supply of water under cover at the rate of one such
place for every 5 persons employed.
(2) The washing places shall have standpipes placed at intervals of not less than one metre.
(3) Not less than one half of the total number of washing places shall be provided with bathrooms.
177
LatestLaws.com
(4) Sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable material shall be provided :
Provided that such towels shall be supplied individually for each worker is so ordered by the Inspector.
(5) Sufficient supply of soap and nail brushes shall be provided.
15. Cloakroom.- There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all workers employed in the factory where
the said manufacturing process is carried on -
(a) a cloakroom for clothing put off during working hours with adequate arrangements for drying
clothing, if wet; and
(b) separate and suitable arrangements for the storage of protective clothing provided under paragraph 7.
16. Mess room.- (1) There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all workers employed in the factory
in which the said manufacturing process is carried on and remaining on the premises during the rest intervals,
suitable mess room which shall be furnished with-
(a) sufficient tables and benches with back rest, and
(b) adequate means for warming food.
(2) The mess room shall be placed under the charge of responsible person and shall be kept clean.
17. Manipulation not be undertaken.- Manufacture or manipulation of a pesticides shall not be undertaken in
any factory unless a certificate regarding its dangerous nature or otherwise is obtained from the Chief Inspector.
(a) employ a qualified medical practitioner for medical surveillance of the workers employed
therein whose employment shall be subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector of
Factories; and
(b) provide to the medical practitioner all the necessary facilities for the purpose referred to
in clause (a).
(2) The record of such examinations carried out by the medical practitioner shall be maintained in a
separate, register approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept readily available for
inspection by the Inspector.
(2) Every worker employed in the said process shall be re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at least
once in every six calendar months. Such examination shall, wherever the Certifying Surgeon considers
appropriate, include the tests specified in sub-paragraph (1). Further every worker employed in the said processes
shall also be examined once in every three months by the factory medical officer.
record of examination and re-examinations carried out shall be entered in the Certificate and the Certificate
shall be kept in the custody of the manager of the factory. The record of each examination carried out under
sub-paragraph (1) and (2), including the nature and the results of these test, shall also be entered by the
certifying Surgeon in a health register in Form 24.
Inspector.
178
LatestLaws.com
(5) If at any time the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that a worker is no longer fit for employment
in the said processes on the ground that continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the
worker, he shall make a record of his findings in the said certificate and the health register. The entry of his
findings in those documents should also include the period for which he considers that the said
person is unfit to work in the said process shall be provided with alternate placement facilities unless he is
fully incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in which case the person affected shall be suitably
rehabilitated.
permitted to work in the said processes unless the Certifying Surgeon , after further examination, again certifies
20. Exemption.- If in respect of any factory the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the exceptional
circumstances or the infrequency of the said manufacturing process or for any other reason which shall record
in writing all or any of the provisions of this schedule are not necessary for the protection of workers
employed in the factory, he may by a certificate in writing exempt such factory, from all or any of the provisions
on such condition as he may specify therein. Such certificate may at any time be revoked by the Chief Inspector
after recording his reasons therefor.
APPENDIX
CAUTIONARY NOTICE
Insecticides and pesticides

1. Chemicals handled in this plant are poisonous substances.
2. Smoking, eating food or drinking, chewing tobacco in this area is prohibited. No food stuff or drink
shall be brought in this area.
3. Some of these chemicals may be absorbed through skin and may cause poisoning.
4. A good wash shall be taken before meals.
5. A good bath shall be taken at the end of this shift.
6. Protective clothing and equipment supplied shall be used while working in this area.
7. Containers of pesticides shall not be used for keeping food stuffs.
8. Spillage of the chemicals on any part of the body or on the floor or work-bench shall be immediately
washed away with water.
9. Clothing contaminated sue to splashing shall be removed immediately.
10. Scrupulous cleanliness shall be maintained in this area.
11. Do not handle pesticides with bare hands, use scoops provided with handle.
12. In case of sickness like nausea, vomiting, giddiness, the manager should be informed who will make
necessary arrangements for treatment.
13. All workers shall report for the prescribed medical tests regularly to protect their own health.
SCHEDULE XXI
Manufacture, handling and usage of benzene and substances containing benzene
1. Application.- This schedule shall apply in respect of factories or parts thereof in which benzene or
substances containing benzene are manufactured, handled or used.

(a) “substances containing benzene” means substances wherein benzene content exceeds 1 per cent by
volume;
(b) “substitute” means a chemical which is harmless or less harmful than benzene and can be used in place
of benzene;
(c) “enclosed system” means a system which will not allow escape of benzene vapours to the workers
atmosphere; and
(d) “efficient exhaust draught” means localised ventilated effected by mechanical means for the removal
of gases, vapours and dusts or fumes so as to prevent them from escaping into the air of any
179
LatestLaws.com
workroom. No draught shall be deemed to be efficient if it fails to remove smoke generated at the
point where such gases, vapours, fumes or dusts originate.
3. Prohibition and substitution.-

(1) Use of benzene and substances containing benzene is prohibited in the following processes :-
(a) manufacture of varnishes, paints and thinners; and
(b) cleaning and degreasing operations.
(2) Benzene or substances containing benzene shall be used as a solvent or diluent unless the process
in which it is used is carried on in an enclosed system or unless the process is carried on in a
manner which considered equally safe as if it were carried out in an enclosed system.
(3) Where suitable substitutes are available, they shall be used instead of benzene or substances
containing benzene. This provision, however, shall not apply to the following processes:-
(a) production of benzene;
(b) process where benzene is used for chemical synthesis;
(c) motor spirits (used as fuel).
(4) The Chief Inspector may, subject to confirmation by the State Government, permit exemptions from
the percentage laid down in sub-paragraph 2(a) and also from the provisions of sub-paragraph
(2) of this paragraph temporarily under conditions and within limits of time to be determined after
consultation with the employers and workers concerned.
4. Protection against installation.- (1) The process involving the use of benzene or substances
containing benzene shall be as far as practicable be carried out in an enclosed system.
(2) Where, however, it is not practicable to carry out the process in an enclosed system, the workroom
in which benzene or substances containing benzene are used shall be equipped with an
efficient exhaust draught or other means for the removal of benzene vapours to prevent their escape
into the air of the workroom so that the concentration of benzene in the air does not exceed 10
parts per million by volume or 30 milligrams per cubicmeter.
(3) Air analysis for the measurement of concentration of benzene vapours in air shall be carried out
every 8 hours or at such intervals as may be directed by the Chief Inspector at places where
process involving use of benzene is carried on and the result of such analysis shall be recorded in a
register specially maintained for this purpose. If the concentration of benzene vapours in air as
measured by air analysis, exceeds 10 parts per million by volume or 30 milligrams per cubicmeter, the
Manager shall forthwith report the concentration to the Chief Inspector stating the reasons for such
increase.
(4) Workers who for special reasons are likely to be exposed to concentration of benzene in the air of
the workroom exceeding the maximum referred to in sub-paragraph (2) shall be provided with
suitable respirators or face masks. The duration of such exposure shall be limited as far as possible.
5. Measures against skin contact.-

(1) Workers who are likely to come in contact with liquid benzene or liquid substances containing
benzene shall be provided with suitable gloves, aprons, boots and where necessary vapour tight
chemical goggles, made of material not affected by benzene or its vapours.
(2) The protective wear referred to in sub-paragraph (1) shall be maintained in good condition and
inspected regularly.
6. Prohibition relating to employment of women and young persons.- No woman or young person shall
be employed or permitted to work in any workroom involving exposure to benzene or substances
containing benzene.
7. Labelling.- Every container holding benzene or substances containing benzene shall have the word
“Benzene” and approved danger symbols clearly visible on it and shall also display information on
benzene content, warning about toxicity and warning about infallibility of the chemical.
8. Improper use of benzene.-
(1) The use of benzene substances containing benzene by workers for cleaning their hands or their
work clothing shall be prohibited.
(2) Workers shall be instructed on the possible dangers arising from such misuse.
9. Prohibition of consuming food, etc. in workrooms.- No worker shall be allowed to store or consume
food or drink in the workroom in which benzene or substances containing benzene are
180
LatestLaws.com
manufactured, handled or used. Smoking and chewing tobacco or pan shall be prohibited in
such workrooms.
10. Instructions as regards risks.- Every worker on his first employment shall be fully instructed on the
properties of benzene or substances containing benzene which he has to handle and of the dangers
involved. Workers shall also be instructed on the measures to be taken to deal with in an emergency.
11. Cautionary notices.- Cautionary notices in the form specified in appendix and printed in the
language easily read and understood by the majority of the workers shall be displayed in prominent
places in the workrooms where benzene or substances containing benzene are manufactured,
handled or used.
12. Washing facilities, cloakroom and mess room.- In factories in which benzene or substances
containing benzene are manufactured, handled or used, the occupier shall provide and maintain in a
clean state and in good repair -
(a) washing facilities under cover, of the standard of at least one tap for every 10 persons having
constant supply of water with soap, and a clean towel provided individually to each worker if
so ordered by the Inspector;
(b) a cloakroom with lockers for each worker, having two compartments - one for street-
clothing and one for work-clothing; and
(c) a mess room furnished with tables and benches with means for warming food, provided that
where a canteen or other proper arrangements exist for the workers to take their meals, the
requirements of mess room shall be dispensed with.
13. Medical facilities and records of examinations and tests.-
(1) The occupier of every factory to which this schedule applies, shall-
(a) employ a qualified medical practitioner for medical surveillance of the workers employed
therein whose employment shall be subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector of
Factories; and
(b) provide to the medical practitioner all the necessary facilities for the purpose referred
to in clause (a).
(2)The record of such examinations carried out by the medical practitioner shall be maintained in a
separate, register approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept readily
14. Medical examination by Certifying Surgeon.-

(1) Every worker employed in the processes specified in paragraph 1 shall be examined by a Certifying
Surgeon within 15 days of his first employment. Such examinations shall include skin test for dermatitis
and no worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days of his first employment in the factory unless
certified fit for such employment by the Certifying Surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in a manganese process shall be re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at least
once in every three calendar months and such examination shall, wherever the Certifying Surgeon
considers appropriate, include all the tests in sub-paragraph (1).
record of examination and re-examinations carried out shall be entered in the Certificate and the
Certificate shall be kept in the custody of the manger of the factory. The record of each examination
carried out under sub-paragraph (1) and (2) , including the nature and the results of these test, shall also
be entered by the Certifying Surgeon in a health register in Form 24.
Inspector.
(5) If at any time the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that a worker is no longer fit for employment in
the said processes on the ground that continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of
the worker, he shall make a record of his findings in the said certificate and the health register. The
entry of his findings in those documents should also include the period for which he considers that the
said person is unfit to work in the said process shall be provided with alternate placement facilities
unless he is fully incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon , in which case the
person affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.
181
LatestLaws.com
permitted to work in the said processes unless the Certifying Surgeon , after further examination, again
APPENDIX
CAUTIONARY NOTICE
Benzene and substances containing benzene
1. Hazards :
(a) Benzene and substances containing benzene are harmful.
(b) Prolonged or repeated breathing of benzene vapours may result in acute or chronic poisoning.
(c) Benzene can also be absorbed through skin which may cause skin or other diseases.
2. Preventive measures :
(a) Avoid breathing of benzene vapours.
(b) Avoid prolonged or repeated contact of benzene with the skin.
(c) Remove benzene soaked or wet clothing promptly.
(d) If any time you are exposed to high concentration of benzene vapours and exhibit signs and symptoms
such as dizziness, difficulty in breathing, excessive excitation and losing of consciousness,
immediately inform your factory manager.
(e) Keep all the containers of benzene closed
(f) Handle, use and process benzene and substances containing benzene carefully in order to prevent their
spillage on floor.
(g) Maintain good housekeeping.
3. Protective equipment :
(a) Use respiratory protective equipment in places where benzene vapours are present in high concentration.
(b) In emergency, use self generating oxygen mask or oxygen or air cylinder masks.
(c) Wear hand gloves, aprons, goggles and gum boots to avoid contact of benzene with your skin and body
parts.
4. First-aid measures in case of acute benzene poisoning :

(a) Remove the clothing immediately if it is wetted with benzene.
(b) If liquid benzene enters eyes, flush thoroughly for at least 15 minutes with clean running water and
immediately secure medical attention.
(c) In case of unusual exposure to benzene vapour, call a physician
immediately. Until he arrives, do the following :-
(i) If the exposed person is conscious -
(aa) Move him to fresh air in open.

(b) Lay down without a pillow and keep him quiet and warm.
(ii) If the exposed person is unconscious -
(aa) Lay him down preferably on the left side with the head low.
(bb) Remove any false teeth, chewing gum, tobacco or other foreign objects which may be in his
mouth.
(cc) Provide him artificial respiration in case difficulty is being experienced in breathing.
182
LatestLaws.com
(dd) In case of shallow breathing or cyanosis (blueness of skin, lips, ears, finger nail beds), he should
be provided with medical oxygen or oxygen carbon dioxide mixture. If needed, he should be
given artificial respiration. Oxygen should be administered by a trained person only.
SCHEDULE XXII
Manufacturing process or operation in carbon disulphide plants
1.Application.- This schedule shall apply to all electric furnaces in which carbon disulphide is generated and all
other plants where carbon disulphide after generation, is condensed, refined and stored. This schedule is in addition
to and not in derogation of any of the provisions of the Act and Rules made thereunder.
2.Construction, installation and operation.-

(1)The buildings in which electric furnaces are installed and carbon disulphide after generation is condensed and
refined shall be segregated from other parts of the factory and shall be of open type to ensure optimum ventilation
and the plant layout shall be such that only a minimum number of workers are exposed to the risk of any fire or
explosion at any one time.
(2)Every electric furnace and every plant in which carbon disulphide is condensed, refined and stored with all their
fittings and attachments shall be of good construction, sound material and of adequate strength to sustain the internal
pressure to which the furnace or the plant may be subjected to and shall be so designed that carbon disulphide liquid
and gas are in closed system during their normal working.
(3)The electric furnace supports shall be firmly grouted about 60 centimetres in concrete or by other effective
means.
(4)Every electric furnace shall be installed and operated according to manufacturers’ instructions and these
instructions shall be clearly imparted to the personnel in charge of construction and operation.
(5)The instructions regarding observance of correct furnace temperature, sulphur dose, admissible current or power
consumption and periodical checking of charcoal level shall be strictly complied with.
3.Electrodes.-
(1)Where upper ring electrodes made of steel are used in the electric furnace, they shall be of seamless tube
construction and shall have arrangement for being connected t cooling water system through a siphon built in the
electrodes or through a positive pressure water-pump.
(2)The arrangement for cooling water referred to in sub-paragraph (1) shall be connected with automatic alarm
system which will actuate in the event of interruption of cooling water in the electrodes and give visible and audible
alarm signals in the control room and simultaneously stop power supply for the furnace operation and to stop the
further supply of water. The alarm system and the actuating device shall be checked every day.
4. Maintenance of charcoal level.- When any electric furnace is in operation, it shall be ensured that the electrodes
are kept covered with charcoal bed.
5. Charcoal separator.- A cyclone type of charcoal separator shall be fitted on the off take pipe between the electric
furnace and sulphur separator to prevent entry of pieces of charcoal into the condensers and piping.
6. Rupture discs and safety seal.-
(1)At least two rupture discs of adequate size which shall blow off at a pressure twice the maximum operating
pressure shall be provided on each furnace and shall either be mounted directly on the top of the furnace or each
through an independent pipe as close as possible to the furnace.
(2)A safety water seal shall be provided and tapped from a point between the charcoal separator and the sulphur
separator.
183
LatestLaws.com
7.Pyrometer and manometers.-

(1)Each electric furnace shall be fitted with adequate number of pyrometers to give an indication of the temperature
as correctly as reasonably practicable at various points in the furnace. The dials for reading the temperatures shall
be located in the control room.
(2)Manometers or any other suitable devices shall be provided for indicating pressure -
(a)in the off take pipe before and after the sulphur separator; and
(b) in primary and secondary condensers.
8.Check valves.- All piping carrying carbon disulphide shall be fitted with check valves at suitable positions so as to
prevent gas from flowing back into any electric furnace in the event of its shut down.
9.Inspection and maintenance of electric furnaces.-

(1)Every electric furnace shall be inspected internally by a competent person.
(a) before being placed in service after installation;
(b) before being placed in service after reconstruction or repairs; and
(c) periodically every time the furnace is opened for cleaning or de- or for replacing electrodes.
(2)When an electric furnace is shut down for cleaning or de--

(a) the brick lining shall be checked for continuity and any part found defective removed;
(b)after removal of any part of the lining referred to in (a) the condition of the shell shall be closely
inspected; and
(c) any plates forming shall found corroded to the extent that safety of the furnace is endangered shall be
replaced.
10.Maintenance of records.- The following hourly records shall be maintained in a log book.
(a)manometer readings at the points specified in sub-paragraph 7(2);
(b)gas temperature indicated by pyrometers and all other vital points near the sulphur separator and
primary and secondary condensers;
(c)water temperature and flow of water through the siphon in the electrodes; and
(d)primary and secondary voltages and current and energy consumed.
11.Electrical apparatus, wiring and fittings.- All buildings in which carbon disulphide id refined or stored shall be
provided with electrical apparatus, wiring and fittings which shall afford adequate protection from fire and
explosion.
12.Prohibition relating to smoking.- No person shall smoke or carry matches, fire or naked light or other means of
producing a naked light or spark in buildings in which carbon disulphide is refined or stored, and a notice in the
language understood by a majority of the workers shall be posted in the plant prohibiting smoking and carrying of
matches, fire or naked light or other means of producing naked light or spark into such rooms.
13.Means of escape.- Adequate means of escape shall be provided and maintained to enable persons to move to a
safe place as quickly as possible in case of an emergency. At least two independent staircases of adequate width
shall be provided in every building housing the furnaces at reasonable intervals at opposite ends. These shall
always be kept clear of all obstructions and so designed to afford easy passage.
14.Warnings in case of fire.- There shall be adequate arrangements for giving warnings in case of fire or explosion
which shall operate on electrically and in case of failure of electricity by some mechanical means.
15.Fire-fighting equipment.-
(1)Adequate number of suitable fire extinguishers or other fire-fighting equipment shall be kept in constant
readiness for dealing with risks involved and depending on the amount and nature of materials stored.
(2)Clear instructions as to how the extinguishers or other equipment should be used printed in the language which
the majority of the workers employed understand, shall be affixed to each extinguisher or other equipment and the
personnel trained in their use.
184
LatestLaws.com
16.Bulk Sulphur.-
(1)Open or semi-enclosed spaces for storage of bulk sulphur shall be sited with due regard to the dangers which may
arise from sparks given off by nearby locomotives, etc., and precautions shall be taken to see that flames, smoking
and matches and other sources of ignition do not come in contact with the clouds of dust arising during handling of
bulk sulphur.
(2)All enclosures for bulk sulphur shall be of non-combustible construction, adequately ventilated and so designed
as to provide a minimum of ledges on which dust may lodge.
(3)The bulk sulphur in the enclosures shall be handled in such a manner as to minimise the formation of dust clouds
and no flame, smoking and matches or other sources of ignition shall be employed during handling and non-
sparking tools shall be used whenever sulphur is shovelled or otherwise removed by hand.
(4)No repairs involving flames, heat or use of hand or power tools shall be made in the enclosure where bulk sulphur
is stored.
17.Liquid sulphur.- Open flames, electric sparks and other sources of ignition, including smoking and matches, shall
be excluded from the vicinity of molten sulphur.
18.Training and supervision.-
(1)All electric furnaces and all plants in which carbon disulphide is condensed, refined or stored shall be under
adequate supervision at all times while the furnaces and plant are in operation.
(2)Workers in charge of operation and maintenance of electric furnaces and the plants shall be properly qualified
and adequately trained.
19.Washing facilities.-
(1)The occupier shall provide and maintain in a clean state and in good repair, for the use of all persons employed
wash place under cover with at least one tap or stand-pipe, having a constant supply of clean water for every five
such persons, the taps or stand-pipes being spaced not less than 120 centimetres apart with a sufficient supply of
soap and clean towels, provided that towels shall be supplied individually to each worker if so ordered by the
Inspector.
(2)All the workers employed in the sulphur storage, handling and melting operations shall be provided with a nail
brush.
20.Personal protective equipment.-

(1) Suitable goggles and protective clothing consisting of overalls without packets, gloves and foot-wear shall be
provided for the use of operatives -
(a) when operating valves or cocks controlling fluids etc.,
(b) drawing off a molten sulphur from sulphur pots;
(c) handling charcoal or sulphur.
(2)Suitable respiratory protective equipment shall be provided and stored in the appropriate place for use during
abnormal conditions or in an emergency.
(3)Arrangements shall be made for proper and efficient cleaning of all such protective equipment.
21.Cloakrooms.- There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons employed in the processes a
suitable cloakroom for clothing put off during work hours and a suitable place separate from the cloakroom for the
storage or overalls or working clothes. The accommodation so provided shall be placed in the charge of a
responsible person and shall be kept clean.
22.Unauthorised persons.- Only maintenance and repair personnel, persons directly connected with the plant
operation and those accompanied by authorised persons shall be admitted into the plant.
185
LatestLaws.com
SCHEDULE XXIII
Manufacture or manipulation of carcinogenic dye intermediates
1.Application.- The schedule shall apply in respect of all factories or any part thereof where processes in which the
substances mentioned in paragraphs 3and 4 are formed, manufactured, handled, or used and the processes incidental
thereto in the course of which these substances are formed, are carried on. The processes indicated in this paragraph
shall be referred to hereinafter as “the said processes”, and such a reference shall mean any or all the processes
described in this paragraph.
2.Definition.- For the purpose of this schedule the following definitions shall apply, unless the context otherwise
requires -
(a)”controlled substances” means chemical substances mentioned in paragraph 4 of this schedule;
(b)”efficient exhaust draught” means localised ventilation effected by mechanical means for the removal of
gas, vapour, dust or fume so as to prevent them from escaping into the air of any place in which work is
carried on. No draught, shall be deemed to be efficient which fails to remove smoke generated at the
point where such gas, vapour, fume or dust originates; and
(c)”prohibited substances” means chemical substances mentioned in paragraph 3 of this schedule.
3.Prohibited substances.- For the purpose of this schedule, the following chemical substances shall be classified as
“prohibited substances” except when theses substances are present or are formed as a by-product of a chemical
reaction in a total concentration not exceeding one percent :-
(a) beta-naphthylamine and its salts;
(b) Benzedrine and its salts;
(c) 4-amino biphenyl and its salts;
(d) 4-nitro diphenyl and its salts; and
(e) any substance containing any of these compounds.
4.Controlled substances.- For the purpose of this schedule, the following chemical substances shall be classified as
“controlled substances” :-
(a)alpha-naphthylamine or alpha-naphthylamine containing not more than one percent of beta-
naphthylamine either as a by-product of chemical reaction or otherwise, and its salts;
(b) ortho-tolidine and its salts;
(c) dianisdine and its salts;
(d) dichlorobenzidine and its salts;
(e) auramine; and
(f) magneta.
5.Prohibition of employment.- No person shall be employed in the said processes in any factory in which any
prohibited substance is formed, manufactured, processed, handled, or used except as exempted by the Chief
Inspector as stipulated in paragraph 23.
6.Requirements for processing or handling controlled substances.-

(1)Wherever any of the controlled substances referred to in paragraph 4 are formed, manufactured, processed,
handled, or used, all practical steps shall be taken to prevent inhalation,
ingestion or absorption of the said controlled substance by the workers while engaged in processing that substance,
and its storage or transport within the plant, or in cleaning or
maintenance of the concerned equipment, plant, machinery and storage areas.
(2)As far as possible all operations shall be carried out in a totally enclosed system. Wherever such enclosure is not
possible, efficient exhaust draught shall be applied at the point where the controlled substances are likely to escape
into the atmosphere during the process.
186
LatestLaws.com
(3)The controlled substances shall be received in the factory in tightly closed containers and shall be kept so except
when these substances are in process or in use. The controlled substances shall leave the factory only in tightly
closed containers of appropriate type. All the containers shall be plainly labelled to indicate the contents.
7.Personal protective equipment.-

(1)The following items of personal protective equipment shall be provided and issued to every worker employed in
the said processes :-
(a)long trousers and shirts or overalls with full sleeves and head coverings. The shirt or overall shall
cover the neck completely; and
(b) rubber gum-boots.
(2)The following items of personal protective equipment shall be provided in sufficient numbers for use by workers
employed in the said processes when there is danger of injury during the performance of normal duties or in the
event of emergency :-
(a) rubber hand-gloves;
(b) rubber aprons; and
(c) airline respirators or other suitable respiratory protective equipment.
(3)It shall be the responsibility of the manager to maintain all items of personal protective equipment in a clean and
hygienic condition and in good repair.
8.Prohibition relating to employment of women and young persons.- No woman or young person shall be employed
or permitted to work in any room in which the said processes are carried on.
9.Floors of workroom.- The floor of every workroom in which the said processes are carried on shall be
(a)smooth and impervious to water provided that asphalt or tar shall not be used in the composition of the
floor,
(b)maintained in a state of good repair,
(c)with a suitable slope for easy draining and provided with gutters and
(d)thoroughly washed daily with the drain water being led into a sewer through a closed channel.
10.Disposal of empty containers.- Empty containers used for holding controlled substances shall be thoroughly
cleaned of their contents and treated with an inactivating agent before being discarded.
11.Manual handling.- Controlled substances shall not be allowed to be mixed, filled, emptied or handled except by
means of a scoop with a handle. Such scoop shall be thoroughly cleaned daily.
12.Instructions regarding risk.- Every worker on his first employment in the said processes shall be fully instructed
on the properties of the toxic chemicals to which he is likely to be exposed to, of the dangers involved and the
precautions to be taken. Workers shall also be instructed on the measures to be taken to deal with an emergency.
13.Cautionary placards.- Cautionary placards in the form specified in appendix attached to this schedule and printed
in the language of the majority of the workers employed in the said processes shall be affixed in prominent places
frequented by them in the factory, where the placards can be conveniently read. Arrangements shall be made by the
manager to instruct periodically all such workers regarding the precautions contained in the cautionary placards.
14.Obligations of the workers.- It shall be the duty of the persons employed in the said processes to submit
themselves for the medical examination including exfoliative cytology of urine by the Certifying Surgeon or the
qualified medical practitioner as provided for under these rules.
15.Washing and bathing facilities.-

(1)The following washing and bathing facilities shall be provided and maintained in a clean state and in good repair
for the use of all workers employed in the said processes :-
(a)a wash place under cover having constant supply of water and provided with clean towels, soap and nail
brushes and with at least one stand pipe for every five such workers;
187
LatestLaws.com
(b)50 percent of the stand pipes provided under clause (a) shall be located in bathrooms where both hot and
cold water shall be made available during the working hours of the factory and for one hour thereafter;
(c)the washing and bathing facilities shall be in close proximity of the area housing the said processes;
(d)clean towels shall be provided individually to each worker; and
(e)in addition to the taps mentioned under clause (a), one stand pipe, in which warm water is made
available, shall be provided on each floor.
(2)Arrangement shall be made to wash factory uniforms and other work clothes everyday.
16.Food, drinks, etc. prohibited in workroom.- No worker shall consume food, drink, pan, supari or tobacco or shall
smoke in any workroom in which the said processes are carried on and no worker shall remain in any such room
during intervals for meals or rest.
17.Cloakroom.- There shall be provided and maintained in a clean state and in good repair for the use of the workers
employed in the said processes
(a)a cloakroom with lockers having two compartments - one for street clothes and the other for work
clothes, and
(b)a place separate from the locker room and the messroom, for the storage of protective equipment
provided under paragraph 7. he accommodation so provided shall be under the care of a responsible person
and shall be kept clean.
18.Messroom.- There shall be provided and maintained for the use of workers employed in the said processes who
remain on the premises during the meal intervals, a messroom which shall be furnished with tables and benches and
provided with suitable means for warming food.
19.Time allowed for washing.- Before the end of each shift 30 minutes shall be allowed for bathing for each worker
who is employed in the said processes. Further, atleast 10 minutes shall be allowed for washing before each meal in
addition to the regular time allowed for meals.
20.Restriction on age of persons employed.- No worker under the age of 40 years shall be engaged in the factory in
the said processes for the first time after the date on which the schedule comes into force.
(a)employ a qualified medical practitioner for medical surveillance of the workers employed therein whose
(b)provide to the medical practitioner all the necessary facilities for the purpose referred to in clause (a).
(2)The record of such examinations carried out by the medical practitioner shall be maintained in a separate ,
register approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept readily available for inspection by the
Inspector.
22.Medical examination by Certifying Surgeon.- (1) Every worker employed in the processes specified in
(2)Every worker employed in a manganese process shall be re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at least once in
every three calendar months and such examination shall, wherever the Certifying Surgeon considers appropriate,
include all the tests in sub-paragraph (1).
(3)The Certifying Surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a Certificate of Fitness in Form 23. The record of
examination and re-examinations carried out shall be entered in the Certificate and the Certificate shall be kept in
the custody of the manger of the factory. The record of each examination carried out under sub-paragraph (1) and
(2) , including the nature and the results of these test, shall also be entered by the Certifying Surgeon in a health
register in Form 24.
(4)The Certificate of Fitness and the health register shall be kept readily available for inspection by the Inspector.
188
LatestLaws.com
(5)If at any time the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that a worker is no longer fit for employment in the said
documents should also include the period for which he considers that the said person is unfit to work in the said
process shall be provided with alternate placement facilities unless he is fully incapacitated in the opinion of the
Certifying Surgeon , in which case the person affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.
(6)No person who has been found unfit to work as said in sub-paragraph (5) shall be re-employed or permitted to
work in the said processes unless the Certifying Surgeon , after further examination, again certifies him fit for
23.Exemptions - prohibited substances.-

(1)The Chief Inspector may by a certificate in writing (which he may at his discretion revoke at any time), subject to
such conditions, if any, as may be specified therein, exempt any process in the course of which any of the prohibited
substances is formed, processed, manufactured, handled, or used, form the provisions of paragraph 5 if he is
satisfied that the process is carried out in a totally enclosed and hermetically sealed system in such a manner that the
prohibited substance is not removed from the system except in the quantities no greater than that required for the
purpose of control, of the process or such purposes as is necessary to ensure that the product is free from any of the
prohibited substances.
(2)The Chief Inspector may allow the manufacture, handling or use of benzidine hydrochloride provided that all the
processes in connection with it are carried out in a totally enclosed system in such a manner that no prohibited
substance other than benzidine hydrochloride is removed therefrom except in quantities no greater than that required
for the purpose of control of the processes or such purposes as is necessary to ensure that the product is free from
prohibited substances and that adequate steps are taken to ensure that benzidine hydrochloride is, except while not in
a totally enclosed system, kept wet not less than one part of water to two parts of benzidine hydrochloride at all
times.
24.Exemptions - general.- If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the exceptional
circumstances or infrequency of the processes or for any other reason, all or any of the provisions of this schedule is
not necessary for the protection of the workers in the factory, the Chief Inspector may be a certificate in writing
(which he may in his discretion revoke at any time), exempt such factory from all or any of such provisions subject
to such conditions, if any, as he may specify therein.
APPENDIX
CAUTIONARY PLACARD/NOTICE
Carcinogenic dye intermediates

1.Dye intermediates which are nitro amino derivatives or aromatic hydrocarbons are toxic. You have to handle
these chemicals frequently in this factory.
2.Use the various items of protective wear to safeguard your own health.
3.Maintain scrupulous cleanliness at all times. Thoroughly wash hands and feet before taking meals. It is essential
to take a bath before leaving the factory.
4.Wash off any chemical falling on your body with soap and water. If splashed with a solution of the chemical,
remove the contaminated clothing immediately. These chemicals are known to produce cyanosis. Contact the
medical officer or appointed doctor immediately and get his advice.
5.Handle the dye intermediates only with long handled scoops, never with bare hands.
6.Alcoholic drinks should be avoided as they enhance the risk of poisoning by the chemicals.
189
LatestLaws.com
7.Keep your food and drinks away from work place. Consuming food, drinks or tobacco in any form at the place of
work is prohibited.
8.Serious effects from work with toxic chemicals may follow after many years. Great care must be taken to maintain
absolute cleanliness of body, clothes, machinery and equipment.
190
LatestLaws.com
SCHEDULE XXIV
Operations involving high noise and vibration levels

Part-A High Noise Levels:
1. Application- This Part of the schedule shall apply to all operations in any manufacturing process having high
noise level.
(a) “Noise” means any unwanted sound.
(b) ”High noise level” means any noise level measured on the A-weighted scale is 85 dB or above.
(c) ”Decibel” means one-tenth of “Bel” which is the fundamental division of a logarithmic scale used to
express the ratio of two specified or implied quantities, the number of “Bels” denoting such a ratio being
the logarithm to the base the of 10 of this ratio. The noise level (or the sound pressure level) 6 corresponds
to a reference pressure of 20 x 10 Newton per square meter or 0.0002 dynes per square centimetre which is
the threshold of hearing, that is, the lowest sound pressure level necessary to produce the sensation of
hearing in average healthy listeners. The decibel in abbreviated form is dB.
(d) ”Frequency” is the rate of pressure variations expressed in cycles per second or hertz.
(e) ”dBA” refers to sound level in decibels as measured on a sound level meter operating on the A-weighting
net work with slow meter response.
(f) ”A-weighting” means making graded adjustments in the intensities of sound of various frequencies for the
purpose of noise measurement, so that the sound pressure level measured by an instrument reflects the
actual response of the human ear to the sound measured.
3. Protection against noise.-
(1) In every factory, suitable, a suitable engineering control or administrative measures shall be taken to
ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, that no worker is exposed to sound levels exceeding the
maximum permissible noise exposure levels specified in Tables 1 and 2.
Table 1: Permissible exposure in cases of continuous noise
Total time of exposure (continuous Sound pressure level in or a number
short term exposures) of dBA per day, in hours
8 85
6 87
4 90
3 92
2 95
1½ 97
1 100
¾ 102
½ 105
¼ 110
Notes: 1. No exposure in excess of 110 dBA is to be permitted.

2. For any period of exposure falling in between any figure and the next higher or lower figure as indicated
in column 1, the permissible sound pressure level is to be determined by extrapolation on a proportionate
basis.
Table 2: Permissible exposure levels of impulsive or impact noise
Peak sound pressure level in dB Permitted number of impulses or impact per day
140 100
135 315
130 1,000
125 3,160
120 10,000
Notes: 1.No exposure in excess of 140 dB peak sound pressure level is permitted.
191
LatestLaws.com
2. For any peak sound pressure level falling in between any figure and the next higher or lower figure as
indicated in column 1, the permitted number of impulses or impacts per day is to be determined by
extrapolation on a proportionate basis.
(2) For the purposes of this schedule, if the variations in the noise level involve maximum at intervals of one
second or less, the noise is to be considered as a continuous one and the criteria given in Table 1 would
apply. In other cases, the noise is to be considered as impulsive or impact noise and the criteria given in
Table 2 would apply.
(3) When the daily exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure at different levels their
combined effect should be considered, rather than the individual effect of each. The mixed exposure should
be considered to exceed the limit value if the sum of the fractions
C1+ C2+............ Cn exceeds unity, -

T1 T2 Tn
Where the C1, C2 etc. indicate the total time of actual exposure at a specified noise level and T1, T2, etc.
denote the time of exposure of less than 90 dBA may be ignored in the above calculation.
(4) Where it is not possible to reduce the noise exposure to the levels specified in sub-clause (1) by reasonably
practicable engineering control or administrative measures, the noise exposure shall be reduced to the
greatest extent feasible by such control measures, and each worker so exposed shall be provided with
suitable ear protectors as per relevant National or International Standards so as to reduce the exposure to
noise to the levels specified in sub-clause 3(1).
(4) (1) The Occupier shall provide personal hearing protectors to the workers
(a) so as to eliminate the risk to hearing or to reduce the risk to as low a level as is reasonably
practicable.
(b) after consultation with the employees concerned or their representative
(c) ensure the hearing protectors is full and properly fitted, periodically checked for the effectiveness,
used and maintained in good working order and repair
(d) ensure that workers are given periodical training in the use, care and maintenance of the Personal
hearing protectors.
(5) Where the ear protectors provided in accordance with sub-paragraph 3(4) and worn by a worker cannot still
attenuate the noise reaching near his ear, as determined by subtracting the attenuation value in dBA of the
ear protectors concerned from the measured sound pressure level, to a level permissible under Table 1 or
Table 2 as the case may be, the noise exposure period shall be suitably reduced to correspond to the
permissible noise exposures specified in sub-paragraph (1).
(6) (a) In all cases where the prevailing sound levels exceed the permissible levels specified in sub-paragraph
(1) there shall be administered an effective hearing conservation programme which shall include among
other hearing conservation measures, pre-employment and periodical auditory surveys conducted on
workers exposed to noise exceeding the permissible levels, and rehabilitation of such workers either by
reducing the exposure to the noise levels or by transferring them to places where noise levels are
relatively less or by any other suitable means.
(b) Every worker employed in areas where the noise exceeds the maximum permissible exposure levels
specified in sub-clause (1) shall be subjected to any auditory examination by a Certifying Surgeon
within 14 days of his first employment and thereafter, shall be re-examined at least once a every 12
months. Such initial and periodical examinations shall include tests which the Certifying Surgeon may
consider appropriate and shall include determination of auditory thresholds for pure tones of 125, 250,
500, 1000, 2000, 4000 and 8000 cycles per second.
Part-B High Vibration Levels:
(1) Applications
This part of the Schedule shall apply to all operations in a manufacturing part of the process having high
undesired vibrations.
192
LatestLaws.com
(2) Definition:
a. “daily exposure” means the quantity of mechanical vibration to which a worker is exposed during a working
day, which takes account of the magnitude and duration of the vibration;
b. “Vibration” means a mechanical phenomenon where by oscillations occur about equilibrium point. The
oscillations may be periodic or random.
c. “high vibration” means any exposure greater than the exposure limit value and action value specified in
clause-3.
d. “exposure action value” means the level of daily exposure set out in clause-3 for any worker which, if
reached or exceeded, requires specified action to be taken to reduce risk;
e. “exposure limit value” means the level of daily exposure for any worker which must not be exceeded, as
specified in sub clause -3
f. “hand-arm vibration” means mechanical vibration which is transmitted into the hands and arms during a
work activity;
g. “mechanical vibration” means vibration occurring in a piece of machinery or equipment or in a vehicle as a
result of its operation; and
h. “whole-body vibration” means mechanical vibration which is transmitted into the body, when seated or
standing, through the supporting surface, during a work activity or as described in sub clause 3(2).
(3) Exposure limit values and action values.
(1) For hand-arm vibration—
(a) the daily exposure limit value is 5 m/s2 A(8);
(b) the daily exposure action value is 2.5 m/s2A(8),
and daily exposure shall be ascertained on the basis set out in the relevant National/International
Standards specified in table 1 below.
(2) For whole body vibration—

(a) the daily exposure limit value is 1.15 m/s2A(8);
(b) the daily exposure action value is 0.5 m/s2A(8),
and daily exposure shall be ascertained on the basis set out in the relevant National/International Standards
Table 1:The Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) for exposure of the hand to vibration in X, Y, or Z direction of axes in
the three dimensional system shall be as given below:
Total Daily Exposure Maximum value of frequency weighted
Duration (hours) acceleration (m/s2) in any direction
4 to less than 8 hours 4
less than 1hour 12
(3)(2) Assessment of vibration exposure shall be made for each applicable direction (X, Y, Z) since vibration is a
vector quantity (magnitude and direction). In each direction, the magnitude of the vibration during normal
operation of the power tool, machine or work piece should be expressed by the root-mean-square (RMS)
value of the frequency –weighted component acceleration, in units of meter per second squared (m/s2)
(4) Assessment of risk to health due to vibration at the work place.

(a) An occupier who carries out work which is liable to expose any worker from vibration shall make a
suitable and sufficient assessment of the risk created by that work to the health and safety of those and the
risk assessment shall identify the control measures that need to be taken.
(b) The risk assessment should be reviewed whenever it is felt the changes in the process makes the earlier risk
assessment no longer valid.
(5) Engineering control measures.
(1) The occupier shall ensure that risk from the exposure of workers to vibration is either eliminated at source
or, where this is not reasonably practicable, reduced to as low a level as is reasonably practicable.
(2) Where it is not reasonably practicable to eliminate risk at source pursuant to paragraph (a) and an exposure
action value is likely to be reached or exceeded, the employer shall reduce exposure to as low a level as is
193
LatestLaws.com
reasonably practicable by establishing and implementing a programme of engineering control measures

which are appropriate to this type of activity.
(3) The occupier shall ensure that the workers are provided with the following measures.
(a) work equipment of appropriate ergonomic design which, taking account of the work to be done,
produces the least possible vibration;
(b) the provision of auxiliary equipment which reduces the risk of injuries caused by vibration; and
install appropriate maintenance programmes for work equipment, the workplace and workplace
systems;
(4) Subject to sub clause 5, the employer shall ensure that his employees are not exposed to vibration above an
exposure limit value; and shall take necessary to identify the reasons for the limit being exceeded and take
appropriate steps to reduce the exposure to vibration to below limit value.
Provided that where the exposure of an employee to vibration is usually below the exposure action value
but varies markedly from time to time and may occasionally exceed the exposure limit value.
further provided that– any exposure to vibration averaged over one week is less than the exposure limit
value and there is evidence to show that the risk from the actual pattern of exposure is less than the
corresponding risk from constant exposure at the exposure limit value; and that the (b) risk is reduced to as
low a level as is reasonably practicable, taking into account the special circumstances.
(6) Medical Examination.

(1) The occupier shall ensure that the workers who are likely to be exposed to vibration at above exposure
action value are subjected to periodical medical examination once in a year. The medical examination shall
include general and physical examination as well as special test for Reynaud’s phenomenon.
(2) The health record of workers shall be maintained by the occupier for a period of 5 years from the date of
last test and produce to the Inspector of Factories on demand.
(3) If at any time the certifying Surgeon/Factory Medical Inspector is of the opinion that the worker is no
longer fit to work in the said process on the ground that continuance daring would involve danger to the
health of the worker he shall make a record of his findings in the said certificate and the health register.
The entry of his findings in those documents should also include the period for which he considers that the
said person is unfit for work in the said processes. The person declared unfit in such circumstances shall be
provided with alternate placement facility unless he is fully incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying
Surgeon in which case the person affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.
(7) Personal Protective equipment.
(1) The occupier shall ensure that the worker who are likely to be exposed to high level of vibration are
provided with appropriate PPE and protective clothing confirming to national or international standards.
Such Personal Protective Equipment should include hand gloves and safety shoes. The protective clothing
shall be able to protect the workers from cold and dump.
(2) The occupier shall ensure that workers are given periodical training in the use care and maintenance of the
Personal Protective Equipment
(8) Administrative Control Measures.
(1) The occupier shall ensure that as far as reasonably practicable as all necessary control measures are taken to
ensure that the unwanted vibrations does not affect the health of the workers employed in the process to
which this part of schedule apply.
(2) The occupier shall provide all workers with information instruction and training to be adopted to limit the
exposure limit values and action values as set out in sub clause -3.
(3) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (1), the information, instruction and training provided
under that paragraph shall include–
(i) the exposure limit values and action values set out in sub clause -3.
(ii) safe working practices to minimise exposure to vibration; and
(iii) suitable and sufficient information and training for employees, such that work equipment may be
used correctly and safely, in order to minimise their exposure to vibration;
(iv) limitation of the duration and magnitude of exposure to vibration;
(v) appropriate work schedules with adequate rest periods; and
(vi) The information, instruction and training required by paragraph (2) shall be updated to take
account of significant changes in the type of work carried out or the working methods used by the
employer.
194
LatestLaws.com
(4) The Occupier shall display pictorial cautionary notices/warning signs at conspicuous places where there are
possibilities of workers being exposed to undesired high vibrations.
(9) Prohibition in employment of women, young persons and persons with disabilities. No women or young person
or persons with disabilities shall be employed in the process covered by this part of the schedule.
(10) Exemptions. If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to any exceptional
circumstances, or infrequently of the process, or for any other reason, application of all or any of the provisions
of this schedule is not necessary for the protection of the persons employed in such factory, he may by an order
in writing which he may at his discretion revoke, exempt such factory from all or any of the provisions on such
conditions and for such period as he may specify in the said matter.
SCHEDULE XXV
Manufacture of Rayon by viscose process

1.Definitions.- For the purpose of this schedule -
(a) ”approved” means approved for the time being in writing by the Chief Inspector;
(b) ”breathing apparatus” means a helmet or face piece with necessary connections by means of which the person
using it in a poisonous, asphyxiating or irritant atmosphere breathes unpolluted air; or any other approved apparatus;
(c) ”churn” means the vessel in which alkali cellulose pulp is treated with carbon disulphide;
(d) ”dumping” means transfer of cellulose xanthate from a dry churn to a dissolver;
(e) ”efficient exhaust draught” means localised ventilation by mechanical means for the removal of any gas or
vapour, so as to prevent it from escaping into the air of any place in which work is carried on. No draught shall be
deemed to be efficient if it fails to control effectively any gas or vapour generated at the point where such gas or
fume originates;
(f) ”fume process” means any process in which carbon disulphide or hydrogen sulphide is produced, used or given
off;
(g) ”life belt” means a belt made of leather or other suitable material which can be securely fastened round the body
with a suitable length of rope attached to it, each of which is sufficiently strong to sustain the weight of a man;
(h) ”protective equipment” means apron, goggles, face shields, footwear, gloves and overalls made of suitable
materials.
2.Ventilation.-
(1) In all workrooms where a fume process is carried on, adequate ventilation by natural or mechanical means shall
be provided so as to control, in association with other control measures, the concentration of carbon-di-sulphide and
hydrogen sulphide in the air of every work environment within the permissible limits.
(2) Notwithstanding the requirements in sub-paragraph (1) an efficient exhaust draught shall be provided and
maintained to control the concentration of carbon-di-sulphide and hydrogen sulphide in the air at the following
locations :-
(a) dumping hoppers of dry churns;
(b) spinning machines;
(c) trio rollers and cutters used in steple fibre spinning;
(d) gydro-extractors for yarn cakes;
(e) after treatment processes; and
(f) spin baths.
(3) In so far as the spinning machines and trio rollers and cutters used in staple fibre spinning are concerned, they
shall be, for the purpose of ensuring the effectiveness of the exhaust draft to be provided as required in sub-
paragraph (1), enclosed as fully as practicable and provided with suitable shutters in sections to enable the required
operations to be carried out without giving rise to undue quantities of carbon-di-dulphide escaping to the work
environment.
195
LatestLaws.com
(4) No dry churn shall be opened after completion of reaction without initially exhausting the residual vapours of
carbon-di-sulphide by operation of a suitable and efficient arrangement for exhausting the vapours which shall be
continued to be operated as long as the churn is kept opened.
(5) Whenever any ventilation apparatus normally required for the purpose of meeting the requirements in sub-
paragraphs (2), (3), and (4) is ineffective, fails, or is stopped for any purpose whatsoever, all persons shall be
required to leave the work areas where the equipment or processes specified in the above said sub-paragraphs are in
use, as soon as possible, and in any case not later than 15 minutes after such an occurrence.
(6) (a) All ventilating systems provided for the purposes as required in sub-paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) shall be
examined and inspected once every week by a responsible person. It shall be thoroughly examined and tested by a
competent person once In every period of 12 months. Any defects found by such examinations or test shall be
rectified forthwith.
(b) A register containing particulars of such examinations and tests, and the state of the systems and the repairs or
alterations (if any) found to be necessary shall be kept and shall be available for inspection by an Inspector.
3. Waste from spinning machines.- Waste yarn from the spinning machines shall be deposited in suitable containers
provided with close fitting covers. Such waste shall be disposed off as quickly as possible after decontamination.
4. Lining of dry churns.- The inside surface of all dry churns shall be coated with a non-sticky paint so that cellulose
xanthate will not stick to the surface of the churn. Such coating shall be maintained in good condition.
5. Air monitoring.-
(1) To ensure the effectiveness of the control measures, monitoring of carbon-di-sulphide and hydrogen sulphide in
air shall be carried out once atleast in every shift and the record of the results so obtained shall be entered in a
register specially maintained for the purposes.
(2) For the purpose of the requirement in sub-paragraph (1), instantaneous gas detector tubes shall not be used.
Samples shall be collected over a duration of not less than 10 minutes and analysed by an approved method. The
locations where such monitoring is to be done shall be as directed by the Inspector.
(3) If the concentration of either carbon disulphide or hydrogen sulphide exceeds the permissible limits for such
vapour or gas as laid down in Rule 123A, suitable steps shall be taken for controlling the concentrations in air of
such contaminants. A report of such occurrences shall be sent to the Chief Inspector forthwith.
6. Prohibition to remain in fume process room.- No person during his intervals for meal, or rest shall remain in any
room wherein fume process is carried on.
7. Prohibition relating to employment of young persons.- No young person shall be employed or permitted to work
in any fume process or in any room in which any such process is carried on.
8. Protective equipment.- (1)The occupier shall provide and maintain in good condition protective equipment as
specified in the Table for use of persons employed in the processes referred to therein.
Table
Process Protective equipment
1. Dumping Overalls, face-shields, gloves and footwear-all made of suitable

material.
2. Spinning Suitable aprons, gloves and footwear
3. Process involving or Suitable gloves and footwear
likely to involve contact
with viscose solution.
4. Handling of sulphur Suitable chemical goggles
5. Any other process Protective equipment as may be
involving contact with directed by the Chief Inspector by
hazardous chemicals an order in writing
196
LatestLaws.com
(2) A suitable room, rooms or lockers shall be provided exclusively for the storage of all protective equipment
supplied to workers and no such equipment shall be stored at any place other than the room, rooms or lockers so
provided.
9. Breathing apparatus.- (1)There shall be provided in every factory where fume process is carried on , sufficient
supply of -
(a) breathing apparatus,
(b) oxygen and a suitable appliances for its administration, and
(c) life belts.
(2) (a)The breathing apparatus and other appliances referred to in sub-paragraph (1) shall be maintained in good
condition and kept in appropriate locations so as to be readily available.
(b)The breathing apparatus and other appliances referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of sub-paragraph (1) shall be
cleaned and disinfected at suitable intervals and thoroughly inspected once every month by a responsible
person.
(c) A record of the maintenance of the condition of the breathing apparatus and other appliances referred to in
sub-clause (1) shall be entered in a register provided for that purpose which shall be readily available for
inspection by an Inspector.
(3) Sufficient number of workers shall be trained and periodically retrained in the use of breathing apparatus and
administering artificial respiration so that at least 2 such trained persons would be available during all the working
hours in each room in which fume process is carried on.
(4) Breathing apparatus shall be kept properly labelled in clean, dry, light-proof cabinets and if liable to be affected
by fumes, shall be protected by placing them in suitable containers.
(5) No person shall be employed to perform any work for which breathing apparatus is necessary to be provided
under sub-paragraph (1) unless he has been fully instructed in the proper use of that equipment.
(6)No breathing apparatus provided in pursuance of sub-paragraph (1) which has been worn by a person shall be
worn by another person shall be worn by another person unless it has been thoroughly cleaned and disinfected since
last being worn and the person has been fully instructed in the proper use of that equipment.
10.Electric fittings.- All electric fittings in any room in which carbon-di-sulphide is produced, used or given off or is
likely to be given off into the work environment, other than a spinning room, shall be of flame-proof construction
and all electric conductors shall either be enclosed in metal conduits or be lead-sheathed.
11.Prohibition relating to smoking, etc.- No person shall smoke or carry matches, fire or naked light or other means
of producing a naked light or spark in a room in which fume process is carried on.
A notice in the language understood by the majority of the workers shall be posted at prominent locations in the
plant prohibiting smoking and carrying of matches, fire or naked light or other means of producing naked light or
spark into such rooms.
Provided that fire, naked light or other means of producing a naked light of spark may be carried on in such room
only when required for the purposes of the process itself under the direction of a responsible person.
12.Washing and bathing facilities.- (1)There shall be provided and maintained in a clean state and in good repair for
the use of all workers employed and in the processes covered by the schedule, adequate washing and bathing
places having a constant supply of water under cover at the rate of one such place for every 25 persons employed.
(2)The washing places shall have standpipes placed at intervals of not less than one metre.
(3)Not less than one half of the total number of washing places shall be provided with bathrooms.
197
LatestLaws.com
(4)Sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable material shall be provided.

Provided that such towels shall be supplied individually for each worker if so ordered by the Inspector.
(5)Sufficient supply of soap and nail brushes shall be provided.
13.Rest Room.-
(1)A rest room shall be provided for the workers engaged in doffing operations of filament yarn spinning process.
(2)Such rest room shall be provided with fresh air supply and adequate seating arrangement.
14.Cautionary notice and instructions - (1)The following cautionary notice shall be prominently displayed in each
fume process room.
“Cautionary Notice
1. Carbon disulphide (CS2) and Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S) which may be present in this room are hazardous to
health.
2. Follow safety instructions.
3. Use protective equipment and breathing apparatus as and when required.
4. Smoking is strictly prohibited in this area.”
This notice shall be in a language understood by the majority of the workers and displayed where it can be easily
and conveniently read. If any worker is illiterate, effective steps shall be taken to explain carefully to him the
contents of the notice so displayed.
(2)Arrangements shall be made to instruct each worker employed in any room in which a fume process is carried on
regarding the health hazards connected with their work and the preventive measures and methods to protect
themselves. Such instructions shall be given on his first employment and repeated periodically.
(3)Simple and special instructions shall be framed to ensure that effective measures will be carried out in case of
emergency involving escape of carbon-di-sulphide and hydrogen sulphide. Those instructions shall be displayed in
the concerned areas and workers shall be instructed and trained in the actions to be taken in such emergencies.
(2) The record of such examinations carried out by the medical practitioner shall be maintained in a separate ,
Inspector.
(2) Every worker employed in a manganese process shall be re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at least once in
(3) The Certifying Surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a Certificate of Fitness in Form 23. The record of
(2) , including the nature and the results of these test, shall also be entered by the Certifying Surgeon in a health
198
LatestLaws.com
(6) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in sub-paragraph (5) shall be re-employed or permitted to
17. Exemptions -If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the exceptional
which he may in his discretion revoke at any time, exempt such factory from all or any of such provisions subject to
such conditions, if any, as he may specify therein.
SCHEDULE XXVI
Highly Flammable Liquids and Flammable Compressed Gases
1. Application.- These rules will be applicable to all factories where highly flammable liquids or flammable
compressed gases are manufactured, stored, handled or used.
2. Definition.- For the purpose of this schedule -

(a) ”highly flammable liquid” means any liquid including its solution, emulsion or suspension which when
tested in a manner specified by sections 14 and 15 of the Petroleum Act, 1934, (30 of 1934) gives off
flammable vapours at a temperature less than 32 degree centigrade;
(b) ”flammable compressed gas” means flammable compressed gas as
defined in section 2 of the Static and Mobile Pressure Vessels (Unfired) Rules 1981 framed under the
Explosive Act, 1884.
3. Storage.-
(1) Every flammable liquid or flammable compressed gas used in every factory shall be stored in suitable fixed
storage tank, or in suitable closed vessel located in a safe position under the ground, in the open or in a store room of
adequate fire resistant construction.
(2) Except as necessary for use, operation or maintenance, every vessel or tank which contains or had contained
highly flammable liquid or flammable compressed gas shall be always kept closed and all reasonably practicable
steps shall be taken to contain or immediately drain off to a suitable container any spill or leak that may occur.
(3)Every container, vessel, tank, cylinder, or store room used for storing highly flammable liquid or flammable
compressed gas shall be clearly and in bold letters marked “Danger-Highly Flammable Liquid” or “Danger-
Flammable Compressed Gas”.
4. Enclosed Systems for Conveying Highly Flammable Liquids.- Wherever it is reasonably practicable, highly
flammable liquids shall be conveyed within a factory in totally enclosed systems consisting of pipe lines, pumps and
similar appliances from the storage tank or vessel to the point of use. Such enclosed systems shall be so designed,
installed, operated and maintained as to avoid leakage or the risk of spilling.
5.Preventing Formation of Flammable Mixture with Air.- Wherever there is a possibility for leakage or spill of
highly flammable liquid or flammable compressed gas from any equipment, pipe line, valve, joint or other part of a
system, all practicable measures shall be taken to contain, drain off or dilute such spills or leakage as to prevent
formation of flammable mixture with air.
199
LatestLaws.com
6.Prevention of Ignition.-
(1)In every room, work place or other location where highly flammable liquid or flammable combustible gas is
stored, conveyed, handled or used or where there is danger of fire or explosion from accumulation of highly
flammable liquid or flammable compressed gas in air, all practicable measures shall be taken to exclude the sources
of ignition. Such precautions shall include the following :
(a)All electrical apparatus shall either be excluded from the area of risk or they shall be of such construction and so
installed and maintained as to prevent the danger of their being a source of ignition;
(b)effective measures shall be adopted for prevention of accumulation of static charges to a dangerous extent;
(c)no person shall wear or be allowed to wear any foot wear having iron or steel nails or any other exposed ferrous
materials which is likely to cause sparks by friction;
(d)smoking, lighting or carrying of matches, lighters or smoking materials shall be prohibited;
(e)transmission belts with iron fasteners shall not be used; and
(f)all other precautions, as are reasonably practicable, shall be taken to prevent initiation of ignition from all other
possible sources such as open flames, frictional sparks, overheated surfaces of machinery or plant, chemical or
physical-chemical reaction and radiant heat.
7.Prohibition of smoking.- No person shall smoke in any place where highly flammable liquid or flammable
compressed gas is present in circumstances that shall take all practicable measures to ensure compliance with this
requirement including display of a bold notice indicating prohibition of smoking at every place where this
requirement applies.
8.Fire Fighting.- In every factory where highly flammable liquid or flammable compressed gas is manufactured,
stored, handled or used, appropriate and adequate means of fighting a fire shall be provided. The adequacy and
suitability of such means which expression includes the fixed and portable fire extinguishing systems, extinguishing
material, procedures and the process of fire fighting, shall be to the standards and levels prescribed by the Indian
Standards applicable, and in any case not inferior to the stipulations under Model Rules 69.
9.Exemptions -If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the exceptional
SCHEDULE XXVII
Operations in Foundries
1.Application.- Provisions of this schedule shall apply to all parts of factories where any of the following operations
or processes are carried on :
(a)the production of iron castings or, as the case may be, steel castings by casting in moulds made of sand, loam,
moulding composition or other mixture of materials, or by shall moulding, or by centrifugal casting and any process
incidental to such production;
(b)the production of non-ferrous castings by casting metal in moulds made of sand, loam , metal, moulding
composition or other material or mixture of materials, or by shall mouldings, die-casting (including pressure
diecasting), centrifugal casting or continuous casting and any process incidental to such production; and
200
LatestLaws.com
(c)the melting and casting of non-ferrous metal for the production of ingets, billets, slabs or other similar products,
and the stripping thereof;
but shall not apply with respect to -
(a)any process with respect to the smelting and manufacture of lead and the Electric Accumulators;
(b)any process for the purpose of a printing works; or
(c)any smelting process in which metal is obtained by a reducing operation or any process incidental to such
operation; or
(d)the production of steel in the form of ingots; or
(e)any process in the course of the manufacture of solder or any process incidental to such manufacture; or
(f)the smelting and casting of lead or any lead-based alloy for the production of ingots, billets, slabs or other similar
products or the stripping thereof, or any process incidental to such melting, casting or stripping.
2.Definition.- For the purpose of this schedule -
(a)”approved respirator’ means a respirator of a type approved by the Chief Inspector;
(b)”cupola of furnace” includes a receiver associated therewith;
(c)”dressing or fettling operations” includes stripping and other removal of adherent sand, cores, runners, risers,
flash and other surplus metal from a casting and the production of reasonably clean and smooth surface, but does not
include (a) the removal of metal from a casting when performed incidentally in connection with the machining or
assembling of castings after they have been dressed or fettled, or (b) any operation which is knock-out operation
within the meaning of this schedule;
(d)”foundry” means those parts of a factory in which the production of iron or steel or non-ferrous castings (not
being the production of pig iron or the production of steel in the form of ingots) is carried on by casting in moulds
made of sand, loam, moulding composition or other mixture of materials, or by shell moulding or by centrifugal
casting in metal moulds lined with sand, or die casting including pressure die casting, together with any part of the
factory in which any of the following processes are carried on as incidental processes in connection with and in
course of, such production, namely, the preparation and preparation of moulds and cores, knock out operations and
dressing or fettling operations;
(e)”knock-out operations” means all methods of removing castings from moulds and the following operations, when
done in connection therewith, namely, stripping, coring-out and the removal of runners and risers;
(f)”pouring aisle” means an aisle leading from a main gangway or directly from a cupola or furnace to where metal
is poured into moulds.
3.Prohibtion of use of certain materials as parting materials.-

(1)A material shall not be used as a parting material if it is a material containing compounds of silicon calculated as
silica to the extent more than 5 percent by weight of the dry material :
Provided that this prohibition shall not prevent the following being used as a parting material if the material does not
contain an admixture of any other silica -
(a) Zirconium silicate (Zircon)
(b) Calcined china clay
© Calcined aluminous fireclay
(d) Sillimanite
(e) Calcined or fused alumina
201
LatestLaws.com
(f) Olivine
(g) Natural sand
(2)Dust or other matter deposited from a fettling or blasting process shall not be used as a parting material or as a
constituent in a parting material.
4.Arrangement and storage.- For the purposes of promoting safety and cleanliness in workrooms the following
requirements shall be observed :-
(a)moulding boxes, loam plates, ladles, patterns, pattern plates, frames, boards, box weights, and other heavy articles
shall be so arranged and placed as to enable work to be carried on without unnecessary risk;
(b)suitable and conveniently accessible racks, bins, or other receptacles shall be provided and used for the storage of
other gear and tools;
(c)where there is bulk storage of sand, fuel, metal scrap or other materials or residues, suitable bins, bunkers or other
receptacles shall be provided for the purpose of such storage.
5.Construction of floors.-
(1)Floors of indoor workplaces in which the processes are carried on, other than parts which are of sand, shall have
been surface of hard material.
(2)No part of the floor of any such indoor workplace shall be of sand except where this is necessary by reason of the
work done.
(3)All parts of the surface of the floor of any such indoor workplace which are of sand shall, so far as practicable, be
maintained in an even and firm condition.
6.Cleanliness of indoor workplaces.-
(1)All accessible parts of the walls of every indoor workplace in which the processes are carried on and of
everything affixed to those wall shall be effectively cleaned by a suitable method to a height of not less than 4.2
metres from the floor at least once in every period of fourteen months. A record of the carrying out of every such
effective cleaning in pursuance of this paragraph including the date (which shall be not less than five months nor
more than nine months after the last immediately preceding washing, cleaning or other treatment.)
(2)Effective cleaning by a suitable method shall be carried out at least once every working day of all accessible parts
of the floor of every indoor workplace in which the processes are carried on, other than parts which are of sand; and
the parts which are of sand shall keep in good order.
7.Manual operations involving molten metal.-
(1)There shall be provided and properly maintained for all persons employed on manual operations involving molten
metal with which they are liable to be splashed, a working space for that operation -
(a) which is adequate for the safe performance of the work and
(b) which, so far as reasonably practicable, is kept free from obstruction
(2)Any operation involving the carrying by hand of a container holding molten metal shall be performed on a floor
all parts of which where any person walks while engaged in the operation shall be on the same level:
Provided that, where necessary to enable the operation to be performed without undue risk, nothing in this paragraph
shall prevent the occasional or exceptional use of a working space on a different level from the floor, being a space
provided with a safe means of access from the floor for any person while engaged in the operation.
8.Gangways and pouring aisles.-
202
LatestLaws.com
(1)In every workroom to which this paragraph applies constructed, reconstructed or converted for use as such after
the making of this Schedule and, so far as reasonably practicable, in every other workroom to which this Paragraph
applies, sufficient and clearly defined main gangway shall be provided and properly maintained which -
(a)shall have an even surface of hard material and shall, in particular, not be of sand or have on them more sand than
is necessary to avoid risk of flying metal from accidental spillage;
(b)shall be kept, so far as reasonably practicable, free from obstruction;
(c) if not used for carrying molten metal, shall be at least 920 millimetres in width;
(d)if used for carrying molten metal shall be -
(i)where truck ladles are used exclusively, at least 600 millimetres wider than the overall width of the ladle;
(ii)where hand shanks are carried by not more than two men, at least 920 millimetres in width;
(iii)where hand shanks are carried by more than two men, at least 1.2 matters in width; and
(iv)where used for simultaneous travel in both directions by men carrying hand shanks, at least 1.8 metres in
width.
(2)In workroom to which this Paragraph applies constructed, reconstructed or converted for use as such after the
making of this Schedule, sufficient and clearly defined pouring aisles shall be provided and properly maintained
which -
(a)shall have an even surface of hard material and shall, in particular, not be sand or have on them more sand than is
necessary to avoid risk of flying metal from accidental spillage;
(b)shall be kept so far as reasonably practicable free from obstruction;
(c)if molten metal is carried in hand ladles or bulk ladles by not more than two men per ladle, shall be at least 460
millimetres wide, but where any moulds alongside the aisle are more than 510 millimetres above the floor of the
aisle, the aisle shall be not less than 600 millimetres wide;
(d)if molten metal is carried in hand ladles or bull ladles by more than two men per ladle, shall be at least 760
millimetres wide;
(e)if molten metal is carried in crane, trolley or truck ladles, shall be of a width adequate for the safe performance of
the work.
(3)Requirements of sub-paragraph (1) and (2) shall not apply to any workroom or part of a workroom if, by reason
of the nature of the work done therein, the floor of that workroom or, as the case may be, that part of a workroom
has to be of sand.
(4)In this paragraph “workroom to which this paragraph applies” means a part of a ferrous or non-ferrous foundry
in which molten metal is transported or used, and a workroom to which this paragraph applies shall be deemed for
the purposes of this paragraph to have been constructed, reconstructed or converted for use as such after the making
of this schedule if the construction, reconstruction or conversion thereof was begun after the making of this
schedule.
9.Work near cupolas and furnaces.- No person shall carry out any work within a distance of 4 metres from a vertical
line passing through the delivery end of any spout of a cupola or furnace, being a spout used for delivering molten
metal, or within a distance of 2.4 metres from a vertical line passing through the nearest part of any ladle which is in
position at the end of such a spout, except, in either case, where it is necessary for the proper use of maintenance of
a cupola or furnace that work should be carried out within that distance of that work is being carried out at such a
time and under such conditions that there is no danger to the person carrying it out from molten metal which is being
obtained from the cupola or furnace or is in a ladle in position at the end of the spout.
203
LatestLaws.com
10.Dust and fumes.-
(1)Open coal, coke or wood fires shall not be used for heating or drying ladles inside a workroom unless adequate
measures are taken to prevent, so far as practicable, fumes or other impurities from entering into or remaining in the
atmosphere of the workroom.
(2)No open coal, coke or wood fires shall be used for drying moulds except in circumstances in which the use of
such fires is unavoidable.
(3)Mould stoves, core stoves and annealing furnaces shall be so designed constructed, maintained and worked as to
prevent, so far as practicable, offensive or injurious fumes from entering into any workroom during any period when
a person is employed therein.
(4)All knock-out operations shall be carried out -
(a) in a separate part of foundry suitably partitioned off, being a room or part in which, so far as reasonably
practicable, effective and suitable local exhaust ventilation and a high standard of general ventilation are provided;
or
(b) in an area of the foundry in which, so far as reasonably practicable, effective and suitable local exhaust
ventilation is provided, or where compliance with this requirement is not reasonably practicable, a high standard of
general ventilation is provided.
(5) All dressing or fettling operations shall be carried out -
(a) in a separate room or in a separate part of foundry suitably partitioned off; or

(b) in an area of the foundry set apart for the purpose;
and shall, so far as reasonably practicable, be carried out with effective and suitable local exhaust ventilation or
other equally effective means of suppressing dust, operating as near as possible to the point of origin of the dust.
11. Maintenance and examination of exhaust plant.-
(1) All ventilation plant used for the purpose of extracting, suppressing or controlling dust or fumes shall be properly
maintained.
(2) All ventilating plant used for the purpose of extracting, suppressing or controlling dust or fumes shall be
examined and inspected once every week by a responsible person. It shall be thoroughly examined and tested by a
competent person at least once in every such examination and test shall be entered in an approved register which
shall be available for inspection by an Inspector. Any defect found on any such examination and carrying out the
examination and test to the occupier or manager of the factory.
12. Protective equipment.-

(1) The occupier shall provide and maintain protective equipment specified for the protection of workers,
(a)suitable gloves to other protection for the hands for workers engaged in handling any hot material likely to cause
damage to the hands by burn, scald, or scar, or in handling pig iron, rough castings or other articles likely to cause
damage to the hands by cut or abrasion;
(b) approved respirators for workers carrying out any operations creating a have dust concentration which cannot be
dispelled quickly and effectively by the existing ventilation arrangements.
(2) No respirator provided for the purposes of clause 1(b) has been worn by a person shall be worn by another
person if it has not since been thoroughly cleaned and disinfected.
(3) Persons who for any of their time -
204
LatestLaws.com
(a) work at a spout of or attend to, a cupola or furnace in such circumstances that material therefrom may come into
contact with the body, being material at such a temperature that its contact with the body would cause a burn; or
(b) are engaged in, or in assisting with, the pouring of molten metal; or
(c) carry by hand or move by manual power any ladle or mould containing molten metal; or
(d) are engaged in knocking-out operations involving material at such a temperature that its contact with the body
would cause a burn;
shall be provided with suitable footwear and gaiters which worn by them prevent, so far as reasonably practicable,
risk of burns to his feet and ankles.
(4) Where appropriate, suitable screens shall be provided for protection against flying materials (including splashes
of molten metal and sparks and chips thrown off in the course of any process).
(5)The occupier shall provide and maintain suitable accommodation for the storage and make adequate
arrangements for cleaning and maintaining of the protective equipment supplied in pursuance of this paragraph.
(6) Every person shall make full and proper use of the equipment provided for his protection in pursuance of sub-
paragraph (1) and (4) and shall without delay report to the occupier, manager, or other appropriate person any defect
in, or less of, the same.
13. Washing and bathing facilities.-
(1) There shall be provided and maintained in clean state and good repair for the use of all workers employed in the
foundry -
(a) a wash place under cover with either -
(i) a trough with impervious surface fitted with a waste pipe without plug, and of sufficient length to allow at least
60 centimetres for every 10 such persons employed at any one time and having a constant supply of clean water
from taps or jets above the trough at intervals of not more than 60 centimetres or
(ii) at least one tap or stand pipe for every 10 such persons employed at any one time, and having a constant supply
of clean water, the tap or stand pipe being spaced not less than 1.2 metres apart; and
(b) not less than one half of the total number of washing places provided under clause (a) shall be in form of bath
rooms.
(c) a sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable material changed daily, with sufficient supply of nail brushes
and soap.
(2) The facilities provided for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1) shall be placed in charge of a responsible person or
persons and maintained in a clean and orderly condition.
14. Disposal of dross and skimming.- Dross and skimming removed from molten metal or taken from a furnace shall
be placed forthwith in suitable receptacles.
15. Disposal of waste.- Appropriate measures shall be taken for the disposal of all waste products from shell
moulding (including waste burnt sand) as soon as reasonably practicable after the castings have been knocked-out.
16. Material and equipment left out of doors.- All material and equipment left out of doors (including material, and
equipment so left only temporarily or occasionally) shall be so arranged and placed as to avoid unnecessary risk.
There shall be safe means of access to all such material and equipment and, so far as reasonably practicable, such
205
LatestLaws.com
access shall be by roadways or pathways which shall be properly maintained. Such roadways or pathways shall
have a firm and even surface and shall, so far as reasonably practicable be kept free from obstruction.
(b)provide to the medical practitioner all the necessary facilities for the purpose referred to in clause (a).
(2) The record of such examinations carried out by the medical practitioner shall be maintained in a separate ,
Inspector.
(2) Every worker employed in a manganese process shall be re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at least once in
(3) The Certifying Surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue a Certificate of Fitness in Form 23. The record of
(2) including the nature and the results of these test, shall also be entered by the Certifying Surgeon in a health
(6) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in sub-paragraph (5) shall be re-employed or permitted to
19. Exemptions -If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the exceptional
Rule prescribed under sections 88 and 88A
121.Notification of accidents and dangerous occurrences.-
(1) When any accident which results in the death of any person or which results in such bodily injury to any person
as is likely to cause his death, or any dangerous occurrence specified in the schedule annexed hereto takes place in a
206
LatestLaws.com
factory, the manager of the factory shall forthwith send a notice thereof by telephone, special messenger or telegram
to the Inspector and the Chief Inspector.
(2) When any accident or any dangerous occurrence specified in the schedule annexed hereto, which results in such
bodily injury to any person as is likely to cause his death, takes place in a factory, notice as mentioned in sub-rule
(1) shall be sent also to :
(a) The District Magistrate or Sub-divisional Officer;
(b) the officer in charge of the nearest police stations; and
(c) the relatives of the injured or deceased person.
(3) Any notice given as required under sub-rules (1) and (2) shall be confirmed by the manager of the factory to the
authorities mentioned in these sub-rules within 12 hours of the accident or the dangerous occurrence by sending
them a written report in Form 25 in the case of an accident or dangerous occurrence causing death or bodily to any
person and in Form 26 in the case of a dangerous occurrence which has not resulted in any bodily injury to any
person.
(4) When any accident or dangerous occurrence specified in the schedule takes place in a factory and it causes such
bodily injury to any person as prevents the person injured from working for a period of 48 hours or more
immediately following the accident or the dangerous occurrence , as the case may be, the manager of the factory
shall send a report thereof to the Inspector in Form 25 within 24 Hours after the expiry of 48 hours from the time
of the accident or the dangerous occurrence :
Provided that if in the case of an accident or dangerous occurrence, death occurs of any person injured by
such accident or dangerous occurrence after the notices and reports referred to in the foregoing sub-rules have been
sent, the manager of the factory shall forth with send a notice thereof by telephone, special messenger or telegram to
the authorities and persons mentioned in sub-rules (1) and (2) and also have this information confirmed in writing
within 12 hours of the death.
Provided further that, if the period of disability from working for 48 hours or more referred to in sub-
rule(4) does not occur immediately following the accident, or the dangerous occurrence, but later, or occurs in more
than one spell, the report referred to shall be sent to the Inspector in the prescribed Form 25 within 24 Hours
immediately following the hours when the actual total period of disability from working resulting from the accident
or the dangerous occurrence becomes 48 hours.
SCHEDULE
The following classes of dangerous occurrences, whether or not they are attended by personal injury or
disablement:-
1.Bursting of a plant used for containing or supplying steam under pressure greater than atmospheric pressure.
2. Collapse or failure of a crane, derrick, which, hoist or other appliances used in raising or lowering persons or
goods, or any part thereof, or the overturning of a crane.
3. Explosion, fire, bursting out, leakage or escape of any molten metal , or hot liquid or gas causing bodily injury to
any person or damage to any room or place in which persons are employed, or fire in rooms of cotton pressing
factories when a cotton opener is in use.
4.Explosion of a receiver or container used for the storage at pressure greater than atmospheric pressure of any gas
or gases (including air) or any liquid or slid resulting from the compression of gas.
5. Collapse or subsidence of any floor, gallery, roof, bridge, tunnel, chimney, wall, building or any other structure.
207
LatestLaws.com

122. Notice of poisoning or disease.- A notice in Form 27 should be sent forthwith both to the Chief Inspector
and to the Certifying Surgeon, by the manager of factory in which there occurs a case of lead, phosphorus, mercury,
manganese, arsenic, carbon bisulphide or benzene poisoning; or of poisoning by nitrous fumes or by halogens or
halogen derivatives of the hydrocarbons of the aliphatic series; or of chrome ulceration, anthrax, silicosis, toxic
anaemia, toxic jaundice, primary epitheliomatous cancer of the skin, of pathological manifestations due to radium
or other radio-active substances or X-rays.
CHAPTER X Supplemental
Rule prescribed under sub-section (1) of section 107
123.Procedure in appeals.-
(1) and appeal presented under section 107 shall lie with the Chief Inspector or in cases where the order appealed
against is an order passed by that officer, with the State Government or with such authority as the State Government
as the State Government may appoint in this behalf and shall be in the form of a memorandum setting forth
concisely the grounds of objection to the order and bearing court-fees stamp in accordance with Article 11 of
Schedule II to the Court-fees Act, 1870, and shall be accompanied by a copy of the order appealed against.
(2) On receipt of the memorandum of appeal, the appellate authority shall, if it thinks fit or if the appeallant has
requested that the appeal should be heard with the aid of assessors, call upon the body declared under sub-rule (3) to
be representative of the industry concerned, to appoint an assessor within a period of 14 days. If an assessor is
nominated by such body, the appellate authority shall appoint a second assessor itself. It shall then fix a date for the
hearing of the appeal and shall give due notice of such date to the appeallant and to the Inspector whose order is
appealed against, and shall call upon the two assessors to appear upon such date to assist in the hearing of the
appeal.
(3)The appellant shall state in the memorandum presented under sub-rule (1) whether he is a member of one or
more of the following bodies. The body empowered to appoint the assessor shall-
(a) if the appellant is a member of one of such bodies, be that body;

(b) if he is a member of two such bodies, be the body which the appellant desired should appoint such
assessor; and
(c) if the appellant is not a member of any of the aforesaid bodies or if he does not state in the
memorandum which of such bodies he desires should appoint the assessor, be the body which the
appellant authority considers as the best fitted to represent the industry concerned.
1......................................................
2......................................................
3......................................................
4......................................................
(4) An assessor appointed in accordance with the provisions of sub-rules 2 and 3 shall receive, for the bearing of the
appeal, a fee to be fixed by the appellate authority, subject to a maximum of Rs.............. per diem. He shall also
receive the actual travelling expenses. The fees and travelling expenses shall be paid to the assessors by State
Government, but where assessors have been appointed at the request of the appellant and the appeal has been
decided wholly or partly against him the appellate authority may direct that the fees and travelling expenses of the
assessors shall be paid in whole or in part by the appellant.
Rule prescribed under sub-section (1) of section 108
124. Display of notices.- The abstract of the Act and of the rules required to be displayed in every factory shall be
in Form 28.
208
LatestLaws.com
125. Returns.- The manager of every factory shall furnish to the Inspector or other officer appointed by the State
Government in this behalf, following returns in the form and within the due dates specified below :-
(a)annual return in Form 29 , in duplicate , on or before the 31st January of each year; and
(b)half-yearly return in Form 30, in duplicate, on or before the 15th July of each year.
126. Service of notices.- The despatch by post under registered cover of any notice or order shall be deemed
sufficient service on the occupier, owner or manager of a factory of such notice or order.
Rules 127 to 132 prescribed under section 112
127.Information required by the Inspector.- The occupier , owner or manager of a factory shall furnish any
information that an Inspector may require for the purpose of satisfying himself whether any provision of the Act
has been complied with or whether any order of an Inspector has been duly carried out. Any demand by an
Inspector for any such information, if made, during the course of any inspection, shall be complied forthwith if the
information is available in the factory, or, if made in writing, shall be complied with within seven days of receipt
thereof.
128.Permissible levels of certain chemical substances in work environment.- Without prejudice to the
requirements in any other provisions in the Act or the Rules, the requirements as specified in this Schedule shall
apply to all factories.
SCHEDULE
1.Definitions.- for the purpose of this schedule-
(a) “mg/m3” means milligrams of a substances per cubic metre of air;
(b) “mppem” means million particles of a substance per cubic metre of air;
(c) “ppm” means parts of vapour or gas per million parts of air by volume at 25 degrees centigrade and 760 mm of
mercury pressure;
(d)”Time weighted average concentration” means the average concentration of a substance in the air at any work
location in a factory computed from evaluation of adequate number of air samples taken at that location, spread over
the entire shift on any day, after giving weightage to the duration for which each such sample is collected and the
concentration prevailing at the time of taking the sample.
Time weighted average C1T1 + C2T2 + ........CnTn
concentration = ------------------------------------
T 1 + T2 +.........Tn
Where C1 represents the concentration of the substance for duration T 1 (in hours);
C2 represents the concentration of the substance for duration T2 (in hours); and
Cn represents the concentration of the substance for duration T n (in hours).
(e) “Work location” means a location in a factory at which a worker works or may be required to work at any time
during any shift on any day.
2. Limits of concentration of substances at work location.- (1) The time weighted average concentration of any
substance listed in table 1 or 2 of the schedule, at any work location in a factory during any shift on any day shall
not exceed the limit of the permissible time weighted average concentration specified in respect of that substance:
Provided that in the case of a substance mentioned in Table 1 in respect of which a limit in terms of short
term maximum concentration is indicated, the concentration of such a substance may exceed the permissible limit of
the time weighted average concentration for the substance for short periods not exceeding 15 minutes at a time,
subject to the condition that-
209
LatestLaws.com
(a) such periods during which the concentration exceeds the prescribed time weighted average concentration are
restricted to not more than 4 per shift;
(b) the time interval between any two such periods of higher exposure shall not be less than 60 minutes; and
(c) at no time the concentration of the substance in the air shall exceed the limit of short term maximum
concentration.
(2) In the case of any substance given in Table 3, the concentration of the substance at any work location in a factory
at any time during any day shall not exceed the limit of exposure for that substance specified in the table.
(3) In the cases where the word “skin” has been indicated against certain substance mentioned in Tables 1 and 3,
appropriate measures shall be taken to prevent absorption through cutaneous routes particularly skin, mucous
membranes, and eyes as the limits specified in these Tables are for conditions where the exposure is only through
respiratory tract.
(4) (a) In case , the air at any work location contains a mixture of such substances mentioned in Table 1,2 or 3,
which have similar toxic properties, the time weighted concentration of each of these substances during the shift
should be such that when these time weighted concentration divided by the respective permissible time weighted
average concentration specified in the above mentioned tables, and the fractions obtained are added together, the
total shall not exceed unity.
i.e. C1 + C2 + Cn should not exceed unity
L1 L2 Ln
Where C1 ,C2 .......... Cn are the time weighted concentration of toxic substances 1,2,..........and n respectively,
determined after measurement at work location;
and L1,L2 .........Ln are the permissible time weighted average concentration of the toxic substances 1,2,.....and n
respectively.
(b) In case the air at any work location contains a mixture of substances, mentioned in Table 1,2,3 and these do not
have similar toxic properties, then the time weighted concentration of each of these substances shall not exceed the
permissible time weighted average concentration specified in the above mentioned tables, for that particular
substance.
(c) The requirement in clauses (a) and (b) shall be in addition to the requirements in paragraphs 2 (1) and 2(2).
3. Sampling and evaluation procedures.-
(1) Notwithstanding provisions in any other paragraphs, the sampling and evaluation procedures to be adopted for
checking compliance with the provisions in the schedule shall be as per standard procedures in vogue from time to
time.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions in paragraph 5, the following conditions regarding the sampling and evaluation
procedures relevant to checking compliance with the provisions in the schedule are specified.
(a) For determination of the number of particles per cubic metre in item 1 (a)(i)(1) in Table 2, samples are to be
collected by standard or midget impinger and the counts made by light-field technique.
(b) The percentage of quartz in the 3 formulae given in item 1(a)(i) of Table 2 is to be determined from air borne
samples.
(c) For determination of number of fibres as specified in item 2(a) of Table 2, the membrane filter method at 430 x
magnification (4mm objective) with phase contrast illumination should be used.
(d) Both for determination of concentration and percentage of quartz for use of the formula given in item 1(a)(i)(2)
of Table 2, the fraction passing through a size-selector with the following characteristics should only be considered.
Aerodynamic diameter Percentage allowed
(unit density sphere) by size-selector
2.0 90
2.5 75
3.5 50
5.0 25
10.0 0
210
LatestLaws.com
4. Power to require assessment of concentration of substances.-(1)An Inspector may, by an order in writing, direct
the occupier or manager of a factory to get before any specified date, the assessment of the time weighted average
concentration at any work location of any of the substances mentioned in Table 1,2 or 3 carried out.
(2) The results of such assessment as well as the method followed for air sampling and analysis for such assessment
shall be sent to the Inspector within 3 days from the date of completion of such assessment and also a record of the
same kept readily available for inspection by an Inspector.
5. Exemption.- If in respect of any factory or a part of a factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that, by virtue of the
pattern of working time of the workers at different work locations or an account of other circumstances, no worker is
exposed, in the air at the work locations, to a substance or substances specified in Tables 1,2 or 3 to such an extent
as is likely to be injurious to his health, he (the Chief Inspector) may by an order in writing, exempt the factory or a
part of the factory from the requirements in paragraph 2, subject to such conditions, if any, as he may specify
therein.
TABLE 1
Substances Permissible limits of exposure

Time-weighted Short-term maximum
average concentration concentration
ppm mg/m3 ppm mg/m3
Acetic acid 10 25 15 37
Acrelein 0.1 0.25 0.3 0.8
Aldrin-skin - 0.25 - 0.75
Ammonia 25 18 35 27
Aniline-skin 2 10 5 20
Anisidine (o-poisoners)-skin 0.1 0.5 - -
Arsenic & compounds (as) - 0.2 - -
Benzene 10 30 - -
Bromine 0.1 0.7 0.3 2
2 Butanene Methylethyl Ketone – MEK 200 590 300 885
n-Butyl acetate 150 710 200 950
sec/tert.Butyl acetate 200 950 250 1190
Cadmium-dust and salts (as Cd) - 0.05 - 0.2
Calcium Oxide - 2 - -
Carbaryl (Sovin) - 5 - 10
Carbofuran (Furadan) - 0.1 - -
Carbon disulphide-skin 2 60 30 90
Carbon monoxide 50 55 400 440
Carbon tetrachloride-skin 10 65 20 130
211
LatestLaws.com

ppm mg/m3 ppm mg/m3
Carbonyl chloride (Phosgene) 0.1 0.4 - -

Chlordane-skin - 0.5 - 2
Chlorobenzene (mono chlorobenzene) 75 350 - -
Chlorine 1 3 3 9
bis-Chloromethyl ether 0.001 - - -
Chromic acid andchromates (as Cr.) - 0.05 - -
Chromium, Sel-Chromic,
Chromous salts (as Cr) - 0.5 - -
Copper fume - 0.2 - -
Cotton dust, raw - 0.2 - 0.6
Cresol, all isomers-skin 5 22 - -
Cyanides, (as CN)-skin - 5 - -
Cyanogen 10 20 - -
DDT (Dichlorodiphenyl-trichlore-ethane) - 1 - 3
Demeton-skin 0.01 0.1 0.03 0.3
Diazion-skin - 0.1 - 0.3
Dibutyl phthalate - 5 - 10
Dichlorves (DDVP)-skin 0.1 1 0.3 3
Dieldrin-skin - 0.25 - 0.75
Dinitrobenzene (all isomers)
skin 0.15 1 0.5 3
Dinitrotoluene-skin - 1.5 - 5
Diphenyl 0.2 1.5 0.6 4
Endosulfan (Thiodan)-skin - 0.1 - 0.3
Endrin-skin - 0.1 - 0.3
Ethyl acetate 400 1000 - -
Ethyl alcohol 1000 1900 - -
Ethyl amine 10 18 - -
Flourides (as F) - 2.5 - -
Flourine 1 2 2 4
Hydrogen Cyanide-skin 10 11 15 16
Hydrogen sulfide 10 15 15 27
Iron oxide fume (Fe2O3 as Fe) - 5 - 10
Isoamyl acetate 100 525 125 655
Isoamyl alcohol 100 360 125 450
Isobutylalcohol 50 150 75 225
Lead, inorg, fumes and dusts (as Pb) - 0.15 - 0.45
Lindane-skin - 0.5 - 1.5
Mala thion-skin - 10 - -
Manganese fume (as Mn) - 1 - 3
Mercury (as Hg) - 0.05 - 0.15
Mercury (alkyl compounds)-skin (as Hg) 0.001 0.01 0.003 0.03
212
LatestLaws.com
__________________________________________________________________________________________
ppm mg/m3 ppm mg/m3
Methyl alcohol (methanol) skin 200 260 250 310

Methyl cellosolve-skin
(2-methoxy ethanol) 25 80 35 120
Methyl isobutyl ketone-skin 100 410 125 510
Naphthalene 10 50 15 75
Nickel carbonyl (as Ni) 0.05 0.35 - -
Nitric acid 2 5 4 10
Nitric oxide 25 30 35 45
Nitrobenzene-skin 1 5 2 10
Oil mist-mineral - 5 - 10
Parathion-skin - 0.1 - 0.3
Phenel-skin 5 19 10 38
Phorate (Thimet)-skin - 0.05 - 0.2
Phosgene (Carbonyl chloride) 0.1 0.4 - -
Phosphine 0.3 0.4 1 1
Phosphorous (yellow) - 0.1 - 0.3
Phosphorous pentachloride - 1 - 3
Phosphorous trichloride 0.5 3 - -
Picric acid-skin - 0.1 - 0.3
Pyridine 5 15 10 30
Silane (silicon tetrahydride) 0.5 0.7 1 1.5
Styrene, monomer (phenyl-ethylene) 100 420 125 525
Sulphur dioxide 5 13 - -
Sulphuric acid - 1 - -
Toluene (toluol)-skin 100 375 150 560
0-Toludine 5 22 10 44
Trichloroethylene 100 535 150 800
Vinyl chloride 5 10 - -
Welding fumes (NOC) - 5 - -
Xylene (o-m-isomers)-skin 100 435 150 655
213
LatestLaws.com
TABLE 2
______________________________________________________________________________________
Substance Permissible time weighted average concentration
1. Silica
(a) Crystalline
(i) Quartz _____1060___ mppcm
(1) In terms of dust count : - % Quartz + 10
(2) In terms of respirable dust 10

---------------------------- mg/m 3
% respirable quartz + 2
(3) In terms of total dust :
30
----------------- mg/m 3
% quartz + 3
(ii) Cristobalite Half the limits given against quartz
(iii) Tridymite Half the limits given against quartz
(iv) Silica fused Same limit as for quartz
(v) Tripoli Same limit as in formula in item 2
given against quartz
(b) Amorphous 705 mppcm
2. Silicate having less than 1% free silica by weight
(a) Asbestos (fibres longer than 5 microns) 2 fibres/cubic centimetre
(b) Mica 705 mppcm
(c) Mineral Wool fibre 10 mg/m 3
(d) Porlite 1060 mppcm
(e) Portland cement 1060 mppcm
(f) Soap stone 705 mppcm
(g) Talc (nonobostiform) 705 mppcm
(h) Talc (fibrous) Same limit as for asbestos
(i) Tromolite Same limit as for asbestos
3. Coal dust
(1) For airborne dust having less than 5 % silicon
dioxide by weight : 2mg/m3
(2) For airborne dust having over 5% silicon dioxide : Same limit as prescribed by
formula in item (2) against quartz.
TABLE 3
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Substance Permissible limit of exposure
____________________________________________________________________________________________
ppm mg/m3
Acetic anhydride 5 20
O-Dichlorobenzene 50 300
Formaldehyde 2 3
Hydrogen Chloride 5 7
Manganese & compounds (as Mn) - 5
Nitrogen dioxide 5 9
Nitroglycerin-skin 0.2 2
Potassium hydroxide - 2
Sodium hydroxide - 2
2,4,6 - Trinitrotoluene (TNT) - 0.5
214
LatestLaws.com
129. Muster roll.- The manager of every factory shall maintain a muster roll of all the workers employed in the
factory in Form 31 showing (a) the name of each worker, (b) the nature of his work and (c) the daily attendance of
the worker :
Provided that, if the daily attendance is noted in the register of adult worker in Form 17 or the particulars
required under this rule are noted in any other register, a separate muster roll required under this rule need not be
maintained.
130. Register of accidents and dangerous occurrences.- The manager of every factory shall maintain a register of
all accidents and dangerous occurrences which occur in the factory in Form 32.
131. Maintenance of inspection book.- The manager of every factory shall maintain a bound inspection book and
shall produce it when so required by the Inspector or Certifying Surgeon.
132. Information regarding closure of factories.- The occupier or manager of every factory shall report to the
Inspector any intended closure of the factory or any section or department thereof immediately it is decided to do so,
intimating the reason for the closure, the number of workers on the register on the date of the report, the number of
workers likely to be affected by the closure and probable period of the closure. Information as to the particulars and
quantity of stored chemicals and action taken or proposed to be taken to ensure safety from those chemicals and
action taken or proposed to be taken to ensure safety from those chemicals while in storage during such closure shall
also be furnished along with the report of intended closure. An intimation should also be sent to the Inspector as
soon as the factory or the section or department of the factory, as the case may be, starts working again.
215
LatestLaws.com
FORM 1
Prescribed under Rule 4(2)
APPLICATION FOR PERMISSION TO CONSTRUCT, EXTEND OR TAKE INTO USE ANY BUILDING
AS A FACTORY
1. Applicant’s name, calling and address :
2. Full name and postal address of factory :
3. Situation of factory :
(a) Province :
(b) District :
(c) Town or village :
(d) Nearest Police Station :
(e) Nearest railway station or steamer ghat :
4. Particulars of plant to be installed :
Signature of applicant :
Date :
Note :- This application shall be accompanied by the following documents :-
(a) a flow chart of the manufacturing process supplemented by a brief description of the process in its various stages;
(b) plans, in duplicate, drawn to scale showing -

(i) the site of the factory and immediate surroundings including adjacent buildings and other structures, roads,
drains, etc.; and
(ii)the plan, elevation and necessary cross-sections of the various buildings indicating all relevant details relating to
natural lighting, ventilation and means of escape in case of fire. The plans shall also clearly indicate the position of
the plant and machinery, aisles and passage-ways; and
(c) such other particulars as the Chief Inspector may require.
216
LatestLaws.com
FORM 2
Prescribed under Rules 6, 8(2) and 15
APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION AND GRANT OF RENEWAL OF LICENCE FOR THE

YEAR ........AND NOTICE OF OCCUPATION SPECIFIED IN SECTIONS 6 AND 7
(To be submitted in triplicate)
1. (a) Full name of the factory :

(b) Factory licence number
if already registered before :
2.(a) Full postal address and

situation of the factory :
(b) Full postal address to which communications
relating to factory should be sent :
3. Nature of manufacturing
process or processes -
(a) carried on in the factory in the last twelve months
(in the case of factories already in existence); and :
(b) to be carried on in the factory during the next
twelve months (in the case of all the factories) :
4. Names and values of principal Name Value

products manufactured during 1. ................. ....... ………………….
the last twelve months (in the 2. ................. ....... ………………….
case of factories already in 3. ................. ....... ………………….
existence)
:
5. (a) Maximum number of workers proposed
to be employed in any one day during
the year :
(b) Maximum number of workers employed

on any one day during the last twelve months
(in the case of factories already in existence) :
(c) Number of workers to be ordinarily

employed in the factory :
6. (a) Nature and total amount of power (kilowatts) -

(i) installed; or :
(ii) proposed to be installed :
(c) (b) Maximum amount of power (kilowatts)
proposed to be used :
7. Full name and residential address of the

person who shall be the manager of the
factory for the purposes of the Act :
217
LatestLaws.com
8. Full name and residential address of the occupier, that is -

(a) the proprietor of the factory in case of a
private firm or proprietary concern ; :
(b) the directors in case of 1. .....................

a public limited liability 2. .....................
company or firm 3. .....................
4. .....................
5. .....................
(c) (i) the managing agent in case where a

managing agent is employed ; :
(ii) the directors of the 1. .....................

above managing agent : 2. .....................
3. .....................
4. .....................
(d) the shareholders in case of 1. .....................

a private company 2. .....................
where no managing agent 3. .....................
is employed; or : 4. .....................
(e) the chief administrative

head in case of a Government
or local fund factory :
9. Full name and address of the owner of the

premises or building (including the precincts thereof)
referred to in section 93. :
10. In the case of a factory constructed or

extended after the date of commencement
of the rules -
(a) reference number and date of approval
of the plans for site whether for old
or new building and for construction
or extension of factory by the State
Government/ Chief Inspector; and :
(b) reference number and date of

approval of the arrangements, if any,
made for the disposal of trade waste
and effluents and the name of the
authority granting such approval :
11. (a) Amount of fee paid : Rs. .............
(b) In case of payment in Treasury -

(i) name of Treasury; :
(ii) date of payment; and :
(iii) Challan number
(Challan to be enclosed) :
(c) In case of transmission by crossed cheque -

(i) name of nationalised bank ; :
218
LatestLaws.com
(ii) crossed cheque number; and :

(iii)date of cheque :
(Crossed cheque drawn in favour
of the Chief Inspector of Factories to be enclosed)
(d) In case of transmission by crossed postal order -

(i) name of post office; :
(ii) crossed postal order number; and :
(iii) date of postal order :
(Crossed postal order drawn in favour
of the Chief Inspector of Factories to be
enclosed)
Signature of occupier :
Date :
Signature of manager :
Date :
Notes :-
1. This form should be completed in ink in block letters or typed.
2. If power is not used at the time of filling up this form, but is introduced later, the fact should be communicated to
the Chief Inspector of Factories immediately.
3. If any of the persons named against item 8 is minor, the fact should be clearly stated.
4.In the case of a factory where under the proviso to sub-sections (1) and (2) of section 100, a person has been
nominated as the occupier, information required in item 8 should be supplied only in respect of that person.
5.In the case of a factory where a managing agent or agents have been appointed as occupiers under the Indian
Companies Act, 1956, information required in item 8 should be supplied only in respect of that person or persons.
219
LatestLaws.com
FORM 3
LICENCE TO WORK A FACTORY

Licence No. ------------- Reg.No. ----------- Date of Reg. ----------
Licence is hereby granted to --------------------------------------------------------------------
for the premises known as --------------------------------------------------------------------
situated at -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
for use as a factory within the limits stated hereinafter, subject to provisions of the Factories Act, 1948, and the rules
made thereunder.
The ------------ 19.. Issuing Authority
Calen Valid For

dar Maximum Maximum Excess Signature
Year number of Installed Power Date of fee for Date of of the
workers on Capacity in Fee Payment late payment Issuing
any one day Kilo watts payment Authority
Granted
Under
Rule 7
Renewed
Under
Rule 8
TRANSFERS
To whom transferred Year of transfer Date of payment of Signature of the

Transfer fee Issuing Authority
AMENDMENTS
Year when Amended Date of Additional Date of Signature of

Amended Workers Installed payment of fee Payment the Issuing
Power Capacity amendment Authority
in Kilowatts fee
220
LatestLaws.com
FORM 4
Prescribed under Rule 16
NOTICE OF CHANGE OF MANAGER
1. (a) Name of the factory :
(b) Current licence number of the factory :
2. Postal address of the factory :
3. Name of outgoing manager :
4. (a) Name of new manager :
(b) Residential address :
(c) Telephone number :
5. Date of appointment of new manager :
6. Signature of new manager :
Signature of occupier :
Date :
221
LatestLaws.com
FORM 5
CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS
________________________________________________________________________
1. (a) Serial Number : Serial Number :

(b) Date : Date :
2. Name of person : I certify that I have

examined personality examined (name) .........................
3. Father’s Name : son/daughter of ........... ............................
4. Sex : ...........................
5. Residence : residing at ...............

...........................
6. Date of birth, : who is desirous of being employed in a factory, and

if available and/ that his/her age, as nearly as can be ascertained from
or certified age my examination, is ........ years, and
7. Physical fitness : that he/she is fit for employment in factory as an adult/child
8. descriptive marks : His /her descriptive marks are ......................
9. Reason for
(a)refusal of certificate;
or.....…………….
(b) certificate being............... :
……………………………
Signature or left hand : Signature or left hand thumb

Thumb impression of the impression of the person
person examined examined :
Initials of
Certifying Surgeon : Signature of Certifying Surgeon :
Note :- In case of physical disability, the exact details of the cause of the physical disability should be clearly stated.
222
LatestLaws.com
FORM 6
Prescribed under sub -rule (4) of rule 77
RECORD OF EYE EXAMINATION
Sl. Department/ Name of Sex Age(on last Occupation Examination of Signature Remarks
No. Works Worker birthday) eye sight of opthal
mologist
Nature Date of Date Result
employment
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
FORM 7
Prescribed under Rules 20, 51 and 88(7)(iii)(b)
RECORD OF LIMEWASHING, PAINTING, ETC.
Part of Parts limewashed, Treatment, i.e., whether Date on which limewashing, Remarks
factory, e.g., painted, varnished or limewashed, painted, painting, varnishing or oiling
name of oiled, eg. walls, ceilings, varnished or oiled was carried out
room wood work, etc.
Date Month Year
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Signature of the manager:

Date:
223
LatestLaws.com
FORM 8
HUMIDITY REGISTER
Department : …………………..
Hygrometer : Distinctive mark or number : ………………………….

Position in department : ………………………….
Year : …………………………….. Month: ………………
Date Readings of hygrometer If no humidity Remarks Signature of

Between 7 Between 11 a.m. Between 4 insert ‘none’ the person
and 9 a.m. and 2 p.m. (but and 5.30 p.m. taking the
not in the rest reading
interval)
Dry Wet Dry Wet Dry Wet
bulb bulb bulb bulb bulb bulb
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
6th
7th
8th
9th
10th
11th
12th
13th
14th
15th
16th
17th
18th
19th
20th
-
-
-
-
31st
Certified that the above entries are correct.
Signature and designation of the

person taking the readings :
224
LatestLaws.com
FORM 9
REGISTER OF WORKERS EMPLOYED FOR WORK ON

OR NEAR MACHINERY IN MOTION
1. Name of worker :
2. Serial number as in the register of workers under section 62 :
3. Father’s name :
4. Date of birth and age :
5. Nature of work :
6. Qualifications, if any, or period of service on similar work :
7. Date when tight fitting clothing was provided :
8. Remarks :
I certify that the above mentioned worker whose signature or left hand thumb impression is given below is a
properly trained male adult worker who is competent to mount or shift belts, lubricate or do other adjusting
operations on the machinery installed in my factory while they are in motion.
Signature or left hand thumb
impression of worker :
Signature of Occupier :
Date :
FORM 10
Prescribed under Rule 60 (1)
REPORT OF EXAMINATION OF HOISTS AND LIFTS
Occupier (or owner) of premises :
Address :
1. (a) Type of hoist or lift and
identification number or
description :
(b) Date of construction or
reconstruction
(if ascertainable) :
2. Are all parts of the hoist or lift

of good mechanical construction,
sound material and adequate strength
(so far as ascertainable) ? :
3. Are the following parts of the hoists

or lift properly maintained and in
good working order ? If not, state
what defects have been found :
(a) Enclosure of hoistway or liftway :
(b) Landing gates and cage gate (s) :
(c) Interlocks and the landing gates
and cage gate(s) :
225
LatestLaws.com
(d) Other gate fastenings :

(e) Cage and platform and fittings,
guides, buffers, interior of the
hoistway or liftway :
(f) Overrunning devices :
(g) Suspension ropes or chain and
their attachments :
(h) Safety gear i.e., arrangements for
preventing fall of platform or
cage brakes :
(i) Brakes :
(j) Worm or spur gearing :
(k) Other electrical equipment :
(l) Other parts :
4. What parts (if any) were inaccessible ? :
5. Repairs, renewals or alterations,

(if any) required and the period
within which they should be executed :
6. Maximum safe working load subject to

repairs, renewals or alterations
(if any) specified in item 5. :
7. Other particulars :
I/We certify that on (date)...............…………………. I/We thoroughly examined this hoist or lift and that
the above is a correct report of the result.
Signature :
Qualification :
Address :
Date :
If employed by a company association,

name and address of the company
or association :
226
LatestLaws.com
FORM 11
Prescribed under Rule 62(9)(b)
REPORT OF EXAMINATION OR TEST OF PRESSURE VESSELS OR PLANT
1. Name of occupier (or factory) :
2. Situation and address of factory :
3. Name, description and distinctive

number of pressure vessel or plant :
4. Name and address of manufacturer and

reference to their test certificate
or certificate of competent person :
5. Nature of process in which pressure

vessel or plant is used :
6. Particulars of pressure vessel or plant -

(a) Date of construction :
(b) Thickness of walls :
(c) Date on which the pressure vessel
or plant was first taken into use :
(d) Maximum permissible working pressure
recommended by the manufacturer :
(e) Design pressure, if known :
(f) Brief history of pressure vessel
or plant was first taken into use :
7. Date of last hydrostatic test (if any)

and pressure applied :
8. Is the pressure vessel or plant in

open, or otherwise exposed to
weather or to damp ? :
9. What parts (if any) were inaccessible :
10. What examination and test were made ?

(Specify pressure if hydrostatic test carried out ) :
11. Condition of pressure vessel or plant }

(State any defects materially affecting } External :
the maximum permissible working }
pressure or the safe working of the } Internal :
pressure vessel or plant. }
12. Are the required fittings and

appliances provided in accordance
with the rules :
13. (a) Are all fittings and appliances

properly maintained and in
227
LatestLaws.com
good condition ? :
(b) Have the pressure settings been
checked and corrected ? :
14. (a) Repairs (if any) required :

(b) Period within which the repairs
should be executed :
(c) Any other condition which the
person making the examination
thinks it necessary for securing
safe working :
15. Maximum permissible working pressure,

calculated from dimensions and from
the thickness and other data
by the present examination, due
allowance being made for conditions
of working if unusual or exceptionally
severe. (State minimum thickness of
walls measured during the examination) :
16. Where repairs affecting the maximum

pressure are required, state the working pressure -
(a) before the expiration of the
period specified in item 14. :
(b) after the expiration of such
period if the required repairs
have not been completed :
(c) after the completion of the
required repairs :
17. Other observations :
I certify that on (date)......................the pressure vessel or plant described above was thoroughly cleaned
and (so far as its construction permits) made accessible for thorough examination and for such tests as were
necessary for thorough examination and that on the said date, I thoroughly examined this pressure vessel or plant,
including its fittings, and that the above is a true report of my examination.
Signature :
Qualification :
Address :
Date :
If employed by
a company or
association,
name and address
of the company or
association :
228
Distinguishing Number or
1
Letters of Gas holder
Maker’s
2
Name
Date of
3
manufacture
4
No. of lifts
Max. capacity in
5
cubic metres
Particulars of manufacture
Pressure thrown
6
by gas-holder
when full of gas
229
FORM 12
Method of
7
examination used
Prescribed under Rule 63 (8)(b)
Date of
8
63(4) And (5)
examination
Name & desg. Of

REGISTER OF EXAMINATION OF GASHOLDERS
9
LatestLaws.com
the person making

Particulars of examination
carried out Under sub-rules
this exam.
or manager
Nature of repairs
10
:
Date of repairs
Signature of Occupier
11
and painting
By when repairs
12
are carried out

Particulars of repair
Remarks
13
LatestLaws.com
FORM 13
Prescribed under Rule 63 (8)(c)
REPORT OF EXAMINATION OF WATER-SEALED GASHOLDER
1. Name of occupier (or factory) :
2. Situation and address of factory :
3. Name, description, distinguishing

number or letter and type of gasholder :
4. Name and address of the manufacturer :
5. (a) Number of lifts :

(b) Maximum capacity in cubic metres :
(c) Pressure thrown by holder when
full of gas :
6. Particulars of gas to be stored in the holder :
7. Particulars as to the condition of -

(a) crown :
(b) side sheeting, including grips and
cups :
(c) guiding mechanism
(Roller carriages, rollers, pins,
guide rails or ropes ) :
(d) tank; and
(e)other structure, if any
(columns, framing and bracing) :
8. Particulars as to the position of the

lifts at the time of examination :
9. Particulars as to whether the tank

and lifts were found sufficiently
level for safe working and if not,
as to the steps taken to remedy the
defect. :
10. Date of examination and by when

it was carried out :
11. Condition of vessel -

(a) External :
(b) Internal :
12. (a) Are all fittings and appliances

properly maintained and in good
condition ? :
230
LatestLaws.com
(b) Repairs, if any, required and

period within which they should
be executed :
(c) Any other condition which the
person making the examination
thinks it necessary for securing
safe working :
13. Other observations :
I certify that on (date)..................... the gasholder described above was thoroughly examined and such of
the tests as were necessary made on the same day and that the above is a true report of any examination.
Signature :
Qualification :
Address :
Date :
If employed by a
company or
association, name and address of the
231
LatestLaws.com
FORM 14
Prescribed under Rule 102(4)(a)
REGISTER OF COMPENSATORY HOLIDAYS
Weekly rest days last due to Date of compensatory

register of workers
Numbers and date
carried to the next

the exempting order in holidays given in
Group or relay
Last year days

Number in the
of exempting
Remarks
numbers
Sl.No.
Name
order
Year
year
September
September
October to
October to
January to
January to
December
December
April to
April to
July to
July to
March
March
June
June
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16.
FORM 15
OVERTIME MUSTER ROLL FOR EXEMPTED WORKERS
Month ending ………… 19……

Number Name of Depart Dates on Extent of Total Normal Normal Overt Norma Overti Total Date on
in the exempted ment which overtime overtime hours rate of ime l me earnin which
Register worker overtime on each hours pay for rate earnin earnin gs Overtime
of adult has been occasion worked piece of gs gs payment
Workers worked or work or pay made
productio rate of
n in case pay per
of hour
piece
workers
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
232
LatestLaws.com
FORM 16
NOTICE OF PERIODS OF WORK FOR ADULT WORKERS
Name of the factory………………………………Place…………………………………District……………………

Periods of Men Women Description of Remarks
work Total no. of men employed Total no. of women employed Groups
Groups A B C D E F G H Group Nature
Delays Letter of work
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
On working days
From ..
To ..
From ..
To ..
From ..
To ..
On partial
Working days
From ..
To ..
From ..
To ..
Date on which this notice is first exhibited : Signature of manager :

Date :
FORM 17
REGISTER OF ADULT WORKERS

Sl. Name Residential Father’s Nature Letter Number Number and date of certificate if an Remarks
No. Address Name Of of group of relay adolescent
Work as in if Number of Token number
Form 16 working certificate giving
in shifts And date Reference to the
certificate
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
233
LatestLaws.com
FORM 18
NOTICE OF PERIODS OF WORK FOR CHILD WORKERS

Name of factory …………………………………… Place ……………………………….
District……………………………………..
Children Description of group Remarks
Period of Total number of children employed Group Nature of
work letter work
Groups A B C
Relays 1 2 1 2 1 2
A
From C
To
Date on which this notice is first exhibited :
Date :
FORM 19
REGISTER OF CHILD WORKERS
Sl. Name Residential Father’s Date of Number Token number Letter of Number of Remarks
No. Address name First of giving Group as relay, if
Employment certificate reference to in working
and its certificate Form 18 in shifts
date
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
234
LatestLaws.com
FORM 20
REGISTER OF LEAVE WITH WAGES
Part I - Adults
Part II - Children
Factory : Name of worker :
Department : Father’s Name:

Sl. Sl.no. Date Interruptions Leave Whether Date Wages Discharged Rem
No in the of due leave not from for worker arks
register entry Sickne Autho Lock Involu Ot with desired which Leave Date Date &
of into ss and rized Out or ntary her effect during the Paid of amount
adult/ service accide Leave Legal unemp s from the next worker in Disc of
child nts Strike loyme 12 is harge payment
workers nt months allowed made in
leave lieu of
leave
due
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Note:- Separate page shall be allotted to each worker
FORM 21
LEAVE BOOK
Factory : Name of worker :
Department : Father’s name :

Sl. Sl.no. Dat Interruptions Leave Whether Date Wages Discharged Rem-
No in e due Leave from for worker arks
. the of Sick Auth Lock Involuntar Ot with not Which Leave Date Date &
register entr ness orise out or y unem her effect desired the Paid in of di amount
of y d legal Ployment s from during worker is schar of
adult/ into Leav strike the next allowed ge payment
child serv e 12 leave made in
workers ice months lieu of
leave
due
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Note: The leave book shall be made out separately for each worker on thick bound sheets.
235
LatestLaws.com
FORM 22
NOMINATION FOR PAYMENT OF PAY DUE FOR PERIOD OF HOLIDAYS IN THE EVENT OF
DEATH OF WORKER
I hereby require that in the event of my death before resuming work, the balance of my pay due for the period of
holidays shall be paid to
………………………………………………………………………………………………….
who is my ....................................…………………………………and resides at ........................................................
Witnesses : Attested.
Signature : Signature or left hand thumb
impression of worker :
Name :
Designation :
Address : Particulars of worker such
as serial number in the
Signature : register of adult/child workers,
section or department, etc. :
Name :
Designation :
Address : Date :
FORM 23
Prescribed under paragraph various Schedules to Rule 19(5) & 120
CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS
Serial number :
I certify that I have personally examined (name) ……………………………………………….
Son of (father’s name)......................................................... residing at (address)........................…………………
who is desirous of being employed as (designation) ..................…………………………. in (process, department
and factory) ..........…………………………………………….............................................and that his age, as nearly
as can be ascertained from my examination, is..............……………..years, and that he is, in my opinion, fit/unfit for
employment in the above mentioned factory as mentioned above.
2. He may be produced for further examination after a period of ..........................................
3. The serial number of the previous certificate is....................
Signature or left hand thumb impression

of person examined :
Signature of Certifying Surgeon:
Date :
I certify that I I extend this certificate until (if certificate is not Signs and symptoms Signature of the
examined the person extended, the period for which the worker is Observed during certifying
mentioned above on considered unfit for work is to be mentioned) Examination surgeon
236
1
Sl. No.
2
Department /Works
3
Name of worker
4
Sex
5
Age (at last Birthday)
6
Date of employment on
present work
Date of leaving or transfer
7
to other work with reasons
for discharge or transfer
8
Nature of job or occupation
Raw materials,
9
products or by- products
likely to be exposed to
237
0
1
Dates
and
Dates
results
FORM 24
thereof
medical
Result Fit
11
or
HEALTH REGISTER
examination
of
the
Unfit
Signs and symptoms

12
observed during
examination
Nature of tests and results
13
LatestLaws.com
thereof
Prescribed under various Schedules to Rule 19(5) & 120
If declared unfit for work,

14
state period of suspension

with reasons in details
Whether certificate of
15
unfitness issued to the

workers
Re-certified fit to resume

16
duty on
Signature of the
17
Certifying surgeon with

date
LatestLaws.com
FORM 25
REPORT OF ACCIDENT OR DANGEROUS OCCURRENCE RESULTING IN DEATH OR

BODILY INJURY
E.S.I.C. Employer’s Code number : E.S.I.C. Insurance

Number of the injured person :
1. Name of occupier ( or factory)/employer :

2. Address of works / premises
where the accident or dangerous
occurrence took place :
3. Nature of industry :
4. Branch or department and

exact place where the accident or
dangerous occurrence took place :
5. Name and address of the injured person :
6. (a) Sex :
(b) Age (at the last birthday) :
(c) Occupation of the injured person :
7. Local E.S.I.C. Office to which the

injured person is attached :
8. Date, shift and hour of accident

or dangerous occurrence :
9. (a) Hour at which the injured person

started work on the day of
accident or dangerous occurrence :
(b) whether wages in full or part are

payable to him for the day of the
10. (a) Cause or nature of accident

(b) If caused by machinery-

(i) Give the name of machine and
the part causing the accident
(ii) state whether it was moved
by mechanical power at the time of
238
LatestLaws.com
(c) State exactly what the injured person

was doing at the time of accident
(d) In your opinion, was the injured

person at the time of accident or
dangerous occurrence -
(i) acting in contravention of provisions
of any law applicable to him; or
(ii) acting in contravention of any orders
given by or on behalf of his employer; or
(iii) acting without instructions
from his employer?
(e) In case reply to (d) (i), (ii) or (iii)

is in the affirmative , state whether
the act was done for the purpose
of and in connection with the
employer’s trade or business. :
11. In case the accident or dangerous

occurrence took place while
travelling in the employer’s
transport, state whether -
(a) the injured person was

travelling as a passenger
to or from his place of
of works; :
(b) the injured person was travelling

with the express or implied
permission of his employer; :
(c)the transport is being operated

by or on behalf of the employer or some
other person by whom it is provided in
pursuance of arrangements made with
the employer; and :
(d) the vehicle is being/not being

operated in the ordinary course
of public transport service :
12. In case the accident or dangerous

occurrence took place while meeting
emergency, state- (a) its nature ; and
(b) whether the injured person at the time
of accident or dangerous occurrence was
employed for the purpose of his employer’s
trade or business in or about the premises
at which the accident or dangerous
occurrence took place. :
13. Describe briefly how the accident or

dangerous occurrence took place :
239
LatestLaws.com
14. Names and addresses of

witnesses : (1)
(2)
15. (a) Nature and extent of injury

(e.g. fatal, loss of finger,
fracture of leg, scald, scratch
followed by sepsis, etc.) :
(b) Location of injury (e.g. right leg,

left hand, left eye, etc.)
16. (a) If the accident or dangerous

occurrence was not fatal, state
whether the injured person was
disabled for more than 48 hours :
(b) date and hour of return of work :
17. (a) Physician, dispensary or hospital from

whom or which the injured person
received or is receiving treatment :
(b) Name of dispensary/panel doctor

elected by the injured person :
18. (a) Has the injured person died ? :
(b) If so, date of death :
I certify that to the best of my knowledge and belief the above particulars are correct in every respect.
Signature of manager/employer :
Name, designation and address

of manager/employer :
Date of despatch of report :
(This space is to be completed by the Inspector of Factories)
District ………………………….. Date of receipt :
Number of the accident or dangerous occurrence: Causation :
Other particulars (e.g. fatal, leg injury, arm injury, etc.) :
Date of investigation :
Result of investigation :
240
LatestLaws.com
FORM 26
REPORT OF DANGEROUS OCCURENCE WHICH DOES NOT RESULT IN DEATH OR

BODILY INJURY
1. Name and address of factory :
2. Name of occupier :
3. Name of manager :
5. Branch or department and exact

place where the dangerous occurrence
took place :
6. Date and hour of dangerous occurrence :
7. Nature of dangerous occurrence

(State exactly what happened :
I certify that to the best of my knowledge and belief the above particulars are correct in every respect.
Name, designation and
address of manager :
Date of despatch of
report :
(To be completed by the Inspector of Factories)
District : Date of receipt :
Number of the Causation :

dangerous occurrence :
Date of investigation :
Result of investigation :
241
LatestLaws.com
FORM 27
Prescribed under Rule 122.
NOTICE OF POISONING OR DISEASE

(See instruction on reverse)
1. Name of factory :
2. Address of factory :
3. Address of office of occupier :

4. Residential address :
6. (a) Name of patient :

(b) Works number of patient :
(c) Address of patient :
7. Precise occupation of patient :

8. Nature of poisoning or disease
from which patient is suffering :
9. Has the case been reported to the

Certifying Surgeon :
Date :
(To be filled in by the Chief Inspector)
Number of the case :
Remarks :
242
LatestLaws.com
Notice of poisoning or disease
Extract from the Factories Act, 1948 (Section 89)

Where any worker in a factory contracts any disease specified in the schedule, the manager of the factory shall send
a notice thereof to such authorities, and in such form and within such time, as may be prescribed.
SCHEDULE
LIST OF NOTIFIABLE DISEASES

1. Lead Poisoning, including poisoning by any preparation of lead or their sequelae.
2. Lead tetra-ethyl poisoning.
3. Phosphorous poisoning or its sequelae.
4. Mercury poisoning or its sequelae.
5. Manganese poisoning or its sequelae.
6. Arsenic poisoning or its sequelae.
7. Poisoning by nitrous fumes.
8. Carbon disulphide poisoning.
9. Benzene poisoning, including poisoning by any of its homologues, their nitro or amide derivatives or its
sequelae.
10. Chrome ulceration or its sequelae.
11. Anthrax.
12. Silicosis.
13. Poisoning by halogen derivatives of the hydrocarbons of the aliphatic series.
14. Pathological manifestations due to -
(a) radium or other radio-active substances; and
(b) x-rays.
15. Primary epitheliomatous cancer of skin.
16. Toxic anaemia.
17. Toxic jaundice due to poisonous substances.
18. Oil acne or dermatitis due to mineral oils and compounds containing
mineral oil base.
19. Byssinosis.
20. Asbestosis.
21. Occupational or contact dermatitis caused by direct contact with chemicals and paints.
These are of two types that is, primary irritants and allergic sensitizers.
22. Noise induced hearing loss (exposure to high noise levels).
Extract from the .....................Factories Rules, 19....(Rule...)
A notice in Form 27 should be sent forthwith both to the Chief Inspector and to the Certifying Surgeon, by the
manager of a factory in which there occurs a case of lead, phosphorous, mercury, manganese, arsenic, carbon
bisulphide or benzene poisoning by nitrous fumes or by halogens or halogen derivatives of the hydrocarbons of
aliphatic series; or of chrome ulceration, anthrax, silicosis, toxic anaemia, toxic jaundice, primary epitheliometous
cancer of skin, or of pathological manifestations due to radium or other radio-active substances or x-rays.
243
LatestLaws.com
FORM 28
ABSTRACT OF THE FACTORIES ACT, 1948 AND THE .........................
FACTORIES RULES,....................
(To be affixed in a conspicuous and convenient place at or near the main entrance to the factory )
Interpretation
1. “Factory” means any premises including the precincts thereof -
(i) wherein ten or more workers are working, or were working on any day of the preceding twelve months, and in any
part of which a manufacturing process is being carried on with the aid of power, or is ordinarily so carried on, or
whereon twenty or more workers are working, or were working on any day of the preceding twelve months, and in any
part of which a manufacturing process is being carried on without the aid of power, or is ordinarily so carried on but
does not include a mine subject to the operation of the Mines Act, 1952 (35 of 1952), or a mobile unit belonging to
the armed forces of the Union, a railway running shed or a hotel, restaurant or eating place.
Explanation :- For computing the number of workers for the purposes of this clause all the workers in different
relays in a day shall be taken into account.
2.“Worker” means a person employed, directly or through any agency (including a contractor) with or without the
knowledge of the principal employer, whether for remuneration or not, in any manufacturing process, or in any
other kind of work incidental to, or connected with, the manufacturing process, or the subject of the manufacturing
process; but does not include any member of the armed forces of the Union.
3. “Manufacturing process” means any process for -

(i) making, altering, repairing, ornamenting, finishing, packing, oiling, washing, cleaning, breaking up,
demolishing, or otherwise treating or adapting any article or substance with a view to its use, sale, transport,
delivery or disposal, or
(ii) pumping oil, water, sewage or any other substances; or
(iii) generating, transforming or transmitting power; or
(iv) composing types of printing, printing by letter press, lithography, photogravure or other similar process
or book binding; or
(v) constructing, reconstructing, repairing, refitting, finishing or breaking up ships or vessels ; or
(vi) preserving or storing any article in cold storage.
Working hours, holidays, intervals after rest, etc.
4. Hours of work for adults (Sections 51 and 54).- No adult worker shall be required or allowed to work in a
factory for more than 48 hours in any week and for more than 9 hours in any day.
5. Relaxation of hours of work for adult (Section 64) .- The ordinary limits on working hours of adults may be relaxed
in certain special cases, e.g., workers engaged on urgent repairs; in work in the nature or preparatory or
complementary work which must necessarily be carried on outside the limits laid down for the general working of
the factory; in work which is necessarily so intermittent that the intervals for rest; in any work which for technical
reasons must be carried on continuously; in making or supplying articles of prime necessity which must be made
or supplied every day; in a manufacturing process which cannot be carried on except during fixed seasons, or at
times dependent on the irregular action of natural forces; in engine rooms or boiler houses or in attending to power
plant or transmission machinery; in the printing of news papers, who are held up on account of the breakdown of
machinery; in the loading or unloading of railway wagons or lorries or trucks; and in any work which is notified by
the State Government in the Official gazette as a work of national importance.
Except in the case of urgent repairs, the relaxation shall not exceed the following limits of work inclusive of
overtime :-
244
LatestLaws.com
(i) the total number of hours of work in any day shall not exceed ten;
(ii) the spread over inclusive of intervals for rest, shall not exceed 12 hours in any one day;
(iii) the total number of hours of work in a work, including overtime, shall not exceed sixty;
(iv) the total number of hours of overtime work shall not exceed fifty for any one quarter.
6. Payment for overtime (Section 59).- Where a worker works in a factory for more than 9 hours in any day or for
more than 48 hours in any week, he shall, in respect of overtime work, entitled to wages at the rate of twice his
ordinary rate of wages.
7. Exemption of supervisory staff (Section 64).- Chapter VI, other than the provisions of clause (b) of sub-section
(1) of section 66 and of the proviso to that sub-section, of the Act-Working hours of adults - does not apply to
persons holding positions of supervision or management or are employed in a confidential position in a
factory, provided that where the ordinary rate of wages of such person does not exceed rupees seven hundred
and fifty per month, they are entitled to extra wages in respect of overtime work under Section 59.
8. Weekly holiday (Adults) (Section 52).- No adult worker shall be required or allowed to work in a factory on
the first day of the week, unless -
(a) he has, or will have, a holiday for a whole day on one of the three days immediately before or after the said
day, and
(b) the manager of the factory has, before the said day or the substituted day under clause (a) whichever is
earlier, -
(i) delivered a notice at the office of the Inspector of his intention to require the worker to work on the said day
and of the day which is to be substituted; and
(ii) displayed a notice to that effect in the factory:
Provided that no substitution shall be made which will result in any worker working for more than ten days
consecutively without a holiday for a whole day.
9. Compensatory holidays (Section 53)- Where a worker in a factory, as a result of exemption from the ordinary
provision relating to weekly holidays, is deprived of any of the weekly holidays, he shall be allowed, within
the month in which the holidays were due to him or within the two months immediately following that
month, compensatory holidays of equal number of the holidays so lost.
10. Intervals for rest for adults (Section 55 and 56).- The periods of work of adult workers in a factory each day
shall be fixed that no period shall exceed 5 hours and that no worker shall work for more than 5 hours before
he has had an interval for rest of at least half an hour and that inclusive of his intervals for rest shall not
spread over more than ten and a half hours in any day or, with the permission of the Chief Inspector in writing,
12 hours.
11. Prohibition of double employment (Section 60,71 & 99).- No child or, except in certain circumstances, an adult
worker, shall be required or allowed to work in any factory on any day on which he has already been working in
any other factory.
If a child works in a factory on any day on which he has already been working in another factory, the parent or
guardian of the child or the person having custody of or control over him or obtaining any direct benefit from
his wages, shall be punishable with fine, which may extend to Rs.50 unless it appears to the court that the child
so worked without the consent or connivance of such parent, guardian or person.
12. Prohibition of employment of children under 14 (Section 67).- No child who has not completed his fourteenth
year shall be required or allowed to work in any factory.
13. Hours of work for children (Section 71).- No child shall be employed or permitted to work in any factory for
more than four and a half hours in any day and during the period of at least twelve consecutive hours
which shall include the interval between 10 P.M. and 6.A.M. The periods of work of all children employed
in a factory shall be limited to two shifts which shall not overlap or spread over more than 5 hours each and
each child shall be employed in only one of the relays.
The provision relating to weekly holidays shall also apply to child workers and no exemption form
this provision may be granted in respect of any child.
14. Prohibition of employment of women (Section 66).- No women shall be required or allowed to work in any
factory except between the hours of 6 A.M. and 7 P.M. The State Government may vary those limits or exempt
this restriction in case of women working in fish-curing or fish-canning factories.
245
LatestLaws.com
Leave with wages
15. Leave with wages (Section 79, 80 and 83 and Rules).- Every worker who has worked for a period of 240 days
or more in a factory during a calendar year shall be allowed during the subsequent calendar year leave with wages
for a number of days calculated at the rate of -
(i) if an adult, one day for every twenty days of work performed by him during the previous calendar year; and
(ii) if a child, one day for every 15 days of work performed by him during the previous calendar year.
Explanation. 1. For the purpose of this sub-section –
(a) any days of lay off, by agreement or contract or as permissible under the standing orders;
(b) in the case of female worker, maternity leave for any number of days not exceeding twelve weeks; and
(c) the leave earned in the year prior to that in which the leave is enjoyed;
shall be deemed to be days on which the worker has worked in a factory for the purpose of computation of
the period of 240 days or more, but he shall not earn leave for these days.
Explanation 2.- The leave admissible under this sub-section shall be exclusive of all holidays whether occurring
during or at either end of the period of leave.
For the leave allowed to him, a worker shall be paid at a rate equal to the daily average of his total full-time
earning, for the days on which he actually worked during the month immediately preceding the leave exclusive
of any overtime and bonus, but inclusive of dearness allowance and the cash equivalent of the advantage accruing
through the concessional sale to the worker of food grains and other articles.
A worker whose service commences otherwise than on the first day of January shall be entitled to leave with
wages at the rate indicated above, if he has worked for two-thirds of the total number of days in the remainder of
the calendar year.
If a worker is discharged or dismissed from service or quits his employment or is superannuated or dies while
in service, during the course of the calendar year, he or his heir or nominee as the case may be, shall be entitled to
wages in lieu of the quantum of leave to which he was entitled immediately before his discharge, dismissal,
quitting of employment, superannuation or death, calculated at the rates specified above, even if he had not
worked for the entire period specified above. Such payment shall be made -
(i) whether the worker is discharged or dismissed or quits employment, before the expiry of the second
working day from the day of such discharge, dismissal or quitting; and
(ii) where the worker is superannuated or dies while in service, before the expiry of two months from the date of
such superannuation or death.
If the employment of a worker who is entitled to leave with wages is terminated by the occupier before he has
taken the entire leave to which he is entitled, or if having applied for and having not been granted such leave, the
worker quits his employment before he has taken the leave, the occupier of the factory shall pay him the
amount payable in respect of the leave not taken, and such payment shall be made before the expiry of the second
working day after the day on which his employment is terminated and a worker who quits his employment, on or
before the next pay day.
The manager shall maintain a register of leave with wages in the prescribed Form 20 and shall provide each
worker with a book called the “Leave Book” in the prescribed Form 21. The leave book shall be the property of
the worker and the manager or his agent shall not demand it except to make entries of the dates of holidays or
interruptions in service, and shall not keep it for more than a week at a time. If a worker loses his leave book, the
manager shall provide him with another copy on payment of paise .................and shall complete it from his
record.
246
LatestLaws.com
Health
16. Cleanliness (Section 11).- Except in cases specially exempted, all inside walls and partitions, all ceilings or
tops of rooms and all walls, sides and tops of passages and stair-cases in a factory shall be kept whitewashed
or colour washed. The whitewashing or colour washing shall be carried out at least once in every period of
fourteen months. The floor of every workroom shall be cleaned at least once in every week by washing, using
disinfectant, where necessary, or by some other effective method.
17. Disposal of wastes and effluents (Section 12).- Effective arrangements shall be made in every factory for
the treatment of wastes and effluents due to the manufacturing process carried on therein, so as to render them
innocuous, and for their disposal.
18. Ventilation and temperature (Section 13).- Effective and suitable provision shall be made in every
factory for securing and maintaining in every workroom adequate ventilation by the circulation of fresh
air and such a temperature as will secure to workers therein reasonable conditions of comfort and prevent injury
to health.
19. Overcrowding (Section 16).- Unless exemption has been granted, there shall be in every workroom of a factory
in existence on the date of commencement of this Act at least 350 cubic feet and of a factory built after the
commencement of this Act at least 500 cubic feet of space for every worker employed therein, and for this
purpose no account shall be taken of any space which is more than 14 feet above the level of the floor of the
room.
20.Lighting (Section 17).- In every part of a factory where workers are working or passing, there shall be
provided and maintained sufficient and suitable lighting, natural artificial, or both.
21.Drinking water (Section 18 and Rules).- In every factory effective arrangements shall be made to provide and
maintain at suitable points conveniently situated for all workers employed therein, a sufficient supply of
wholesome drinking water.
In every factory wherein more than 250 workers are ordinarily employed the drinking water shall, during
hot weather be cooled by ice or other effective methods. The cooled drinking water shall be supplied in every
canteen, lunchroom and restroom and also at conveniently accessible points throughout the factory.
22.Latrines and urinals (Section 19 and Rules).- In every factory sufficient latrine and urinal accommodation of
the prescribed types (separate enclosed accommodation for male and female workers) shall be provided
conveniently situated and accessible to workers at all times while they are at the factory. Every latrine shall be
under cover and so partitioned off as to secure privacy and shall have a proper door and fastenings. Sweepers
shall be employed whose primary duty it would be to keep clean latrines, urinals and washing places.
23.Spittoons (Section 20).- In every factory, there shall be provided a sufficient number of spittoons of the type
prescribed in convenient places and they shall be maintained in clean and hygienic condition. No person shall
spit within the premises of factory except in the spittoons provided for purpose. Whoever spits in contravention
of this provision shall be punishable with fine not exceeding five rupees.
Safety
24.Fencing of machinery (Section 21).- In every factory dangerous parts of machinery e.g., every moving part of a
prime mover and every flywheel connected to prime mover, etc. etc. shall be securely fenced by safeguards of
substantial construction which shall be constantly maintained and kept in position while the parts of machinery
they are fencing in motion or in use.
25.Work on or near machinery in motion (Section 22).- No woman or young person shall be allowed in any
factory to clean, lubricate or adjust any part of a prime mover or any transmission machinery is in motion, or
to clean, lubricate or adjust any part of any machine if the cleaning, lubrication or adjustment thereof would
expose the woman or young person to risk of injury from any moving part either of that machine or of any
adjacent machinery.
247
LatestLaws.com
26.Employment of young persons on dangerous machines (Section 23).- No young person shall work at any
machine declared to be dangerous unless he has been fully instructed as to the dangers arising in connection
with the machine and precautions to be observed and has received sufficient training in work at the machine or is
under adequate supervision by a person who has a thorough knowledge and experience of the machine.
27. Casing of new machinery (Section 26).- In all machinery driven by power and installed in any factory after
the commencement of this Act, every set screw, bolt or key on any revolving shaft, spindle, wheel or pinion
shall be so sunk, encased or otherwise effectively guarded as to prevent danger; all spur, worm and other toothed
or friction gearing which does not require frequent adjustment while in motion shall be completely encased,
unless it is so situated as to as safe as it would be if it were completely encased.
Whoever sells or lets on hire or, as agent of a seller or hirer, causes or procures to be sold or let on hire, for
use in a factory any machinery driven by power which does not comply with these provisions or any rules
made under this section, shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three months or
with fine which may extend to five hundred rupees or with both.
28.Prohibition of employment of women and children near cotton openers (Section 27).- No woman or child shall
be employed in any part of a factory for pressing cotton in which a cotton opener is at work.
29. Excessive weights (Section 34 and Rules).- No woman or young person shall, unaided by another person, lift,
carry or move by hand or on head, any material, article, tool or appliance exceeding the maximum limit in
weight set out in the following schedule :-
SCHEDULE
Persons Maximum weight of material,
article, tool or appliance
(a) Adult male 55 Kilograms

(b) Adult female 30 Kilograms
© Adolescent male 30 Kilograms
(d) Adolescent female 20 Kilograms
(e) Male child 16 Kilograms
(f) Female child 14 Kilograms
30. Protection of eyes (Section 35 and Rules).- Effective screens or suitable goggles shall be provided for the
protection of persons employed in or in the immediate vicinity of processes which involve risk of injury to
eyes from particles or fragments thrown off in the processes or which involve risk of injury to eyes by reason of
exposure to excessive light or infra-red or ultra-violet radiations.
31. Precautions in case of fire (Section 38 and Rules).- Every factory shall be provided with adequate means of
escape in case of fire for the persons employed therein. The doors affording exit from any room shall, unless
they are of sliding type, be constructed to open outwards. Every window, door or other exit affording a means of
escape in case of fire, other than the means of exit in ordinary use, shall be distinctively marked. Effective and
clearly audible means of giving warning in case of fire to every person employed in the factory shall be provided.
Effective measures shall be taken to ensure that wherein more than twenty workers are ordinarily employed
in any place above the ground floor, or wherein explosive or highly inflammable materials are used or stored, all
the workers are familiar with the means of escape in case of fire and have been adequately trained in the routine to
be followed in such case.
Welfare
32. Washing facilities (Section 42 and Rules).- In every factory adequate and suitable facilities for washing
shall be provided and maintained for the use of the workers therein. Such facilities shall include soap and
nail brushes or other suitable means of cleaning and the facilities shall be conveniently accessible and shall be
kept in a clean and orderly condition.
248
LatestLaws.com
If female workers are employed separate washing facilities shall be provided and so enclosed or screened that
the interiors are not visible from any place where persons of the other sex work or pass.
33. Facilities for storing and drying clothing (Section 43 and Rules).- In the case of certain dangerous operations
e.g., lead processes, liming and tanning of raw hides and skins etc. suitable places for keeping clothing not worn
during working hours and for the drying of wet clothing shall be provided and maintained.
34. Facilities for sitting (Section 44).- In every factory suitable arrangements for sitting shall be provided and
maintained for all workers obliged to work in a standing position in order that they may take advantage of any
opportunities for rest which may occur in the course of their work.
35. First-aid and ambulance room (Section 45).- There shall in every factory be provided and maintained sops to
be readily accessible during all working hours first-aid boxes or cupboards equipped with the prescribed contents.
Each first-aid box or cupboard shall be kept in the charge of a separate responsible person who holds a
certificate in first-aid treatment recognised by the State Government who shall always be available during the
working hours of the factory.
In every factory wherein more than 500 workers are ordinarily employed there shall be provided and
maintained an ambulance room of the prescribed size, containing the prescribed equipment, and in the charge of
such medical and nursing staff as may be prescribed and those facilities shall always be made readily available
during the working hours of the factory.
36. Canteens (Section 46 and Rules).- In specified factories wherein more than 250 workers are ordinarily
employed, a canteen or canteens shall be provided and maintained by the occupier for the use of the workers.
Food, drink and other items served in the canteen shall be sold on a non-profit basis and the prices charged shall be
subject to the approval of a Canteen Managing Committee which shall be appointed by the manager and shall
consist of an equal number of persons nominated by the occupier and elected by the workers. The number of
elected workers shall be in the proportion of 1 for every 1,000 workers employed in the factory, provided that in
no case shall there be more 5 or less than 2 workers on the Committee. The Committee shall be consulted from
time to time as to the quality and quantity of food stuffs to be served in the canteen, the arrangement of the
menus, etc. etc. Where the canteen is managed by a co-operative society, it is not necessary to appoint a
Canteen Managing Committee and the prices to be charged may include a margin of profit up to a maximum
of 5 per cent of its working capital.
37. Shelters, restrooms and lunchrooms (Section 47).- In every factory wherein more than 150 workers are
ordinarily employed, adequate and a suitable lunchroom, with provision for drinking water, where workers
can eat meals brought by them, shall be provided and maintained for the use of the workers.
38. Creches (Section 48 and Rules).- In every factory wherein more than 30 women workers are ordinarily
employed there shall be provided and maintained a suitable room or rooms for the use of children under the age of
six years of such women. The creche shall be adequately furnished and equipped and in particular there shall be
one suitable cot or a cradle with the seating accommodation for the use of each mother while she is feeding or
attending to her child, and a sufficient supply of suitable toys for older children.
There shall be in or adjoining the creche a suitable washroom for the washing of the children and their
clothing. An adequate supply of clean clothes, soap and clean towels shall be made available for each child while
it is in the creche at least a quarter litre of clean pure milk shall be available for each child on every day it is
accommodated in the creche and the mother of such a child shall be allowed in the course of her daily work
suitable intervals to feed the child. For children above two years of age, there shall be provided, in addition, an
adequate supply of wholesome refreshment. A suitably fenced and shady open air playground shall also be
provided for the older children.
39. Welfare Officers (Section 49).- In every factory wherein 500 or more workers are ordinarily employed the
occupier shall employ in the factory such number of Welfare Officers as may be prescribed.
249
LatestLaws.com
Special Provisions
40. Dangerous operations (Section 87 and Rules).- Employment of women, adolescents and children is prohibited
or restricted in certain operations declared to be dangerous, e.g., electroplating, manufacture and repair of
electric accumulators, glass manufacture, grinding or glazing of metals, manufacture and treatment of lead and
certain compounds of lead, sand blasting, etc.
41. Notice of accidents (Section 88 and Rules).- When an accident occurs which results in the death of any person
or which results in such bodily injury to any person as is likely to cause his death, or any dangerous occurrence
specified in the schedule annexed hereto takes place in a factory, the manager of the factory shall forthwith send
a notice thereof by telephone, special messenger or telegram to the Inspector and the Chief Inspector. When any
accident or any dangerous occurrence specified in the schedule annexed hereto, which results in the death of any
person or which results in such bodily injury to any person as is likely to cause his death, takes place in a factory,
forthwith notice shall be sent also to the District Magistrate or Sub-divisional Officer, to the officer-in-charge
of the nearest police station; and to the relatives of the injured or deceased person.
SCHEDULE
1. Bursting of a plant used for containing or supplying steam under pressure greater than atmospheric pressure.
2. Collapse or failure of a crane, derrick, winch, hoist or other appliances used in raising or lowering persons or
goods, or any part thereof, or the overturning of a crane.
3. Explosion, fire, bursting out, leakage or escape of any molten metal, or hot liquor or gas causing bodily
injury to any person or damage to any room or place in which persons are employed, or fire in rooms of
cotton pressing factories when a cotton opener is in use.
4. Explosion of a receiver or container used for the storage at a pressure greater than atmospheric pressure of
any gas or gases (including air) or any liquid or solid resulting from the compression of gas.
5. Collapse or subsidence of any floor, gallery, roof, bridge, tunnel, chimney, wall, building or any other structure.
42. Notice of certain diseases (Section 89 and Rules).- Where any worker in a factory contracts any of the
following diseases, the manager of the factory shall send notice in Form 27 thereof forthwith both to the Chief
Inspector and the Certifying Surgeon :-
Lead, phosphorus, mercury, manganese, arsenic, carbon bi-sulphide or benzene poisoning; or poisoning by
nitrous fumes or by halogens or halogen derivatives of the hydrocarbons of the aliphatic series; or of chrome
ulceration, anthrax, silicosis, toxic anaemia, toxic jaundice, primary opitheliomatous cancer of the skin, or
pathological manifestations due to radium or other radio-active substances or x-rays.
43. No charge for facilities and convenience (Section 114).- No fee or charge shall be realised from any worker
in respect of any arrangements or facilities to be provided, or any equipments or appliances to be supplied by
the occupier under the provisions of this Act.
44. Powers of Inspectors (Sections 9 and 82).- Inspectors have power to inspect factories any time and may
require the production of registers, certificates, etc. prescribed under the Act and the Rules.
Any Inspector may institute proceedings on behalf of any workers to recover any sum required to be paid by
an employer under the provisions relating to leave with wages, which the employer has not paid.
45. Obligations of workers (Section 97 and 111).- No worker in a factory-
(i) shall wilfully interfere with or misuse any appliance, convenience or other thing provided in a factory for
the purposes of securing the health, safety or welfare of the workers therein;
(ii) shall wilfully and without any reasonable cause do anything likely to endanger himself or others; and
(iii) shall wilfully neglect to make use of any appliance or other thing provided in the factory for the purpose
of securing the health or safety of the workers therein.
If any worker employed in a factory contravenes any of these provisions or any rule or order made
thereunder he shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three months, or with fine
which may extend to Rs.100, or with both.
250
LatestLaws.com
If any worker employed in a factory contravenes any provision of this Act or any rules or orders made
thereunder, imposing any duty or liability on workers, he shall be punishable with fine which may extend to
Rs.20.
46. Certificates of fitness (Sections 69, 70 and 98).- No child who has completed his fourteenth year or an
adolescent shall be required or allowed to work in any factory unless a certificate of fitness granted with
reference to him is in the custody of the manager of the factory and such child or adolescent carries, while he is
at work, a token giving a reference to such certificate. Any fee payable for such a certificate shall be paid by
the occupier and shall not be recoverable from the young person, his parents or guardian.
An adolescent who has been granted a certificate of fitness to work in a factory as an adult and who while at
work in a factory carries a token giving reference to the certificate shall be deemed to be an adult for all the
purposes of the provisions of the Act relating to the working hours of adults and the employment of young persons.
An adolescent who has not been granted a certificate of fitness to work in a factory as an adult shall,
notwithstanding his age, be deemed to be a child for all the purposes of this Act.
Whoever knowingly uses or attempts to use, as a certificate of fitness granted to himself, a certificate
granted to another adolescent to work in a factory as an adult, or who having procured such a certificate
knowingly allows it to be used, or an attempt to use it to be made, by another person, shall be punishable with
imprisonment for a term which may extend to two months or with fine which may extend to Rs.100 or with both.
47. Registers, notices and returns (Sections 61, 62, 63, 72, 73, 74 and 110 and Rules).- A register of adult workers
in the prescribed Form 17 and a register of child workers in the prescribed Form 19 shall be maintained by the
manager of every factory.
A notice of periods of work for adults and a notice of periods of work for children in the prescribed forms
16 and 18 shall be correctly maintained and displayed in every factory. No adult worker or child shall be
required or allowed to work in any factory otherwise than in accordance with their respective notices of
periods of work displayed in the factory.
The owners, occupiers or managers of factories shall submit the prescribed periodical returns to the
Inspector regularly.
251
LatestLaws.com
FORM 29
ANNUAL RETURN
For the year ending 31st December, 19..........

1. Registration number of factory :
4. Name of the manager :
5. District :
6. Full postal address of factory :
Number of workers and particulars of employment

8. No. of days worked in the year :
9. No. of man-days worked during the year
(a) Men :
(b) Women :
(c) Children :
10. Average number of workers employed daily (See explanatory note)
(a) Adults (i) Men :
(ii) Women :
(b) Adolescents (i) Male :
(ii) Female :
(c) Children (i) Male :
(ii) Female :
11. Total no. of man-hours worked including overtime.

(a) Men :
(b) Women :
(c) Children :
12.Average number of hours worked per week (See explanatory note)

(a) Men :
(b) Women :
(c) Children :
13. (a) Does the factory carry out any process or operations declared as dangerous under Section 87 (See Rule
116):
(b) If so, give the following information
Name of the dangerous process Average no. of persons employed daily in each of
Or operations carried on the processes or operations given in Col.1
1 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------
i)
ii)
iii) etc.
252
LatestLaws.com
Leave with Wages

14.Total number of workers employed during the year :
(a) Men :
(b) Women :
(c) Children :
15.Number of workers who were entitled to annual leave wit wages during the year
(a) Men :
(b) Women :
(c) Children :
16. Number of workers who were granted leave during the year
(a) Men :
(b) Women :
(c) Children :
17. (a) Number of workers who were

discharged, or dismissed from
the service, or quit employment,
or were superannuated, or died
while in service during the year :
(b)Number of such workers in respect
of when wages in lieu of leave
were paid :
18. (a)Number of Safety Officers required

to be appointed as per notification
under Section 40-B :
(b)Number of Safety Officers
appointed :
Ambulance room
19. Is there an ambulance room provided
in the factory as required under
Section 45 ? :
Canteen
20. (a) Is there a canteen provided in
the factory as required under
Section 46? :
(b) Is the canteen provided managed

i) departmentally, or :
ii) through a contractor? :
Shelters or Rest Rooms and Lunch Rooms

21.(a) Are there adequate and suitable
shelters or rest rooms provided in
the factory as required under
Section 47? :
(b) Are there adequate and suitable

lunch rooms provided in the factory
as required under Section 47? :
253
LatestLaws.com
Creches
22. Is there a Creche provided in the
factory as required under Section 48 ? :
23. (a) Number of Welfare Officers to be
appointed as required under
Section 49 :
(b) Number of Welfare Officers
appointed :
Accidents
24. (a) Total number of accidents
(See explanatory notes)
i) Fatal :
ii) Non-Fatal :
(b) Accidents in which workers

returned to work during the year
to which this return relates :
i) Accidents (workers injured)
occurring during the year in
which injured workers returned
to work during the same year
(aa) Number of accidents :
(bb) Man-days lost due to
accidents :
ii) Accidents (workers injured)
occurring in the previous year
in which injured workers
returned to work during the
year to which this return relates
(aa) Number of accidents :
(bb) Man-days lost due to
accidents :
(c) Accidents (workers injured)

occurring during the year in
which injured workers did not
return to work during the
year to which this return relates
i) Number of accidents :
ii) Man-days lost due to
accidents :
Certified that the information furnished above is to the best of my knowledge and belief, correct.
Signature of the manager

Date
254
LatestLaws.com
Explanatory Notes :
1.The average number of workers employed daily should be calculated by dividing the aggregate number of
attendance on working days (that is, man-days worked by the number of working days in the year. In reckoning
attendance, attendance by temporary as well as permanent employee should be counted, and all employees should
be included, whether they are employed directly or under contractors. Attendance on separate shifts (e.g.
night and day shifts) should be counted separately. Days on which the factory was closed for whatever cause,
and days on which the manufacturing processes are not carried on should not be treated as working days.
Partial attendance for less than half a shift on a working day should be ignored, while attendance for half a shift
or more on such day should be treated as full attendance.
2. For seasonal factories, the average number of workers employed during the working season and the off-
search should be given separately. Similarly the number of days worked and average number of manhours
worked per week during the working and off-season should be given separately.
3.The average number of hours worked per week means the total actual hours worked by all workers during the
year excluding the rest intervals but including overtime work divided by the product of total number of
workers employed in the factory during the year and 52. In case the factory has not worked for the whole year,
the number of weeks during which the factory worked should be used in place of the figure 52.
4. Every person killed or injured should be treated as one separate accident. If in one occurrence six persons
were injured or killed, it should be counted as six accidents.
5. In item 24(a) , the number of accidents which took place during the year should be given. In case of non-fatal
accidents only these accidents which prevented workers from working for 48 hours or more, should be
indicated.
255
LatestLaws.com
FORM 30
HALF -YEARLY RETURN
For the half-year ending 30th June, 19.…./31 December , 19.….
1. Registration number of factory :

4. Name of manager :
5. District :
6. Postal address of factory :
8. Average number of workers
employed daily
(See explanatory note)
(a) Adults - i. Man :
ii. Women :
(b) Adolescents- i. Male :
ii. Female :
(c) Children - i. Male :
ii. Female :
9.Number of days worked during

the half-year ending 30th June,
19…../31st December , 19.... :
Signature of Manager :
Date :
Explanatory Note :-
The average daily number should be calculated by dividing the aggregate number of attendance on
working days by the number of working days during the half-year. In reckoning attendance, attendance by
temporary as well as permanent employees should be counted, and all employees should be included, whether
they are employed directly or under contractors.
Attendance on separate shifts (e.g., night and day shifts) should be counted separately. Days on which the
factory was closed, for whatever cause, and days on which the manufacturing processes were not carried on
should not be treated as working days. Partial attendance for less than half a shift on a working day day should
be ignored, while attendance for a half a shift or more on such day should be treated as full attendance.
256
LatestLaws.com
FORM 31
MUSTER ROLL
Name of factory………………………………………… Place …..……………. District………………..

Daily attendance for month of ………………………... 19…..
Dates
Serial No.
Nature of
Remarks
Name of
Father’s
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 .. .. .. .. ..
worker
Name
work
FORM 32
REGISTER OF ACCIDENTS AND DANGEROUS OCCURRENCES
Name of Date of Date of report Nature of accident Date of return of Number of days
Injured person Accident or (in Form 25) or dangerous injured Person the injured
(if any) dangerous to Inspector occurrence to work Person was absent
occurrence from work
1 2 3 4 5 6
---000---
257

Model Factories Rules As On 01.03.2019

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Model Factories Rules As On 01.03.2019

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Model Factories Rules As On 01.03.2019

Uploaded by

Copyright:

LatestLaws.

FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

MODEL RULES UNDER

THE FACTORIES ACT, 1948

MODEL FACTORIES RULES

Rule Subject Page No.

1. Short title, extent and commencement 6

Chapter II - Inspecting Staff 16

17. Qualifications of an Inspector 16

Chapter III – Health 18

20. Record of whitewashing, etc 18

Rule Subject Page No.

35. Lighting of interior parts 23

57. Further safety precautions 27

Rule Subject Page No.

82A. Site Appraisal Committee 81

83. Washing facilities 98

Chapter VI - Working Hours of Adults 109

Rule Subject Page No.

107. Persons defined to hold confidential positions 110

Chapter VII - Employment of young persons 115

110. Notice of periods of work for children 115

Chapter VIII - Leave with wages 115

112. Register of leave with wages 115

Chapter IX - Special Provisions 116

120. Dangerous manufacturing processes or operations 116

Chapter X – Supplemental 208

123. Procedure in appeals 208

Forms 216 – 257

MODEL RULES UNDER THE FACTORIES ACT, 1948

1. Short title, extent and commencement.-

(d) “belt” includes any driving strap or rope;

Rule 2A: COMPETENT PERSON

Rules prescribed under Section 2A Clause 2(ca) and Section 112

(i) if he has reason to believe that a competent person

(a) has violated any condition stipulated in the certificate of competency; or

(ii) for any other reason to be recorded in writing.

Explanation: For the purpose of this Rule, an institution includes an organisation.

Name of the Organisation Period of Service Designation Area of Responsibility

7. Membership, if any, of professional bodies

I, …………………., hereby declare that the information furnished above is true.

Declaration by the Institution (if employed)

1. Name and full address of the Organisation

the best of my knowledge. I undertake to ----

Signature of Head of the

This certificate is valid from ……………..to …………………….

This certificate is issued subject to the conditions stipulated hereunder: -

Station Official Seal Signature of the Chief Inspector

Section 112 – Engineering; or or repairs of structures;

and metallurgy of the material of

Section 31 – Degree in (i) A minimum experience of 10 years Facilities for

Rules 3 to 13 prescribed under sub-section (1) of section 6.

(b) plans, in duplicate, drawn to scale showing -

Form of Certificate of Stability

If employed by a company or association, )

(1) A licence may be renewed by the Chief Inspector.

10. Transfer of licence.-

13. Payment of fees.-

Form prescribed under sub-section (1) of Section 7

15. Notice of occupation.- The notice of occupation shall be in Form 2.

Form prescribed under sub-section (4) of Section 7 and Section 112

Rule 16A: GUIDELINES, INSTRUCTIONS AND RECORDS

CHAPTER II : Inspecting Staff